Manual Planta Nec

Command Manual
NWA-033623-001
ISSUE 3.0
LIABILITY DISCLAIMER
NEC Infrontia Corporation reserves the right to change the specifica-

tions, functions, or features, at any time, without notice.
NEC Infrontia Corporation has prepared this document for use by its
employees and customers. The information contained herein is the
property of NEC Infrontia Corporation and shall not be reproduced
without prior written approval from NEC Infrontia Corporation.
Dterm is registered trademarks of NEC Corporation.

PCPro is a trademark of NEC Corporation.
Copyright 2008
NEC Infrontia Corporation

TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION
PURPOSE ................................................................................................................ 1
OUTLINE OF THIS MANUAL ................................................................................... 2
TERMS IN THIS MANUAL ....................................................................................... 3
PBX SYSTEM DESIGNATION ........................................................................................ 3
ATTENDANT CONSOLE NAME ..................................................................................... 3
TERMINAL NAME ........................................................................................................... 4
COUNTRY REFERENCE ................................................................................................ 5
REFERENCE MANUAL ........................................................................................... 6
Chapter 1 HOW TO USE CAT

CAT AND PCPro ...................................................................................................... 1-2
CAT KEY FUNCTIONS ............................................................................................ 1-3
CAT MODE SETTING PROCEDURE ...................................................................... 1-8
NOTICE ON CAT MODE .......................................................................................... 1-10
CAT OPERATION .................................................................................................... 1-16
ERROR MESSAGES ............................................................................................... 1-20
Chapter 2 PRECAUTION
CONDITIONS FOR USING COMMANDS ................................................................ 2-2
METHOD OF SETTING ON-LINE/OFF-LINE MODE ............................................... 2-6
FOR CPU BLADE ............................................................................................................ 2-6
PASSWORD ENTRY ............................................................................................... 2-8
NATION CODE ASSIGNMENT ................................................................................ 2-10
SYSTEM DATA BACKUP ........................................................................................ 2-11
Chapter 3 COMMAND DESCRIPTION

HOW TO READ THIS CHAPTER ............................................................................ 3-2
[CM00] SYSTEM DATA MEMORY ALL CLEAR/BILLING
MEMORY CLEAR ....................................................................................... 3-3
[CM01] SYSTEM DATA MEMORY PARTIAL CLEAR ............................................. 3-5
[CM02] SETTING OF SYSTEM CLOCK/READING OUT OF DAYLIGHT
SAVING TIME ............................................................................................. 3-6
[CM03] LOG IN/LOG OUT OF PASSWORD MODE ............................................... 3-8
i NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0
91toc001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
[CM04] DISPLAY LANGUAGE FOR MULTILINE TERMINAL/DESKCON LCD,
DEFAULT SETTING PATTERNS FOR MULTILINE TERMINAL, KIND OF
TONE FOR IP STATION/TDM, INQUIRY NO. IN PASSWORD LOCK STATE
FOR DT700 SERIES, SINGLE LINE TELEPHONE RINGING SIGNAL FOR
STATION-TO-STATION CONNECTION, SINGLE LINE TELEPHONE
RINGING SIGNAL FROM A TRUNK, SPECIAL RINGING SIGNAL FOR
SINGLE LINE TELEPHONE RING, SETTING OF SERVICES, A-LAW/-LAW
SETTING FOR EACH UNIT ........................................................................ 3-9
[CM05] BLADE TYPE, TRUNK BLADE NUMBER .................................................. 3-25
[CM08] BASIC SERVICES ...................................................................................... 3-28
[CM0B] LAN DATA ASSIGNMENT .......................................................................... 3-74
[CM0C] UPDATING OF IP STATION FIRMWARE/REMOTE SYSTEM
UPGRADE ................................................................................................... 3-96
[CM10] STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, BLADE NUMBER ....................... 3-104
[CM11] VIRTUAL LINE NUMBER ............................................................................ 3-113
[CM12] STATION CLASS-1 ..................................................................................... 3-117
[CM13] STATION CLASS-2 ..................................................................................... 3-135
[CM15] SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS .............................................................. 3-142
[CM15] SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS A ........................................................... 3-143
[CM15] SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS B ........................................................... 3-151
[CM15] SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS C ........................................................... 3-153
[CM15] CHARGING STATION CLASS .................................................................... 3-160
[CM16] CALL PICKUP GROUP/GROUP DIVERSION GROUP .............................. 3-161
[CM17] ACD/UCD GROUP ...................................................................................... 3-164
[CM18] STATION HUNTING GROUP ..................................................................... 3-167
[CM19] SECRETARY/GROUP DIVERSION STATION NUMBER .......................... 3-174
[CM1B] ISDN TELEPHONE MULTIPOINT STATION NUMBER ............................. 3-176
[CM1D] PS-ID ASSIGNMENT/PS OPERATION DATA DOWNLOAD ..................... 3-177
[CM20] NUMBERING PLAN/SINGLE DIGIT FEATURE ACCESS CODE
(PROGRAMMABLE) ................................................................................... 3-180
[CM21] SINGLE DIGIT ACCESS CODE ................................................................. 3-197
[CM22] ROUTE ADVANCE ..................................................................................... 3-198
[CM23] TENANT DEVELOPMENT .......................................................................... 3-199
[CM25] KIND OF SPECIAL TERMINAL DEVELOPMENT ...................................... 3-200
[CM29] NUMBERING PLAN TENANT GROUP ...................................................... 3-201
[CM2A] ID CODE ASSIGNMENT WITH CPU/DEVELOPMENT BLOCK
NUMBER ASSIGNMENT FOR EACH CALLING PARTY NUMBER .......... 3-202
[CM2B] AUTHORIZATION CODE PER STATION/IP STATION PASSWORD
ASSIGNMENT/STATION DIGEST AUTHENTICATION PASSWORD
ASSIGNMENT ............................................................................................. 3-206
[CM30] TRUNK DATA ............................................................................................. 3-208
[CM31] MF-ANI TRUNK DATA ................................................................................ 3-218
ii NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0
91toc001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
[CM35] TRUNK ROUTE DATA ................................................................................ 3-222
[CM36] RESTRICTION DATA/PAD DATA FOR TANDEM CONNECTION ............ 3-254
[CM40] FUNCTION OF CPU RS-232C PORT ........................................................ 3-256
[CM40] CPU RS-232C PORT .................................................................................. 3-257
[CM40] CPU BUILT-IN MODEM .............................................................................. 3-260
[CM41] SYSTEM TIMER DATA ............................................................................... 3-261
[CM42] SYSTEM COUNTER DATA/PAD DATA/TRUNK RESTRICTION CLASS
CONVERSION/CODEC LIST ...................................................................... 3-286
[CM42] SYSTEM COUNTER DATA ........................................................................ 3-287
[CM42] TRUNK RESTRICTION CLASS CONVERSION ......................................... 3-291
[CM42] CODEC LIST ............................................................................................... 3-293
[CM43] PERIODIC MAINTENANCE/IP STATION FIRMWARE AUTOMATIC
UPDATE/SYSTEM DATA COPY/AUTOMATIC CLOCK CHANGE ............ 3-298
[CM44] EXTERNAL RELAY STARTING CONDITIONS .......................................... 3-301
[CM45] MAKE BUSY CONDITION OF CFT ............................................................ 3-305
[CM48] HOLD/WAKE UP/TIMED REMINDER/AUTOMATED ATTENDANT TONE 3-306
[CM49] VOICE RESPONSE SYSTEM .................................................................... 3-312
[CM4A] DAY/NIGHT MODE CHANGE BY SYSTEM CLOCK .................................. 3-318
[CM4B] ROOM STATUS CODE ............................................................................... 3-324
[CM50] COMMON ROUTE INDIAL ......................................................................... 3-326
[CM51] AUTOMATIC TRANSFER DESTINATIONS ............................................... 3-330
[CM52] HOT LINE/DELAYED HOTLINE ................................................................. 3-335
[CM53] TRUNK ANSWER FROM ANY STATION RESTRICTION ......................... 3-337
[CM56] PAGING GROUP/INTERCOM GROUP ...................................................... 3-338
[CM57] GROUP CALL ............................................................................................. 3-340
[CM58] LDN DIVERSION ........................................................................................ 3-341
[CM59] TAS/ACD/UCD RELAY INTERRUPTION PATTERN ................................. 3-344
[CM5B] IP ADDRESS FOR IP TRUNK POINT-TO-MULTIPOINT CONNECTION .. 3-345
[CM60] ATT TENANT GROUP, FUNCTIONS ......................................................... 3-346
[CM61] EXTERNAL KEY FUNCTION ...................................................................... 3-350
[CM62] TENANTS FOR EACH ATT GROUP .......................................................... 3-352
[CM63] RESTRICTION OF INTER-TENANT CONNECTION ................................. 3-353
[CM64] AUTOMATED ATTENDANT, TENANT NUMBER FOR MUSIC ON HOLD,
NUMBER OF QUEUE LIMIT, TRUNK ACCESS CODE FOR MOBILITY
ACCESS MODE, ISDN ALTERNATING ROUTING ................................... 3-354
[CM65] SERVICES ON TENANT BASIS ................................................................. 3-357
[CM67] LOCATION DATA ASSIGNMENT ............................................................... 3-361
[CM71] MEMORY ALLOCATION FOR SYSTEM SPEED DIALING ....................... 3-374
[CM72] STORED NUMBER FOR SYSTEM SPEED DIALING ................................ 3-377
[CM73] MEMORY ALLOCATION FOR STATION SPEED DIALING ....................... 3-379
[CM74] STORED NUMBER FOR STATION SPEED DIALING ............................... 3-383
[CM76] DIGIT CONVERSION ON DID CALL .......................................................... 3-386
iii NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91toc001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
[CM77] STATION/TRUNK ROUTE/CS/ZT/DESKCON NAME ASSIGNMENT ....... 3-399
[CM78] DESTINATION OF SPLIT CALL FORWARDING ....................................... 3-404
[CM81] TOLL RESTRICTION PATTERN ON EACH TRUNK RESTRICTION
CLASS ......................................................................................................... 3-405
[CM85] MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SENDING DIGITS .............................................. 3-408
[CM8A] LCR/TOLL RESTRICTION DEVELOPMENT TABLE ................................. 3-410
[CM8A] TOLL RESTRICTION DEVELOPMENT TABLE ......................................... 3-411
[CM8A] LCR DEVELOPMENT TABLE ..................................................................... 3-415
[CM90] MULTILINE TERMINAL/DESKCON/ADD-ON MODULE KEY
ASSIGNMENT ............................................................................................. 3-426
[CM90] MULTILINE TERMINAL KEY ASSIGNMENT ............................................. 3-427
[CM90] DESKCON KEY ASSIGNMENT .................................................................. 3-439
[CM90] ADD-ON MODULE KEY ASSIGNMENT ..................................................... 3-448
[CM93] PRIME LINE ................................................................................................ 3-450
[CM94] MULTILINE TERMINAL ONE-TOUCH MEMORY ...................................... 3-451
[CM96] DSS CONSOLE NUMBER .......................................................................... 3-452
[CM97] DSS CONSOLE KEY ASSIGNMENT ......................................................... 3-453
[CM98] ADD-ON MODULE NUMBER ..................................................................... 3-455
[CM9A] MULTILINE TERMINAL SOFT KEY ASSIGNMENT ................................... 3-456
[CM9B] EVENT OCCURRENCE NOTICE BUTTON ASSIGNMENT ...................... 3-462
[CM9C] DESI-LESS LCD ......................................................................................... 3-463
[CMA7] CCIS CHANNEL DATA/IP TRUNK DATA/SIP TRUNK DATA .................... 3-464
[CMA8] CCIS/IP/SIP ROUTING LABEL ASSIGNMENT .......................................... 3-468
[CMA9] ISDN (PRI) D-CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT..................................................... 3-469
[CMAA] DTI/BRT/PRT/CCT FUNCTIONS ................................................................ 3-470
[CMAC] ISDN FUNCTIONS ...................................................................................... 3-474
[CMAD] CS/ZT CALLING AREA/PAD DATA ASSIGNMENT ................................... 3-476
[CMAE] CS/ZT OPERATION DATA ASSIGNMENT ................................................ 3-479
[CMAF] VISITOR PS DATA ASSIGNMENT ............................................................. 3-483
[CMB0] PEG COUNT ............................................................................................... 3-485
[CMB1] TRAFFIC MEASUREMENT ........................................................................ 3-490
[CMB3] UCD PEG COUNT ...................................................................................... 3-495
[CMB4] PEG COUNT OF IP NETWORK ................................................................. 3-497
[CMBA] SIP PROFILE DATA .................................................................................... 3-499
[CMD7] OAI CONTROL DATA ................................................................................. 3-515
[CME0] RESET ........................................................................................................ 3-518
[CME1] CPU MEMORY CHECK SUM DISPLAY ..................................................... 3-520
[CME4] STATION SERVICE STATUS DISPLAY ..................................................... 3-521
[CME5] STATION, TRUNK LINE MAKE BUSY ....................................................... 3-524
[CME6] CALL FORWARDING SET/RESET FROM PCPro/CAT ............................. 3-526
[CME7] PASSWORD LEVEL ................................................................................... 3-528
[CME8] UPDATING OF ACCESS BLADE FIRMWARE ........................................... 3-529
iv NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0
91toc001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
[CME9] PASSWORD ............................................................................................... 3-532
[CMEA] FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS ........................... 3-533
[CMEC] MAINTENANCE BY PCPro/CAT ................................................................. 3-542
[CMEE] APPLICATION BLADE DATA ASSIGNMENT ............................................ 3-547
[CMF0] CPU MEMORY DUMP ................................................................................ 3-549
[CMF1] CPU MEMORY READ/WRITE .................................................................... 3-549
[CMF5] LINE/TRUNK MEMORY/ALARM MEMORY READ .................................... 3-550
[CMF6] ONLINE MP-FP COMMAND OUTPUT ....................................................... 3-555
[CMF7] HIGHWAY CHANNEL MEMORY READ/REASSIGNMENT ....................... 3-556
[CMFA] IP STATION APPARATUS INFORMATION ............................................... 3-559
[CMFB] REMOTE PROGRAM DOWNLOAD INFORMATION READ ...................... 3-564
Appendix A TERMINAL KEY ASSIGNMENT
v NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0
91toc001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENTIONALLY.
vi NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0
91toc001.fm
INTRODUCTION
PURPOSE
INTRODUCTION
PURPOSE
This manual explains all of the commands required for programming the SV8300, using the Customer
Administration Terminal (CAT) or PCPro.
1 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0
91ch0001.fm
INTRODUCTION
OUTLINE OF THIS MANUAL
OUTLINE OF THIS MANUAL

This manual consists of three chapters. The following paragraphs summarize Chapters 1 through 3.
CHAPTER 1 HOW TO USE CAT

This chapter explains how to use the Customer Administration Terminal (CAT)
which is used as the man-machine interface with the PBX.
CHAPTER 2 PRECAUTION
This chapter explains precautions for using commands, such as condition for using
commands, method of setting on-line/off-line mode, port allocation, password
entry, and nation code assignment.
CHAPTER 3 COMMAND DESCRIPTION

This chapter explains the function, precaution, assignment procedure and data table
of each command.
APPENDIX A TERMINAL KEY ASSIGNMENT

This appendix contains the key number layout of each Multiline Terminal,
DESKCON, DSS Console, and Add-On Module.
2 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0
91ch0001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
INTRODUCTION
TERMS IN THIS MANUAL

PBX SYSTEM DESIGNATION
PBX system is usually designated as PBX or system.
When we must draw a clear line between the PBX systems, they are designated as follows.
SV8300 : UNIVERGE SV8300

2000 IPS : NEAX 2000 IPS INTERNET PROTOCOL SERVER
2400 IPX: NEAX 2400 IPX Internet Protocol eXchange
ATTENDANT CONSOLE NAME

Attendant Console is usually designated as Attendant Console.
When the console type is limited by a service, it is designated as follows:
DESKCON: Desk Console (SN716 DESKCON)
3 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0
91ch0001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
INTRODUCTION
TERMINAL NAME
The following digital multi-function terminals are designated as Multiline Terminal usually, unless we
need to mention the type of terminal in particular.
TERMINAL NAME PRODUCT NAME

Multiline Digital Multiline Dterm Dterm70 (Elite)
Terminal Terminal Dterm75 (Series E)
Dterm85 (Series i)
DT300 Series DT310
DT330
IP IP Multiline IP Enabled Digital Dterm75 (Series E) (IP Adapter Type)
Station Terminal Multiline Terminal Dterm85 (Series i) (IP Adapter Type)
[For North America
only]
DtermIP INASET
DtermIP Dterm85 (Series i) (IP Bundled Type)
Soft Phone DtermSP30
SIP Multiline DT700 Series DT710
Terminal DT730
DT750
SIP Wireless MH240
Terminal
NOTE: Dterm75 (Series E) and Dterm85 (Series i) terminals can be used as the IP terminal by attaching
the IP Adapter (IP Enabled Multiline Terminal). This terminal provides users with all features
currently available in IP Station.
4 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0
91ch0001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
INTRODUCTION
COUNTRY REFERENCE
The exclusive commands for specific country are described as follows;
[Asia] [Latin America Only]
[Australia Only] [New Zealand Only]
[Australia/Argentina] [North America Only]
[Australia/Europe] [North America/Latin America]
[Australia/France] [North America/EU]
[Australia/New Zealand] [Not used in Australia/North America]
[Australia/North America] [Not used in Australia/North America/UK]
[Brazil Only] [Not used in North America]
[Brazil (900 )/New Zealand] [Other than Australia]
[Brazil/UK] [Other than EU]
[Chinese No. 1] [Other than New Zealand]
[Europe Only] [Other than North America]
[For China] [Russia Only]
[For EU] [Taiwan Only]
[For PCS] [UAE Only]
[For PHS] [Venezuela Only]
[France Only]
5 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0
91ch0001.fm
INTRODUCTION
REFERENCE MANUAL
REFERENCE MANUAL
Refer to the following manuals for information on each service programming.
System Manual:
Contains the system description and the programming procedure of the SV8300 System.
Programming Manual:
Contains procedure for programming each business, hotel, ISDN, OAI and WCS feature.
Networking Manual:
Contains the system description and the programming procedure for the CCIS, Q-SIG and Remote
UNIT over IP System.
System Data Programming Manual:

Contains the Customer Specifications Sheets and the System Data Programming Sheets.
PC Programming Manual:
Contains the functional description and the installation procedure for the PCPro.
System Hardware Manual:

Contains the installation procedure for the PBX system and the hardware installation procedure for
the SV8300.
System Maintenance Manual:

Contains the maintenance service features and the recommended troubleshooting procedure.
6 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0
91ch0001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
UNIVERGE SV8300
Command Manual
HOW TO USE CAT

Chapter
This chapter explains how to use the Customer Administration Ter-
1
minal (CAT) which is used as the man-machine interface with the
PBX.
1-1 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch1001.fm
CAT AND PCPro
CAT AND PCPro

In this system, the Customer Administration Terminal (CAT) or PCPro is used for programming the system
data.
The CAT is a digital multi function telephone (Multiline Terminal) which is equipped with function keys,
a dial pad and LCD and interfaces with the system via the CPU blade.
The PCPro is a personal computer that provides an interface to the PBX via the system CPU blade. The
PCPro PC must have the PCPro program properly installed to communicate with the PBX. The PCPro is
required for system software registration and activation.
The PCPro program is a Graphical User Interface (GUI) program that provides an efficient method for ma-
nipulating the PBX database. This program contains extensive help files, Usage Wizards and Tool Tips,
with hyperlinks imbedded in the text. The hyperlinks provide quick access to the appropriate Add-In chas-
sis. Add-In chassis provide a user-friendly, intuitive method for customizing the PBX database. For more
details, refer to the PC Programming Manual.
1-2 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch1001.fm
CAT KEY FUNCTIONS
CAT KEY FUNCTIONS

In the CAT mode, each key on the Multiline Terminal is automatically assigned as shown in figure below.
For the function of each key, see CAT Function Keys. Page 1-7
CAT Key Assignment
[For 8300R1]
A B C D E F
ST EXE CE S
, DE
[For 8300R2 software or later]
A B C D E F
ST EXE CE S
, DE .
1 2 3
DE
4 5 6
S .
DT300/DT700 Series 7 8 9 ST
A 0 B
EXE DE
, CE S
NOTE: The buttons marked by * are available when using 8300R2 software or later.
Continued on next page
1-3 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch1001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CAT KEY FUNCTIONS
CAT Key Assignment
Dterm Series i
Exit Help
A B C D E F .
ST EXE CE S , DE
1 2 3 DE DE
ABC DEF
Directory
4
GHI
5
JKL
6
MNO
EXE . DE
Message
7
PQRS
8
TUV
9
WXYZ
ST
A 0 B CE
, S
DTR-32D-1
1-4 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch1001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CAT KEY FUNCTIONS
16 Line/Trunk Feature Keys + 16 One Touch Keys (CM12 Y=24 2nd data=7)
CAT Key Assignment
NEC
Exit Help
*
A B C D .
*
E F .
ST EXE CE S
, DE
1 2 3
4 5 6 DE
7 8 9 EXE
A 0 B ST
, CE S
MIC
DTP-32D-1
1-5 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch1001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CAT KEY FUNCTIONS
24 Line/Trunk Feature Keys + 8 One Touch Keys (CM12 Y=24 2nd data=0)
CAT Key Assignment
NEC
Exit Help
A B C D E F
*
. ST EXE CE S
*
, DE .
1 2 3
4 5 6 DE
7 8 9 EXE
A 0 B ST
, CE S
MIC
DTP-32D-1
1-6 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch1001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CAT KEY FUNCTIONS
CAT Function Keys
FUNCTION KEY MEANING

ST Command entry start
EXE Execution of data write
CE Cancel of key operation (Clear entry)
S Display of next data (Step forward)
, Separator; to be entered between two different data such as first/second data
(For example CM72)
Display of previous data (Step backward)
Cancel of one character out of the entered data (Back space)
DE Data End; to be entered at the end of the command code or at the end of each
data entry
. Period; to be entered when setting the IP address
CAT Digit Keys
DIGIT KEY MEANING

0-9, A-F Data (Data is entered by hexadecimal code 0-F)
A *: As a dial digit
B #: As a dial digit
C Clear Assigned data by CCC
G-Z, &, Not used
1-7 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch1001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CAT MODE SETTING PROCEDURE

To set CAT mode:
For DT300/DT700 Series/Dterm70 (Elite)/Dterm75 (Series E)/Dterm85 (Series i)
1. Press the Keys on the terminal in the following order when the terminal is on idle state.
2 2 8 6 6 3 3 #
"C" "A" "T" "M" "O" "D" "E"
2. Press Hold
CAT MODE is displayed on LCD
NOTE: CAT mode is not available when preset dialing on the terminal is restricted (set by CM15
Y=212: 0).
For Dterm70 (Elite)/Dterm75 (Series E)/Dterm85 (Series i)
1. Press Transfer 5. Press Conf

Conf lamp flashes
2. Press Conf 6. Press #
Conf lamp flashes Conf, Speaker, Answer lamp on
3. Press * CAT MODE is displayed on LCD
Conf lamp off 7. Press ST
4. Press Transfer COMMAND= is displayed on LCD
NOTE: Step 1 through 6 need to be completed within 4 seconds.
1-8 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch1001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
To clear the CAT mode:
For DT300/DT700 Series/Dterm70 (Elite)/Dterm75 (Series E)/Dterm85 (Series i)
While COMMAND= is displayed on the LCD.
1. Press EXIT key.
or
1. Lift handset (Off Hook)

Speaker lamp off.
2. Replace handset (On Hook)
Conf, Answer lamps off.
LCD returns to clock.
1-9 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch1001.fm
JULY/18/2008
NOTICE ON CAT MODE
NOTICE ON CAT MODE

(1) The CAT is used in on-line. Therefore, system data clear commands (CM00, CM01) cannot be
accessed from the CAT.
(2) To use the CAT after clearing all system data, perform the following operations on the system.
1. Plug a DLC blade into Slot01 accommodated in Unit01 (for Multiline Terminal).
2. Connect the CAT (Multiline Terminal) to Physical Port No. 010101 at the MDF or Virtual Port
No. 0000.
3. Set SENSE switch on the CPU blade accommodated in Unit01 to A.
4. Press RESET switch on the CPU blade accommodated in Unit01.
5. Check the LED status.
RUN LED lights and SYSD LED flashes while loading the standard system data.
RUN LED and SYSD LED go off and S2 LED lights when the standard system data is loaded
normally.
RUN LED and SYSD LED go off and ALM LED lights if the loading of the standard system
data fails.
6. Set SENSE switch on the CPU blade accommodated in Unit01 to 1.
7. Press RESET switch on the CPU blade accommodated in Unit01.
CPU will reset automatically after SENSE switch is set to 1.
NOTE 1: All pre-set data is deleted when loading the standard system data.
NOTE 2: When a call is connected to a line at loading the standard system data, the call is disconnected
at the point of pressing the RESET switch.
NOTE 3: Pre-registered license data is maintained even if the standard system data is loaded.
NOTE 4: The station call is not available by just loading the standard system data. Besides, the system
data setting for stations is required.
NOTE 5: The following data is automatically set when loading the standard system data.
Command List Set by Standard System Data Assignment
COMMAND
Y NUMBER 1ST DATA 2ND DATA REMARKS
CODE
00 1 CCC System Data All Clear
05 0 0101 10 DLC blade registration of Slot No.
01 of Unit No. 01
1-10 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch1001.fm
NOTICE ON CAT MODE
COMMAND
CODE
0B 001 00 192.168.1.1 IP address of Maintenance Port of
Unit No. 01
01 255.255.255.0 Subnet Mask of Maintenance Port of
Unit No. 01
002 00 192.168.1.2 IP address of Maintenance Port of
Unit No. 02
Unit No. 02
Unit No. 03
Unit No. 03
Unit No. 04
Unit No. 04
101 00 172.16.1.1 IP address of VOIP Port for control
packet of Unit No. 01
01 255.255.0.0 Subnet Mask of VOIP Port for con-
trol packet of Unit No. 01
1-11 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch1001.fm
NOTICE ON CAT MODE
COMMAND
CODE
0B 104 00 172.16.4.1 IP address of VOIP Port for control
201 00 172.16.1.2 IP address 1 of VOIP Port for voice
control of Unit No. 01
20 172.16.1.3 IP address 2 of VOIP Port for voice
01 255.255.0.0 Subnet Mask of VOIP Port for voice
1-12 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch1001.fm
NOTICE ON CAT MODE
COMMAND
CODE
0B 202 22 172.16.2.5 IP address 4 of VOIP Port for voice
1-13 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch1001.fm
NOTICE ON CAT MODE
COMMAND
CODE
0B 203 01 255.255.0.0 Subnet Mask of VOIP Port for voice
10 00 010101 F300 Assignment of the Station No. 300
(for Digital Multiline Terminal) to
the Physical Port 010101
01 0000 0 Assignment of the Virtual Port No.
301 (for IP Multiline Terminal) to
the Physical Port 010101
EC 6 0 0 System Data Backup
1-14 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch1001.fm
NOTICE ON CAT MODE
NOTE 6: The standard system data is the data which shall be valid for the following data.
Station number 300 (for Digital Multiline Terminal) for Physical Port number 010101
Station number 301 (for IP Multiline Terminal) for Virtual Port number 0000 (for IP termi-
nal)
In addition, ensure that the Unit numbers 01-04 operate together. The standard system data
is loaded for using CAT features.
(3) Do not change or delete the My Line number (set by CM10 Y=00) of the CAT, during CAT mode.
(4) There are no limitations on the number of Multiline Terminals in the system that can be programmed
to allow CAT capability. However, the number of Multiline Terminals that can be placed into CAT
mode, at the same time, is two.
If no key operation is executed for about 10 minutes, the CAT mode is canceled.
(5) When you use a Dterm 70 (Elite)/75 (Series E) for CAT, press ST (Exit) key so that the display of
CAT is expanded to 24-digit.
NOTE: Do not use ST ( REDIAL ) key in the above (5) operation. ST (Exit) key operation is re-
quired.
(6) Soft Phone cannot be used for CAT.
1-15 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch1001.fm
JULY/18/2008
CAT OPERATION
CAT OPERATION
When setting the system data, it is necessary to enter the following three kinds of data.
Command Code
First Data
Second Data
The operation is explained below.
(1) To confirm the existing system data
ST + Command Code + DE + First Data + DE
With the above entry completed, the present second data is displayed on the LCD.
If the second data is not assigned yet, either the default value or NONE is displayed.
(2) To assign (change) the system data
ST + Command Code + DE + First Data + DE + Second Data + EXE
With EXE pressed, OK is displayed on the LCD.

To confirm the data assigned, press DE after entering the fist data.
(3) Use of S button and button
If S is pressed after setting the second data (after EXE has been pressed), the next first data
is displayed.
If is pressed after setting the second data (after EXE has been pressed), the last data is
displayed.
1-16 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch1001.fm
CAT OPERATION
The examples of data setting is described below.
(1) Example in the case that station number 300 is to be assigned to Physical Port No. 010101 and station
number 301 to Physical Port No. 010102 by CM10 Y=00.
Example of CAT Operation
(Display)
STEP 1 Set CAT mode. CAT MODE
STEP 2 Press ST . COMMAND =
STEP 3 Enter "1000" (Command Code). COMMAND = 1000
STEP 4 Press DE . 1000 >
STEP 5 Enter "010101" (Physical Port No.). 1000> 010101
STEP 6 Press DE . 1000> 010101: NONE NOTE 1
STEP 7 Enter "300" (Station Number). 1000> 010101: NONE300
STEP 8 Press EXE . OK
STEP 9 Press DE . 1000> 010101: 300 NOTE 2
STEP 10 Press S. 1000> 010102: NONE NOTE 1
STEP 11 Enter "301" (Station Number). 1000> 010102: NONE301
STEP 12 Press EXE . OK
STEP 13 Press DE . 1000> 010102: 301 NOTE 2
STEP 14 Lift handset, then replace it.
NOTE 1: When no data exists, NONE is displayed. And when data exists, that data is displayed.
NOTE 2: This DE operation is for confirming the data assignment. You can omit this step.
1-17 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch1001.fm
CAT OPERATION
(2) Example of correcting the data entry
In STEP 5 in the above (1) example, when DE has been pressed after entering 010102 by
mistake, press CE . Then the state returns to STEP 4.
STEP1: CM10 Y=00 has been entered and DE has been 1000>
pressed.
STEP2: 010102 has been entered instead of 010101 as 1000>010102

intended.
STEP3: 010102 has been assigned as the first data after 1000>010102: NONE
pressing DE .
STEP4: If CE is pressed, the state returns to that of Step 1. 1000>
STEP5: Enter 010101. 1000>010101
STEP6: Press DE , and assign the correct first data. 1000>010101: NONE
If, in Step 11 in the above (1) example, when 302 has been entered instead of 301, press .
Then the cursor moves to the position of 2.
STEP1: In Step 11, enter 302 instead of 301 as intended. 1000>010102: NONE-302
STEP2: Press . 1000>010102: NONE-30
STEP3: Press digit Key 1. 1000>010102: NONE-301
1-18 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch1001.fm
CAT OPERATION
(3) Example of deleting station number 300 assigned to Physical Port No. 010101 after completing all
the operation in the above (1) example.
STEP1: Press ST . COMMAND=
STEP2: Enter 1000. (Command Code) COMMAND=10
STEP3: Press DE . 1000>
STEP4: Enter Physical Port No. 010101. 1000>010101
STEP5: Press DE . 1000>010101: 300
STEP6: Enter CCC. 1000>010101: 300CCC
STEP7: Press EXE . OK
STEP8: Press DE . 1000>010101: NONE
1-19 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch1001.fm
ERROR MESSAGES
ERROR MESSAGES
When an operation is incorrect, or wrong data is entered, an error message is displayed on the LCD. Error
messages and their meanings are shown below.
Error Messages
ERROR MESSAGE MEANING OF MESSAGE ACTION

CM DIGIT ERROR [0]/ Error in the number of digits of the Depress ST or CE and enter the
DIGIT ERROR [0] command code entered. correct data.
NOTE
FD DIGIT ERROR [0]/ Error in the number of digits of the
DIGIT ERROR [0] first data entered.
NOTE
SD DIGIT ERROR [0]/ Error in the number of digits of the
DIGIT ERROR [0] second data entered.
NOTE
FD DATA ERROR [0]/ The value of the first data entered is
DATA ERROR [0] incorrect.
NOTE
SD DATA ERROR [0]/ The value of the second data entered
DATA ERROR [0] is incorrect.
NOTE
CM CODE NOT Command which is not allowed in Check whether the command is avail-
ALLOWED/CODE the current status (for example, the able or not.
NOT ALLOWED message is displayed when executing
NOTE CM00 in online status).
FD CODE NOT First data which is not allowed in the Check whether the first data is avail-
ALLOWED/CODE current status. able or not.
NOT ALLOWED
NOTE
1-20 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch1001.fm
ERROR MESSAGES
Error Messages

SD CODE NOT Second data which is not allowed in Check whether the second data is
ALLOWED/CODE the current status. available or not.
NOT ALLOWED
NOTE
CM CODE NOT USED/ The command code entered is not in Depress ST or CE and enter the
CODE NOT USED use, or password is needed. correct data.
NOTE
FD CODE NOT USED/ The first data entered is not in use, or
CODE NOT USED password is needed.
NOTE
SD CODE NOT USED/ The second data entered is not in use, Depress ST or CE and enter the
CODE NOT USED or password is needed. correct data.
NOTE
DATA NOT FOUND A station number not assigned has
been entered.
WAIT, BUSY NOW The station or trunk, for which data Wait until it becomes idle.
is to be changed, is busy.
ASSIGNED ALREADY This error message is displayed when Depress ST or CE and enter the
not enough digits are entered. For correct data.
example, when assigning 12 for a
service access code, even if 123
has been already used for another
service access code.
HARDWARE ERROR Memory read/write disabled. Check the switch setting of CPU
blade or replace the CPU blade with
spare.
1-21 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch1001.fm
ERROR MESSAGES
Error Messages

WRONG The data stored in the memory is Clear the present data by entering
wrong. This message is displayed CCC, or enter the correct data.
when too many digits are entered.
For example, when assigning 123
for a service access code when 12
has been already used for another
service access code.
SEE CMxx YYYY Double assigned error of the same The station number or trunk number
station number or trunk number. intended is already assigned to first
data YYYY of CMxx. Confirm.
USE CMxxxx The data is already assigned by The command code and YY number
another command. already assigned are displayed. Con-
firm.
TRK NOT ASSIGNED The designated trunk is not assigned. Assign the trunk by CM10.
WD ERROR Error exists in memory. Check the second data to register and
enter the correct data.
MEMORY FULL Memory allocation disabled when Check the number of data registered.
using finite memory with plural com-
mands.
NOTE: Depends on the command entered, either one of two error messages is displayed.
1-22 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch1001.fm
UNIVERGE SV8300
Command Manual
PRECAUTION
Chapter
This chapter explains precautions for using commands, such as
2
conditions for using commands, method of setting on-line/off-line
mode, port allocation, password entry, and nation code assignment.
2-1 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch2001.fm
CONDITIONS FOR USING COMMANDS

(1) Some commands require a system reset after data setting, and others cannot be assigned/changed
unless the system is in off-line mode (a state in which call processing is at a halt).
These commands are shown in the following table, categorized according to the conditions for their
use.
(2) When deleting data in any command, enter CCC as the 2nd data. However, data in the following
commands cannot be deleted.
Commands where the default ( ) is provided but the default ( ) is NONE.

CM29, CM41, CM42, CM60 Y=30.
2-2 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch2001.fm
Conditions for Using Commands
CONDITION COMMANDS MEANINGS

Commands which require a CM08>335, 368, 390, 391, Basic Services
reset of the CPU blade after 392, 396, 397, 420, 592,
data setting. 909
Press RESET switch on CM0B LAN Data Assignment
the CPU blade for system
CM10 Y=00: DXXX, Station Number, Trunk Number, Blade Num-
reset. NOTE 1
Y=03 NOTE 2 ber
RESET
CM13 Y=33 Station Class-2
CM30 Y=00, 35 Trunk Data
CM31 Y=0, 1, 3, B MF-ANI Trunk Data
CM35 Y=000, 009, 020, Trunk Route Data
090, 091
CM40 Y=10 CPU Built-In Modem
CM41 Y=0>130-138 System Timer Data
CM42>66, 68, 74, 75 System Counter Data/Pad Data/Trunk
Restriction Class Conversion/Codec List
CMA7 Y=01, 46 CCIS Channel Data/IP Trunk Data/SIP Trunk
Data
CMAC ISDN Functions
CMBA Y=04, 10, 31 SIP Profile Data
NOTE 1: Before the CPU blade is reset, the system data backup must be executed by CMEC Y=6>0: 0.
NOTE 2: A system reset is required only for CCT/SIP trunk.
2-3 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch2001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008

Commands which require a CM04 Y=10-59>01, 02 Display Language for Multiline Terminal/
reset of the blade after data DESKCON LCD, Default Setting Patterns for
setting. Multiline Terminal, Kind of Tone for IP Sta-
Executed by CME0 Y=3 tion/TDM, Inquiry No. in Password Lock
BLADE RESET State for DT700 Series, Single Line Tele-
phone ringing signal for Station-to-Station
connection, Single Line Telephone ringing
signal from a trunk, Special ringing signal for
Single Line Telephone ring, Setting of Ser-
vices, A-law/-law Setting for Each Unit
CM05 Blade Type, Trunk Blade Number
CM08>644 Basic Services
CM10 Y=00: Station Number, Trunk Number, Blade Num-
X-XXXXXXXX, DXXX, ber
E000-E007,
FX-FXXXXXXXX
NOTE
CM13 Y=63 Station Class-2
CM30 Y=00 Trunk Data
CM35 Y=000, 001, 009, Trunk Route Data
020, 023, 025, 079, 100,
105, 113, 144, 291
CM41 Y=0>38, Y=1>20, System Timer Data
21, Y=2>50-68,
Y=3>20-24
CMA9 ISDN (PRI) D-Channel Assignment
CMAA Y=00-02, 06, 09, DTI/BRT/PRT/CCT Functions
12, 13, 19
NOTE: When CM10 Y=00: DXXX is executed, a blade reset by CME0 Y=3 is required only for LDT/
ODT/DTI.
2-4 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch2001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008

Commands which require a CMAE Y=00>03-05 CS/ZT Operation Data Assignment
reset of the blade after data Y=10, 11, 15, 19
setting. CMEE Y=0-3 Application Blade Data Assignment
Executed by CME0 Y=3
BLADE RESET
Commands which can be CM00 System Data Memory All Clear/Billing Mem-
used only under Off-Line ory Clear
mode of the CPU blade. See CM01 System Data Memory Partial Clear
METHOD OF SETTING
CM0B Y=000 LAN Data Assignment
ON-LINE/OFF-LINE
MODE. Page 2-6 CMEC Y=7 Maintenance by PCPro/CAT
NOTE CM4A Y=90 Day/Night Mode Change by System Clock
OFF LINE
Commands which require a CM0B Y=1XX>34, 35 LAN Data Assignment

reset of the IPT (P2P CCIS) CM10 Y=02 Station Number, Trunk Number, Blade Num-
after data setting. ber
Executed by CME0
CM30 Y=00 Trunk Data
Y=5>01
IPT (P2P CCIS) RESET CM35 Y=000, 009, 020 Trunk Route Data
CMA7 Y=44, 46, 50 CCIS Channel Data/IP Trunk Data/SIP Trunk
Data
NOTE: Before the CPU blade is placed into Off-Line mode, the system data backup must be executed
by CMEC Y=6>0: 0.
2-5 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch2001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
METHOD OF SETTING ON-LINE/OFF-LINE MODE

FOR CPU BLADE
Setting Off-line mode
(1) Set SENSE switch on the CPU blade to E or F.
(2) Press RESET switch on the CPU blade.
Setting On-line mode

(1) Set SENSE switch on the CPU blade to 0-4.
CPU will reset automatically after SENSE switch is set to 0-4.
The conditions under off-line mode are as follows.

(1) All stations are not available when this setting is made (only the station call via PFT connection
is available).
(2) All trunks are not available when this setting is made.
(3) PCPro can be connected by either IP connection or RS-232 connection.
(4) IP connection is available only for PCPro (IP connection is not available for SMDR and OAI).
(5) RUN LED under on-line mode is a repeat of Lights (950 ms) OFF (64 ms).
2-6 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch2001.fm
JULY/18/2008
NOTE: The data setting is as follows.

When the SENSE switch is set to E (default setting):
RS-232C CONNECTION IP CONNECTION

(RS1/RS2 port) (ETHERNET/VOIP port)
Data speed : 9600 bps Maintenance port
Data length : 8 bits Data speed : Auto Negotiation
Parity : None IP address : Unit No. 01: 192.168.1.1
Stop bit length: 2 bits Unit No. 02: 192.168.1.2
Unit No. 03: 192.168.1.3
Unit No. 04: 192.168.1.4
Subnet Mask : 255.255.255.0
Default Gateway : None
PCPro connection port : 60000
VOIP port
Data speed : Auto Negotiation
IP address : For Control Packet
Unit No. 01: 172.16.1.1
Unit No. 02: 172.16.2.1
Unit No. 03: 172.16.3.1
Unit No. 04: 172.16.4.1
: For Voice Control
Unit No. 01: 172.16.1.1-9
Unit No. 02: 172.16.2.1-9
Unit No. 03: 172.16.3.1-9
Unit No. 04: 172.16.4.1-9
Subnet Mask : 255.255.255.0
Default Gateway : None
PCPro connection port : 60000
When the SENSE switch is set to F:
RS-233 CONNECTION IP CONNECTION

(RS1/RS2 port) (ETHERNET/VOIP port)
As per CM40 Y=08 Same as SENSE switch E
For details, refer to the System Hardware Manual.
2-7 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch2001.fm
JULY/18/2008
PASSWORD ENTRY
PASSWORD ENTRY
In a system with password service, a maintenance person is required to enter a authorization level number
(Password Level) and appropriate password prior to engaging in programming the system data with the
PCPro/CAT. A maximum of eight (8) Password Levels can be set up. The number of commands that the
maintenance person can access is determined by the Password Level.
Password and accessible commands for each Password Level is determined by system data.
The procedure for programming, with password, is shown below.
STEP1: Connect the PCPro to the system, and turn the power switch on.
For the CAT, change the mode to CAT.
STEP2: Enter the password (assigned by CME9>0-7) by CM03.

Operation:
ST + 03 + DE + Password Level No. + DE + Password + EXE
OK will be displayed, if accepted.

In case of DATA ERROR, the password is incorrect.
STEP3: Start programming.
STEP4: When programming is completed, set the following data by CM03.

Operation:
ST + 03 + DE + 9 + DE + CCCCCCCC + EXE
8 digits
Programming without password is restricted.
NOTE: For the details of data assignment for password service, refer to CME7, CME9 on Chapter 3
Command Description.
2-8 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch2001.fm
PASSWORD ENTRY
Table below shows the example for the Password Level Table.
Example of Password Level Assignment
MAINTENANCE PASSWORD
ACCESIBLE COMMANDS
PERSONNEL LEVEL
A Level 7 All commands
B Level 4 CM05, 08, 0B-13, 15, 30, 35, 36
C Level 3 CM08, 0B-13, 15, 30, 35
D Level 2 CM10, 11, 30, 35
E Level 1 CM10, 11
F Level 0 CM10
NOTE: All Levels can access CM03.
2-9 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch2001.fm
NATION CODE ASSIGNMENT
NATION CODE ASSIGNMENT

With the Nation Code assigned, the system offers the particular services to the users of each country.
For Australia or New Zealand, appropriate nation code to the user should be assigned by CM31 Y=0 as
shown below.
Users in Australia
ST + 310 + DE + 0 + DE + 01 + EXE
Users in New Zealand
ST + 310 + DE + 0 + DE + 15 + EXE
NOTE 1: System reset is required after changing the command data.

NOTE 2: Default of CM31 Y=0>0 depends on each nation code of the CPU program as follows:
For Australia/NZ : 01
For UK : 02
For North America : 03
For Asia/Africa/Europe/Latin America/Middle East/Russia : 04
NOTE 3: In case of EU, the default of CM31 Y=0>0 is same as North America (nation code 03).
Therefore, you must set the nation code to 04 by this command.
2-10 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch2001.fm
SYSTEM DATA BACKUP
SYSTEM DATA BACKUP
CAUTION
If you operate as follows without system data backup after system data setting or service
memory setting (registration of the features such as Call Forwarding and Speed Dialing
from a station), the data that has been set is invalid.
You must execute the system data backup before the following operations.
-Turning Off the system
-System Reset (reset of CPU blade)
-Changing the CPU blade to Off-Line Mode
-Changing the CPU blade to On-Line Mode after system data setting under Off-Line Mode
You can execute the system data backup by the following two ways.
-Executing the system data backup once a day at the time set by CM43 Y=5>00
(If no data is set, the default setting is 3:00 a.m.)
-Executing the system data backup from PCPro/CAT by CMEC Y=6>0: 0
Do not reset the CPU blade while SYSD LED on the CPU blade is flashing.
2-11 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch2001.fm
2-12 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch2001.fm
UNIVERGE SV8300
Command Manual
COMMAND DESCRIPTION
Chapter
This chapter explains the function, precaution, assignment proce-
3
dure and data table of each command.
Explanations are given in numerical and alphabetical order of the
command code.
3-1 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
Chapter 3 COMMAND DESCRIPTION
HOW TO READ THIS CHAPTER
HOW TO READ THIS CHAPTER

Information about each command is presented in the following order:
(1) FUNCTION: The function of the command.
(2) PRECAUTION: Precautions related to assigning data.
(3) ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE: The procedure for assigning data in CAT mode.
(4) DATA TABLE: Detailed descriptions of the data.

In the description of each command, the following symbols are used.
: Default which is automatically loaded into the memory, after system reset by setting
position A on SENSE switch of the CPU, followed by a reset.
RESET : Commands which require a reset of the CPU blade after data setting.
OFF LINE : Commands which can be used only under Off-Line mode of the CPU blade.
To set Off-Line mode,
(1) Set SENSE switch on the CPU blade to E or F.
(2) Press RESET switch on the CPU blade.
BLADE RESET : Commands which require a reset of the blade by CME0 Y=3 after data setting.
IPT (P2P CCIS) RESET : Commands which require a reset of the IPT (P2P CCIS) by CME0 Y=5>01 after data
setting.
You should confirm the meaning of default, and change or delete the data, if required.
3-2 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
CM00
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

SYSTEM DATA MEMORY ALL CLEAR/BILLING
00 MEMORY CLEAR OFF LINE
FUNCTION:
This command is used to confirm that system data memory (RAM) area can be written-in/read-out, and
to assign the default to the RAM area.
PRECAUTION:
(1) This command can only be used in off-line mode.
(2) When this command is executed, OK is displayed with memory clear completed (about 10
seconds later).
(3) If an error exists in memory, WD ERROR is displayed.
(4) This command is not available with a CAT.

To clear all system data, set SENSE switch on the CPU blade accommodated in Unit01 to A, and
depress RESET switch on the CPU blade accommodate in Unit01. In this case, the only functional
port is Physical Port No. 010101 or Virtual Port No. 0000, which is assigned as a CAT.
ASSIGNMENT PROCEDURE:
MEMORY AREA
ST + 00 + DE + DESIGNATION + DE + CCC + EXE
(1/2digit)
3-3 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM00
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

SYSTEM DATA MEMORY ALL CLEAR/BILLING
00 MEMORY CLEAR OFF LINE
DATA TABLE:
1ST DATA 2ND DATA
DATA MEANING DATA MEANING

1 System data memory all clear CCC Clear
2 SRAM area clear CCC Clear
[8300R2]
NOTE: Be careful handling CM00>02. Because all stored data in a SRAM area is cleared when the SRAM
area memory clear is executed by this command. Usually, use this command only when the SRAM
data is corrupted by such as power discontinuity of SV8300 (because of the battery backup for
SRAM is effective for approximately one week, the SRAM data is corrupted when SV8300 has been
powered off for more than one week).
10 Billing memory clear CCC Clear
[8300R2]
NOTE: The charging data which are cleared by this command are as follows (there is no charge).
Call charge printout/display for individual station
Call charge printout/display for each tenant
Call charge printout/display for all tenants (for previous month)
Call charge printout/display for all tenants (for this month)
Call charge printout/display for all stations
Call charge printout for all tenants at the set date and time
Call charge printout for all stations at the set date and time
3-4 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM01
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

01 SYSTEM DATA MEMORY PARTIAL CLEAR OFF LINE
FUNCTION:
This command is used to clear the data for specific features.
PRECAUTION:
This command can only be used in off-line mode.
CLEAR DESIGNATION
ST + 01 + DE + (2/3 digits) + DE + CCC + EXE
DATA TABLE:
CLEAR DESIGNATION SYSTEM DATA TO BE CLEARED REMARKS

08 CM08: Basic Service
20 CM20: Numbering Plan/Single Digit Feature Access Code
CM21: Single Digit Access Code
CM22: Route Advance
CM23: Tenant Development
CM25: Kind of Special Terminal Development
CM29: Numbering Plan Tenant Group
2A CM2A: ID Code Assignment with CPU/Development Block Number
Assignment for Each Calling Party Number
76 CM76: Digit Conversion on DID Call
85 CM85: Maximum Number of Sending Digits
8A CM8A: LCR/Toll Restriction Development Table
770 CM77: Station Name Assignment To clear only for the
station memory of
CM77 Y=0, 1, 4, 5
3-5 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM02
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

SETTING OF SYSTEM CLOCK/READING OUT OF DAYLIGHT
02 SAVING TIME
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign system clock data (year, date and time). And this command is used to
read out of the daylight saving time.
PRECAUTION:
The system clock starts when EXE is pressed.
(1) Setting of System Clock

1ST DATA 2ND DATA
ST + 02 + DE + (0-2) + DE + (4/6 digits) + EXE
(2) Reading out of Daylight Saving Time

1ST DATA
ST + 02 + DE + (3) + DE + 2ND DATA
3-6 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
CM02
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

SETTING OF SYSTEM CLOCK/READING OUT OF DAYLIGHT
02 SAVING TIME
DATA TABLE:
: Default
1ST DATA 2ND DATA

0 Setting of Calendar Year YYYY Calendar Year
YYYY: Year (2008-2099)
NONE No data
1 Setting of Date (Month, Day, Day of Week) MMDDWW Date
MM: Month (01-12)
DD : Day (01-31)
WW: Day of Week (00-06)
SUN : 00 THU: 04
MON: 01 FRI : 05
TUE : 02 SAT : 06
WED: 03
NONE No data
2 Setting of Time (Hour, Minute, Second) HHMMSS Time
HH : Hour (00-23)
Hour information is set in military format MM: Minute (00-59)
(24-hour) SS : Second (00-59)
Example: 2 p.m. is set as 140000. NONE No data
3 Reading out of Daylight Saving Time in Main HH:MM:SS Daylight Saving Time
Unit HH : Hour (00-23)
MM: Minute (00-59)
SS : Second (00-59)
NONE No data
3-7 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM03
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

03 LOG IN/LOG OUT OF PASSWORD MODE
FUNCTION:
This command is used to enter a password which allows the authorized personnel to access commands
in accordance with preassigned authorization levels.
PRECAUTION:
(1) The password for each level is set by CME9.
The accessible commands for each level is set by CME7.
(2) OK is displayed when the log in is successful.
(3) For security purpose, when a password is entered, * is displayed.
(4) The password mode is automatically logged out unless a command is entered within 10 minutes
after logging in.
To log in the password mode and enter the password
PASSWORD LEVEL PASSWORD

ST + 03 + DE + (0-7) + DE + (Maximum 8 digits) + EXE
To log off the password mode
ST + 03 + DE + 9 + DE + CCCCCCCC + EXE
3-8 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
CM04
TITLE:
COMMAND CODE DISPLAY LANGUAGE FOR MULTILINE TERMINAL/DESKCON LCD, DEFAULT SETTING
PATTERNS FOR MULTILINE TERMINAL, KIND OF TONE FOR IP STATION/TDM, INQUIRY
NO. IN PASSWORD LOCK STATE FOR DT700 SERIES, SINGLE LINE TELEPHONE
RINGING SIGNAL FOR STATION-TO-STATION CONNECTION, SINGLE LINE TELEPHONE
04 RINGING SIGNAL FROM A TRUNK, SPECIAL RINGING SIGNAL FOR SINGLE LINE
TELEPHONE RING, SETTING OF SERVICES, A-LAW/-LAW SETTING FOR EACH UNIT
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign the language that is displayed on the Multiline Terminal/DESKCON
LCDs, the default setting patterns for Multiline Terminal, the Kind of Tone for IP Station/TDM, the In-
quiry No. in password lock state for DT700 Series, the Single Line Telephone ringing signal for station-
to-station connection, the Single Line Telephone ringing signal from a trunk, the ringing signal for Sin-
gle Line Telephone ring, the setting of services, and the A-law/-law setting for each Unit.
PRECAUTION:
None
1ST DATA 2ND DATA

ST + 04YY + DE + (2 digits) + DE + (1-32 digits) + EXE
3-9 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM04
TITLE:
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED
No. MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING COMMAND
00 Display Language for 00 Display language for Mul- 00 Japanese

Multiline Terminal/ tiline Terminal/ 01 English
DESKCON LCD, DESKCON LCD 02 French
Default setting patterns (System Base) (Canadian
for Multiline Terminal, French)
Kind of Tone for IP Sta- 03 Spanish
tion/TDM, Inquiry No. (Latin
in password lock state Spanish)
for DT700 Series, Sin- 04 Portuguese
gle Line Telephone ring- (Brazilian
ing signal for Station-to- Portuguese)
Station connection, Sin- 05 German
gle Line Telephone ring- 06 Italian
[8300R2]
ing signal from a trunk, 07 Netherlandish
Special ringing signal 08 French
for Single Line Tele- (Europe)
phone ring 09 Spanish
(Europe)
10 Portuguese
(Europe)
11 Swedish
12 Danish
13 Catalan
15 Russian
31 English
NOTE: When changing the data with online, the data is valid after the DLC blade is un-
plugged and plugged in or pull out and reconnect the modular connector of the
Multiline Terminal.
3-10 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM04
TITLE:
: Default
00 Display Language for 02 Default setting pattern for 00 Default setting is not CM10
Multiline Terminal/ Multiline Terminal provided
DESKCON LCD, (System Base) 01 Fixed pattern 2
Default setting patterns See Fixed pattern and 02 Fixed pattern 3
for Multiline Terminal, Programmable pattern 03 Programmable pattern 1
Kind of Tone for IP Sta- (As per CM90 Y=10)
tion/TDM, Inquiry No. NONE Fixed pattern 1
in password lock state
NOTE: When this data is set to 0, Fixed keys (Key No. 90-98) are set the same as
for DT700 Series, Sin-
Fixed pattern 1-3 automatically.
gle Line Telephone ring-
ing signal for Station-to-
Station connection, Sin-
ing signal from a trunk,
Special ringing signal
for Single Line Tele-
phone ring
3-11 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM04
TITLE:
: Default
00 Display Language for 03 Kind of Tone for TDM 01 Japan CM67 Y=13
Multiline Terminal/ (System-basis) 02 North America
DESKCON LCD, 03 Australia
Default setting patterns 04 A-law countries
for Multiline Terminal, 05 Hong Kong
Kind of Tone for IP Sta- 06 Malaysia
tion/TDM, Inquiry No. 07 Singapore
in password lock state 08 UK
for DT700 Series, Sin- 09 Mexico
gle Line Telephone ring- 10 Taiwan
ing signal for Station-to- 11 New Zealand
Station connection, Sin- 13 China
gle Line Telephone ring- 14 Thailand
ing signal from a trunk, 15 Brazil
Special ringing signal 16 Netherlands
for Single Line Tele- 17 Germany
phone ring 18 Italy
19 Austria
20 Belgium
21 Spain For EU
22 Sweden
23 UK
24 Denmark
25 Greece
26 Switzerland
27 South Africa
28 Russia
NONE As per CM31 Y=0>0
3-12 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM04
TITLE:
: Default
00 Display Language for 04 Inquiry No. for DT700 XXX...X Dial information
Multiline Terminal/ Series when the password (Maximum 32 digits)
DESKCON LCD, entry function is disabled X: 0-9, A(*), B(#)
Default setting patterns (password lock state) NONE No data
for Multiline Terminal,
NOTE 1: The purpose of this data setting is to assign the number for user to make in-
Kind of Tone for IP Sta-
quiry to the maintenance personnel when DT700 Series is in password lock
tion/TDM, Inquiry No.
state.
in password lock state
NOTE 2: The number set by this data is displayed on the LCD of the DT700 Series when
for DT700 Series, Sin-
the terminal is in password lock state.
ing signal for Station-to-
Station connection, Sin-
ing signal from a trunk,
Special ringing signal
for Single Line Tele-
phone ring
3-13 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM04
TITLE:
: Default
00 Display Language for 05 Single Line Telephone 01 ON

Multiline Terminal/ ringing signal for Sta- 02 2 seconds ON-4 seconds
DESKCON LCD, tion-to-Station connec- OFF
Default setting patterns tion 03 1 second ON-2 seconds OFF
for Multiline Terminal, 04 0.5 seconds ON-0.5 seconds
Kind of Tone for IP Sta- OFF
tion/TDM, Inquiry No. 05 0.25 seconds ON-0.25
in password lock state seconds OFF
for DT700 Series, Sin- 06 0.5 seconds ON-0.5 seconds
gle Line Telephone OFF-0.5 seconds ON-1.5
ringing signal for Sta- seconds OFF
tion-to-Station connec- 07 0.25 seconds ON-0.25
tion, Single Line seconds OFF-0.25 seconds
Telephone ringing sig- ON-5.25 seconds OFF
nal from a trunk, Spe- 08 0.375 seconds ON-0.25
cial ringing signal for seconds OFF-0.375 seconds
Single Line Telephone ON-2 seconds OFF
ring 09 0.25 seconds ON-0.125
seconds OFF-0.25 seconds
ON-0.125 seconds OFF-0.25
seconds ON-2 seconds OFF
10 1 second ON-4 seconds OFF
11 0.25 seconds ON-0.25
ON-4.25 seconds OFF
1 second ON-3 seconds OFF
13 0.25 seconds ON-0.25
ON-2.25 seconds OFF
3-14 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM04
TITLE:
: Default
00 Display Language for 06 Single Line Telephone 01 ON

Multiline Terminal/ ringing signal from a 02 2 seconds ON-4 seconds
DESKCON LCD, trunk OFF
Default setting patterns 03 1 second ON-2 seconds OFF
11 0.25 seconds ON-0.25
ON-4.25 seconds OFF
13 0.25 seconds ON-0.25
ON-2.25 seconds OFF
31 2 seconds ON-4 seconds
OFF
3-15 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM04
TITLE:
: Default
00 Display Language for 07 Special ringing signal 01 ON

Multiline Terminal/ for Single Line Tele- 02 2 seconds ON-4 seconds
DESKCON LCD, phone ring OFF
Default setting patterns 03 1 second ON-2 seconds OFF
11 0.25 seconds ON-0.25
ON-4.25 seconds OFF
13 0.25 seconds ON-0.25
ON-2.25 seconds OFF
31 0.375 seconds ON-0.25
ON-2 seconds OFF
3-16 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM04
TITLE:
: Default
01 Setting of services 01 Connection port for MCI 0 RS1 on CPU

[8300R1] 1 RS2 on CPU
7 No data
MCI 0 Available
[8300R2 or later] 7 Not available
02 Purpose of Caller ID 0 Caller ID-Station CM08>507
sender 7 No data CM10/
[North America/EU] CM50
Y=00>8
03 Handling of CPU call 2 Call Charge Printout/
information Display and Immediate
Printout Call Record
7 Not output
NOTE: This command is not effective for the SMDR and Individual Station Record.
05 Destination to send a call 0 SMDR terminal via
information LAN port
1 PMS via LAN port
7 SMDR terminal via RS
port
06 Destination to send a call 0 SMDR terminal via CM04
information which LAN port Y=01>03
received from Local 1 RS port (To output to
Office RS1/RS2 port set by
CM40>00)
3 Not output
3-17 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM04
TITLE:
: Default
01 Setting of services 07 SMDR Message Format 00 Extended NEAX 2400

on RS-232C and Local IMS Format
Office for Centralized 01 Extended NEAX 2400
Billing-CCIS IMS Format (With
Trunk seizure timer)
15 Former NEAX 2400
IMS Format
08 SMDR Message Format 00 Extended NEAX 2400
on IP IMS Format
01 Extended NEAX 2400
IMS Format (With
Trunk seizure timer)
15 Former NEAX 2400
IMS Format
10 Control method for PMS 0 PMS (LAN interface)
1 Built-in CPU
3 No data
11 Partition of Conference 0 Four 8-party conference
(built-in CPU) groups (8+8+8+8)
[8300R2] 2 Two 16-party confer-
ence groups (16+16)
3 One 32-party conference
group (32)
02 Combination of lan- 1 Language indicated num- 01 Japanese announcement CM04 Y=03
guage indicated number ber 02 English announcement
~
and speech synthesis 9 06 Chinese announcement

language 08 Korean announcement
[8300R2] CCC Clear
NONE English announcement
3-18 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM04
TITLE:
: Default
03 Combination of lan- 1 Language indicated num- 01 Japanese CM04 Y=02

guage indicated number ber 02 English
~
and Multiline Terminal 9 06 Chinese

information Printout/ 08 Korean
Display language Print- CCC Clear
out NONE See NOTE
[8300R2]
NOTE: If 2nd data is NONE, combination of language indicated number and Multiline Terminal information
Printout/Display language Printout is set as follows.
Language indicated number Language Information
1 JPN
2 ENG
6 CHI
8 KOR
10 A-law/-law setting for 00 A-law/-law for the Main 0 A-law
the Main Unit Unit 1 -law
~
13 [For EU] [For Asia] 2 Not used

3 Depends on the CPU
NOTE: Set the same value as Remote Unit (CM04 Y=14-59). You cannot set both of A-
law and -law in the same Remote UNIT over IP.
14 A-law/-law setting for 00 A-law/-law for the 0 A-law
the Remote Unit Remote Unit 1 -law
~
59 Y=11: Remote Unit No. 01 2 Not used

3 Depends on the CPU
~
Y=40: Remote Unit No. 30

[For EU]
NOTE: Set the same value as Main Unit (CM04 Y=10-13). You cannot set both of A-law
and -law in the same Remote UNIT over IP.
3-19 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM04
TITLE:
: Default
10 Unit No. 01-50 01 Destination to receive the 01 Slot No.

synchronous signal for
~
~
59 DTI/PRT/CCT (First pri- 18
ority) NONE No data
BLADE RESET
NOTE 1: Assign this data when the system is a slave office and receives the clock syn-
chronization signal from the master office.
This data assignment is not required when the office is the master office.
NOTE 2: When using the ISDN network, a system must be synchronized to ISDN clocks
for preventing from noise during calling, data transmitting error, and so on.
NOTE 3: This data must be set when using the ISDN network.
02 Destination to receive the 01 Slot No.
synchronous signal for
~
DTI/PRT/CCT (Second 18
priority) NONE No data
BLADE RESET
NOTE 1: Assign this data when the system is a slave office and receives the clock syn-
chronization signal from the master office.
This data assignment is not required when the office is the master office.
NOTE 2: When using the ISDN network, a system must be synchronized to ISDN clocks
for preventing from noise during calling, data transmitting error, and so on.
3-20 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM04
TITLE:
Fixed pattern and Programmable pattern

CM04 Y=00>02 is the command which sets the system data such as CM90 and CM93 automati-
cally for Multiline Terminals. Therefore, Multiline Terminals can be used as Multiline Terminal
stations only by the setting of CM10.
The fixed pattern and programmable pattern that can be set by CM04 Y=00>02 are as follows.
Fixed pattern 1 (CM04 Y=00>02: NONE)
CM Y No. 1ST DATA 2ND DATA REMARKS

90 00 Key No. 00 NONE No data
90 00 Key No. 01 My Line number
90 00 Key No. 02-32 NONE No data
90 00 Key No. 90 F1015 Recall
90 00 Key No. 91 F1011 Feature
90 00 Key No. 92 F1012 Conf
90 00 Key No. 93 F1000 Redial
90 00 Key No. 94 F1016 Speaker
90 00 Key No. 95 F4001 Answer
90 00 Key No. 96 F1004 Transfer
90 00 Key No. 97 F1010 Hold
90 00 Key No. 98 F5015 Directory
90 00 Key No. 99 F0A46 Message
90 01 Key No. 00-32, 90-99 3 Day Mode: Ringing/
Night Mode: Ringing
90 02 Key No. 00-32, 90-99 1 No Delayed Ringing
90 03 Key No. 00-32, 90-99 1 Call Indicator Lamp control is
available
90 04 Key No. 00-32, 90-99 1 Group Feature Key is not
provided
93 - My Line number My Line number
12 22 My Line number 1 Soft keys are available
12 23 My Line number 3 Pattern number 3
12 24 My Line number 0 B Mode
3-21 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM04
TITLE:
Fixed pattern 2 (CM04 Y=00>02: 01)

90 00 Key No. 00 NONE No data
90 00 Key No. 92 F1012 Conf
90 00 Key No. 97 F1010 Hold
Night Mode: Ringing
available
provided
12 24 My Line number 7 A Mode
3-22 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM04
TITLE:
Fixed pattern 3 (CM04 Y=00>02: 02)

90 00 Key No. 92 F1012 Conf
90 00 Key No. 97 F1010 Hold
Night Mode: Ringing
available
provided
93 My Line number My Line number
12 24 My Line number 7 A Mode
3-23 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM04
TITLE:
Programmable pattern 1 (CM04 Y=00>02: 03)

90 00 Key No. 00-32 Second data of CM90 NOTE
Y=10>00-32
90 00 Key No. 90-99 Second data of CM90 NOTE
Y=10>90-99
Night Mode: No ringing
available
provided
12 24 My Line number 0 B Mode
NOTE: For the key set to F5099 by CM90 Y=10, My Line number is assigned.
3-24 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM05
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

05 BLADE TYPE, TRUNK BLADE NUMBER BLADE RESET
FUNCTION:
This command is used to designate the type of blade installed.
PRECAUTION:
This command requires a blade reset after data setting.
UNIT/SLOT NUMBER + DATA

ST + 05Y + DE + (4 digits) DE + (2-3 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:

0 Blade Type XX ZZ XX : Unit No. (01-50) 10 Digital Line Circuit

ZZ : Slot No. (01-18) Blade for Multiline
See About Unit Terminal/DSS Console/
number, Slot number DESKCON
and Circuit number (CD-8DLCA/
CD-16DLCA)
20 Analog Line Circuit
Blade for Single Line
Telephone
(CD-4LCA/CD-8LCA)
21 LLC (OPX) Blade
(CD-4DIOPA)
30 C.O. Trunk Blade
(CD-4COTA/
CD-4COTB)
31 OD Trunk Blade
(CD-4ODTA)
32 Direct Inward Dialing
Trunk Blade
(CD-4DIOPA)
3-25 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM05
COMMAND CODE TITLE:


0 Blade Type XX ZZ XX : Unit No. (01-50) 33 LD Trunk Blade

ZZ : Slot No. (01-18) (CD-4DIOPA)
See About Unit
40 Basic Rate (2B + D)
number, Slot number
Interface Trunk Blade
and Circuit number
(CD-2BRIA)
41 ISDN Primary Rate
(23B + D/30B + D)
Interface Blade
(CD-PRTA)
42 CCIS
(1.5 Mbps/2 Mbps)
Trunk Blade
(CD-CCTA)
43 T1 (1.5 Mbps)/
E1 (2 Mbps) Digital
Trunk Interface Blade
(CD-PRTA) NOTE
45 QSIG
(CD-PRTA)
50 CS/ZT Interface Blade
(CD-4CSIB/
CD-4CSIB-A)
60 ISDN Line Circuit
Blade
(CD-2BRIA)
NOTE: When a PRT blade is used as a DTI blade for the first time, the PRI firmware program needs
to be changed to the DTI firmware program by executing the blade firmware program update.
For details, refer to the PC Programming Manual.
3-26 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM05
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
0 Blade Type XX ZZ XX : Unit No. (01-50) 70 In-Skin UMS Blade

ZZ : Slot No. (01-18) (CD-VM00)
See About Unit
71 Conference Blade
number, Slot number
(CD-PVAA)
and Circuit number
[8300R2]
NONE No data
1 Trunk Blade number 000 Trunk Blade number 000 CMAA
~
127 Trunk Blade number 127
NONE No data
3-27 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign basic features on a system wide basis.
PRECAUTION:
After setting 1st data 335, 368, 390, 391, 392, 396, 397, 420, 592, 909, system reset is required.
BASIC SERVICE
ST + 08 + DE + FEATURE + DE + DATA (0/1) + EXE
(1 digit)
(3 digits)
DATA TABLE:
BASIC SERVICE: 010-096

: Default
BASIC SERVICE SETTING DATA
010 Operator Overlapping 0 Not available
[Australia Only] 1 Available
011 Operator Monitoring 0 Not available
[Australia Only] 1 Available
[8300R2]
012 Attendant Override/Busy Verification 0 Not available
[8300R2] 1 Available
014 Attendant Loop Release 0 Available
[8300R2] 1 Not available
018 Attendant Night Transfer 0 Not available
See CM51 Y=13
020 Terminating to Attendant Console by receiving Forward GII 0 Not allowed
signal on DID MFC call 1 To allow
[Not used in North America]
026 Group Diversion 0 Available
See CM16 Y=2 CM19 Y=6
1 Not available
027 A hold tone is sent to overlap call 0 To send
[Australia Only] 1 Not sent
3-28 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
028 C.O. to C.O. transfer by station or attendant 0 To allow
NOTE: This data is effective for C.O. trunks (Ground Start/ 1 Not allowed
Loop Start) which receive a release signal from the
C.O.
029 When tandem call duration passes a predetermined time, the 0 To disconnect
call is disconnected or continued 1 To continue
(Related Command: CM35 Y=119, CM41 Y=0>54)
032 When a dial-in incoming call from a tie line or DID line is 0 Restricted (ROT connection)
addressed to vacant levels or unassigned stations, the call is 1 Predetermined station, DESKCON or
routed to a predetermined station, Attendant Console or Voice Voice Response System assigned by
Response System CM51 Y=06, 07
034 Receiving Tone when the destination goes on-hook while a line 0 BT
is connecting to a destination. 1 ROT
[For EU]
NOTE: In Germany, you have to set setting data to 0.
035 Toll Restriction for an outgoing call by Station Speed Dialing 0 Not provided
1 Provided
036 Buzzer indication when a call remains held at Attendant 0 Not available
Console over a preprogrammed period of time assigned by 1 Available
CM41 Y=0>00 Buzzer indication for Automatic Recall
[8300R2]
037 Select the detection method of incoming Ground Start trunks 0 Detect only, Ring cycle only
Ring signal 1 Detect Ring cycle and Ground Lead
NOTE: This is useful when AC induction is present on Ground
Start trunks.
040 SMDR output for Tandem call 0 Available
1 Not available
043 System Speed Dialing Security. Stored number display on Mul- 0 Not displayed
tiline Terminal for an outgoing call by System Speed Dialing. 1 Display
044 Toll Restriction for an outgoing call by System Speed Dialing 0 Not provided
1 Provided
045 Warning Tone sent to connected parties during Executive Right 0 Only once
of Way (Executive Override), Busy Verification or Attendant 1 Every 4 seconds
Override
3-29 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
046 Warning Tone sent to connected parties to alert Executive Right 0 Not sent
of Way, Busy Verification or Attendant Override 1 To send
Three burst tone [Other than New Zealand]
One burst tone [New Zealand Only]
048 Passing Dial Tone facility 0 Not available
050 If the * button on a DTMF telephone is pressed while hearing 0 Effective
busy tone, it is regarded as a Switch Hook Flash 1 Ineffective
051 If the # button on a DTMF telephone is pressed while hearing 0 Effective
busy tone, it is regarded as a Switch Hook Flash 1 Ineffective
055 Result of a Switch Hook Flash on a telephone which belongs to 0 Special Dial Tone
House Phone Group 0 or 1 (Dialing is available)
1 Attendant Recall
056 Result of a Switch Hook Flash on a telephone which belongs to 0 Special Dial Tone
House Phone Group 2 or 3 (Dialing is available)
1 Attendant Recall
057 Result of a Switch Hook Flash on a telephone assigned as a Hot 0 Special Dial Tone
Line (Dialing is available)
1 Attendant Recall
062 Call transfer from a station before a called station answers 0 Not available
1 Available
063 Call transfer from a station before a called attendant answers 0 Available
067 Automatic Change of Night Service (Attendant Overflow) 0 Available See CM30 Y=03
068 Camp-On Tone sending to a busy station by Camp-On 0 Send out only once
[8300R2] 1 Repeat at 4 seconds intervals
069 When a station user has dialed any one digit while hearing busy 0 Switch Hook Flash
tone 1 Step Call
076 Warning tone is sent to C.O. line, when a station or operator 0 To send
overrides a busy station connected to a C.O. line. 1 Not sent
[8300R2]
3-30 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
077 Toll Restriction-Total Digit Count for PB to PB/DP to PB Con- 0 To provide
nection 1 Not provided
[Not used in North America]
078 Trunk seizure sequence when CM35 Y=083: 0 0 Highest available trunk
NOTE: When the system is installed with loop-start trunks, it is 1 Lowest available trunk
important to select the highest available trunk setting
to prevent call collisions.
085 Type of PS No-Answer timer 0 As per CM41 Y=0>86
1 As per CM41 Y=0>01
088 Home PBX Numbering Plan for WCS Roaming 0 Closed Numbering System
[For PCS] [8300R2] 1 Open Numbering System
090 Loop on control after dialing for tandem connection, when the 0 Loop on is not provided (Loop on is
incoming trunk cannot receive a release signal provided after an answer signal is
detected)
1 Loop on is provided
094 Paging access tone sent to station 0 To send
1 Not sent
095 Hook flash (break pulse) sent to Radio Paging equipment from 0 To send
station 1 Not sent
096 Hook flash (break pulse) sent to Voice Paging equipment from 0 To send
station 1 Not sent
3-31 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
101 When CM08>102: 0 for Single Line Telephone 0 The call with STA-B is disconnected,
and STA-A returns to STA-C
1 Three Party Conference
102 When the station (STA-A), after holding the other station (STA- 0 As per CM08>101
C), has made a switch hook flash while talking with another sta- 1 STA-B is held, and STA-A returns to
tion (STA-B) the connection with STA-C
NOTE: This data is applied to single line telephone station. (Brokers Call)
103 When the station (STA-A), after holding a C.O. call, has made a 0 As per CM08>104
switch hook flash while talking with another station (STA-B) 1 STA-B is held, and STA-A returns to
NOTE: This data is applied to single line telephone station. the connection with C.O. line (Bro-
kers Call)
104 When CM08>103: 0 0 The call with STA-B is disconnected,
and STA-A returns to the C.O. line
1 Three Party Conference
109 Periodic record tone on live record 0 To send
1 Not sent
110 1000-Slot Memory Block number 03 for Station Speed Dial- 0 Available See CM20>A150
ing is used as the Memory Block for System Speed Dialing 1 Not available
113 Outgoing C.O. line call from Station-to-Station connection 0 Not allowed
1 To allow
114 Answer preference for enhanced Trunk Line Appearance 0 Display 2-digit trunk ID code (CM30
(Trunk Direct Appearances) Y=19, last two digits assigned)
1 Display 4-digit trunk ID code
See CM30 Y=19
115 A station user is allowed to break into a call between a C.O. line 0 Not allowed
party and another station by Executive Right of Way (Executive 1 To allow
Override)
116 Answer Key rings on TAS and Pooled Line 0 To provide
1 Not provided
See CM90 Y=00: F40XX
3-32 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
117 While the station (STA-A) is talking with another station (STA- 0 STA-A returns to the call with C.O.
B) after consultation hold with a C.O. call, when STA-B has line
hung up 1 STA-A hears ROT
119 Toll Diversion 0 Diversion to attendant ICPT
When the station dials restricted area code after C.O. trunk 1 Station receives ROT
access code
120 Name Display (Guest Name Display) 0 10 seconds later
Time to go back to Date and Time display after the call 1 6 seconds later
answered
121 Name Display (Guest Name Display) after the call answered 0 Until call finished
1 As per CM08>120
123 When a station has originated a call to C.O. line via the trunk 0 To send
route assigned to 1 by CM35 Y=004, and answer signal has not 1 Not sent
been detected within the preprogrammed time after dialing, a [Australia Only]
pseudo-answer signal is generated
0 Not sent
See CM41 Y=0>03
1 To send
[Other than Australia]
124 Multiple connections of Voice Response System on Announce- 0 Available
ment Service 1 Not available (Single connection)
125 Unsupervised transfer 0 Return to held call
After holding an incoming C.O. call, an attendant dials a sta- 1 Attendant hears ROT
tion. After connection with the attendant, if the called station
goes on-hook, the attendant returns to the held call.
[8300R2]
126 Timing of Call Forwarding-No Answer for trunk incoming call 0 As per timing for internal call or an
assisted call
(As per CM41 Y=0>15/CM41
Y=0>101/CME6 Y=08)
1 As per timing for trunk incoming call
(As per CM41 Y=0>01/CM41
Y=0>100/CME6 Y=07)
130 Exclusive Hold on Multiline Terminal 0 Not available
1 Available
3-33 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
133 A trunk line placed in Consultation Hold by Call Park-System/ 0 Not available
Tenant, can be retrieved by pressing trunk line appearance key 1 Available
on Multiline Terminal
135 Periodic Time Indication Tone sending for C.O. Line connec- 0 To send
tion See CM41 Y=0>09 1 Not sent
136 Periodic Time Indication Tone sending for Tie Line connection 0 To send
when CM08>135: 0 See CM08>135: 1 1 Not sent
137 Ringing signal for a station call with a trunk line placed in Con- 0 Change from Internal to External
sultation Hold Ringing when caller goes on-hook or
presses RLS key
See CM08>138
CM15 Y=083, 084
1 External Ringing
See CM35 Y=033, 034
138 Multiline Terminal ringing signal for Station-to-Station connec- 0 External Ringing
tion 1 Internal Ringing
[Other than North America] See CM08>397
Multiline Terminal ringing signal for calls from station/Tie Line 0 External Ringing
through CCIS 1 Internal Ringing
Multiline Terminal ringing signal for calls from C.O. through 0 Internal Ringing
CCIS 1 External Ringing
Multiline Terminal ringing signal for calls from station/Tie Line 0 2 seconds ON-4 seconds OFF
through CCIS 1 1 second ON-2 seconds OFF
[North America Only]
Multiline Terminal ringing signal for calls from C.O. through 0 1 second ON-2 seconds OFF
CCIS 1 2 seconds ON-4 seconds OFF
140 Message Waiting indication on Line Key of Multiline Terminal 0 Available
1 Not available
141 Recording Station-to-Station calls automatically 0 Start automatically
See CM13 Y=23 CM76 Y=13 1 Not available
3-34 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
142 Attendant access capability from the stations belonging to a 0 To allow
tenant with no Attendant Console 1 Not allowed
[8300R2] See CM62
143 Individual attendant access from a station within another tenant 0 Restricted
[8300R2] See CM20>A095 1 Allowed
(Recall transferring station)
144 Lamp color on Multiline Terminal when Message Waiting is set 0 Green
NOTE: When the second data is set to 0 (Green), the Icon to 1 Red
be displayed on Multiline Terminal normally is not dis-
played.
145 Outgoing call preset and call answer preset of Multiline Termi- 0 Available
nal 1 Not available
Outgoing preset: Feature + OG
Call answer preset: Feature + Answer
146 Transferred C.O. call to a busy station is automatically 0 Available
Camped-on when transferring station goes on-hook 1 Not available
(Recall transferring station)
147 When a station transfers a C.O. call to a busy station, and per- 0 The station hears Special Dial Tone
forms a switch hook flash and use of Camp-On access code is
allowed
1 The station returns to C.O. line call
148 When a station user, upon encountering the called station busy, 0 Switch Hook Flash
has dialed the same last digit again while hearing busy tone 1 Ineffective
NOTE: Effective only when CM08>069: 1.
See CM08>069
149 In delay-type paging, when the paged party encounters a busy 0 Available
paging circuit, Call Back is automatically set. 1 Not available
(Applicable to both Radio Paging and Speaker Paging.)
150 Restriction of a station-to-station call between tenants by CM63 0 To cancel
Y=1 is temporarily cancelled by means of external key 1 Not canceled
151 Dialing 1 for switch hook flash (DP telephone)/switch hook 0 Not available
flash (DTMF/DP telephone) 1 Available
153 Howler Tone sent to locked-out stations 0 Not sent
1 To send
3-35 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
155 Whether dialing digit 1 upon encountering trunk busy is 0 Effective as switch hook flash
effective as switch hook flash. (For DP telephone) 1 Ineffective
NOTE: Effective only when CM08>151: 1.
156 Dialing of a Single Digit Feature Access Code while the calling 0 Available
station hears RBT, or performs a Voice Call 1 Not available
The table below shows the available features and its access codes for Single Digit Feature Access Code, while
the calling station hears RBT.
Calling Station Kind

Access
Service Attendant Multiline DP
Code DTMF Telephone
Console Terminal Telephone
1 Voice Call Available Available Available Available after Hooking
NOTE 2
2 Call Back-No Answer Not Available Available Available after Hooking
Available NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 2
6 Message Reminder/ Available Available Available Available after Hooking
Message Waiting Set NOTE 2
8 Message Waiting Available Available Available Available after Hooking
Record NOTE 2
NOTE 1: While the Multiline Terminal or DP telephone is holding the other call, this feature is not available.
NOTE 2: While the DTMF telephone is holding the other call, this feature is not available.
157 Paging answer by PGD(2)-U10 Station Dialing (only in the 0 Available
case of Delay and Non-delay answer) 1 Not available
NOTE: The Paging Answer by the following methods is
applied depending on the setting of this command.
- When the second data is set to 0: PGD(2)-U10
station number assigned by CM10 Y=00.
- When the second data is set to 1: Paging Answer
Zone 0-9 assigned by CM20 Y=0-3: A070-A079.
158 All Zone Internal Paging 0 Not available
See CM56 Y=00-07 CM20>A164 1 Available
161 Transfer a trunk line placed in Consultation Hold 0 Available (Hold Transfer)
(Hold Transfer) 1 Not available (Consultation Hold)
3-36 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
162 Multiple Radio Paging access after accessing a Radio Paging 0 Not available
trunk with delay type Radio Paging 1 Available
NOTE: This is ineffective when CM08>157: 0.
163 Step Call for an incoming call from a Tie Line 0 Not available
1 Available
165 Replay timer for Attendant Delay Announcement 0 Replay at an interval
[8300R2] See CM41 Y=0>47
1 Replay only once
168 When the DTMF station or Multiline Terminal station dials # 0 # is set as paused data (1.5 seconds)
during setting of Station Speed Dialing 1 # is set as dialed digit
171 When the DTMF station or Multiline Terminal station dials * 0 * is set as programmable pause by
during setting of Station Speed Dialing CM41 Y=0>38
1 * is set as dialed digit
172 Automatic Idle Return on Multiline Terminal 0 Not available
1 Available
177 Last Number Call (Last Number Redial for Single Line Tele- 0 Available See CM20>A069
phone) 1 Not available
179 Ringing cadence on Direct in Termination 0 As per CM35 Y=033
[Other than North America] 1 Special Ringing
See CM08>397
Ringing cadence on Direct in Termination 0 As per CM35 Y=033
[North America Only] 1 0.4 seconds ON-0.2 seconds OFF
-0.4 seconds ON-2 seconds OFF
180 Ringing cadence on Automated Attendant call, DID call and 0 Special Ringing
Remote Access to System call See CM08>397
[Other than North America] 1 As per CM35 Y=033 or CM76 Y=22
Ringing cadence on Automated Attendant call, DID call and 0 0.4 seconds ON-0.2 seconds OFF
DISA call -0.4 seconds ON-2 seconds OFF
[North America Only] 1 As per CM35 Y=033 or CM76 Y=22
181 Multiline Terminal/DSS Console One-Touch key calling while 0 Not available
another party being rung, or while talking with another party 1 Available
3-37 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
185 When the transferring station goes on-hook before the called 0 Not available
station answers for Call Transfer-All Calls service, if the trans- 1 Available
ferred call remains unanswered for a preprogrammed duration,
the transferring station is recalled.
Recall timing: See CM41 Y=0>07
187 Recall priority over Call Forwarding 0 Recall is higher
1 Call Forward is higher
193 Sender prepause for C.O. outgoing call 0 To provide
(Not used with LCR) 1 Not provided
194 Sender prepause for Tie Line outgoing call 0 To provide
1 Not provided
199 Line Preselection on a Multiline Terminal 0 Not required
Speaker key is required after pressing the desired Line/Trunk 1 Required
key.
3-38 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
200 Wake-up time printout on Hotel printer and the report is sent to 0 Available
PMS, when setting wake-up time from guest station 1 Not available
201 Do Not Disturb records print on Hotel printer and the report is 0 Available
sent to PMS, when setting Do Not Disturb from guest station 1 Not available
204 Diversion display on Attendant Console 0 Available
205 LDN Diversion on Attendant Console 0 Available
[8300R2] See CM58 1 Not available
206 Trunk-to-Trunk transfer by an attendant before answer on the 0 Not available
outgoing trunk 1 Available
[8300R2]
207 Busy lamp field-fixed 0 Available
See CM60 Y=26 1 Not available
3-39 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
208 Dialing of a Single Digit Feature Access Code, while the calling 0 Available
station hears busy tone 1 Not available
To activate Single Digit Feature Access Code, set CM08>050, 051, 069 and 148 to 1.
050 If the * button on a DTMF telephone is pressed while hearing busy tone, it is 1 Ineffective
regarded as a Switch Hook Flash
051 If the # button on a DTMF telephone is pressed while hearing busy tone, it is 1 Ineffective
regarded as a Switch Hook Flash
069 When a station user has dialed any one digit while hearing busy tone 1 Step Call
148 When a station user, upon encountering the called station busy, has dialed 1 Ineffective
the same last digit again hearing busy tone
The table below shows the available features and its access codes for Single Digit Feature Access Code, while
the calling station hears busy tone.
Calling Station Kind

Access
Service Attendant Multiline DP DTMF
Code
Console Terminal Telephone Telephone
2 Call Back/Outgoing Trunk Queueing Not Available Available Available
(Trunk Queuing-Outgoing) available NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 2
3 Executive Right of Way Not Available Available Available
(Executive Override) available NOTE 1 NOTE 1 NOTE 2
4 Station Camp-On Available Available Available Available
(Camp-ON) NOTE 2
5 Call Waiting Available Available Available Available
NOTE 2
6 Message Reminder/Message Waiting Available Available Available Available
Set NOTE 2
7 Step Call Available Available Available Available
(7 + Last one digit) NOTE 2
8 Message Waiting Record Available Available Available Available
NOTE 2
NOTE 1: While the Multiline Terminal or DP telephone is holding the other call, this feature is not available.
NOTE 2: While the DTMF telephone is holding the other call, this feature is not available.
3-40 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
212 When a caller encounters all ACD/UCD stations busy 0 Busy Tone is to be sent out
1 Caller is placed into queuing mode
213 Method to cancel Call Forwarding-All Calls/-Busy Line/-No 0 Feature access code + Feature key
Answer 1 Feature access code + * key
214 When a ACD/UCD station dials ACD/UCD Busy out code after 0 ACD/UCD station hears Service Set
holding the call from a Tie Line/CCSA line on Consultation Tone, and returns to the call by Switch
Hold Hook Flash
See CM17 Y=6 1 The call is disconnected, and the
ACD/UCD station hears ROT
215 When a ACD/UCD station dials ACD/UCD Busy out code after 0 ACD/UCD station hears Service Set
holding the call from C.O. Line (DDD/FX/WATS) on Consulta- Tone, and returns to the call by Switch
tion Hold Hook Flash
See CM17 Y=5 1 The call is disconnected, and the
ACD/UCD station hears ROT
216 Processor for Authorization Code/Forced Account Code 0 To provide
See CM2A Y=00-14, A0
1 Not provided (OAI)
217 Processor for Remote Access to System (DISA) Code 0 To provide
See CM2A Y=00-14, A0
1 Not provided (OAI)
220 Burst tone for Operator Monitoring 0 Only Once
[Australia Only] 1 Every 4 seconds
221 Tone sent to all parties on three party conference 0 Tone is not sent
NOTE: Setting data 0 is effective only when CM31 Y=0>0 is 1 Every 4 seconds
04.
3-41 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
222 To complete the operation for setting Call Forwarding-All 0 Setting when the station goes on
Calls-Outside/Busy Line-Outside/No Answer-Outside hook/when receiving Service Set
Tone (ORT time out)
1 Setting when receiving Service Set
Tone (ORT time out)
227 Whether the transferred C.O. call from station or attendant is 0 The call is placed into queueing mode
placed into queuing mode when all ACD/UCD stations are busy 1 Recall to the transferring station when
NOTE: Effective only when CM08>212 is set to 1. the call is transferred from station, or
Attendant Camp-On is set when the
call is transferred from Attendant
228 Ringing start time for Wake Up call/Timed Reminder call 0 Start at preset time
1 Start at the time 5 minutes before pre-
set time
229 Choice of Night Service via DESKCON Programming Mode 0 Available
1 Not available
232 Trunk access from station in Room Cutoff status 0 Restricted to C.O. only
1 Restricted to all Trunk Route
233 Message Waiting lamp of calling station is extinguished when 0 Available See CM13 Y=13
an attendant answers 1 Not available
[8300R2]
234 Deletion of Call History-No Answer/Message Waiting irrespec- 0 To delete
tive of the station answering when calling back to Call History- 1 Not deleted
No Answer/Message Waiting (To delete only when answering)
235 Deletion of all stored Call History-No Answer/Message Wait- 0 To delete
ing of calling station when answering the call 1 Not deleted
236 Special Dial Tone sending for Attendant Console or station dial- 0 No tone
ing a Message Waiting access Set/Cancel code 1 Tone is sent
237 Automatic Intercom to station set for Do Not Disturb 0 Restricted (ROT connection)
1 Allowed
238 Ringing of Manual Intercom call on station set for Do Not Dis- 0 No ring
turb 1 Ring on
3-42 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
239 Dial Intercom to station set for Do Not Disturb 0 Restricted (ROT connection)
1 Allowed
240 Call Forwarding-Busy Line/Station Hunting for station with Do 0 Allowed
Not Disturb set 1 Restricted (ROT connection)
241 Destination of call transfer by CM51 Y=10 in a system with 0 The call is routed to a station within
multiple-tenants, when a station/DID/Tie Line call from another the tenant of the called station
tenant is terminated to a station set to Do Not Disturb 1 The call is routed to a station within
See CM51 Y=10 the tenant of the calling station or
within the tenant of the DID/Tie Line
trunk
Destination of DID/Tie Line call transfer to an attendant by 0 The call is routed to Attendant within
CM51 Y=00, 01, 03, 04 in the system with multiple-tenants and the tenant of the called station
multiple-console operation 1 The call is routed to Attendant within
[8300R2] See CM51 Y=00/01/03/04 the tenant of the DID/Tie Line trunk
NOTE: To set Mobility Access Mode, the second data should be set to 0.
244 Terminating system of all incoming trunks is changed by Day/ 0 Available
Night Mode change by station dialing 1 Not available
245 Trunk Restriction class assigned by CM12 Y=01 is changed by 0 Available
Day/Night Mode change by station dialing 1 Not available
246 When the station (STA-A) presses the Transfer key, after hold- 0 The call with STA-B is disconnected
ing conference and makes an inquiry call with another station 1 STA-B attends the conference
(STA-B) (4 party conference)
250 Destination of Priority Call 0 0 Same station as Off Hook Alarm
See CM51 Y=12
1 Terminate to Attendant Console
251 Destination of Priority Call 1 0 Same station as Off Hook Alarm
See CM51 Y=12
1 Terminate to Attendant Console
253 Ring transfer for Call Transfer-All Calls to a trunk when a sta- 0 Available
tion holds another station 1 Not available
3-43 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
254 Whether the Hold key of the Multiline Terminal is used as the 0 Call Park-Tenant Set key
Call Park-Tenant Set key for an internal or external call 1 Hold key
258 When the temporary service class returns to proper service class 0 When called number has been dialed
(Forced Account Code and Authorization Code) 1 When station goes on hook
259 Warning tone sent to connected parties when monitoring 0 Not sent
Station-to-Station or Station-to-Trunk call 1 To send (only once)
NOTE: Monitoring telephone conversations may be illegal
under certain circumstances and laws. Consult a legal
advisor before implementing the monitoring of
telephone conversations. Some federal and state laws
require a party monitoring a telephone conversation to
use beeptones, to notify all parties to the telephone
conversation, and/or to obtain consent from all parties
to the telephone conversation. Some of these laws pro-
vide strict penalties for illegal monitoring of telephone
conversations.
262 Multiline Terminal ringer volume control and sending of Ring 0 Available
Test Tone 1 Not available
To ring the ringer: press Feature and dial 0
To adjust the ringer volume: press or
265 Display of Busy Out from ACD/UCD group on DSS Console 0 To provide
1 Not provided
266 One hit ringing for Call Forwarding-All Calls 0 Restricted
1 Allowed
267 Hotel feature (Wake-up, Do Not Disturb, Message Waiting, 0 Available
Room Cutoff) records printout on Hotel printer, and the report 1 Not available
is sent to PMS when setting or resetting the hotel feature from
Hotel Console or Administrative station
3-44 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
268 Call termination to My Line while the station user makes a call 0 Restricted
with a Sub line or trunk line on Multiline Terminal NOTE 1 1 Allowed
269 Busy indication on BLF of large type DESKCON, DSS Con- 0 Station base
sole or Multiline Terminal by station base or extension base 1 Extension base
NOTE 1
270 Voice Call when calling Multiline Terminal set to Voice First 0 Not provided (Busy Tone)
from single line telephone or Multiline Terminal without LCD 1 To provide
271 Voice Call when calling Multiline Terminal set to Voice First 0 Not provided (Busy Tone)
from Attendant Console 1 To provide
[8300R2]
274 Line lockout indication on DSS Console 0 Available
1 Not available
281 Maid Identification number used for Maid Status NOTE 2 0 Available
1 Not available
282 Message RING ON OK is printed out when wake up call 0 Not printed
starts NOTE 2 1 To print
283 Message STATION BUSY is printed out when the station is 0 Not printed
busy on Wake Up call NOTE 2 1 To print
284 Message CONNECTION BLOCK is printed out when Wake 0 Not printed
Up call is unsuccessful NOTE 2 1 To print
285 Message RESTRICTION is printed out when Wake Up call is 0 Not printed
unsuccessful NOTE 2 1 To print
286 Message STATION ANSWER is printed out when the sta- 0 Not printed
tion answer Wake Up call NOTE 2 1 To print
287 Message STATION NO ANSWER is printed out when the 0 Not printed
station does not answer Wake Up call NOTE 2 1 To print
NOTE 1: When CM08>268=0 (restricted), set 0 (station base) by CM08>269.

NOTE 2: CM08>281, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286, 287 are required for Hotel printer.
3-45 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
289 Room Cutoff 0 Not Allowed
1 To allow
293 Wake Up time display on Front Desk Terminal 0 24-Hour (Military format)
1 12-Hour
294 MW lamp indication on Multiline Terminal to which Message 0 Flashing (60 IPM)
Waiting/Message Reminder is set 1 Steady lighting
3-46 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
301 When system is reseted 0 Multiline Terminal MIC lamp ON
1 Multiline Terminal MIC lamp OFF
311 Display last calling station number 0 6 seconds
1 Until next call
Display calling station number when a calling station abandons 0 Not available
a call before the call is answered 1 Available
313 An Incoming call via UCD station in Exclusive Hold/Remote 0 Not income
Hold 1 To income
319 On a Tie Line outgoing call with answer signal, transferring/ 0 Not available
holding the call before distant called station answers. 1 Available
NOTE: Effective only when CM35 Y=000 is 03 or 04 and
CM35 Y=004 is 02.
322 Answering method of Camp-On (Call Waiting Method) 0 Same as Camp-On transfer-method
(Switch Hook Flash + Call Hold
access code/Answer key)
1 Alternating between two calls by
Switch Hook Flash/Answer key
324 Direct-In Termination-Outside 0 After the outgoing trunk receives the
(In the case of no release signal on incoming trunk and both response, the tandem connection is
answer and release signals on outgoing trunk) allowed
[8300R2] 1 The tandem connection is restricted
when the incoming trunk is no resto-
ration signal
331 Sender Prepause for outgoing call via attendant 0 To provide
1 Not provided
333 Mail box number sent to VMS when VMS is recalled after 0 To send
transferring the call to an unanswered station 1 Not sent
334 Call to station set with a Return Message Schedule 0 Available (Ringing)
Display, receives ringing 1 Not available (ROT connection)
335 Station number and name display when incoming call begins 0 Display when incoming call termi-
ringing in nates to the Prime Line
RESET 1 Display when incoming call termi-
nates to the Prime Line or My Line
3-47 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
352 When a call is transferred by Remote Access to System (DISA) 0 Disconnect call
to predetermined station and time-out occurs, the call is contin- 1 Continue call
ued or dropped
See CM30 Y=30 CM41 Y=0>39
353 Buzzer sound when terminating incoming call to attendant that 0 Not provided
is in Attendant Console Lockout 1 To provide
357 Diversion display on Multiline Terminal/DESKCON when 0 Available
originating/terminating a call 1 Not available
359 When a call is transferred by Automated Attendant to predeter- 0 Disconnect call
mined station and time out occurs, the call is continued or 1 Continue call
dropped
See CM30 Y=30, 31, 32, 33 CM41 Y=0>39
361 Dial ** is automatically added to the digits sent to Radio 0 Allowed
Paging System 1 Restricted
362 Confirmation tone after dialing access code for Account Code/ 0 No tone
Authorization Code/Forced Account Code 1 Service Set Tone
363 For Automated Attendant call, caller dials while receiving 0 Not allowed
message or music (Allowed after receiving the message
or music)
1 Allowed
365 Send Dial Tone when holding trunk by Hold key 0 To send
See CM90 Y=00: F0058 1 Not sent
367 Camp-On (Call Waiting) Tone sent to busy station by Call Wait- 0 Every 4 seconds
ing-Station/-Terminating (Camp-On Call Waiting method) 1 Only once
NOTE: In Italy, Belgium, Denmark, Switzerland and Spain, you
have to set setting data to 0.
368 Centralized Billing-CCIS for Center Office 0 To provide (for Center Office)
RESET 1 Not provided (for Local Office)
369 Automatic return of originating station to the held C.O. line 0 Automatic return to C.O. line call
call, after the inquiry call is disconnected. 1 Return to C.O. line call via hooking,
when receiving ROT
370 Call Forwarding-Outside-CCIS on incoming call from CCIS 0 Restricted
1 Allowed
3-48 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
371 Call Forwarding Override-CCIS 0 Not available (BT connection)
1 Available
372 Alternative Routing when outgoing trunks of tandem office are 0 Available
all busy/Alternate Routing for multiple SIP 1 Not available
373 Send Call Forwarding station information through CCIS 0 To send
1 Not sent
376 When forwarded call is terminated to VMS via CCIS, whether 0 To provide
Message Waiting from VMS is provided for the called station 1 Not provided
377 Send calling party information to SMDR on CCIS tandem calls 0 Station number and Office number
1 Trunk Route number and Trunk num-
ber
378 Centralized Billing-CCIS for Local Office 0 To provide (for Local Office)
1 Not provided (for Center Office)
379 Maximum number of dialed digits sent to the CCIS 0 24 digits
1 15 digits
When a call is terminated via CCIS/SIP, whether Caller ID Dis- 0 To provide
play/Name Display (Attendant Called/Calling Name Display) is 1 Not provided
provided for the called station.
380 Interval of ringer until detecting a ringing frequency from the 0 As per CM08>381
main PBX or Centrex. 1 As per CM35 Y=033
Ringing is sent from Multiline Terminal until detection of the
ringing frequency.
381 Interval of ringer until detecting a ringing frequency from the 0 No Ringer
main PBX or Centrex. 1 Ringing Tone (0.5 seconds) is sent
Ringing is sent from Multiline Terminal until detection of the once
ringing frequency.
NOTE: Effective only when the 2nd data of CM08>380: 0.
382 Lamp indication of Multiline Terminal until detecting the kind 0 Red steady light
of incoming call from main PBX or Centrex. 1 120 IPM flash (As per CM35 Y=032)
The lamp is lit until detection of the ringing frequency.
386 Destination setting of Call Forwarding-All Calls/Busy Line/No 0 Restricted
Answer-Outside or Split Call Forwarding-All Calls/Busy Line/ 1 Allowed
No Answer-Outside by entering only a trunk access code
3-49 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
388 Holding/held party control for Music on Hold tenant basis 0 Held party control (tenant)
1 Holding party control (tenant)
390 Multiline Terminal tone ringer selection 0 By pressing Feature key and dialing 3
RESET NOTE 1
1 As per CM15 Y=083, 084, 093,
NOTE 1: Set 0 (Available) by CM08>262 to allow the ring
CM35 Y=034, 164 NOTE 2
test tone to be heard when using the Feature + 3
operation.
NOTE 2: When the ring tone 600 + 700 (Hz) is specified in
CM15 Y=083, 084 and/or CM35 Y=034, the ring
tone selection key of Multiline Terminal is ineffec-
tive.
391 Lamp indication on Multiline Terminal 0 Special
RESET 1 Standard
392 Multiline Terminal ringing signal patterns for external call 0 2 seconds ON-4 seconds OFF
[Not used in North America] 1 0.4 seconds ON-0.2 seconds OFF
RESET -0.4 seconds ON-2 seconds OFF
396 Multiline Terminal ringing cadence selection for Internal call 0 2 seconds ON-4 seconds OFF (For
[Not used in North America] Multiline Terminal)
RESET 1 second ON-5 seconds OFF (For
SLT)
3-50 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
397 Multiline Terminal ringing signal patterns for an internal/exter- 0 Depends on the combination of
nal call and special ringing CM08>392 and 396
[Not used in North America] (See the following table)
RESET 1 Depends on the data set by
CM08>392 and 396
UNIT: seconds
PATTERN 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CM08>392 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1
CM08>396 1 1 0 0 1 0 1 0
CM08>397 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0
Internal SLT 1ON 1ON 1ON 1ON 0.4ON 0.7ON 1ON 0.3ON
Ringing 2OFF 2OFF 5OFF 5OFF 0.2OFF 0.2OFF 4OFF 0.2OFF
0.4ON 0.7ON 0.3ON
4OFF 3.5OFF 4.2OFF
Multiline 1ON 1ON 2ON 2ON 0.357ON 0.357ON 1ON 0.25ON
Terminal 2OFF 2OFF 4OFF 4OFF 0.2OFF 0.2OFF 4OFF 0.25OFF
0.357ON 0.357ON 0.25ON
2OFF 2OFF 4.25OFF
External SLT 0.4ON 2ON 0.4ON 2ON 1ON 1.5ON 0.3ON 1ON
Ringing 0.2OFF 4OFF 0.2OFF 4OFF 4OFF 3.5OFF 0.2OFF 4OFF
0.4ON 0.4ON 0.3ON
2OFF 2OFF 4.2OFF
Multiline 0.4ON 2ON 0.4ON 2ON 2ON 2ON 0.25ON 1ON
Terminal 0.2OFF 4OFF 0.2OFF 4OFF 4OFF 4OFF 0.25OFF 4OFF
0.4ON 0.4ON 0.25ON
2OFF 2OFF 4.25OFF
Special SLT 0.2ON 0.4ON 0.2ON 0.4ON 0.2ON 0.2ON 0.2ON 0.2ON
Ringing 0.2OFF 0.2OFF 0.2OFF 0.2OFF 0.2OFF 0.2OFF 0.2OFF 0.2OFF
0.2ON 0.4ON 0.2ON 0.4ON 0.2ON 0.2ON 0.2ON 0.2ON
0.2OFF 2OFF 0.2OFF 2OFF 0.2OFF 0.2OFF 0.2OFF 0.2OFF
2OFF 2OFF 4OFF 4OFF 4OFF 4OFF
Multiline 0.2ON 0.5ON 0.2ON 0.5ON 0.2ON 0.2ON 0.25ON 0.25ON
Terminal 0.2OFF 0.5OFF 0.2OFF 0.5OFF 0.2OFF 0.2OFF 0.125OFF 0.125OFF
0.2ON 0.5ON 0.2ON 0.5ON 0.2ON 0.2ON 0.25ON 0.25ON
0.2OFF 1.5OFF 0.2OFF 1.5OFF 0.2OFF 0.2OFF 0.125OFF 0.125OFF
0.2ON 0.2ON 0.2ON 0.2ON 0.25ON 0.25ON
2OFF 2OFF 2OFF 2OFF 2OFF 2OFF
NOTE 1: The above ringer patterns (5-8) are effective only when CM31 Y=0>0: 04, 15.
NOTE 2: PATTERN 5 is standard setting for Brazil.
NOTE 3: PATTERN 6 is standard setting for France.
NOTE 4: PATTERN 7 and 8 are standard setting for EU.
3-51 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
398 Provide PAD for Multiline Terminal at all times 0 To provide
NOTE: For Europe, be sure to set the data to 0. 1 Not provided
Multiline Terminal connection PAD 0 With PAD
[For EU] 1 Without PAD
NOTE 1: CM08>398:0 (With PAD) is available for following countries.
Austria/Belgium/Denmark/Germany/Italy/South Africa/Spain/Sweden/Switzerland/The Netherlands/
UK
NOTE 2: CM08>398:1(Without PAD) is available for following countries.
Brazil/China/International
3-52 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
400 Send Calling Party Subaddress to ISDN network 0 To send
1 Not sent
401 Terminating system for Called Party Subaddress 0 Station call
1 Terminating system assigned by
CM30 Y=02/03/40/41
402 Advice of Charge (AOC) display on Multiline Terminal when 0 Flashing display
the charge has been summed over $9999.99/ (Euro) 655.35 1 Fixed display
(After 6 seconds, the display goes off.)
[Australia/France/Germany/Netherlands/Italy/Greece/
Luxembourg/Portugal/Spain/Sweden]
403 Timing start when making ISDN call from attendant 0 Not available
404 Advice of Charge 0 Not available
[Australia/France/Germany/Netherlands/Italy/Greece/ 1 Available
405 Consecutive Speed Dialing when making ISDN call 0 Available
1 Not available
407 Busy tone is sent to calling party of ISDN when called party is 0 Available (BT)
busy in tandem connection (ISDN to COT) 1 Not available (RBT)
420 Frequency of metering pulse for COT 0 16 kHz
[Australia Only] 1 50 Hz/12 kHz
RESET
422 Multiline Terminal speaker volume control (6dB gain) in on- 0 Available
hook speaker mode 1 Not available
[Australia Only]
424 Method of charging a transferred call 0 Charging to transferring station or
transfer destination station
1 Split charging to both transferring sta-
tion and transfer destination station
3-53 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
425 Charging to the transferring station or transfer destination sta- 0 Charging to transferring station
tion 1 Charging to transfer destination sta-
tion
Shown below are stations to which call is to be charged in the case of various transfer patterns.
STA: station
DESKCON: Desk Console
Transfer Pattern CM08>424=0 CM08>424=0
CM08>424=1
From To CM08>425=1 CM08>425=0
Split charging to STA A and

STA A STA B STA B STA A
STA B
STA DESKCON STA STA STA
DESKCON STA STA STA STA
Split charging to DESKCON
DESKCON A DESKCON B DESKCON B DESKCON A
A and DESKCON B
426 SMDR for incoming calls if the account code is not entered 0 To provide
NOTE: When CM08>426 is 1, SMDR for incoming call is not 1 Not provided
provided even if CM13 Y=05 and CM35 Y=049 are 0
(To provide).
427 Send additional DTMF signals when called station answers, if 0 To send
assigning station number and additional DTMF signals to One- 1 Not sent
Touch key on Multiline Terminal.
428 VMS transfer from attendant, if Camp-On is set and not 0 To provide
answered 1 Not provided
429 Automatic setting of OAI SMFR for Multiline Terminal Sub 0 Available
line 1 Not available
[Cintech Jazz ACD only]
430 Send Calling Party Subaddress to ISDN network when making 0 To send (As per CM08>431)
call from ISDN Telephone 1 Not sent
431 ISDN Calling Party Subaddress when making call from ISDN 0 ISDN line station No. assigned by
Telephone CM10
1 ISDN Telephone No.
3-54 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
432 Forced release when called ISDN Telephone does not answer 0 Not available
during 3 minutes 1 Available
434 ISDN CPN (Calling Party Number) when making a call from 0 CPN entered in ISDN Telephone
ISDN Telephone 1 CPN assigned by CM12 Y=12/13
441 Recall display on Attendant Console 0 Available
1 Not available
442 UCD Busy Out from Sub line 0 Available
1 Not available
443 Type of Voice Mail System (VMS) 0 As per CM12 Y=25
1 VMS with DTMF signaling
444 Message Waiting lamp control from VMS with MCI to all 0 Available
stations 1 Not available
NOTE: MW lamp control is only available to stations in the op-
posite PBX connected with CCIS via MCI. Station dial-
ing MW access codes are not allowed over CCIS.
445 Pressing Paging key on DESKCON when the attendant is in 0 Available
idle 1 Not available
448 When Multiline Terminal station dials *# during setting of 0 *# is set as dialed digit
One-Touch keys 1 *# is set as a delimiter mark
between dialed number and DTMF
signal
449 DID call to station with Call Forwarding-No Answer-CCIS set 0 Ring continuously at forwarded DID
to a busy destination station. station
Destination has no call forwarding set. 1 Drop to busy signal after time set by
CM41 Y=0>01
450 Fault Information Storing 0 Not stored
1 To store
460 Send OAI SMFN STS (status) for Call Transfer from station 0 SMFN STS=7
1 SMFN STS=0
461 Send OAI SMFN when answering held call 0 To send
1 Not sent
462 Send ANI/Caller ID/CPN to OAI terminal 0 Available
1 Not available
3-55 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
463 Send ANI/Caller ID/CPN to SMDR terminal 0 Available
1 Not available
464 OAI TSAPI 0 Same as 2400 IPX system (recom-
SCF facility mended setting)
1 SMFN Off-Hook indication sent
465 SCF error code type 0 SCF error Detail
1 SCF error Kind
467 Method of readout the traffic information 0 To readout from the newest data
1 To readout from the oldest data
NOTE: Set the second data to 0 when measuring traffic data continuously per hour/day.
472 Request ANI signal 0 Available
1 Not available
489 Type of Single Data Message Frame Format 0 Without Time Parameter
1 With Time Parameter
3-56 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
502 Name display on the called station when calling from Sub Line 0 Name display of My Line
1 Name display of Sub Line
Calling Party Name sending to ISDN when making an outgoing 0 Name of My Line
call from Sub Line 1 Name of Sub Line
503 Send RBT when the called PS is out of cell (zone) or the power 0 Not sent
is off 1 To send
NOTE: Effective only for station-to-station call or originating
office on WCS roaming.
504 PS No-Answer 0 Available
1 Not available
507 Send calling station number to the analog telephone for Caller 0 Not sent
ID-Station when an internal call is terminated. 1 To send
508 Mask indication (*) for Station Authorization Code entry 0 To provide
1 Not provided
509 Call Forwarding-Override when the Call Forwarding-All Calls 0 Call Forwarding-Override
is set to the My Line of Multiline Terminal 1 As per CM08>268
510 Station Hunting-Not Available when the called PS is out of cell 0 Available
(zone) or the power is off 1 Not available
513 ID registration method for IP Station 0 Protected Login Mode for All IP Sta-
tions
1 As per CM15 Y=480
514 Whether the system encodes the station number when IP Sta- 0 To encode (NEC Original method)
tions login to the network 1 Not encoded
515 Whether the system encodes the password when IP Stations 0 Not encoded
login to the network 1 To encode (As per CM08>517)
516 Whether the system override IP Stations which have the same 0 To override
station number when the IP Stations login to the network 1 Not overridden
NOTE: Set the second data to 0, when an IP Station user moves
to visitor unit without the logout operation in User Mo-
bility feature.
3-57 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
517 Encoding method for the password 0 MD5
NOTE: Effective when CM08>515 is set to 1. 1 NEC Original method
519 Whether the system sends SPDT when entering the name/num- 0 Not sent
ber for Dial by Name 1 To send
521 PS Location Indication on DESKCON display 0 To provide
[8300R2] 1 Not provided
522 Provide the Privacy Release feature which does not use My line 0 To provide
of the third party 1 Not provided
524 Send calling party name to the analog telephone for Caller ID- 0 To send
Station when an internal call is terminated (Calling Party Name is sent)
NOTE: This data is effective only when the 2nd data of CM12 1 Not sent
Y=20 is set to 1. (Calling Party Number is sent)
525 Sending Switch Hook Flash for Adjunct Analog System 0 To send
1 Not sent
527 Provide the system with the voice communication between 0 To provide
ISDN telephone group and Single Line Telephone/Multiline 1 Not provided
Terminal/PS within the system
528 Station Hunting when ISDN telephone break down 0 To provide
NOTE: Waiting Timer for call/answer needs to be set by 1 Not provided
CMAC Y=15 when providing Station Hunting
534 System operation after the C.O./Tie line (via TRK-B) is com- 0 Return to the original call
pleted when a station that has a C.O./Tie line call (via TRK-A) (via TRK-A)
on consultation hold is talking with another C.O./Tie line call 1 ROT
(via TRK-B)
538 Duration of displaying the destination information (dialed num- 0 Until call is finished
ber/name) indicated on the Multiline Terminal when the outgo- 1 6 seconds
ing call is answered by the destination (except CCIS)
NOTE: Set this data by CM08>580 when making a call via
CCIS.
542 Type of Camp-On from DESKCON 0 Semi-Automatic Camp-On
[8300R2] 1 Automatic Camp-On
3-58 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
543 Whether the step call is to be restricted or not 0 Restricted
1 Allow
548 Selection of the Guest information displayed on an administra- 0 Display PMS information A/B
tive station (Multiline Terminal/Attendant Console) for 8 char- 1 Display VIP/language
acters display in left-side on upper line of LCD
549 Whether the PMS information for 8 characters display in left- 0 Display information assigned by
side on upper line of LCD is to be displayed on Attendant Con- CM08>548
sole or not 1 Not displayed
[8300R2]
553 Inquiry Dial Tone sent to a station makes SHF on Consultation 0 DT
Hold 1 SPDT
[For EU]
554 Displaying the calling information on PS when an Attendant 0 Information of holding call
Console calls a PS with consultation holding the other station/ (Station/Trunk information)
trunk 1 Information of Attendant Console
[8300R2]
555 Displaying the calling information on PS when a station calls a 0 Information of holding call
PS with consultation holding the other station/trunk (Station/Trunk information)
[8300R2] 1 Information of calling station
assigned by CM60 Y=51
556 Displaying the calling information on PS when a call is termi- 0 Trunk name assigned by CM77 Y=2/
nated from a individual signal line trunk CM77 Y=3
[8300R2] 1 Not displayed
557 Operation of Group Feature Key on Multiline Terminal when 0 Group Feature Key is available by
an incoming call/holding call cannot be seized with My line seizing Sub line
because it is used by the other Multiline Terminal on multiline 1 Group Feature Key is unavailable
558 Group Feature Key on Multiline Terminal with Line Preselec- 0 To provide
tion function 1 Not provided
NOTE: Set the second data of CM08>199 to 0 when the second
data of this Command is set to 0.
560 Action of monitoring station after the hold/hooking key is 0 Keep monitoring
pressed in the monitored station or the monitored station 1 Stop monitoring
becomes idle
3-59 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
563 Information to display on the middle line of the Multiline Ter- 0 Forwarding station name
minal/DESKCON LCD when forwarding a trunk call to the 1 Caller ID
Multiline Terminal/DESKCON by Call Forwarding-All Calls/ (Calling number/Calling name)
No Answer/Busy Line/Not Available
564 Display the first forwarding station number via CCIS or the 0 The first forwarding number via CCIS
second forwarding station number of own office on LCD of for- 1 The second forwarding number of
warding destination Multiline Terminal own office
567 Automatic Idle Return in case the PBR time out occurs after the 0 Not available
Redial/Speaker key is pressed with the Multiline Terminal is 1 Available
on-hook condition
NOTE: This command is effective only when CM08>172 is set to 1.
570 Whether the access codes of Single-Digit Feature Access Code 0 Programmable Access Code assigned
feature are fixed or not by CM20 Y=4, 5
1 Fixed Access Code
576 Attendant/Station Night Transfer when a station/trunk call is 0 To provide
terminated to Attendant Position/station Night mode is set 1 Not provided
577 Changing the ringing tone depend on Day Mode/Night Mode 0 To provide
Change 1 Not provided
579 Sending of confirmation tone from VMS to the calling and 0 To send
called party while Voice Mail Live Record-CCIS is executed 1 Not sent
580 Duration of displaying the caller information (calling number/ 0 6 seconds
name) indicated on Multiline Terminal when the incoming call 1 Until call is finished
is answered (effective for all trunks)
NOTE: When making a call via CCIS, the duration of displaying the destination information when the outgoing
call is answered, is selected by this command.
583 Whether the calling number is automatically stored or not when 0 To store
the station call via CCIS is abandoned 1 Not stored
584 Caller ID sent to ISDN telephone when terminating a call from 0 Calling number assigned by CM12
Single Line Telephone/Multiline Terminal to ISDN telephone Y=12, 13/CM50 Y=05
1 Originating station number
3-60 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
585 Whether the service which is set to a group member station is 0 Effective
effective when the group members are called by Group Feature 1 Ineffective
Key
NOTE: When the second data of CM08>585 is set to 0, the following services are effective.
Call Forwarding-All Calls/Split Call Forwarding-All Calls/Call Forwarding-All Calls of Mobility
Access/Do Not Disturb/Transfer the call to station set Do Not Disturb (CM51 Y=10)/Call Forwarding-
Logout
588 CID Call Back when an incoming call is forwarded, when a 0 To provide
station to which a call terminated is busy, or when a station to 1 Not provided
which a call terminated is set Do Not Disturb
NOTE: CID Call back by this command is available under the following conditions.
The Multiline Terminal station line is set to Call Forwarding-All Calls/Call Forwarding-Busy Line/
Call Forwarding-No answer/Call Forwarding-IP Station logout when a trunk call is terminated.
The Multiline Terminal station line is set to Do Not Disturb when a trunk call is terminated.
The Multiline Terminal station line received the incoming call is busy when a trunk call is termi-
nated.
592 Setting of the Caller ID information sending format 0 CCITT V.23 modem (Data Format:
RESET ETSI)
1 Bell 202 modem
NOTE: A system reset is required after setting this command.
593 Call termination to My Line while the station user makes a call 0 To activate the service (Call Forward-
with a Sub line or a trunk line on a Multiline Terminal ing/Station Hunting) that set an
incoming call
1 As per CM08>268 (the calling station
hears RBT, or performs a Voice Call)
3-61 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
600 Selection of trunk route seized for Call Forwarding-All Calls/ 0 By calling partys tenant/terminating
Busy Line/No Answer-Outside, Split Call Forwarding-All trunks tenant
Calls/Busy Line/No Answer-Outside 1 By Call Forwarding setting stations
tenant
602 Reset of Queue Limit counter for TAS per tenant 0 Not provided
1 To provide
603 Caller ID/CPN/ANI to Single Line Telephone from CCIS 0 To provide
1 Not provided
606 Link Reconnect-CCIS 0 Not provided
1 To provide
607 Reconnect the CCIS link when a call is connected to UCD 0 To provide
Delay Announcement via CCIS 1 Not provided
608 Call Forwarding type when an incoming call terminates via 0 As per CM65 Y=37/38/39
CCIS 1 As per CM65 Y=23/24/25
624 Alternative Routing when the LAN cable of VoIPDB is pulled 0 To provide (CGC sending)
out in tandem office or when all outgoing trunks of tandem 1 Not provided (CFL sending)
office are make busy condition
626 In ETSI ISDN Overlap Receiving, whether the system connects 0 Not connected
to the calling party when the system does not receive the fol- 1 To connect
lowing DID number within the time set by CM41 Y=0>109,
after the first DID number of the calling party is received
[For EU]
627 In ETSI ISDN Overlap Receiving, whether the system connects 0 Not connected
to the calling party when the DID number of digits received 1 To connect
from ISDN is more than the maximum number of digits
assigned by CM85 Y=0-7
[For EU]
628 Link Reconnect-Peer-to-peer CCIS 0 To provide
1 Not provided
NOTE: This command is effective when CM08>606 is set to 1.
3-62 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
629 Connected line number indication on DESKCON display in 0 Not provided
ETSI ISDN Connected Line Identification Presentation (COLP) 1 To provide
[For EU]
633 Trunk access code display when a call terminates via ETSI 0 Available
ISDN 1 Not available
[For EU]
644 ETSI ISDN Overlap Sending 0 To provide
[For EU] 1 Not provided
BLADE RESET
649 Ringer Tone Pattern providing for CCIS/SIP incoming call 0 To provide
1 Not provided
655 Operation when the PBR/T302 time out occurs 0 Stop connecting
[Russia Only] 1 Keep connecting
664 Operation of hooking/call holding after a station receives warn- 0 Allow
ing SST for forced disconnection 1 Restricted
665 Shift from the communication between station and Trunk to 0 Allow
Three Way Calling (Conference [Three/Four Party]) with the 1 Restricted
Timer for forced disconnection is in progress
666 Alternative Routing when no answer timer of outgoing call (T1 0 To provide (CGC sending)
timer) time-out occurs in tandem connection (CCIS to CCIS) 1 Not provided (CFL sending)
669 Sending the station status type to the destination office when 0 To send DND setting
the Multiline Terminal/DESKCON calls a station set the DND 1 To send the restriction
over CCIS
672 Releasing the path by RTP monitoring via SIP trunk 0 To provide
1 Not provided
NOTE: When the second data of CM08>672 is set to 0, the path is released when the SIP trunk does not receive
RTP for 10 seconds after establishing the path.
676 Output message which is sent from PBX to ISDN network 0 As per CM08>677
when the 2nd line is released by Mobility Access hooking 1 CALL PROC + DISC
3-63 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
677 Output message which is sent from PBX to ISDN network 0 CALL PROC + ALERT + DISC
when the 2nd line is released by Mobility Access hooking 1 CALL PROC + ALERT +
NOTE: This data is effective only when the 2nd data of CONNECT + DISC
CM08>676 is set to 0.
679 Registering fault information (fault kind 043) by RTP monitor- 0 Not provided
ing via SIP trunk 1 To provide
NOTE 1: This command is effective when the fault information (fault kind 043) is assigned by CMEA Y=2.
NOTE 2: When the second data of CM08>679 is set to 1, the registering fault information (fault kind 043) by
RTP monitoring via SIP trunk is performed as follows.
When releasing the path by RTP monitoring via SIP trunk is provided (CM08>672: 0), the fault
information (fault kind 043) is registered whenever the path is released by RTP monitoring.
When releasing the path by RTP monitoring via SIP trunk is not provided (CM08>672: 1), the
fault information (fault kind 043) is registered only one time.
685 Send DTMF signals to the other office station/trunk when the 0 To send
connection between DT700 Series via IPT (P2P CCIS) and 1 Not sent
other office station/trunk is established.
699 DND display on Multiline Terminal/DESKCON when the 0 To provide
Multiline Terminal/DESKCON calls a station set the DND over 1 Not provided
CCIS
3-64 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
702 Ringing signal/Live Record Start signal which includes caller 0 To send
information (such as station number and kind of calling party) 1 Not sent
is sent to VMS
NOTE: Set the second data to 0 to enable Voice Mail Live
Record-CCIS.
703 Ringing signal/Live Record Start signal which includes calling/ 0 To send
forwarding party information (such as station number and kind 1 Not sent
of calling party) of opposite office is sent to VMS, when a call
is terminated to VMS via CCIS
NOTE: 1st data=0 is effective only when CM08>379: 0.
704 The following signal is sent to VMS 0 To send
Busy signal 1 Not sent
When the VMS forwards a call to a station/trunk and the
station/trunk is busy
Answer signal
When the VMS forwards a call to a station/trunk and the
station/trunk answers
Release signal
When a station/trunk hangs up while accessing the VMS
NOTE: Set the second data to 0 to enable Voice Mail Live
Record-CCIS.
705 Remote Hold from DESKCON 0 Available
[North America Only] 1 Not available
706 MW lamp control on a station of opposite office from VMS via 0 Available
CCIS 1 Not available
NOTE: 1st data=0 is effective only when CM08>702: 0 and
CM08>703: 0.
708 Number of digits for station number in MCI message format 0 6 digits
sent to VMS from CPU RS-232C port 1 8 digits
709 MCI message format sent to VMS from CPU RS-232C port 0 Format with ANI
1 Format without ANI
3-65 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
710 Whether to link with a VMS soft key feature (CM13 Y=37)/ 0 Only as per CM13 Y=37/CM08>702
expand AAINFO (CM08>702) 1 As per CM13 Y=37/CM08>702 and
expansion information sent to VMS
713 Station number sent to VMS when accessing VMS from a sub- 0 Subline station number
line assigned on Multiline Terminal 1 My Line station number
722 Sending of expanded information on Low Layer Compatibility 0 Allow
(LLC) information element for connection between ISDN tele- 1 Restricted
phone/ISDN trunks
728 Sending Service Set Tone to participants when a new partici- 0 Not sent
pant attends the conference 1 To send
[8300R2]
731 Calling number information sent to the In-Skin Voice Mail 0 Caller on hold
1 Operator
732 Sending of SST to a paging trunk when a speaker paging is 0 To send
seized 1 Not sent
3-66 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
801 Send Office Number to Center Office for Centralized Billing- 0 To send
CCIS 1 Not sent
NOTE: When the network adopts Open Numbering Plan, set
the office number by CMA7 Y=06.
When the network adopts Closed Numbering Plan, set
the office number by CMA7 Y=07.
See CMA7 Y=06, 07
803 CPU built-in SMDR output for tandem calls, divided into ter- 0 To provided
minating trunk and originating trunk 1 Not provided (Originating trunk only)
804 Type of terminal for OAI SMFN 0 Single Line Telephone
1 PS
805 OAI SMFN STS (Status) when the forwarded call with Call 0 SMFN STS=5/6
Forwarding-No Answer is terminated to a station (SMFN 1 SMFN STS=1
FID=3/1)
808 OAI SMFN STS (status) when a station answers the forwarded 0 SMFN STS=5/6/7
call with Call Forwarding-All Calls/Busy Line/No Answer 1 SMFN STS=0
(SMFN FID=2)
809 Select trunk when Answer Call 0 Not available
1 Available
811 OAI SMFN STS (status) when the forwarded call with Call 0 SMFN STS=4/5
Forwarding-All Calls/Busy Line is terminated to a station 1 SMFN STS=1
(SMFN FID=1)
815 Send OAI SMFN when Recall Exclusive Hold 0 To send
[For EU] 1 Not sent
816 The line/trunk engaged in communication with the 2nd party is 0 To provide
set in 3rd party line 1 of OAI SMFN STS (status) 1-0 when a 1 Not provided
call terminates for Conversation Monitoring (FID=6)/Call Con-
ferencing (FID=8)
The line/trunk engaged in communication with the 2nd party is
set in 3rd party line 2 of OAI SMFN STS (status) 2-0/2-1 when
a call for Conversation Monitoring (FID=6) is answered
3-67 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
817 OAI SMFN STS (status) when the forwarded call with Call 0 SMFN STS=4/5/6
Forwarding-All Calls/Busy Line/No Answer is terminated to a 1 SMFN STS=0
station via CCIS (SMFN FID=1)
OAI SMFN STS (status) when a station answers via CCIS the 0 SMFN STS=5/6/7
forwarded call with Call Forwarding-All Calls/Busy Line/No 1 SMFN STS=0
Answer (SMFN FID=2)
818 Send OAI SMFN when Exclusive Hold 0 To send
[For EU] 1 Not sent
820 Display of the monetary unit for ISDN call charge 0 Monetary unit is not displayed
1 As per CM04 Y=00>00
NOTE: When setting the second data to 1 and CM04 Y=00>00 is set to 01-31, $ is displayed.
Set this command when monetary unit is not displayed in the area where a dollar is not used.
823 SMDR service for incoming calls of each station assigned by 0 Ineffective
CM13 Y=05 1 Effective
NOTE: To provide SMDR for abandoned incoming calls, as-
sign second data of CM08>823 to 0 (Ineffective).
824 DID Development Table for guest station 0 Development Table 1 for DID number
1 Development Table 0 for DID number
NOTE: Set the second data the same as the DID Development Table number assigned by CM35 Y=170.
825 Number of digits for a sequence used to communicate with the 0 3 digits (000-199)
PMS 1 2 digits (00-99)
826 Timing that the system sends a recovery process request to the 0 At every connection establishment
PMS 1 At the first connection establishment
only since system reset
827 Parity check for CPU Built-in SMDR on IP 0 None parity
1 Parity as for CM08>828
828 Kind of parity for CPU Built-in SMDR on IP 0 Odd parity
1 Even parity
3-68 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
830 Kind of Center Office for Centralized Billing-CCIS 0 SV8300
1 2400 IPX
NOTE 1: Set this data to the Local Office of the Centralized Billing-CCIS. This data setting is not required for
Center Office.
NOTE 2: This data is available in following conditions.
- Output Message Format of SMDR: NEAX 2400 IMS Extended Format
- Local Office: SV8300
833 Whether to send SMDR output of abandoned incoming call 0 To send
when no answer is received 1 Not sent
835 Printing of each hotel feature record with the printer that is 0 Available
connected to the PMS 1 Not available
836 System clock used for the SMDR output of outgoing/incoming 0 System clock of unit that the seized
call trunk is accommodated (for outgoing
call)/System clock of unit that the ter-
minated trunk is accommodated (for
outgoing call)
1 System clock of Main Unit
837 System clock used for the SMDR output of station-to-station 0 System clock of the unit that the
call seized trunk/calling station is accom-
modated
1 System clock of Main Unit
839 Sending of OAI SMFN with intermediate information via OAI 0 To send
queue 1 Not sent
840 Send OAI SMFN when setting CAMP ON of OAI SMFN 0 To send
FID=1 STS (status)=8 and when answering by pressing Answer 1 Not sent
Key from the set PBX of OAI SMFN FID=2 STS (status)=8
841 Advice of Charge (AOC) information is sent to PMS 0 To send (dollar/euro charge)
[Australia/France/Germany/Netherlands/Italy/Greece/ 1 Not sent (call unit)
NOTE 1: To send AOC to PMS, set the data as follows.
CM08>841:0, CM08>404:1, CM42 Y=69, 70
NOTE 2: To send call unit to PMS, set the data as follows.
CM08>841:1, CM08>404:1
3-69 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
846 Setting CAMP ON to the destination when Call Forwarding-All 0 To set
Calls is set by SCF FID=19 1 Not set
847 Send OAI SMFN when setting CAMP ON of OAI SMFN 0 To send
FID=6 STS (status)=3 for the Call Hold status 1 Not sent
848 Whether to send SMDR output of abandoned incoming call 0 To send
when an internal call is terminated from a trunk and the station/ 1 Not sent
trunk is busy
849 Send virtual station number (CM11) to SMDR when the call to 0 To send
the virtual station is transferred by Call Forwarding-All Calls/ 1 Not sent
Busy Line/No Answer-Outside
NOTE: When the second data of CM08>849 is set to 1, originating station number/incoming trunk number is
sent to SMDR.
850 Operation for Wake Up Call setting over the limitation assigned 0 Set it to one minute ahead
by CM42>181 1 Restricted
NOTE 1: If one minute ahead also exceeds the limitation on the number of Wake Up Call, it is set to one more
minute ahead. If the attempt cannot be set up to 10 minutes.
NOTE 2: CM42>181 is ineffective when Wake Up Call is set from PMS. Therefore, this command is also inef-
fective (Wake Up Call is executed at the preset time.).
851 Send OAI SMFN STS (status) 3-9/3-10 when a call in OAI 0 To send
queuing is ACD/UCD 1 Not sent
852 Whether to send SMDR output of abandoned outgoing call 0 To send
1 Not sent
854 Send MIS command while hearing busy tone by ACD termina- 0 To send
tion 1 Not sent
856 Setting of a line feed code for external printer (for 20 digits) 0 CR
1 CR/LF
857 Printing the record of Automatic Wake Up for an individual sta- 0 Not available
tion set/cancel from a Front console/Hotel console/DSS con- 1 Available
sole/PMS/Attendant console
859 Printing the record of Automatic Wake Up for an individual sta- 0 Not available
tion execution 1 Available
3-70 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
860 Printing way of Automatic Wake Up for an individual station 0 To print process and result
execution 1 To print only result
NOTE: When the second data is set to 1, the record of the start
of calling/the called station is busy/re-calling is also
printed.
861 Printing the record of Do Not Disturb set/cancel from a individ- 0 Not available
ual station 1 Available
862 Printing the record of Do Not Disturb for a individual station 0 Not available
set/cancel from a Front console/Hotel console/DSS console/ 1 Available
PMS/Attendant console
863 Printing the record of Room Cutoff for an individual station set/ 0 Not available
cancel from a Front console/Hotel console/DSS console/PMS/ 1 Available
Attendant console
865 Printing the record of Message Waiting set/cancel from a Front 0 Not available
console/Hotel console/DSS console/PMS/Attendant console 1 Available
866 Printing of Room Status Code Record 0 Not available
1 Available
867 Printing the record of Check In/Check In cancel, Check Out/ 0 Not available
Check Out cancel 1 Available
868 Printing the record when the PMS is connected/disconnected to/ 0 Not available
from the system 1 Available
877 Whether to send the access code calling information to PMS 0 To send
1 Not sent
878 Printing the record of Automatic Wake Up set/cancel from an 0 Not available
individual station 1 Available
881 Method of call charge for ISDN calls 0 Information from ISDN network
1 CPU Built-in charge
886 Setting for when SMDR billing memory overflow occurs 0 To clear the oldest billing memory
and to store the latest one
1 To clear the latest billing memory
3-71 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
: Default
888 Setting of number of sending digits for printer 0 Printer for 80 digits
[8300R2] 1 Printer for 20 digits
890 Whether to give ACC/AUTH for Station Individual Call 0 To give
Record Print 1 Not given
[8300R2]
893 Setting of decimals for Call charge 0 Raise decimals to the next whole
[8300R2] number
1 Not raised
894 Replaying a Wake up call in English after replaying the first 0 Available
Wake up call 1 Not available
[8300R2]
895 Printout of language information from Hotel Printer, when set 0 Not available
language indicated number from Hotel Console 1 Available
[8300R2]
898 Assign the relay when using a Paging on Call Forwarding 0 To operate the relay specified by the
[8300R2] intervening station
1 To operate the relay of PGD(2)-U10
Station (to use a Paging)
NOTE: This data is effective only when the intervening station is a Virtual Line Station.
3-72 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM08
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

08 BASIC SERVICES
BASIC SERVICE: 909
: Default
909 Allow built-in modem/speech synthesis service 0 Allow
RESET 1 Restricted
3-73 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM0B
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

0B LAN DATA ASSIGNMENT RESET
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign the LAN data for Maintenance port of CPU blade and VOIP port of
VoIPDB. Set each port by the operational pattern to be used. For details, refer to PRECAUTION (1) on
this page.
PRECAUTION:
(1) The table below shows the operational patterns for each setting port.
: To assign : Not assigned ( ): Y number
PORT
FUNCTION MAINTENANCE REMARKS
VOIP PORT
PORT
PCPro Available to use both ports at
(0XX) (1XX) the same time
IP Station and Legacy Terminal/
trunk connection (1XX/2XX)
IP Station (P2P connection)
IPT (P2P CCIS)
Remote Unit over IP
Stand alone (more than 2 Units con-
figurations)
SMDR (LAN Interface) Not available to use both
PMS (LAN Interface) (001) (101) ports at the same time
OAI
SNMP
SIP trunk
(101/201)
In default setting, the port to be connected is the VOIP Port. Therefore, change the port by CM0B
Y=001>91, 92 when connecting to the Maintenance Port.
(2) CM0B Y=1XX is associated with setting the system data for Control Signals, and Y=2XX is
associated with setting the system data for Voice Packets.
(3) When setting the IP Address for Maintenance Port (Y=0XX) and VOIP Port (Y=1XX), set the
Subnet Mask (Y=0XX>01, Y=1XX>01) for each using port respectively.
3-74 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM0B
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

(4) There are the following conditions when setting the Default Gateway Address by this command.
Only one default gateway address can be set for the system.
Set the Default Gateway Address to the Maintenance port (Y=0XX) when not using VoIPDB.
Set the Default Gateway Address to the VOIP port (Y=1XX) when using VoIPDB.
(5) When setting the IP Address (RTP) for VoIPDB by CM0B Y=2XX, the number of IP Addresses
that can be set is different depending on the type of VoIPDB used.
For PZ-64IPLA: maximum of 4 IP Addresses can be set (Y=2XX>00, 20-22)
For PZ-128IPLA: maximum of 8 IP Addresses can be set (Y=2XX>00, 20-26)
Set an IP address (RTP) every 16 voice channels to be used.
(6) When entering data with characters, the following characters can be registered;
Alphabet upper case (A-Z), alphabet lower case (a-z), numeric (0-9), symbol (! # $ % & ( ) + ,
; = > ? @ [ ] ^ _ { } ~), Space, hyphen (-), period (.), slash (/), colon (:)
NOTE: The character CCC cannot be registered.

ST + 0BYYY + DE + 1ST DATA + DE + 2ND DATA + EXE

(2-3 digits) (1-128 digits)
3-75 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM0B
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

DATA TABLE:
Y=0XX
: Default
0XX 0 : Maintenance Port 00 IP Address for the sys- XXX.XX IP Address

XX: Unit No. (01-50) tem ...X (Maximum 15 digits)
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX=
0.0.0.1-255.255.255.254
NONE No data
NOTE 1: This data cannot be entered by CAT when using 8300R1 software.
NOTE 2: When setting the IP address by this data, a period (.) must be entered
between the numbers (example: 255.255.255.254).
01 Subnet Mask for the XXX.XX Subnet Mask
system ...X (Maximum 15 digits)
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX=
255.0.0.0-255.255.255.252
NONE No data
NOTE 2: When setting the Subnet Mask by this data, a period (.) must be
entered between the numbers (example: 255.255.255.252).
02 Default Gateway for the XXX.XX Default Gateway
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX=
0.0.0.1-255.255.255.254
NONE No data
NOTE 2: When setting the Default Gateway by this data, a period (.) must be en-
tered between the numbers (example: 255.255.255.254).
09 Speed mode for the LAN 02 100 Mbps (Full-Duplex)
Interface 03 100 Mbps (Half-Duplex)
04 10 Mbps (Full-Duplex)
05 10 Mbps (Half-Duplex)
15 Auto Negotiation
3-76 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM0B
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
0XX 0 : Maintenance Port 20 Whether to allow the 0 Restricted

XX: Unit No. (01-50) connection with PCPro 1 Allow
41 OAI Port number 0 OAI port number 1024
1 OAI port number 1025
NOTE: Only Unit No. 01 can be set by this data.
50 VLAN function 0 To provide
1 Not provided
51 Priority of VLAN ID 0 Priority 0
1 Priority 1
2 Priority 2
3 Priority 3
4 Priority 4
5 Priority 5
6 Priority 6
7 Priority 7
NOTE: The higher number has higher priority.
52 VLAN ID 1 VLAN ID
~
4094
NONE No data
NOTE 1: One VLAN ID can be set per system.
NOTE 2: VLAN ID 0 is not available.
91 Port selection for OAI 0 Maintenance port
NOTE 1 VOIP port
92 Port selection for SMDR
NOTE
93 Port selection for PMS
NOTE
3-77 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM0B
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
0XX 0 : Maintenance Port 100 SNMP port 0 Open SNMP port

XX: Unit No. (01-50) 1 Not open SNMP port
101 Community Name 0 Allow (admin)
admin 1 Restrict (public)
NOTE 1: Only Unit No. 01 can be set by this data.
NOTE 2: Restrict the use of community name admin (set the community name
to public) except the system construction.
102 Trap is sent to the SNMP 0 To send
manager NOTE 1 Not sent
103 Definition of the IP 0 Subnet Mask of the IP
address for the SNMP address for the SNMP
manager NOTE manager (First place)
1 IP address for the SNMP
manager (Fourth place)
104 Kind of Trap message 0 Variable Trap message by
(Specific, Object ID) external alarm kind (MJ/
sent to SNMP manager MN/--)
[Australia Only] 1 Fixed Trap message
NOTE
110 Community name XX...X Character
NOTE (Maximum 25 characters)
NONE No data
111 System information XX...X Character
(sysDescr) NOTE (Maximum 128 characters)
NONE No data
3-78 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM0B
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
0XX 0 : Maintenance Port 112 Contact with the system XX...X Character
XX: Unit No. (01-50) manager (sysContact) (Maximum 64 characters)
NOTE NONE No data
113 System name (sysName)
NOTE
114 Location of system
(sysLocation) NOTE
115 Community name for the XX...X Character
destination of trap (Maximum 25 characters)
(First place) NONE No data
(1/4)
(1-25 characters)
NOTE
116 Community name for the
destination of trap
(Second place)
(2/4)
(26-50 characters)
NOTE
destination of trap
(Third place)
(3/4)
(51-75 characters)
NOTE
destination of trap
(Fourth place)
(4/4)
(76-100 characters)
NOTE
3-79 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM0B
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
0XX 0 : Maintenance Port 120 IP Address for the desti- XXX.XX IP Address for the destina-
XX: Unit No. (01-50) nation of trap ...X tion of trap
(First place) NOTE (Maximum 15 digits)
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX=
121 IP Address for the desti-
0.0.0.1-255.255.255.254
nation of trap
NONE No data
(Second place) NOTE
nation of trap
(Third place) NOTE
nation of trap
(Fourth place) NOTE
NOTE: The following conditions are applied to CM0B Y=0XX/1XX>120-123.
- Only Unit No. 01 can be set by this data.
- This data cannot be entered by CAT when using 8300R1 software.
- When setting the IP address by this data, a period (.) must be entered between
the numbers (example: 255.255.255.254).
124 IP Address for the SNMP XXX.XX IP Address for the SNMP
manager ...X manager
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX=
125 IP Address for the SNMP
0.0.0.1-255.255.255.254
manager
NONE No data
(Second place) NOTE
manager
(Third place) NOTE
- If no IP address for the SNMP manager (first place to fourth place) are set, the
access to the system is allowed to all SNMP managers.
3-80 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM0B
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
0XX 0 : Maintenance Port 127 Required IP Address for XXX.XX IP Address for the SNMP
XX: Unit No. (01-50) the SNMP manager ...X manager
(Fourth place)/Subnet (Maximum 15 digits)
Mask of the IP Address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX=
for the SNMP manager 0.0.0.1-255.255.255.254
(First place) NOTE NONE No data
129 IP Address for the trap XXX.XX IP Address for the trap
source ...X source
(Maximum 15 digits)
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX=
0.0.0.1-255.255.255.254
NONE No data
NOTE 4: The IP address assigned by this data is set to the Agent address in
SNMP TRAP PDU, and the system sends the IP address to the IP
network. Wherever the system is located on the LAN, system adminis-
trator can manage it easily by setting of the convenient IP address.
3-81 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM0B
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

Y=1XX
: Default
1XX 1 : VOIP Port 00 IP Address for the sys- XXX.XX IP Address

XX: Unit No. (01-50) tem ...X (Maximum 15 digits)
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX=
0.0.0.1-255.255.255.254
NONE No data
01 Subnet Mask for the XXX.XX Subnet Mask
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX=
255.0.0.0-255.255.255.252
NONE No data
NOTE 2: When setting the Subnet Mask by this data, a period (.) must be entered
02 Default Gateway for the XXX.XX Default Gateway
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX=
0.0.0.1-255.255.255.254
NONE No data
NOTE 2: When setting the Default Gateway by this data, a period (.) must be en-
09 Speed mode for the LAN 02 100 Mbps (Full-Duplex)
Interface 03 100 Mbps (Half-Duplex)
04 10 Mbps (Full-Duplex)
05 10 Mbps (Half-Duplex)
15 Auto Negotiation (GbE)
3-82 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM0B
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
1XX 1 : VOIP Port 10 Location number for sta- 00 Location number 00

XX: Unit No. (01-50) tions accommodated in
~
the Unit 63 Location number 63
NONE Location number 00
NOTE: This data is available when location number is not assigned by CM12
Y=39, 50.
12 Maximum number of 1 Port number 1
ports that can be accom-
~
modated 2048 Port number 2048
NONE No data
20 Whether to allow the 0 Restricted
connection with PCPro 1 Allow
3-83 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
CM0B
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
1XX 1 : VOIP Port 30 UDP Port for IP Multi- 01024 TCP/UDP/RTP Port num-
XX: Unit No. (01-50) line Terminal voice con- ber
~
trol 65534
31 UDP Port for Registra- NONE 1st data=30: 50000
tion Admission Status (Port number 50000-52047
(RAS) port are used)
32 UDP Port for DT700 1st data=31: 3456
Series voice control (Port number 3456 is used)
packet 1st data=32: 5080
34 TCP Server Port for (Port number 5080 is used)
1st data=34: 57000
CCIS
(Port number 57000 is
IPT (P2P CCIS) RESET
used)
35 TCP Client Port for
1st data=35: 58000
CCIS
(Port number 58000-59023
are used)
36 UDP Port for SIP control 1st data=36: 5060
packet (Port number 5060 is used)
37 TCP server Port for P2P 1st data=37: 6100
voice control (Port number 6100 is used)
38 TCP client Port for P2P 1st data=38: 6200
voice control (Port number 6200-6328
39 RTP Base Port are used)
40 Device Handler 1st data=39: 56000
Manager (DHM) Self (Port number 56000 is
Port used)
1st data=40: 3300
(Port number 3300-3401
are used)
NOTE 1, NOTE 2
NOTE 1: Set this data when the router or firewall provides the restriction by the TCP
port.
NOTE 2: The same port number cannot be used for the port numbers set to the first data
30-40.
3-84 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM0B
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
1XX 1 : VOIP Port 41 OAI Port number 0 OAI port number 1024
XX: Unit No. (01-50) 1 OAI port number 1025
50 VLAN function 0 To provide
1 Not provided
51 Priority of VLAN ID 0 Priority 0
1 Priority 1
2 Priority 2
3 Priority 3
4 Priority 4
5 Priority 5
6 Priority 6
7 Priority 7
NOTE: The higher number has higher priority.
52 VLAN ID 1 VLAN ID
~
4094
NONE No data
NOTE 1: One VLAN ID can be set per system.
NOTE 2: VLAN ID 0 is not available.
60 Primary IP Address for XXX.XX IP Address for DNS server
DNS server ...X (Maximum 15 digits)
NOTE 1, NOTE 2 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX=
0.0.0.1-255.255.255.254
61 Secondary IP Address
NONE No data
for DNS server
NOTE 1, NOTE 2
NOTE 2: When setting the IP address by this data, a period (.) must be entered between
3-85 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM0B
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
1XX 1 : VOIP Port 66 Query interval to a DNS 0001 1 minute

XX: Unit No. (01-50) server (1 minute increments)
~
1440 14440 minutes
NONE 60 minutes
NOTE 1: Sets a query interval to a DNS server set by CM0B Y=1XX>60, 61.
NOTE 2: This data setting is invalid when the second data of CMBA Y=25 is set
to 1.
NOTE 3: When the setting of this command is changed, the DNS cache table
should be cleared by CMBA Y=99.
70 Global IP Address for XXX.XX Global IP Address for
VoIPDB of Remote Unit ...X VoIPDB
of Remote UNIT over IP (Maximum 15 digits)
when VoIPDB is con- XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX=
trolled by NAT 0.0.0.1-255.255.255.254
NONE No data
NOTE 2: When setting the Global IP address by this data, a period (.) must be
entered between the numbers (example: 255.255.255.254).
80 Start time for the auto- 00 Not execute the automatic
matic changeover to sur- changeover to survival
vival mode from normal mode
mode after the discon- 01 0-30 seconds
nection between the
~
Main Unit and Remote 03 60-90 seconds

Unit is detected
~
99 2940-2970 seconds
(30 seconds increments)
NONE 60-90 seconds
3-86 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM0B
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
1XX 1 : VOIP Port 81 Start time for the auto- 00 Not execute the automatic
XX: Unit No. (01-50) matic changeover to nor- changeover to normal
mal mode from survival mode
mode after the connec- 01 0-30 seconds
tion between the Main
~
Unit and Remote Unit 04 90-120 seconds
returned to normal condi-
~
tion 99 2940-2970 seconds
(30 seconds increments)
NONE 90-120 seconds
82 Start time to notify the 00 Not notify the link down
link down to the Multi-
line Terminal after the 01 0-30 seconds
disconnection between
~
Main Unit and Remote 99

~
2940-2970 seconds
Unit is detected (30 seconds increments)
NONE 0-30 seconds
83 Provide the system with 0 To provide
the automatic 1 Not provided
changeover to normal
mode from survival
mode after the connec-
tion between the Main
Unit and Remote Unit
returned to normal condi-
tion
3-87 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
CM0B
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
1XX 1 : VOIP Port 100 SNMP port 0 Open SNMP port

XX: Unit No. (01-50) 1 Not open SNMP port
101 Community Name 0 Allow (admin)
admin 1 Restrict (public)
NOTE 2: Restrict the use of community name admin (set the community name
to public) except the system construction.
102 Trap is sent to the SNMP 0 To send
manager NOTE 1 Not sent
103 Definition of the IP 0 Subnet Mask of the IP
address for the SNMP address for the SNMP
manager NOTE manager (First place)
1 IP address for the SNMP
manager (Fourth place)
104 Kind of Trap message 0 Variable Trap message by
(Specific, Object ID) external alarm kind (MJ/
sent to SNMP manager MN/--)
[Australia Only] 1 Fixed Trap message
NOTE
110 Community name XX...X Character
NOTE (Maximum 25 characters)
NONE No data
111 System information XX...X Character
(sysDescr) NOTE (Maximum 128 characters)
NONE No data
3-88 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM0B
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
1XX 1 : VOIP Port 112 Contact with the system XX...X Character
XX: Unit No. (01-50) manager (sysContact) (Maximum 64 characters)
NOTE NONE No data
113 System name (sysName)
NOTE
114 Location of system
(sysLocation) NOTE
115 Community name for the XX...X Character
destination of trap (Maximum 25 characters)
(First place) NONE No data
(1/4)
(1-25 characters)
NOTE
destination of trap
(Second place)
(2/4)
(26-50 characters)
NOTE
destination of trap
(Third place)
(3/4)
(51-75 characters)
NOTE
destination of trap
(Fourth place)
(4/4)
(76-100 characters)
NOTE
3-89 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM0B
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
1XX 1 : VOIP Port 120 IP Address for the desti- XXX.XX IP Address for the destina-
XX: Unit No. (01-50) nation of trap ...X tion of trap
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX=
0.0.0.1-255.255.255.254
nation of trap
NONE No data
(Second place) NOTE
nation of trap
(Third place) NOTE
nation of trap
(Fourth place) NOTE
124 IP Address for the SNMP XXX.XX IP Address for the SNMP
manager ...X manager
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX=
0.0.0.1-255.255.255.254
manager
NONE No data
(Second place) NOTE
manager
(Third place) NOTE
3-90 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM0B
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
1XX 1 : VOIP Port 127 Required IP Address for XXX.XX IP Address for the SNMP
XX: Unit No. (01-50) the SNMP manager ...X manager
(Fourth place)/Subnet (Maximum 15 digits)
Mask of the IP Address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX=
for the SNMP manager 0.0.0.1-255.255.255.254
(First place) NOTE NONE No data
129 IP Address for the trap XXX.XX IP Address for the trap
source ...X source
(Maximum 15 digits)
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX=
0.0.0.1-255.255.255.254
NONE No data
NOTE 4: The IP address assigned by this data is set to the Agent address in
SNMP TRAP PDU, and the system sends the IP address to the IP
network. Wherever the system is located on the LAN, system adminis-
trator can manage it easily by setting of the convenient IP address.
3-91 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM0B
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

Y=2XX
: Default
2XX 2 : VOIP Port 00 IP Address 1 (RTP) for XXX.XX IP Address

XX: Unit No. (01-50) VoIPDB ...X (Maximum 15 digits)
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX=
0.0.0.1-255.255.255.254
NONE No data
NOTE 2: When setting the IP address (RTP) by this data, a period (.) must be en-
10 Number of the channels 16 16 channels
used for VoIPDB 32 32 channels
48 48 channels
64 64 channels
80 80 channels
96 96 channels
112 112 channels
128 128 channels
NONE Use all channels of the
VoIPDB
3-92 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM0B
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
2XX 2 : VOIP Port 20 IP Address 2 (RTP) for XXX.XX IP Address

XX: Unit No. (01-50) VoIPDB ...X (Maximum 15 digits)
NOTE 1, NOTE 2 XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX=
0.0.0.1-255.255.255.254
21 IP Address 3 (RTP) for
NONE No data
VoIPDB
NOTE 1, NOTE 2
VoIPDB
NOTE 1, NOTE 2
VoIPDB
NOTE 1, NOTE 2
VoIPDB
NOTE 1, NOTE 2
VoIPDB
NOTE 1, NOTE 2
VoIPDB
NOTE 1, NOTE 2
NOTE 2: When setting the IP address (RTP) by this data, a period (.) must be entered be-
tween the numbers (example: 255.255.255.254).
3-93 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM0B
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
2XX 2 : VOIP Port 40 RTP Base Port for Voice 01024 RTP Port number CMA7 Y=46
XX: Unit No. (01-50) Packet transmitting/ CMBA
~
receiving 65534 Y=30, 93
NONE 10000
NOTE: The port number to be used for transmitting/receiving the RTP packets is
used at 2-port intervals from the Base port set by this command for each
channel.
For the default settings, the following port number is used.
CHANNEL No. RTP PORT No.

1 10000
2 10002
. .
.. ..
128 10254
90 Provide the call log col- 0 To provide
lection with VoIPDB 1 Not provided
NOTE: When changing this data of VoIPDB accommodated in a Remote Unit,
execute the system data copy by CMEC Y=8 to the Remote Unit.
91 Provide the fault log col- 0 Not provided
lection with VoIPDB 1 To provide
120 Tone Disabler for the 0 Available
FAX communication on 1 Not available
the SIP trunk
NOTE: Tone Disabler is a feature to improve FAX communication rate.
When detecting V.25 tone (2100 Hz) with phase inversion, Echo
Canceller/NLP (Non Linear Processor) is set to OFF. When detecting
V.25 tone (2100 Hz) without phase inversion, Echo Canceller/NLP (Non
Linear Processor) is set as same as voice setting.
121 DTMF inband mode for 0 In-band mode (Voice pass
VoIPDB through)
1 Out-band mode (with
H.245 UII/RFC2833)
3-94 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM0B
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

Y=000
: Default
000 Unit number setting 90 01 Unit No. 01

OFF LINE
~
50 Unit No. 50
NONE Unit No. 01
NOTE 1: This command should be set in each unit.
NOTE 2: The registration/clear of this data is available only in off-line mode.
NOTE 3: Set the SENSE switch of the CPU blade to 1-4 when operating the
Unit as Unit No. 01-04 (for Main Unit). The Unit functions as Unit
No. 01-04 regardless of the setting of this data.
NOTE 4: Set the SENSE switch of the CPU blade to 0 when operating the Unit
as Unit No. 05-50 (for Remote Unit). The Unit functions as the Unit
No. set by this data.
3-95 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM0C
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

UPDATING OF IP STATION FIRMWARE/REMOTE SYSTEM
0C UPGRADE
FUNCTION:
This command is used to specify the update information of IP Station firmware and Remote System Up-
grade.
PRECAUTION:
None
ST + 0CYY + DE + 1ST DATA + DE + 2ND DATA + EXE

(1-8 digits) (1-12 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA
No. MEANING DATA MEANING DATA MEANING

00 Update information 00 Type of firmware 00 Dterm75 (Series E) (IP adapter type)
Profile No. for update 02 DtermIP INASET
~
07 03 Dterm85 (Series i) (IP adapter type)

05 Dterm85 (Series i) (IP bundles type)
12 DT700 Series (DT710)
13 DT700 Series (DT730/
DT730 [DESI-less])
14 DT700 Series (DT750)
NONE No data
3-96 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM0C
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

0C UPGRADE
: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

00 Update information 02 Firmware file ver- AABBCCDD AA : Integral No. of file version
Profile No. sion for update (For SIP Multi- (00-99)
~
07 line Terminal) BB : First decimals No. of file

version (00-99)
CC : Second decimals No. of file
version (00-99)
DD : Third decimals No. of file
version (00-99)
0000XXZZ XX : Integral No. of file version
(For IP Multi- (00-99)
line Terminal) ZZ : First decimals No. of file
version (00-99)
NONE No data
NOTE: If no data is set, the system
does not update the firm-
ware of IP Stations.
04 IP Address for 000000000001 IP Address for the FTP/TFTP server
server
~
255255255254
NONE No data
05 Protocol of server 0 FTP
1 TFTP
11 Information of XX00 IP Address for 000000000001 IP Address for the FTP server
Remote System FTP server
~
Upgrade (Main Unit/ 255255255254

Remote Unit) XX: 01-04: Main CCC Clear
Unit No. NONE No data
05-50:
Remote Unit
No.
3-97 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM0C
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

0C UPGRADE
: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

11 Information of XX01 Port number for 00001 TCP Port No. for the FTP server
Remote System FTP server
~
Upgrade (Main Unit/ 65534
Remote Unit) XX: 01-04: Main CCC Clear
Unit No. NONE TCP Port No. 21
05-50:
Remote Unit
No.
NOTE: Port No. 21 is used for the file transfer (control), and Port No. 20 is used for the
file transfer in default setting.
For example, when the second data is set to 3000, Port No. 3000 is used for the file
transfer (control), and Port No. 2999 is used for the file transfer.
XX02 User ID for FTP X User ID (Maximum 8 characters)
server X: A-Z, 0-9
~
XXXXXXXX
XX: 01-04: Main CCC Clear
05-50:
Remote Unit
No.
NOTE: When no user ID is assigned, log into the FTP server with anonymous.
XX03 Password for FTP X Password (Maximum 8 characters)
server X: A-Z, 0-9
~
XXXXXXXX
XX: 01-04: Main CCC Clear
05-50:
Remote Unit
No.
NOTE: While entering the password with CAT * (asterisk) is displayed on LCD. When
entering the password with the MOC screen, actual data is displayed.
3-98 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM0C
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

0C UPGRADE
: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

11 Information of XX04 Directory name XXX...X Directory name
Remote System (Maximum 32 characters)
Upgrade (Main Unit/ XX: 01-04: Main CCC Clear
Remote Unit) Unit No. NONE No data
05-50:
Remote Unit
No.
NOTE: If the CPU program is in the root directory of the FTP server, the directory name
setting by this data is not required. In this case, the root directory name of the FTP
server can be obtained automatically.
XX06 File type 00 CPU program file
CCC Clear
XX: 01-04: Main NONE No data
Unit No.
05-50:
Remote Unit
No.
3-99 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM0C
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

0C UPGRADE
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

50 Start updating IP X IP Station No. 0 Start updating
Station firmware
~
XXXXXXXX
NOTE: After setting the first data and second data, PCPro/CAT displays the status of the IP Station. The table
below shows the contents of the display and its meaning.
FIRST IP STATION STATUS SECOND IP STATION STATUS

DATA DISPLAY MEANING DATA DISPLAY MEANING
AABB Current firmware version 0: Start OK Start updating
CCDD of the IP Station updating DATA You cannot update the IP Station
(For SIP Multiline Termi- NOT firmware because the FTP/TFTP
nal) FOUND server information data has not
been assigned
AABBCCDD NOTE: Set this data after set-
AA : 00-99: Integral No. ting CM0C
BB : 00-99: First decimals Y=00-07>00-05.
No.
CC : 00-99: Second
decimals No.
DD : 00-99: Third
decimals No.
X 0000 Current firmware version WAIT, You cannot update the IP Station
~
XXZZ of the IP Station BUSY firmware because other four

XXXXXXXX (For IP Multiline Termi- NOW IP Stations in the system are
: IP Station nal) updated now
No. NOTE: Maximum four IP Sta-
0000XXZZ tions can be updated at
XX : 00-99: Integral No. the same time in a sys-
ZZ : 00-99: First decimals tem.
No. Set this data after other
four IP Stations are up-
dated.
DATA The IP Station is logout
ERROR status/The terminal is not
IP terminal
You cannot update the IP Station firmware
WAIT, The IP Station is updated
BUSY now/The IP Station is
NOW busy
3-100 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM0C
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

0C UPGRADE
: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

52 Remote System XX00 Execute CPU pro- 0 Start to download
Upgrade (Main Unit/ gram download 1 Now downloading
Remote Unit) 3 Not executed
XX: 01-04: Main YYYY MM Download time
Unit No. DD HH mm YYYY: Year (2008-2099)
05-50: MM : Month (01-12)
Remote Unit DD : Date (01-31)
No. HH : Hour (00-23)
mm : Minutes (00-59)
CCC Interrupt downloading/Download
time clear
NOTE 1: You can download the CPU programs while the system is operating. The down-
loaded program is stored in flash memory of CPU blade.
NOTE 2: The second data 0 can be set only when the CPU program download is not exe-
cuted (second data status is 3) and the system data backup is not being executed.
NOTE 3: The second data XXXXXXXXXXXX (download time) can be set only when the
CPU program download is not executed (second data status is 3) and the system
data backup is not being executed.
NOTE 4: While the CPU program is being downloaded (second data status 0), you can in-
put CCC to interrupt the program download.
If you do that, the second data is changed from 1 (Now downloading) to 3 (Not
executed), and the CPU program that has been downloaded disappears.
Execute the CPU program download again, if required.
NOTE 5: While the CPU program is being downloaded, you cannot input any command
other than CCC. If you do that, WAIT, BUSY NOW is displayed.
NOTE 6: The download time can be canceled by inputting CCC when the second data
XXXXXXXXXXXX (download time) is displayed.
NOTE 7: Execute the changeover of CPU program, after the CPU program download is
completed.
NOTE 8: When the communication between Main Unit and Remote Unit cannot operate
normally, HARDWARE ERROR is displayed.
3-101 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM0C
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

0C UPGRADE
: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

52 Remote System XX01 Changeover YYYY MM YYYY: Year (2008-2099)
Upgrade (Main Unit/ (changeback) DD HH mm MM : Month (01-12)
Remote Unit) time DD : Date (01-31)
HH : Hour (00-23)
XX: 01-04: Main mm : Minutes (00-59)
Unit No. 000000000000 Now executing
05-50: CCC Clear
Remote Unit NONE No data
No.
NOTE 1: For CPU program changeover, the system is reset automatically. Therefore,
when executing the program download to multiple units, set the time for the sys-
tem to execute the program changeover for the Main Unit (Unit01) after the pro-
gram download to all units is completed.
NOTE 2: If a specified changeover time is passed while CPU program is being download-
ed, the changeover of CPU program is executed immediately (second data be-
comes 000000000000).
NOTE 3: If you set the second data to 000000000000 while CPU program is being down-
loaded, the CPU program changeover is executed after CPU program download
is completed.
NOTE 4: If you set the second data to 000000000000 while matching the program version
of Flash ROMs, the CPU program changeover is executed after the program ver-
sion matching is completed.
NOTE 5: This data is cleared after CPU program changeover is completed.
NOTE 6: If the system is reset five times during about three minutes, the CPU program
changeback is executed automatically.
NOTE 7: When the communication between Main Unit and Remote Unit cannot operate
normally, HARDWARE ERROR is displayed.
3-102 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM0C
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

0C UPGRADE
: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

52 Remote System XX05 The latest result XX YY ZZ XX: File type
Upgrade (Main Unit/ of CPU program YYYYMMDD 00: CPU program file
Remote Unit) download HH mm YY: Executed operation
00: Download
XX: 01-04: Main 01: Changeover
Unit No. 02: Program version matching
05-50: 03: Automatic changeback
Remote Unit ZZ : Result
No. 00: OK/Occurred
01: Interrupted
02: NG: Other than below
03: NG: FTP double open
04: NG: FTP server connection
failed/Missing files
05: NG: Data transfer error
10: Start
YYYY: Year (2008-2099)
MM : Month (01-12)
DD : Date (01-31)
HH : Hour (00-23)
NOTE 1: The executed results of the latest CPU program downloading/changeover
(changeback)/program version matching/automatic changeback are displayed.
NOTE 2: Before executing the CPU program download, NONE is displayed.
90 Firmware condition 02 Automatic update 0 To update
for updating IP Sta- by IP Stations log 1 Not updated
tion in NOTE: Be sure to return this data to
1 after the automatic up-
date.
3-103 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM10
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

10 STATION NUMBER, TRUNK NUMBER, BLADE NUMBER
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign station numbers, trunk numbers, and blade numbers to Physical Port No.
(Unit No. + Slot No. + Circuit No.)/Virtual Port No..
PRECAUTION:
(1) When deleting a station number (Single Line or Multiline Terminal), be sure to delete Call Pickup
data (CM16), ACD/UCD Group data (CM17) and Station Hunting Group data (CM18) in advance.
(2) After assigning the data for CD-2BRIA (ISDN Telephone), you must unplug the circuit blades,
then plug them again (After unplugging the circuit blade, you must wait for 30 seconds before
plugging the circuit blade again.).
(3) 5 or more digits station number should not be assigned when the following features are used.
SMDR/PMS
Front Desk Terminal/Dterm TIMS (CIS)
PHYSICAL PORT No. (UNIT No. + SLOT No. + CIRCUIT No.)/

ST + 10YY + DE + +
VIRTUAL PORT No. (3-6 digits)
STATION TRUNK BLADE
DE + NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER + EXE
(1-10 digits)
DATA TABLE:
Y STATION NUMBER (A) SETTING DATA RELATED

00 TDM terminal/Trunk XXYYZZ Physical Port num- X- Single Line station number CM12
registration ber XXXX (1-8 digits) CM13
See About Unit XX: Unit number XXXX X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
number, Slot number (01-50) BLADE RESET
and Circuit number YY: Slot number
See Setting (01-18)
method of Port num- ZZ: Circuit num-
ber/Station number in ber (01-32)
Dual port mode
3-104 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM10
COMMAND CODE TITLE:


00 TDM terminal/Trunk XXYYZZ Physical Port num- D000 Trunk number (C.O./Tie CM30
registration ber Line, Paging, Radio Paging,) CM35
~
See About Unit XX: Unit number D511 NOTE 1: Do not assign
number, Slot number (01-50) Trunk number
and Circuit number YY: Slot number D511 for CCIS/
See Setting (01-18) IP.
method of Port num- ZZ: Circuit num- NOTE 2: This data requires
ber/Station number in ber (01-32) a system reset for
Dual port mode CCT, and a blade
reset for LDT/
ODT/DTI after
data setting.
NOTE 3: A reset of the
COT blade is
required after
setting of C.O.
trunk (Grand
Start) for North
America.
RESET
BLADE RESET
E000 DESKCON number (0-7) CM90
[8300R2] CM60
~
E007 BLADE RESET

E100 DSS Console number CM96
(00-31) CM97
~
E131 NOTE: The same number

(the last two digits
of the data) should
not be used, for both
DSS Console
(E100-E131) and
Add-on Module
(EC00-EC31).
3-105 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM10
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
00 TDM terminal regis- XXYYZZ Physical Port num- EC00 Add-on Module number CM90
tration ber NOTE: The same number CM98
~
See About Unit XX: Unit number EC31 (the last two digits
number, Slot number (01-50) of the data) should
and Circuit number YY: Slot number not be used, for both
See Setting (01-18) DSS Console
method of Port num- ZZ: Circuit num- (E100-E131) and
ber/Station number in ber (01-32) Add-on Module
Dual port mode (EC00-EC31).
EE3 XXX Blade number of CS/ZT CMAD
Interface XXX represents
CS/ZT number (000-127)
NOTE: ZZ (Circuit num-
ber) in the first data
can only be as-
signed to circuit
number 01, 05, 09
and 13.
EFX ISDN line station number
X-XXXXXXXX represents
~
EF ISDN line station number.

XXXX X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
XXXX
FX Digital Multiline Terminal CM90
station number
~
F X-XXXXXXXX represents
XXXX My Line number.
XXXX X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
BLADE RESET
NONE No data
3-106 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM10
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
01 IP terminal registra- 0000 Virtual Port num- FX IP Station number

tion ber. (for IP termi- X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
~
~
1499 nal) F
XXXX
XXXX
E100 DSS Console number CM96
(00-31) CM97
~
E131 NOTE 1: The same number
(the last two dig-
its of the data)
should not be
used, for both
DSS Console
(E100-E131) and
Add-on Module
(EC00-EC31).
NOTE 2: This data is set
when DSS con-
sole is connected
to the side option
of the DT700
Series.
EC00 Add-on Module number CM90
NOTE: The same number CM98
~
EC31 (the last two digits

of the data) should
not be used, for both
DSS Console
(E100-E131) and
Add-on Module
(EC00-EC31).
NONE No data
3-107 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM10
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
02 IPT (P2P CCIS) regis- 000 Virtual Port num- D000 Trunk No.
tration ber (for IPT [P2P
~
~
IPT (P2P CCIS) RESET 511 CCIS]) D511
NONE No data
03 SIP trunk registration 01XXX Virtual Port num- D000 Trunk No.
RESET ber (for SIP trunk)
~
01 : Unit No. D511
XXX: Port No.
NONE No data
000 : Port No. for
control chan-
nel
[8300R1]
: Port No. for
control chan-
nel/voice
channel
[8300R2 or
later]
001-095: Port No.
for voice
channel
NOTE
04 PHS registration 000 Virtual Port number X PHS station No.
X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
~
511 XXXX
XXXX
NONE No data
NOTE: SIP trunk can be accommodated only for the Main Unit (Unit01).
3-108 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM10
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

About Unit number, Slot number and Circuit number
The following describes the Unit number, Slot number and Circuit number that are set by CM05
and CM10.
(1) Unit Number

The Unit means the Main Unit that consists of CPU chassis (1U) and Line/Trunk chassis (2U).
Up to a maximum of 50 Units can be installed, and each Unit is managed by the Unit number.
The Unit numbers 01-04 are used for the Stand-alone system or the Main Unit of the Remote UNIT
over IP system. The Unit numbers 05-50 are used for the Remote Unit of the Remote UNIT over
IP system.
The following shows the Unit configuration and the outline of the Units.
Unit Configuration
Line/Trunk chassis (2U)
CPU chassis (1U)
3-109 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
CM10
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

Outline of the Unit No.
Unit No. 01 Unit No. 02
Remote Unit for Remote UNIT over IP
Stand-alone system/
Main Unit for Remote UNIT over IP
3-110 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
CM10
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

(2) Slot number and Circuit number
The Slot number is the number assigned to the slot which accommodates the blade in a Line/Trunk
chassis.
The Circuit number is the number assigned to the circuit which accommodates the blade in a Line/
Trunk chassis.
The following shows the outline of the Slot number and Circuit number.
Outline of the Slot No. and Circuit No.
Slot No. 13 Slot No. 16
Circuit No. 01 32
Example: When assigning the station number 300 for the CD-8DLC blade accommodated to Slot
No. 01 of the Unit No. 01 and for the Multiline Terminal accommodated to the Circuit No.
01.
Data settings for CM05: CM05 Y=0>0101: 10

Data settings for CM10: CM10 Y=00>010101: F300
3-111 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM10
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

Setting method of Port number/Station number in Dual port mode
When using Analog Port Adapter and PGD(2)-U10 ADP in Dual port mode NOTE 1, the Circuit
numbers (17-32) of the DLC blade slot which accommodate Digital Multiline terminal/PGD(2)-
U10 ADP are used for the virtual station. Therefore, the virtual station number for Single Line
Telephone/PGD(2)-U10 ADP need to be registered to the Circuit numbers (17-32). Then, match
the Circuit numbers (01-16) of the physical station and the Circuit numbers (17-32) of the virtual
station (see figure below). For example, the Circuit number 17 corresponds to Single Line Tele-
phone connected to the Circuit number 01 of Digital Multiline Terminal.
Example:
CM10 Y=00>010101: F200 (Station number of Digital Multiline Terminal)

CM10 Y=00>010117: F300 (Station number of Single Line Telephone)
DLC blade
Digital Multiline Terminal/

Station number of
PGD(2)-U10 ADP
Circuit number=01-16 Physical station
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Connection
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
Circuit number=17-32 Virtual station

Single Line Telephone/
Virtual station number of
PGD(2)-U10 ADP
NOTE 1: When 2 Paging equipment are connected to a PGD(2)-U10 ADP, the setting of Dual port
mode is required as with Analog Port Adapter (related command: CM13 Y=32/33/34).
NOTE 2: The virtual station needs system capacity licenses only for the number of ports to be used.
Even when the virtual station is not connected, to just set the data for Dual port mode be-
comes the subject of license.
NOTE 3: When a new virtual station is added, reassignment of highway channel (CMF7 Y=9) and
blade reset (CME0 Y=3) are required for DLC blade after office data setting.
3-112 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM11
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

11 VIRTUAL LINE NUMBER
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign station numbers, Intercom numbers, Loop Line numbers and ICI/OPR
Line numbers (for Multiline Terminal Attendant Position) to Virtual Lines assigned on Multiline Termi-
nal.
PRECAUTION:
(1) Virtual Line station numbers must be different from station numbers assigned by CM10.
(2) The Virtual Port No. has no relation to the Physical/Virtual Port No. used in CM10.
Therefore, any Virtual Port No. can be assigned to each Virtual Line station number.
(3) The following station data can be assigned to the Virtual Line station numbers.
Station Class-1 (CM12)
Station Class-2 (CM13)
Service Restriction Class (CM15)
Call Pickup Group/Group Diversion Group (CM16)
ACD/UCD Group (CM17)
Station Hunting Group (CM18)
Direct-in Termination in Day/Night Mode (CM30 Y=04, 05)
Call Forwarding-Busy Line
Call Forwarding-No Answer
Call Forwarding-Im here (-Destination)
Call Pickup
Call Back (In this setting, My Line number is called back.)
Outgoing Trunk Queuing (Trunk Queuing-Outgoing) (In this setting, My Line number is called
back.)
(4) The same condition as My Line is applied to calls from the virtual line station.
Billing of virtual line station is executed to its My Line number
3-113 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
CM11
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

Virtual VIRTUAL LINE INTERCOM

ST + 11 + DE + PORT NUMBER + DE + NUMBER NUMBER + EXE
(4 digits) (1-8 digits) (4 digits)
DATA TABLE:
VIRTUAL RELATED
VIRTUAL LINE NUMBER
PORT No. COMMAND
0000-0999 X Station number (1-8 digits) CM20
X: 0-9, A (*), B (#) CM90
~
XXXXXXXX
A000 Automatic Intercom number CM12 Y=03
CM56 Y=10
~
A031 AX YY CM90
X : 0/1 to be made one pair
A100 YY : Automatic Intercom Group No. (00-31)
NOTE 1
~
A131
A200 Manual Intercom number CM12 Y=03
CM56 Y=11
~
A700 AX YY CM90
A201 X : Serial number in a Group (2-7)
YY : Manual Intercom Group number (00-24)
~
A701 NOTE 2
...
A224
~
A724
3-114 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
CM11
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

VIRTUAL RELATED
VIRTUAL LINE NUMBER
PORT No. COMMAND
0000-0999 B000 Dial Intercom number CM12 Y=03
CM56 Y=12
~
B900 BX YY CM90
B001 X : Intercom Code (0-9)
YY : Dial Intercom Group number (00-24)
~
B901 NOTE 3
...
B024
~
B924
AA01 Loop Line number for Multiline Terminal Atten- CM12 Y=03
dant Position CM90
~
AA05
AA11 AAX Y
X: Attendant Position number (0-7)
~
AA15 Y: Loop number (1-5)

NOTE 4
...
AA71
~
AA75
AB00 ICI/OPR Line number for Multiline Terminal CM12 Y=02
Attendant Position CM15 Y=073
~
AB99 CM17 Y=1, 2

CM90 Y=00
3-115 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
CM11
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

NOTE 1: Automatic Intercom numbers are assigned as shown below:
AUTOMATIC AUTOMATIC AUTOMATIC

INTERCOM INTERCOM INTERCOM
GROUP No. (A) No. (B)
00 A000 A100
01 A001 A101
~
~
31 A031 A131
NOTE 2: Manual Intercom numbers are assigned as shown below:
MANUAL
INTERCOM
GROUP INTERCOM NUMBER
00 A200, A300, A400, A500, A600, A700
01 A201, A301, A401, A501, A601, A701
~
24 A224, A324, A424, A524, A624, A724

NOTE 3: Dial Intercom numbers are assigned as shown below:
DIAL
INTERCOM
GROUP INTERCOM NUMBER
00 B000, B100, B200, B900
01 B001, B101, B201, B901
~
24 B024, B124, B224, B924

NOTE 4: Loop Line numbers are assigned as shown below:
ATTENDANT
POSITION LOOP LINE NUMBER
0 AA01, AA02, AA03, AA04, AA05
1 AA11, AA12, AA13, AA14, AA15
~
7 AA71, AA72, AA73, AA74, AA75
3-116 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
CM12
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

12 STATION CLASS-1
FUNCTION:
The features for each station are determined by assigning Station Class-1 to each station number.
PRECAUTION:
(1) When assigning Station Class-1 to Multiline Terminal by this command, enter
X-XXXXXXXX (My Line number) of FX-FXXXXXXXX, which is assigned by CM10 Y=00,
as the first data.
Also when assigning to IP Station, enter X-XXXXXXXX (IP station number) of
FX-FXXXXXXXX, which is assigned by CM10 Y=01, as the first data.
(2) The data for Single Line station number, My Line number of Multiline Terminal, Virtual Line
station number, Automatic/Manual/Dial Intercom number, Loop Line number and ICI/OPR Line
number, IP station number are shown in the table on next page.
(3) The table below shows the key layout for Line/Trunk/Feature Keys and One Touch Keys of the
Multiline Terminals.
CM12 Y=24: 7 (A mode) CM12 Y=24: 0 (B mode)

DT330/ LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06
DT730 Same as CM12 Y=24: 7 (A mode)
LINE07 LINE08 LINE09 LINE10 LINE11 LINE12
(12D)
DT330/ LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06 LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06
DT730
LINE07 LINE08 LINE09 LINE10 LINE11 LINE12 LINE07 LINE08 LINE09 LINE10 LINE11 LINE12
(24D)
DSS01 DSS02 DSS03 DSS04 DSS05 DSS06 LINE19 LINE20 LINE21 LINE22 LINE23 LINE24
LINEXX: Line/Trunk/Feature Key

DSSXX : One Touch Key
3-117 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
CM12
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

12 STATION CLASS-1

DT330/ LINE01 LINE05 LINE01 LINE05
DT730/ LINE02 LINE06 LINE02 LINE06
DT750 LINE03 LINE07 LINE03 LINE07
(8LD LINE04 LINE08 LINE04 LINE08
[DESI-
less]) LINE09 LINE13 LINE09 LINE13
LINE10 LINE14 LINE10 LINE14
DSS01 DSS05 LINE17 LINE21

DSS09 DSS13 DSS01 DSS05

DT300 LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06

Series
(DTL-
12BT-1 The key layout of the Cordless Handset is as
Same as CM12 Y=24: 7 (A mode)
[Cord- follows.
less LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04
handset])
Dterm LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08 LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08
Series i/
LINE09 LINE10 LINE11 LINE12 LINE13 LINE14 LINE15 LINE16 LINE09 LINE10 LINE11 LINE12 LINE13 LINE14 LINE15 LINE16
DtermIP
DSS01 DSS02 DSS03 DSS04 DSS05 DSS06 DSS07 DSS08 LINE17 LINE18 LINE19 LINE20 LINE21 LINE22 LINE23 LINE24
(DTR-
32D-1) DSS09 DSS10 DSS11 DSS12 DSS13 DSS14 DSS15 DSS16 DSS01 DSS02 DSS03 DSS04 DSS05 DSS06 DSS07 DSS08

3-118 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM12
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

12 STATION CLASS-1

term
D LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 DSS01 DSS02 LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06
Series i/
LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08 DSS03 DSS04 LINE07 LINE08 LINE09 LINE10 LINE11 LINE12
DtermIP
(DTR-
32D-1R)/ LINE13 LINE14 LINE15 LINE16 DSS07 DSS08 LINE19 LINE20 LINE21 LINE22 LINE23 LINE24
Dterm75 DSS09 DSS10 DSS01 DSS02

(DTP- DSS11 DSS12 DSS03 DSS04
32D-1)
Dterm
Series i/
DtermIP
(DTR- LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08
16D-1/ Same as CM12 Y=24: 7 (A mode)
LINE09 LINE10 LINE11 LINE12 LINE13 LINE14 LINE15 LINE16
ITR-
16D-1/
ITR-
16D-2)
Dterm
Series i
(DTR-
16D-1R)/ LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08
Dterm75 LINE09 LINE10 LINE11 LINE12
(DTP- LINE13 LINE14 LINE15 LINE16
16D-1)

3-119 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM12
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

12 STATION CLASS-1

term
D LINE01 LINE02 LINE09 LINE10
Series i/
DtermIP Same as CM12 Y=24: 7 (A mode)
(DTR-
16LD) LINE07 LINE08 LINE15 LINE16
Dterm
Series i/
DtermIP
(DTR-8-
1/DTR- LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08 Same as CM12 Y=24: 7 (A mode)
8D-1/
ITR-8D-
1/ITR-
8D-2)
Dterm
Series i/
DtermIP
(DTR-
8D-1R)/ Same as CM12 Y=24: 7 (A mode)
Dterm75 LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08
(DTP-8-
1/DTP-
8D-1)

3-120 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM12
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

12 STATION CLASS-1
: To assign : Not assigned

Y
STATION NUMBER
00 01 02 03 04 05 07 11 12 13 16 19 20 22 23 24 25
Single line station number
(Assigned by CM10 Y=00) ( ) ( )
Multiline Terminal My line * *

number ( ) ()
(Assigned by CM10 Y=00)
Multiline Terminal Virtual
line station number ( ) ()
(Assigned by CM11)
Automatic Intercom number
(Assigned by CM11) () ()
Manual Intercom number

Dial intercom number

Loop Line number for Multi-

line Terminal Attendant Posi- () ()
tion
(Assigned by CM11)
ICI/OPR Line number for
Multiline Terminal () ()
(Assigned by CM11)
IP station number
(Assigned by CM10 Y=01) ()
( ): FAX Incoming Call lamp Indication only.

: CM12 Y=22, 23 are effective for Dterm70/Dterm75 with 75 mode/Dterm85 with 85 mode.
Dterm70=Elite Terminal
Dterm75=Dterm Series E
Dterm85=Dterm Series i
3-121 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM12
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

12 STATION CLASS-1

Y
STATION NUMBER
26 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 43 44 45 46 47
Multiline Terminal My line
number
line station number
(Assigned by CM11)
(Assigned by CM11)
(Assigned by CM11)
(Assigned by CM11)
line Terminal Attendant Posi-
tion
(Assigned by CM11)
Multiline Terminal
(Assigned by CM11)
IP station number
3-122 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM12
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

12 STATION CLASS-1

Y
STATION NUMBER
48 50 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 90 92 93
number
line station number
(Assigned by CM11)
(Assigned by CM11)
(Assigned by CM11)
(Assigned by CM11)
line Terminal Attendant Posi-
tion
(Assigned by CM11)
Multiline Terminal
(Assigned by CM11)
IP station number
3-123 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM12
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

12 STATION CLASS-1
STATION Automatic/ Loop ICI/OPR DATA

ST + 12YY + DE + No. Manual/ Line Line No. + DE + (1-12 + EXE
(1-8 digits) Dial Intercom No. (4 digits) digits)
No. (4 digits) (4 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y SETTING DATA RELATED
No. MEANING DATA MEANING COMMAND
00 DTMF or DP 1 DP
NOTE: This data setting 2 DTMF
is not required for 3 DP/DTMF
a Multiline Termi-
nal.
01 Trunk Restriction Class XZ X: Day Trunk Restriction Class CM60 Y=02
Z: Night Trunk Restriction Class CM35
11 Contents of Day/Night Trunk Restriction Class Y=011
1: Unrestricted (RCA) Restriction of Y=051-058
2: Non-Restricted 1 (RCB) Connection Y=061-068
3: Non-Restricted 2 (RCC) Trunk: CM81
4: Semi-Restricted 1 (RCD) CM35 CM20 Y=0-3:
5: Semi-Restricted 2 (RCE) Y=51>58 (OG) A043
6: Restricted 1 (RCF) Y=61>68 (IC)
7: Restricted 2 (RCG) Toll Restriction:
8: Fully-Restricted (RCH)
02 Service Restriction Class XX ZZ XX: Service Restriction Class A (00-15) CM15
A, B ZZ: Service Restriction Class B (00-15)
1515 NOTE: The features available in each class are
programmed in CM15.
3-124 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
CM12
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

12 STATION CLASS-1
: Default
03 Kind of Telephone 00 House Phone 0 CM51 Y=14

01 House Phone 1
02 House Phone 2
03 House Phone 3
00 FAX Call Station Group No. 0 CM51 Y=14
01 FAX Call Station Group No. 1
04 Hot Line/Delayed Hotline CM52 Y=XX:
Calling Side
(0)
05 Automatic Intercom CM11
CM56 Y=10
06 Manual Intercom CM11
CM56 Y=11
07 Dial Intercom CM11
CM56 Y=12
08 Multiline Terminal Attendant Position Loop Lines CM11
09 Delayed Hotline CM41
Y=0>119
CM52
Y=00-99
15 Ordinary Station (Other than data 00-09)
04 Tenant 00 Tenant 00 CM30 Y=01
01 Tenant 01
~
63 Tenant 63
05 Accommodation of Single 0 Accommodated CM10
line telephone/FAX call 1 Not accommodated CM90
station to Multiline Termi- CM13 Y=08
nals Multiline
3-125 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM12
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

12 STATION CLASS-1
: Default
07 Service Restriction Class C 00 Service Restriction Class C (00-15) CM15

NOTE: The features available in each Class are
~
15 programmed in CM15.
11 Kind of idle status of called 0 Called station idle (No Charge)
station on DID MFC call 1 Called station control (Charge)
2 Called station idle (Charge)
3 Called station idle (Charge)
12 Calling Party Number X ISDN/SIP subscriber number (ISDN/SIP Indial CM12 Y=46
displayed on called side No.)/Station number (ANI/Enhanced-911)
~
XXXX
NONE No data
NOTE 1: As the second data, assign the Indial number informed when a call is originated from the station.
For a station for which no Indial number is informed, assign NONE.
NOTE 2: When the system accommodates both ISDN and SIP trunks, the subscriber number assigned by this com-
mand is used for ISDN. Assign a subscriber number with CM12 Y=46 for SIP.
13 ISDN/SIP Local Office 00 ISDN/SIP Local Office Code Table number 00 CM12 Y=47
Code Table CM50 Y=05
~
14 ISDN/SIP Local Office Code Table number 14

15 No data
NOTE 1: When the system accommodates both ISDN and SIP trunks, the Local Office Code Table assigned by
this command is used for ISDN. Assign a Local Office Code Table with CM12 Y=47 for SIP.
16 Trunk to be seized as D000 Trunk number CM35 Y=018
Private Line on per station CM35 Y=028
~
basis D511 CM15 Y=025

NONE No data
NOTE: When assigning Private Line on a per station basis, Outgoing Trunk Queuing (Trunk
Queuing- Outgoing) and Timed Queue features are not available.
To restrict Outgoing Trunk Queuing, set the second data 0 by CM35 Y=028. Also to
restrict Timed Queue, set the second data 0 by CM15 Y=025.
3-126 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM12
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

12 STATION CLASS-1
: Default
19 Combination of the main X Main station number/Sub station number

station and sub station for
WCS Number Sharing ~
XXXXXXXX
NONE No data
NOTE: Assign the data as follows.
1st data: Main station (Multiline Terminal My line)
2nd data: Sub station (PS)
1st data: Sub station (PS)
2nd data: Main station (Multiline Terminal My line)
20 Calling party information 0 Calling Party Number CM04
sent to the analog telephone 1 Calling Party Number and Calling Party Name Y=01>02
for Caller ID-Station 3 Calling Party Number is not sent CM08>507
[North America Only] CM10
CM50 Y=00>8
22 Multiline Terminal Soft 0 Not available CM9A
Keys 1 Available
NOTE: CM12 Y=22 is automatically set to 1 when CM93 (Prime Line) is assigned.
23 Multiline Terminal Soft 0 Pattern number 0 CM9A
Key Pattern number 1 Pattern number 1
2 Pattern number 2
3 Pattern number 3
3-127 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM12
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

12 STATION CLASS-1
: Default
24 Kind of Multiline Terminal 0 B mode CM94

7 A mode
NOTE 1: The table below shows the combination of Line/Trunk/Feature Keys and One Touch Keys of the Multi-
line Terminals. For key layout, see PRECAUTION (3)
Line/Trunk/ One Touch Line/Trunk/ One Touch

Feature Keys Keys Feature Keys Keys
DT330/DT730 (12D) 12 0 12 0
DT330/DT730 (24D) 18 6 24 0
DT330/DT730/DT750 16 16 24 8
(8LD [DESI-less])
Dterm Series i/DtermIP/ 16 16 24 8
Dterm75
NOTE 2: After the 2nd data of CM12 Y=24 is changed, pull out and reconnect the modular connector of the Mul-
tiline Terminal.
25 Type of Voice Mail System 0 VMS with DTMF signaling CM08>443
(VMS) 3 VMS with MCI
NOTE: Effective only
when
CM08>443:0.
26 Specification of Voice Mail 0 Available (Automatic mode)
Live Monitoring mode 1 Available (Manual mode)
3 Not available
3-128 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM12
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

12 STATION CLASS-1
: Default
29 Send indication data to 0 To send indication data

Line Key LCD of Multiline 1 Data sending completed/Not sent
Terminal (DESI-less)
Request my line number to 0 Available CM15 Y=210
the Multiline Terminal 1 Not available
NOTE: When second data is inputted, my line number information is transmitted to Multiline Terminal according
to setting of CM15 Y=210.
Second data returns to 1 after the completion of transmitting my line number information.
30 Sending BLF message via 0 To send CM50 Y=08>0
CCIS to Destination No.0 1 Not sent
38 Setting of number of stored 01 Number of stored call records
call records
~
50
NONE 10 call records
3-129 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM12
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

12 STATION CLASS-1
: Default
39 Location number of IP Sta- 00 Location number 00 CM67

tion for Local Connection
~
~
63 Location number 63
43 Group number for Group 00 Group Call No. 00 CM13 Y=45
Call by Pilot Number Dial- CM57 Y=10-
~
~
ing 19 Group Call No. 19 29
NOTE: Effective only NONE Not assigned
when CM13 Y=45
is 0.
44 Time to start the power sav- 0 1 minute later
ing of Dterm85 (Dterm 1 2 minutes later
Series i) 2 4 minutes later
3 8 minutes later
4 16 minutes later
5 32 minutes later
6 64 minutes later
7 Not use the power saving
45 Charging Station Class 00 Class No. 00
number
~
15 Class No. 15
46 Calling Party Number X-XXXX SIP subscriber number (Indial No.) CM12 Y=12
displayed on called side NONE No data
47 Local Office Code Table 00 SIP Local Office Code Table number 00 CM12 Y=13
~
14 SIP Local Office Code Table number 14

15 No data
48 Connection between Soft 0 Main station (Soft Phone)
Phone and PS 1 Sub station (PS)
3 Not connected
3-130 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM12
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

12 STATION CLASS-1
: Default
50 Location number of IP Sta- 00 Location number 00 CM67

tion for Remote Connec-
~
~
tion 63 Location number 63
61 Warning SST sending timer 0 Depends on Timer A (CM41 Y=0>114) CM35 Y=247
for forced release 1 Depends on Timer B (CM41 Y=0>115) CM35 Y=248
2 Depends on Timer C (CM41 Y=0>116)
3 Forced release is not provided
NOTE: This command is effective when the forced release is provided to the destination trunk route (CM35 Y=247
and 248 is set to 0).
62 Do Not Disturb/Message 0 Neither Message Waiting Lamp nor Do Not Dis- CM08>140
Waiting lamp Indication on turb Lamp is indicated CM15 Y=188
Line/Trunk/Feature keys of 2 Do Not Disturb lamp Indication CM15 Y=189
Multiline Terminal 3 Message Waiting lamp Indication
(effective when CM08>140: 0)
63 Display language for Mul- 00 Japanese CM04
tiline Terminal LCD (Sta- 01 English Y=00>00
tion Base) 02 French (Canadian French)
03 Spanish (Latin Spanish)
04 Portuguese (Brazilian Portuguese)
05 German
06 Italian
07 Netherlandish
08 French (Europe) [8300R2]
09 Spanish (Europe)
10 Portuguese (Europe)
11 Swedish
12 Danish
13 Catalan
15 Russian
NONE As per CM04 Y=00>00
NOTE 1: When the setting of the DT700 Series is changed, a reset of the terminal is required.
NOTE 2: When this data is set to 15 for the terminal which cannot display Russian charachters on the LCD,
the terminal displays English charachters on the LCD (same as the second data 01).
3-131 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM12
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

12 STATION CLASS-1
: Default
64 Unit number to ISDN 01 Unit number 01

Alternative Routing Unit
~
~
for IP station/virtual PS sta- 50 Unit number 50
tion number in Remote NONE No data
Unit survival mode
65 Kind of PGD(2)-U10 sta- 1 Paging
tion 3 External relay/External key only
NONE Ordinary station
66 External Key group num- 00 External Key Group No. 00 CM12 Y=65>3
ber of PGD(2)-U10 ADP
~
NOTE: Effective when the 63 External Key Group No. 63

second data of
CM12 Y=65 is set
to 3.
67 Kind of paging 0 Call ringing only CM12 Y=65>1
NOTE: Effective when the 1 Non-delay answer
second data of 2 Non-delay and delay answer
CM12 Y=65 is set 3 Ordinary station
to 1.
68 Specification of Paging 00 Paging Zone Group No. 00 CM20>A070-
Zone A079
~
NOTE: Effective when the 09 Paging Zone Group No. 09 CM12 Y=65>1
second data of NONE No data
CM12 Y=65 is set
to 1.
69 Type of pilot station num- 0 Group Call
ber for Conference (built-in 1 Meet-Me Conference
CPU) 3 Ordinary station (Not pilot station)
[8300R2]
70 Conference group number 00 Conference group No. 00
for Conference pilot
~
station number (built-in 15 Conference group No. 15

CPU) NONE No data
[8300R2]
3-132 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM12
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

12 STATION CLASS-1
: Default
71 Assign the PGD(2)-U10 X PGD(2)-U10 Station number

station number to control
~
the relay specified by an XXXX
intervening Virtual Line XXXX
Station NONE No data
[8300R2]
NOTE: This data is not available when setting the first data that is not a virtual station number.
90 Registered IP Station MAC X.....XXX MAC Address display
Address display/clear (12 digits)
0 MAC Address automatic registration in Fixed Con-
nection Mode
CCC Clear
NONE No data
NOTE 1: If you clear the registered IP Station MAC Address while the system is operating, IP Station is reset
even though it is connected.
NOTE 2: MAC Address automatic registration in Fixed Connection Mode should be executed during the terminal
logging in.
NOTE 3: A maximum of 256 MAC Addresses can be registered in Fixed Connection Mode.
NOTE 4: This command has to be registered after assigning CM15 Y=480 2nd data 1 and CM2B Y=00 in
Fixed Connection Mode. If you do not do that, DATA ERROR is displayed.
NOTE 5: Execute the system data backup by CMEC Y=6>0: 0 after this command registered. When changing
this data of terminals accommodated in a Remote Unit, execute the system data copy by CMEC Y=8 to
the Remote Unit.
NOTE 6: Confirm the registered MAC Addresses by CM12 Y=92.
3-133 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM12
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

12 STATION CLASS-1
: Default
92 MAC Address registration X.....XXX MAC Address

in Fixed Connection Mode (12 digits)
CCC Clear
NONE No data
NOTE 1: A maximum of 256 MAC Addresses can be registered in Fixed Connection Mode.
NOTE 2: This command has to be registered after assigning CM15 Y=480 2nd data 1 and CM2B Y=00 in
Fixed Connection Mode. If you do not do that, DATA ERROR is displayed.
NOTE 3: When a MAC Address is entered during the terminal logging in incorrectly, DATA ERROR is dis-
played. When a MAC Address of the other terminals which is logging in is entered, WAIT, BUSY
NOW is displayed.
NOTE 4: Execute the system data backup by CMEC Y=6>0: 0 after this command registered.
When changing this data of terminals accommodated in a Remote Unit, execute the system data copy
by CMEC Y=8 to the Remote Unit.
93 Protection Mode Cancel 1 Always displayed when the DT700 Series is pro-
(forced) for DT700 Series tected
CCC To cancel (forced)
NOTE: When entering CCC, regardless of the result, OK is displayed immediately.
3-134 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM13
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

13 STATION CLASS-2
FUNCTION:
The features for each station are to be designated by assigning Station Class-2 for each station number.
PRECAUTION:
(1) When assigning Station Class-2 to a Multiline Terminal by this command, enter
X-XXXXXXXX (My Line number) of FX-FXXXXXXXX, which is assigned by CM10 Y=00,
as the first data.
(2) When a station has been set as an FAX station (CM13 Y=07), the following limitations are applied
to that station.
Periodic Time Indication tone is not given to the line.
Override by other stations is restricted.
Ringing interval is fixed to 1 second ON-2 seconds OFF.
Call Waiting Answer-Called Side to be restricted by CM15 Y=044: 0.
(3) After setting CM13 Y=33, system reset is required.
(4) When 2 Paging equipment are connected to a PGD(2)-U10 ADP, the setting of Dual port mode is
required as with Analog Port Adapter (related command: CM13 Y=32/33/34).
(5) The data for a Single Line station number, My Line number of a Multiline Terminal and Virtual
Line station number are shown in the table below.

Y
00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 18 21 22 23 24 25 29 32 33
STATION NUMBER
Single Line station number
Multiline Terminal My Line
number (Assigned by CM10
Y=00, 01)
Virtual Line station number
(Assigned by CM11)
3-135 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM13
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

13 STATION CLASS-2

Y
34 35 37 39 40 41 45 46 49 51 52 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 63 64 66 67 68
STATION NUMBER
number (Assigned by CM10
Y=00, 01)
Virtual line station number
(Assigned by CM11)
STATION
ST + 13YY + DE + NUMBER + DE + DATA + EXE
(1 digit)
(1-8 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y SETTING DATA
No. MEANING DATA MEANING

00 Do Not Disturb-System 0 To provide
1 Not provided
01 Room Cutoff-System 0 To provide
1 Not provided
02 Off-Hook Alarm 0 To provide See CM51 Y=12
1 Not provided
03 Message Waiting/Message Reminder 0 To provide (for the station with MW lamp)
1 Not provided
04 Howler tone automatic sending 0 Not provided See CM08>153
1 To provide
05 SMDR for incoming call 0 To provide See CM35 Y=049
1 Not provided
3-136 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM13
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

13 STATION CLASS-2
: Default
Y SETTING DATA

06 SMDR/Centralized Billing-CCIS for out- 0 Not provided See CM35 Y=014
going call 1 To provide
07 Analog data station (FAX, MODEM, 0 Data station
etc.) or ordinary station 1 Ordinary station
See PRECAUTION (2)
08 Send or not ringing signal to the single 0 Not sent ringing signal See CM12 Y=05
line telephone on multiline of Multiline 1 Send ringing signal
Terminal
09 Intra-office connection PAD 0 Without PAD
See PRECAUTION (3) of CM35 1 As per CM42>190
Voice quality improvement of SV8300
Analog SLT connection PAD 0 Without PAD
[For EU] 1 As per CM42>190
10 Ordinary station or VMS station 0 VMS station
See CM41 Y=0>44, 48, 49, CM50 Y=00
1 Ordinary station
11 BLF indication for Automatic Intercom 0 To provide
1 Not provided
12 Secretary station (Boss Secretary Trans- 0 Secretary station
fer/Override) 1 Ordinary station or Boss station
13 Ordinary station or Front Desk Terminal/ 0 Message Waiting Front Desk Terminal/Administra-
Administrative station tive station
1 Ordinary Station
NOTE: MW Lamp of calling station is turned off when Message Waiting Front Desk Terminal answers.
See CM08>233
18 Reverse signal sending to stations 0 To send
1 Not sent
NOTE: This command is effective when using the LC blade supports reverse signal.
21 VIP Class for Executive Calling/Call 0 To provide
Waiting 1 Not provided
3-137 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM13
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

13 STATION CLASS-2
: Default
Y SETTING DATA

23 Automatic live recording 0 To provide
1 Not provided
NOTE: When this feature is activated, be sure to set CM08>141, CM35 Y=22, and/or CM76 Y=13.
See CM08>141 CM35 Y=022 CM76 Y=13
24 In-Skin UMS or Digital Multiline Termi- 0 In-Skin UMS
nal 1 Digital Multiline Terminal
NOTE: When sending the DTMF tone while a call between IP Multiline Terminal and DT700 Series is estab-
lished, the second data of CM13 Y=24 and CM13 Y=59 must be set to 0 for IP Multiline Terminal.
25 Facility control of ISDN Calling Party 0 To provide
Number (CPN) 1 Not provided
29 Designation of FAX call stations 0 FAX call station
1 Ordinary station
32 Connection of Analog Port Adapter/ 0 To connect
PGD(2)-U10 ADP 1 Not connected
See PRECAUTION (4)
33 Port mode of Analog Port Adapter/ 0 Dual port mode
PGD(2)-U10 ADP 1 Single port mode
RESET
See PRECAUTION (4)
34 Designation of station connected to Dual 0 Station connected to Dual port mode of Analog Port
port mode of Analog Port Adapter/ Adapter/PGD(2)-U10 ADP
PGD(2)-U10 ADP 1 Station not connected to Analog Port Adapter/
See PRECAUTION (4) PGD(2)-U10 ADP
35 Send or not ringing signal to the single 0 Not sent ringing signal
line telephone connected to Analog Port 1 Send ringing signal
Adapter
37 VMS Soft Key feature 0 To provide
NOTE: Set this data to VMS station 1 Not provided
number.
3-138 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM13
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

13 STATION CLASS-2
: Default
Y SETTING DATA

39 WCS Roaming for Virtual Station of Vis- 0 Available
itor PS 1 Not available
[For PCS] [8300R2]
40 Station number assigned by CM11 for 0 Other office station
BLF-CCIS 1 Own office station
41 Storage of the call record when answer- 0 To store
ing a station call 1 Not stored
45 Group Call by Pilot Number Dialing 0 To provide
1 Not provided
46 Call Forwarding-No Answer Timing 0 As per CM41 Y=0>100, 101/CME6 Y=07, 08
1 As per CM41 Y=0>01, 15
NOTE: Call Forwarding-No Answer Timing is as follows when second data is set as 0.
When the timer for each station is set up by CME6 Y=07, 08: The timer of CME6 Y=07, 08 is effective.
When the timer for each station is not set up by CME6 Y=07, 08: The timer of CM41 Y=0>100, 101
is effective.
49 Storage of the call record when handling 0 To store
of unanswered call 1 Not stored
51 Kind of station in the hotel function 0 Administrative station
1 Guest station
NOTE: Set the second data to 0, when the station is used except Hotel Console or Guest station.
52 Whether the PMS information for 8 char- 0 Display information assigned by CM08>548
acters display in left-side on upper line of 1 Not displayed
LCD is to be displayed on administrative
station (Multiline Terminal) or not
54 Provide Calling Number Display for the 0 To provide
My Line assigned by CM57 Y=30 1 Not provided
3-139 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM13
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

13 STATION CLASS-2
: Default
Y SETTING DATA

55 Provide Calling Number Display for the 0 To provide
stations of SLT/sub line of Multiline Ter- 1 Not provided
minal/Virtual line/Virtual station for PS
that are accommodated to the Multiline
Terminal multiline as a subline
NOTE: When terminating the call to the stations of SLT/subline of Multiline Terminal/Virtual line/Virtual sta-
tion for PS, the calling number is displayed on the LCD of the Multiline Terminal assigned by CM57
Y=30.
56 Call termination to Attendant Position/ 0 Restricted
station Night mode is set 1 Allowed
57 Voice Mail Live Record-CCIS 0 To provide
1 Not provided
NOTE: Set the second data to 0 for all the VMS ports performing Voice Mail Live Record-CCIS.
58 Operation at pressing another Line/Trunk 0 Hold the call and seize the Line/Trunk key
key while talking on the 1 Disconnect the call and seize the Line/Trunk key
station/trunk using Trunk-Direct Appear-
ances
59 Kind of VMS 0 Not used
1 In-Skin UMS
NOTE: When sending the DTMF tone while a call between IP Multiline Terminal and DT700 Series is estab-
lished, the second data of CM13 Y=59 and CM13 Y=24 must be set to 0 for IP Multiline
Terminal.
60 Storage of the call record when answer- 0 To store
ing a trunk call 1 Not stored
61 Storage of the call record when handling 0 To store
of unanswered a trunk call 1 Not stored
3-140 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM13
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

13 STATION CLASS-2
: Default
Y SETTING DATA

term
63 Accommodation of D 70/PGD(2)-U10 0 To accommodate
ADP 1 Not accommodated
BLADE RESET
NOTE 1: Set this data only for a Base Port of DLC blade.
NOTE 2: When the second data is set to 0, Dterm70/PGD(2)-U10 ADP cannot be accommodated with
Dterm75 under the same DLC blade (DT300 Series can be accommodated with Dterm85).
64 Whether the station is for the outgoing 0 Station for the outgoing call
call of Conference 1 Ordinary station
[8300R2]
66 DT300/700 Display Enhancement for 0 Background : Black, Letters : White
Universal Design 1 Background : White, Letters : Black
[8300R2]
NOTE: The data setting is valid by resetting DT300/700 Series.
67 Accommodation of DTH-4R/DTL-8R 0 To accommodate
[North America Only] 1 Not accommodated
68 The DTMF signal is transmitted from 0 To send
DT700 to DtermIP (Set it to the station 1 Not sent
number of DtermIP)
NOTE: As per CM13 Y=24 and CM13 Y=59 (Refer to CM13 Y=24 and CM13 Y=59).
3-141 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM15
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

15 SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS
FUNCTION:
Restriction of each service is to be set for each service restriction class assigned to the stations. There
are four kinds of Service Restriction Class A/B/C and Charging Station. The services to be restricted by
these Service Restriction Classes are different.
PRECAUTION:
None
SERVICE RESTRICTION
CLASS A/B/C/Charging Station +
ST + 15YYY + DE + (00-15: As assigned in DE + DATA + EXE
(1/2 digits)
CM12 Y=02, 07/CM13 Y=45)
3-142 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM15
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

15 SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS A
DATA TABLE:
Service Restriction Class A

: Default
Y SERVICE SETTING DATA
REST.
No. MEANING CLASS (A) DATA MEANING
000 Call Forwarding-All Calls 00 0 Restricted

1 Allow
~
001 Call Hold
15
002 Outgoing Trunk Queuing
003 Call Back
005 Executive Right of Way (Executive Override)
Calling side
006 System Speed Dialing
007 Station Speed Dialing
008 Paging Access (External Speaker and Radio)
009 Executive Right of Way (Executive Override)/Busy Verifica-
tion/Attendant Override Called side
010 Call Forwarding-No Answer
011 Call Forwarding-Busy Line
012 Call Forwarding-Busy Line/No Answer
013 Wake Up/Timed Reminder
014 Call Pickup-Direct
015 Call Forwarding-Im here (Destination)
016 Station Camp-On (Transfer method)
017 Priority Call 0
018 Priority Call 1
019 Do Not Disturb set from station/Return Message Schedule
020 Automatic Wake Up set from guest or administrative station
(Same wake up time is set to multiple stations)
3-143 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
CM15
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
REST.
021 Automatic Wake Up set from guest or administrative station 00 0 Restricted

(Different wake up time is set to multiple stations) 1 Allow
~
15
022 Trunk-to-Trunk Transfer
024 Message Waiting Lamp set/reset from station
025 Timed Queue
026 Call Forwarding-All Calls-Outside
027 Call Forwarding-No Answer-Outside
028 Call Forwarding-Busy Line-Outside
029 Call Forwarding-Busy Line-Outside/No Answer-Outside
030 Account Code
031 Authorization Code/Forced Account Code
033 Voice Response System Access
Record/Replay/Delete
034 Announcement Service Replay
No. 0 Announcement Service Group
039 Announcement Service Recording
040 Message Waiting Lamp Control from predetermined station or
attendant
3-144 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
CM15
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
REST.
041 Voice Message Waiting-System/Individual 00 0 Restricted

Set/Cancel/Retrieve 1 Allow
~
15
042 Voice Message Waiting-System
Recording
043 Call Waiting Set-Calling Side
044 Call Waiting Answer-Called Side
046 Call Back-Multiple Assignment
047 Message Reminder Setting Side
048 Message Reminder Set Side
049 Internal Zone Paging Access/All Zone Internal Paging
NOTE 1
100 Voice Message Waiting-Individual Called Side
102 Voice Message Waiting-Individual All clear when the called 0 Allow
station does not answer 1 Restricted
Calling/Called Side
103 Station-to-Station/Station-to-Trunk Call Monitoring 0 Restricted
Monitoring Side NOTE 2 1 Allow
104 Station-to-Station/Station-to-Trunk Call Monitoring
Monitored Side NOTE 2
111 Whisper Page Whispering Side 0 Restricted
1 Allow
112 Whisper Page Whispered Side
NOTE 1: Set the second data to 0 when MH240 is used.

NOTE 2: Monitoring telephone conversations may be illegal under certain circumstances and laws.
Consult a legal advisor before implementing the monitoring of telephone conversations.
Some federal and state laws require a party monitoring a telephone conversation to use beep-
tones, to notify all parties to the telephone conversation, and/or to obtain consent from all
parties to the telephone conversation. Some of these laws provide strict penalties for illegal
monitoring of telephone conversations.
3-145 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM15
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
REST.
115 PS Call Forwarding-Not Available 00 0 Restricted

1 Allow
~
15
116 Voice Guide 0 Restricted
Validity of dial tone sending 1 Allow
117 WCS Roaming 0 Allow
[For PCS] [8300R2] 1 Restricted
120 Dynamic Dial Pad 0 Allow
1 Restricted
121 PS Terminal Kind 0 Roaming PS/PS dual
[8300R2] line
1 Excluding Roaming
PS
123 Calling Name Display-PS 0 Allow
1 Restricted
124 Remote Hold 0 Allow
[North America Only] 1 Restricted
127 WCS Number Sharing 0 Main station number is
Station number which is informed to calling/called party, informed
SMDR and MCI 1 Own station number is
NOTE: Set 0 to sub station. informed
Set 1 to main station.
128 WCS Number Sharing set/cancel from sub station 0 Allow
NOTE: Set 0 to sub station. 1 Restricted
Set 1 to main station.
129 WCS Number Sharing 0 Main station and sub
Sub station is controlled as same as main station, by Message station are controlled
Waiting lamp control signal sent to main station 1 Only main station is
controlled
130 System Clock Setup by Station Dialing 0 Allow
1 Restricted
3-146 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM15
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
REST.
131 Set Relocation 00 0 Allow

Setting Side NOTE 1 NOTE 2 1 Restricted
~
15
132 Being moved and changed by Set Relocation 0 Allow
Set Side NOTE 1 NOTE 2 1 Restricted
133 Automatic Call Forwarding set by DISA 0 Allow
1 Restricted
134 Manual Call Forwarding set by DISA 0 Allow
1 Restricted
135 Keep volume level changed by volume button on Multiline 0 Allow
Terminal, after the call is finished. 1 Restricted
136 Calling Number/Calling Name Display for ISDN/T1-ANI/ 0 Calling Number
MFC-R2 incoming call Display
1 Calling Name Display
139 Short Message Notification (OAI) 0 Allow
[For PCS] 1 Restricted
NOTE 1: Set Relocation is not available for the following combination.

Single Line Telephone and Multiline Terminal
PS and PS/Single Line Telephone/Multiline Terminal
Single Line Telephone (DP) and Single Line Telephone (PB)
NOTE 2: Combination of Multiline Terminals with different number of Line/Trunk keys Also, Set
Relocation should not be set to Multiline Terminals which accommodate the following
peripherals or function.
DSS Console
Add-on Module
Analog Port Adapter
3-147 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM15
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
REST.
140 Pad Lock Set/Reset from station 00 0 Allow

1 Restricted
~
15
141 Station Authorization Code Set/Change 0 Restricted
1 Allow
143 IP Station Logout operation 0 Allow
1 Restricted
146 Sending Switch Hook Flash for Adjunct Analog System 0 Allow
1 Restricted
147 Voice Mail Private Password-CCIS 0 Allow
1 Restricted
NOTE 1: The first data must be the preassigned VMS Service Restriction Class which is sent from the office via
CCIS.
NOTE 2: This command is not effective for the Service Restriction Class of own office.
148 PS Location Indication 00 0 Restricted
[8300R2] 1 Allow
~
15
149 PS Location Indication on Multiline Terminal display 0 Allow
[8300R2] 1 Restricted
204 Call Forwarding-PS Out of Cell (Zone) for PS Soft Key 0 Destination setting of
[8300R2] each PS
1 Destination setting of
each tenant
205 Selection of Off Hook Ring Volume 0 Off Hook Ring
Volume 2
(As per CM42>75)
1 Off Hook Ring
Volume 1
(As per CM42>74)
NOTE: The following operations are required when this data is changed.
Multiline Terminal : Disconnect the Multiline Terminal cable and connect the Multiline Terminal cable
again/Unplug the DLC blade and plug the DLC blade again.
IP Station : Logout the IP Station and login the IP Station again.
3-148 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM15
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
REST.
207 Indication when a station is set to the Line Key of Multiline 00 0 Station Number
Terminal (DESI-less) 1 Station Name
~
15
210 Display my line number on the Multiline Terminal 0 Restricted
1 Allow
211 Malicious Call Trace 0 Restricted
[Australia Only] 1 Allow
212 Preset Dialing on Multiline Terminal 0 Restricted
1 Allow
NOTE: If this data is set to 1 when using 8300R2 software or later, Preset Dialing on Multiline Terminal is
active regardless of the setting of CM12 Y=22.
213 SMDR service for station to station call 00 0 Allow
1 Restricted
~
15
214 Caller ID Display on each Multiline Terminal 0 Restricted
1 Allow
215 Blinking LCD for caller ID Display on each Multiline Termi- 0 Restricted
nal 1 Allow
216 Mobility Access Mode 0 Restricted
1 Allow
217 ISDN Alternative Routing in Remote Unit survival mode 0 Allow
1 Restricted
218 Call Forwarding-All Calls of Mobility Access call 0 Restricted
1 Allow
219 Call Forwarding-Busy Line for call forwarding in Mobility 0 Restricted
Access Mode 1 Allow
222 Room Status Code setting 0 Allow
(Room Cutoff/Do Not Disturb/Message Waiting/Wake Up 1 Restricted
Call/Trunk Restriction class change)
223 Conference (built-in CPU) 0 Restricted
[8300R2] 1 Allow
3-149 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM15
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
REST.
400 Displaying pattern of Caller ID on the LCD of Multiline Ter- 00 0 To display calling
minal before answering or after answering a trunk call number on upper line
~
15 of LCD, calling name
on middle line of LCD
1 To display calling
name on upper line of
LCD, calling number
on middle line of LCD
7 Not displayed calling
number and calling
name simultaneously
NOTE 1: When the second data of CM15 Y=400 is set to 0, set the second data of CM15 Y=136 to 1 (Calling
Name Display).
NOTE 2: When the second data of CM15 Y=400 is set to 1, set the second data of CM15 Y=136 to 0 (Calling
Number Display).
401 Entry of Authorization Code/Forced Account Code after dial- 00 0 Allow (Authorization
ing an LCR access code and desired number Code)
~
15 1 Allow (Forced
Account Code)
2 Allow (Authorization
Code [PAD LOCK])
7 Restricted
NOTE: To provide this operation, the following data assignments are required.
- Toll restriction
(CM12 Y=01, CM8A Y=5XXX: 000, CM81)
- LCR origination
(CM20: A126/A127/A128/A129, CM8A Y=5XXX: 180, CM85)
3-150 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM15
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

15 SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS B
Service Restriction Class B
: Default
REST.
No. MEANING CLASS (B) DATA MEANING
053 TAS Service 00 0 Restricted

1 Allow
~
055 Individual Trunk Access from Station
15
056 Change of mode for CAT
059 Starting up OAI MSF from PB telephone/Multiline Terminal
by using access code
060 Day Night Mode Change by Station Dialing
061 Periodic Time Indication Tone Sending
062 Front Desk Terminal/Multiline Terminal TIMS
063 Privacy Release
NOTE: To add a held call on Multiline Terminal multiline as a third party of Three-Way Calling (Conference
[Three/Four Party]) by CNF and LINE key operation, set CM15 Y=063 to 1.
064 Dual Hold 00 0 Restricted
1 Allow
~
066 Privacy (Inhibit Override by Do Not Disturb)

15
067 Voice Call (called side)
[8300R2]
NOTE: Set the second data to 0 when MH240 is used.
068 Off-Hook Ringing 00 0 Restricted
1 Allow
~
15
070 Group Listening 0 Allow
1 Restricted
071 Attendant Terminal Class (Attendant Position) 0 Attendant Terminal
1 Ordinary station
NOTE: To provide the Multiline Terminal Attendant Terminal, set 0 to a different Service Restriction Class
number than for regular Multiline Terminal stations.
Example:
CLASS No. 00 (ATT Terminal) CLASS No. 15 (STATION)
CM15 Y=71 0 1
CM15 Y=73 0 1
3-151 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM15
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

15 SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS B
Service Restriction Class B
: Default
REST.
No. MEANING CLASS (B) DATA MEANING
072 Automatic Hold 00 0 Allow

1 Restricted
~
15
073 Attendant Terminal ICI/OPE Key 0 ICI/OPE Key
See CM15 Y=071 1 Regular station
075 Maid Status 0 Restricted
1 Allow
076 Collect Call Called Side
[Brazil Only]
151 Connected Destination Number/Calling Party Number Indica- 0 Restricted
tion on Q-SIG 1 Allow
152 Connected Destination Name/Calling Party Name Indication 0 Restricted
on Q-SIG 1 Allow
153 Connected line number indication on Multiline Terminal dis- 0 Restricted
play in ETSI ISDN Connected Line Identification Presenta- 1 Allow
tion (COLP) for a call termination office
[For EU]
154 ETSI ISDN Connected Line Identification Presentation 0 Restricted
(COLP) for a call originating office 1 Allow
[For EU]
155 International/National Prefix Code display for ETSI ISDN 0 Restricted
Addressing 1 Allow
[For EU]
156 Calling Party Name sending to ISDN
157 Call Completion to Busy Subscriber (CCBS) set from calling
party
[For EU]
158 Call Completion to Busy Subscriber (CCBS) set to called
party
[For EU]
3-152 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM15
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

15 SERVICE RESTRICTION CLASS C
Service Restriction Class C
: Default
REST.
No. MEANING CLASS (C) DATA MEANING
081 One hit ringing for Call Forwarding-All Calls 00 0 Restricted

1 Allow
~
15
082 Ringing Line Pick up 0 Allow
1 Restricted
083 Multiline Terminal Ringer Tone Pattern 0 See below
084 The ringer tone pattern is assigned by the combination of 1
CM15 Y=083, 084 and 093.
: Default
Y=083 Y=084 Y=093: 0 Y=093: 1
0 0 Ringer Tone Pattern 3 Ringer Tone Pattern 7
NOTE: For the Ringer Tone Pattern, see CM65 Y=40.
086 Ringing Line Pickup by Speaker key 00 0 Allow

1 Restricted
~
15 (Prime Line Pickup)

087 Off-Hook + Dial Tone is provided when pressing One-Touch 0 Restricted
key while terminal is idle 1 Allow
3-153 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
CM15
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
REST.
088 Switch Hook Flash during internal call 00 0 See below

089 Result of a Switch Hook Flash during a station-to-station call 1
~
is specified by the combination of CM15 Y=088, 089. 15
: Default
088 089 MEANING OF DATA
1 1 Effective (Special Dial Tone Connection)
0 1 Ineffective
0 0 Attendant Recall
090 Switch Hook Flash during C.O. line connection 00 0 See below
091 Result of a Switch Hook Flash during a C.O. line connection 1
~
is specified by the combination of CM15 Y=090, 091. 15
: Default
1 1 Effective (Special Dial Tone Connection)
0 1 Ineffective
0 0 Attendant Recall
3-154 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM15
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
REST.
093 Multiline Terminal Ringer Tone Pattern 00 0 See below

Multiline Terminal ringer tone pattern is assigned by the fol- 1
~
lowing combination of CM15 Y=083, 084, and 093. 15
: Default
Y=083 Y=084 Y=093: 0 Y=093: 1
094 Display of the elapsed time to Multiline Terminal 00 0 Not displayed

1 To display
~
15
096 Type of Multiline Terminal 0 Multiline Terminal
Automatic Allocation is available by Multiline Terminal with without LCD
LCD for Call Park-System. 1 Multiline Terminal
with LCD
097 Service for overflowed Off-Hook Alarm call 0 See below
098 Service for an Off-Hook Alarm call which encounters the ter- 1
minating station busy is specified by the combination of data
for CM15 Y=097, 098.
: Initial Data
0 0 UCD-Call Waiting (CM08>212: 0)
Call Waiting is automatically selected, if UCD is not provided in the system.
0 1 UCD (CM08>212: 1)
1 0 Call Waiting
1 1 Hunting
3-155 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
CM15
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
REST.
099 Voice Call Mike Off Called Side 00 0 Available

1 Not available
~
15
182 Non private extension 0 Available
1 Not available
186 Voice Mail Live Monitoring 0 Available
1 Not available
188 Do Not Disturb Setting to sub-line (setting side) 0 Allow
1 Restricted
189 Do Not Disturb Setting to sub-line (set side) 0 Allow
1 Restricted
194 Call log collection on VoIP call 0 Allow
1 Restricted
NOTE: When changing this data of terminals accommodated in a Remote Unit, execute the system data copy by
CMEC Y=8 to the Remote Unit.
195 Fault log collection on VoIP call 00 0 Restricted
1 Allow
~
15
199 Protection Mode restriction for DT700 Series 0 Allow
1 Restricted
NOTE: When this data is changed while the system is operating, reboot the terminal (re-login to the PBX).
480 ID registration method for IP Station 00 0 Protected Login Mode
NOTE 1: Effective only when CM08>513 is set to 1. (Service Restriction
~
NOTE 2: Set the second data to 7 when MH240 is used, 15 Class based)
because MH240 is only authenticated by MAC ad- 1 Fixed Connection
dress. Mode
7 Automatic Login
Mode (Authentication
by MAC Address)
3-156 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM15
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
REST.
481 Call Forwarding-Logout (IP Station)/Call Forwarding-PS Out 00 00 Restricted

of Cell (Zone) 02 Allow (Send ROT
~
15 when no destination is
set)
03 Allow (Send RBT
when no destination is
set)
482 Automatic updating of IP Station firmware at the predeter- 0 Updating (One time
mined time retry)
1 Updating (No retry)
2 Not updating
3-157 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM15
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
REST.
484 Priority for Call Forwarding-All Calls of Mobility Access call 00 0 See below
3
~
15
PRIORITY 2ND DATA=0 2ND DATA=3

HIGH Restriction of Inter-tenant Connection Restriction of Inter-tenant Connection
Call Forwarding-All Calls/Split Call For- Call Forwarding-All Calls of Mobility
warding-All Calls Access
Call Forwarding-All Calls of Mobility Alternative ISDN Connection when Remote
Access Unit in survival mode (CID Call Routing per
each station)
Alternative ISDN Connection when Remote Alternative ISDN Connection when Remote
Unit in survival mode (CID Call Routing per Unit in survival mode (CID Call Routing per
each station) each tenant)
Alternative ISDN Connection when Remote Call Forwarding-Logout (IP Station)
Unit in survival mode (CID Call Routing per
each tenant)
Call Forwarding-Logout (IP Station) Call Forwarding-All Calls/Split Call For-
warding-All Calls
UCD (Uniform Call Distribution) UCD (Uniform Call Distribution)
Do Not Disturb Do Not Disturb
Station Hunting Station Hunting
Call Forwarding-Busy Line/Split Call For- Call Forwarding-Busy Line/Split Call For-
LOW warding-Busy Line warding-Busy Line
NOTE: Set the 2nd data to 0 to Mobility Access station number for Call Forwarding-All Calls of Mobility Ac-
cess call.
3-158 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM15
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
REST.
485 Time that LCD backlight for DT300/DT700 Series 00 0 Always off
[8300R2] 1 Always on
~
15 2 5 seconds
3 10 seconds
4 15 seconds
5 30 seconds
6 60 seconds
NONE 10 seconds
NOTE: After this data setting, this data is valid by resetting DT300/DT700 Series or executing CM12 Y=29.
3-159 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM15
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

15 CHARGING STATION CLASS
Charging Station Class
: Default
Y CHARGING SETTING DATA
STATION
No. MEANING CLASS DATA MEANING
390 Send detail information of Immediate Printout Call Record for 00 0 Allow
the PMS 1 Restricted
~
15
391 Accumulate the call charge 0 Allow
1 Restricted
393 The operation set by CM4B Y=00 is executed simultaneously 0 Allow
when Room Status Code is set/changed 1 Restricted
394 Call Charge Print for hours 0 Allow
[8300R2] 1 Restricted
3-160 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM16
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

16 CALL PICKUP GROUP/GROUP DIVERSION GROUP
FUNCTION:
This command is used to allocate stations to each Call Pickup group and Group Diversion group.
PRECAUTION:
(1) The maximum number of stations which can be assigned to a Call Pickup group is 60.
(2) There is no limitation to the number of Call Pickup groups.
(3) An individual station cannot be assigned to more than one Call Pickup group.
(4) A maximum of 31 Group Diversion groups can be assigned.

There is no limitation to the number of stations within a Group Diversion group.
(5) Group Diversion does not work for stations that are not in the Call Pickup group.
STATION NUMBER (A) DATA

ST + 16Y + DE + (1-8 digits) + DE + (1-8 digits) + EXE
3-161 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
CM16
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y STATION NUMBER (A) SETTING DATA

0 Next station number X Station number (A) X Station number (B)
in Call Pickup Group
~
~
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
NONE No data
When assigning station numbers to a Call Pickup group, only two station numbers can be
assigned per operation. Thus, by repeating the operation as often as required, all the station
numbers to be included in a Call Pickup group can be assigned. The two station numbers to
be assigned by one operation are defined as Station number (A) and Station number (B).
For example, when defining a Call Pickup group with station numbers 300, 301, and 302,
three operations are performed.
Station number (A) Station number (B)

1st Operation 300 301
2nd Operation 301 302
3rd Operation 302 300
By these three operations, a chain of three lines is set up. As seen from above, one station
can be either Station Number (A) or Station Number (B). Thus, Station Number (A)/(B) is
used for identifying which of the two station numbers is to be set first.
2 Station number X Station numbers to be 00 Group Diversion Group 00
included in Group included in a Group Diver-
~
Diversion XXXXXXXX sion 30 Group Diversion Group 30

See CM19 Y=6
NONE No data
3 Display of station X Station number (A) X Station number (B)
numbers included in (Display only)
~
Call Pickup group XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX

(Display only)
3-162 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
CM16
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default

8 Pilot station in Call X Station number in Call 0 Pilot station
Pickup group Pickup-Group 1 Member station
~
XXXXXXXX NOTE
NOTE: Only one station can be assigned as the Pilot station of a Call Pickup group.
3-163 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
CM17
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

17 ACD/UCD GROUP
FUNCTION:
This command is used to define ACD (Automatic Call Distribution)/UCD (Uniform Call Distribution)
groups.
PRECAUTION:
(1) A maximum of 16 ACD/UCD groups can be assigned per system.
(2) A maximum number of 60 stations can be assigned to a ACD/UCD group.
(3) Prior to changing or deleting the station number within a ACD/UCD group, in CM17 Y=0, it is
necessary to change the data for CM17 Y=1-7 to the default.

DATA TABLE:
: Default
0 Next station number X Station number (A) X Station number (B) CM44 Y=00:
in ACD/UCD group 14XX
~
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX CM49 Y=00

NONE No data
NOTE 1: Station numbers should be individually assigned to an ACD/UCD group, as shown below.
STATION No. (A) STATION No. (B)
1st operation STN 1 STN 2
2nd operation STN 2 STN 3

Last operation STN n STN 1

(STN 1-STN n: Station numbers included in a ACD/UCD group)
NOTE 2: After data setting, lift the handset once, to activate the ACD/UCD function, at each ACD/UCD station.
3-164 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM17
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

17 ACD/UCD GROUP
: Default
1 Pilot station in X Station number to 0 Member station CM44 Y=00:

ACD/UCD group be assigned as Pilot 1 Pilot station 14XX
~
XXXXXXXX CM49 Y=00

Pilot station and X Station number to 2 OAI Member CM41 Y=0
Member station for be assigned to queu- station (Off Hook CM44 Y=00:
~
OAI SCF XXXXXXXX ing for SCF suppressed) 14XX

3 OAI Pilot station CM49
(Monitor Pilot) Y=00-10
CM17 Y=2
2 ACD/UCD Group X Pilot and Member 00 ACD/UCD group 00 CM44 Y=00:
number station numbers 14XX
~
~
XXXXXXXX 15 ACD/UCD group 15 CM49 Y=00
NONE No data CM90 Y=00:
F1500-F1515
3 Display of station X Station number (A) X Station number (B) CM44 Y=00:
numbers included in (Display only) 14XX
~
ACD/UCD group XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX CM49 Y=00

(Display only)
4 ACD/UCD service X Pilot station num- 0 Not provided
for internal call ber of ACD/UCD 1 To provide
~
XXXXXXXX group
5 ACD/UCD service 0 Not provided
for C.O./DID 1 To provide
incoming call
for Tie Line incom- 1 To provide
ing call
for DID/Automated 1 To provide
Attendant
3-165 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM17
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

17 ACD/UCD GROUP
: Default
A ACD/UCD Delay X Pilot station num- 0 To send periodically CM41

Announcement ber of ACD/UCD 1 To send only once Y=0>16/47/67
~
Service XXXXXXXX group CM49 Y=00

CM51 Y=17
B Designation of 0 As per CM42>16
number of queuing 1 Not provided
in each ACD/UCD (No limitation)
group
3-166 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM18
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

18 STATION HUNTING GROUP
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign stations to a Station Hunting group. There are three hunt types; Station
Hunting-Terminal, Station Hunting-Circular and Station Hunting-Secretarial.
PRECAUTION:
(1) When a Station Hunting group requires a secretary station, it is necessary to assign CM18 Y=2.
(2) The maximum number of stations which can be assigned to a Station Hunting group is 60.
(3) There is no limitation to the number of Station Hunting groups.
(4) An individual station cannot be assigned to more than one Hunting group.
(5) Only one hunting system (Station Hunting-Terminal/Station Hunting-Circular/Station Hunting-

Secretarial) can be assigned to a Hunting group.

3-167 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
CM18
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

DATA TABLE:
(1) Station Hunting-Terminal
: Default

0 Next station number in X Station number (A) X Station number (B)
Station Hunting group
~
~
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
NONE No data
When assigning station numbers to a Station Hunting group, only two station numbers
can be assigned per operation. By repeating the operation as often as required, all the sta-
tion numbers to be included in a Station Hunting Group can be assigned. The two station
numbers to be assigned with one operation are defined as Station Number (A) and Station
Number (B).
Example: When you define a Station Hunting-Terminal group using Station Numbers
300, 301, and 302, designate 300 as the pilot station number, and perform the
following two operations:
Station No. (A) Station No. (B)

As seen above, one station can be either Station Number (A) or Station Number (B). Sta-
tion Number (A)/(B) is used to identify which of the two station numbers is to be
assigned first.
1 Kind of station X Station number 0 Member station of Station
numbers included in Hunting-Terminal
~
Station Hunting group XXXXXXXX 1 Pilot station of Station

Hunting-Terminal
3-168 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
CM18
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default

2 Secretary station X Secretary station number 00 Secretary station serial
numbers
~
~
Secretary station should XXXXXXXX 30
be Pilot station. 31 Not assigned
Operation: The correspondence between Serial numbers and Secretary station numbers is set by
CM19.
A B C D The data can be set only to Pilot stations, and thus cannot be set to any of the member
stations.
Call terminated
(Pilot station)
NOTE: If an incoming call terminated to a Station Hunting group has encountered all line busy, the call is routed
to a designated station. This station is called Secretary station.
3 Display of station num- X Station number (A) X Station number (B)
bers included in Station (Display only)
~
~
Hunting group XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
(Display only)
3-169 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
CM18
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

(2) Station Hunting-Circular
: Default

~
~
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
NONE No data
Example: When you define a Station Hunting-Circular group which consists of station
numbers 310-312, the following three operations are required:

The above operations produce a chain comprised of three lines. As seen above, a sta-
tion can be either Station Number (A) or Station Number (B).
1 Hunting direction X Station number 0 Not used
1 If station is busy, hunt in
~
XXXXXXXX original direction

5 If station is busy, hunt in
reverse direction
3-170 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
CM18
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default

2 Secretary station: X Secretary station number 00 Secretary station serial
numbers
~
~
Operation:
XXXXXXXX 30
31 Not assigned
A B C D Secretary
The correspondence between Serial numbers and Secretary station numbers is set by
CM19.
Call terminated
The data can be set all the stations of the Station Hunting-Circular.
Also, each of the stations belonging to the same one Hunting group can be assigned its
own Secretary station.
~
Hunting group XXXXXXXX ~

XXXXXXXX
(Display only)
3-171 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
CM18
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

(3) Station Hunting-Secretarial
: Default

~
~
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
NONE No data
Example: When you define Station Hunting-Secretarial group which consists of station
numbers 320-323, the following four operations are required:

4th Operation 323 320
The above operations produce a chain comprised of four lines. As seen above, a station
can be either Station Number (A) or Station Number (B).
Thus, Station Number (A)/(B) is used for identifying which of the two station number is
to be assigned first.
1 Kind of station num- X Station number 0 Not used
bers included in Station 1 Station number other than
~
Hunting group XXXXXXXX the last station number for

Station Hunting-Secretarial
5 Last station number of Sta-
tion Hunting-Secretarial
3-172 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
CM18
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default

2 Secretary station X Secretary station number 00 Secretary station serial
numbers
~
~
Operation:
XXXXXXXX 30
31 Not assigned
A B C D
Secretary The correspondence between Serial numbers and Secretary station numbers is set by
CM19.
Call terminated
The data can be set all of the stations belonging to the Station Hunting-Secretarial.
Also, each station belonging to the same one Hunting group can be assigned its own Sec-
retary station.
~
Hunting group XXXXXXXX ~

XXXXXXXX
(Display only)
3-173 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
CM19
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

19 SECRETARY/GROUP DIVERSION STATION NUMBER
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign Secretary station numbers.
And also, to assign transferred stations for Group Diversion.
PRECAUTION:
None
SECRETARY STATION GROUP DIVERSION + DE + DATA

ST + 19Y + DE + SERIAL NUMBER (1-8 digits)
GROUP (00-30)
(00-30)
+ EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y SECRETARY SETTING DATA
STATION SERIAL
No. MEANING NUMBER DATA MEANING
0 Setting of Secretary station number 00 X Secretary station number

~
30 XXXXXXXX
See CM18 Y=2 NONE No data
1 Setting of Secretary Hunting method 0 Not used
5 Hunting
(As per CM19 Y=2)
7 No hunting
2 Setting of order of Secretary Hunting 00-30: Secretary station 00-30 Secretary station serial
serial number number (B)
(A) 31 Not used
NOTE: The Secretary Station serial number should be assigned individually in the order of the desired secretary
hunting, as shown below.
Secretary Station Secretary Station

Serial No. (A) Serial No. (B)
1st operation Secretary 0 Secretary 1
2nd operation Secretary 1 Secretary 2
3-174 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
CM19
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

19 SECRETARY/GROUP DIVERSION STATION NUMBER
: Default
Y SECRETARY SETTING DATA
STATION SERIAL
No. MEANING NUMBER DATA MEANING
6 Transferred station of Call 00: Group Diversion X Station number transferred.

Forwarding-No Answer for each Group group 00 Data E000 (DESKCON)
~
~
Diversion group XXXXXXXX is not provided.
~
See CM08>026 30: Group Diversion NONE No data
group 30
See CM16 Y=2
3-175 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM1B
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

1B ISDN TELEPHONE MULTIPOINT STATION NUMBER
FUNCTION:
This command is used for an ISDN Telephone Multipoint station number.
PRECAUTION:
None
ISDN LINE ISDN

ST + 1B + DE + STATION No. + , + MULTIPOINT No. + DE + DATA + EXE
(1-8 digits)
(1-8 digits) (0-7)
DATA TABLE:
1ST DATA 2ND DATA RELATED

DATA MEANING DATA MEANING COMMAND
XXXXXXXX , Z XXXXXXXX: ISDN Line X ISDN Telephone CM10 Y=00

Station No. Multipoint Station No. CMAC Y=01
~
(EFXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)

assigned by
CM10 Y=00)
Z: ISDN Multipoint No. (0-7)
3-176 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
CM1D
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

1D PS-ID ASSIGNMENT/PS OPERATION DATA DOWNLOAD
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign the PS-ID, to download the PS operation data.
PRECAUTION:
(1) When a PS is set up initially, set the PS in Data Download Mode by applying power to the PS while
pressing the SEND key, and then execute the CM1D Y=20 in Calling Area No. 00.
(2) It takes 10 seconds to load the PS operation data to the PS.
(3) The following items display on the PCPro.
STATUS DISPLAY
Loading succeeded OK
PS is busy WAIT BUSY NOW
PS is out of area WD ERROR
Lack of PS data DATA ERROR
PS STATION No. SETTING DATA

ST + 1DYY + DE + (1-8 digits) + DE + (1-9 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
PS STATION No.
01 Subline PS number to each X-XXXXXXXX X- Subline PS Station No. CM10 Y=04

Primary PS station (Primary PS Sta- XXXXXXXX X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
tion No.) NONE No data
14 Terminal type of PS X-XXXXXXXX 0 PHS (Less than 12 digits) CM10 Y=04
[For PHS] (Primary/Subline 1 Roaming PS
[8300R2] PS Station No.) (Less than 5 digits)
[8300R2]
3-177 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM1D
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
PS STATION No.
15 Terminal type of PS X-XXXXXXXX 00 Multiline Terminal PS II CM10 Y=04

[For PCS] (Primary/Subline Type with PS software ver-
PS Station No.) sion 7.02 or later
NOTE 1: Set this data also NOTE 2
to Subline PS 15 Multiline Terminal PS II
station number, Type with PS software ver-
if provided. sion under 7.02/Former
Multiline Terminal PS Type
NOTE 2
16 Primary/Subline X-XXXXXXXX 0 Subline PS CM10 Y=04
(Primary/Subline 1 Primary PS
PS Station No.)
20 PS Operation Data Down- X-XXXXXXXX 0 No data CM10 Y=04
load (Primary PS 1 Execute
[For PCS] Station No.)
21 PS-ID XX...XX PS-ID CM10 Y=04
[For PCS] (Maximum 9 digits, Deci-
mal)
NONE No data
22 PS Location Search with no X-XXXXXXXX 0 To provide when PS is idle CM10 Y=04
ringing (Primary PS 1 Not provided when PS is
NOTE 3 Station No.) idle
NOTE 2: PS software version is represented by the lower 3 digits of the PSs issue number which is
written on the label in the rear side of PS.
NOTE 3: For Multiline Terminal PS II/Multiline Terminal PS III Type with PS, set the second data to
0. For the other PSs, set the second data to 1.
3-178 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM1D
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
PS STATION No.
90 A combination of PS station X-XXXXXXXX XX...XX PS station No. CM10 Y=04

number that converted from (Primary Subline (assigned by CM1C from
NEAX 2000 IPS and PS Station No.) NEAX 2000 IPS)
SV8300 PS station number CCC Clear
NOTE 4 NONE No data
NOTE 5
NOTE 6
NOTE 7
NOTE 4: This command is used when the system data of NEAX 2000 IPS is converted by System Data
Convertor of PCPro.
NOTE 5: PS station numbers are controlled by the following two numbers;
- The incoming/outgoing number of PS is controlled by the first data (PS Statio No.) of this
command as well as NEAX 2000 IPS.
- A PS station number between the CS/ZT-PS is controlled by the PS station number as-
signed by CM1C of NEAX 2000 IPS.
NOTE 6: If a PS station number is cleared by this command, A PS station number assigned by CM10
Y=04 is assigned to the PS (a PS number is controlled by one number).
It is recommended to clear a PS station number by this command and control the PS by one
station number.
NOTE 7: This data setting is not required when assigning a PS station number by SV8300.
3-179 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3002.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM20
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

NUMBERING PLAN/SINGLE DIGIT FEATURE ACCESS CODE
20 (PROGRAMMABLE)
FUNCTION:
Trunk routes and features are assigned by developing access codes. For Route Advance and Tenant
development, see CM22 and CM23.
The following figure shows the relationship between commands:
Numbering Plan Group For each access code Numbering Plan Route Advance Block
For each Station No.
tenant Access Code for Service Feature Trunk
Trunk Route Route
CM29 CM20 CM22
Route
(4 groups) Advance
(32
Block
blocks)
Tenant Block
For each Tenant
Access Code for Service Feature
CM23 Trunk Route
(24 blocks)
Special Terminal Block
Trunk Route
CM25
For each ordinary Station
(16 blocks)
PRECAUTION:
(1) If 7XX (XX=20-83) is displayed when reading out the assigned data for the access code, the
access code which was entered is the leading digits of another access code consisting of more
digits. Add a digit to the entered access code and try again (to determine the other access code).
Then decide which one to use or delete/change (not enough digits entered).
(2) If WRONG is displayed when reading out the assigned data for the access code, another access
code already exists with the same leading digits. Delete the last digit and try again (to determine
the other access code). Then decide which one to use or delete/change (too many digits entered).
3-180 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
CM20
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

20 (PROGRAMMABLE)
(3) Name Display Registration From Multiline Terminal is as follows.
You can configure the station number from the Multiline Terminal to which the station number
belongs.
Register the characters from PCPro/CAT to SLT, Multiline Terminal without LCD and Trunk.
The characters are specified by the number of pressing the keys (0-9, *, #).
Refer to Character Table on next page.
Example: To register A, press 2 key twice.

By pressing same key 11 times, the character returns to the one pressed once.
To register characters, press Hold key after each character registration.

To switch between alphabet upper case (A-Z) and alphabet lower case (a-z), press Recall key.
To delete the data, overwrite by blank.
The following is the example to register john:
(1) LNR/SPD (DT receiving)
(2) Register the access code specified for Name Display
(SPDT receiving).
(3) 5 5 Hold j
(4) 6 6 6 6 Hold o
(5) 4 4 4 Hold h
(6) 6 6 6 Hold n
(7) LNR/SPD
3-181 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
CM20
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

20 (PROGRAMMABLE)
Character Table
KEY
NUMBER 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 * #
OF TIMES
1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 * #
2 A D G J M P T W * #
3 B E H K N Q U X * #
4 C F I L O R V Y * #
5 S Z * #
8 -
9 !
10 ?
Table 0-1
ACCESS CODE DATA

3-182 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
CM20
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

20 (PROGRAMMABLE)
DATA TABLE:
Y=0-3
Y
ACCESS CODE RELATED COMMAND
No. MEANING
0 Numbering Plan Group 0 X X: 0-9, A (*), B (#) CM29
1 Numbering Plan Group 1
~
2 Numbering Plan Group 2 XXXX
3 Numbering Plan Group 3
3-183 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
CM20
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

20 (PROGRAMMABLE)
SETTING DATA: A004-A097
SETTING DATA RELATED

REMARKS
DATA MEANING COMMAND
A004 Outgoing Trunk Queueing/Call Back/Call When Outgoing Trunk Queueing, Call CM15 Y=002, 003,
Completion to Busy Subscriber (CCBS) Set Back and Completion of Calls to Busy 025, 157, 158
[For EU] Subscriber (CCBS) share the same CM35 Y=028, 044
access code.
A005 Outgoing Trunk Queueing/Call Back/Call
Completion to Busy Subscriber (CCBS) Cancel
[For EU]
A006 Executive Right of Way (Executive Override) CM15 Y=005-009
A008 Call Park-System Set For Single Line Station/Multiline Ter- CM15 Y=096
minal/Attendant Console
A009 Call Park-System Retrieve
A010 Call Forwarding-All Calls Set CM15 Y=000, 026
A011 Call Forwarding-All Calls Cancel
A012 Call Forwarding-No Answer/Busy Line Set CM20 A012, A013 are used when Call CM15
Forwarding-No Answer and Busy Line Y=010, 011, 028
share the same access code.
A013 Call Forwarding-No Answer/Busy Line Cancel
A018 Call Forwarding-Im here (Destination) Set CM15 Y=015

A019 Call Forwarding-Im here (Destination) Cancel
A020 Call Pickup-Group CM16
A021 Call Pickup-Direct CM15 Y=014
A022 Do Not Disturb Set From station CM15 Y=019
A023 Do Not Disturb/Return Message Schedule
Cancel
A024 Wake Up Call/Timed Reminder Set CM15 Y=013
A025 Wake Up Call/Timed Reminder Cancel
A026 Wake Up Call/Timed Reminder Check
3-184 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM20
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

20 (PROGRAMMABLE)

REMARKS
A027 Wake Up Call Set from Predetermined Station CM15 Y=020

(Single Wake Up time operation)
A028 Wake Up Call Set from Predetermined Station CM15 Y=021
(Multiple Wake Up time operation)
A029 Maid Status
A033 Monitor NOTE CM08>259
CM15
Y=103, 104
A034 Intra-office termination on Tandem connection
A035 Intra-office termination on Tandem connection DT Sending (Mark out System)
A037 Call Pickup-Designated Group CM15 Y=014
CM16
A040 MW Lamp Control Set CM15 Y=024, 040
CM90
A041 MW Lamp Control Reset
A042 Choice of Night Service from Attendant CM30 Y=02, 03
A043 Day Night Mode Change by Station Dialing CM15 Y=060
CM08>244, 245
A044 ACD/UCD Station Busy Out Set
A045 ACD/UCD Station Busy Out Reset
A046 Call Hold CM15 Y=001
NOTE: Monitoring telephone conversations may be illegal under certain circumstances and laws.
3-185 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM20
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

20 (PROGRAMMABLE)

REMARKS
A047 TAS Answer A CM15 Y=053

CM53
A048 TAS Answer B
A049 TAS Answer C
A050 TAS Answer D
A051 TAS Answer E
A058 Trunk Hold
A059 Trunk Answer
A062 Call Park-Tenant Set/Retrieve For single line station/Multiline Termi-
nal
A064 Station Speed Dialing Origination CM73, 74
CM15 Y=007
A065 Station Speed Dialing Entry
A066 Station Speed Dialing Cancel CM73, 74
CM15 Y=007
A067 System Speed Dialing Origination For 300 memories CM71, 72
Maximum of 26 digits CM15 Y=006
A068 System Speed Dialing Origination For 1000 memories CM08>176: 0
(1000-Slot Memory Block No. 02)
Maximum of 26 digits
A069 Last Number Call (Last Number Redial) CM08>177, 178
A070 Paging Answer Zone 0 CM30 Y=28
CM44
A071 Paging Answer Zone 1
CM15 Y=008
A072 Paging Answer Zone 2 CM08>157
3-186 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM20
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

20 (PROGRAMMABLE)

REMARKS
A078 Paging Answer Zone 8 CM30 Y=28

CM44
CM15 Y=008
CM08>157
A080 Speaker/Radio Paging Cancel CM41 Y=0>20
(Delay Operation)
A081 Individual Trunk Access CM30 Y=19
CM15 Y=055
A084 OAI Terminal Mode Set Facility (MSF)
A085 Account Code CM15 Y=030
CM42>10
A086 Authorization Code CM08>216
CM15 Y=031
CM42>11
A087 Forced Account Code CM08>216
CM15 Y=031
CM42>12, CM2A
A088 Priority Call 0 These calls are routed to the operator. CM90
CM15 Y=017, 018
A089 Priority Call 1 CM08>250, 251
A090 Special Operator Call 0 CM90
A091 Special Operator Call 1
[8300R2]
[8300R2]
[8300R2]
A094 Emergency Call
[8300R2]
3-187 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM20
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

20 (PROGRAMMABLE)

REMARKS
A095 Individual Attendant Access/Inter Position CM90

Transfer
[8300R2]
A097 Direct Data Entry CM90
3-188 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM20
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

20 (PROGRAMMABLE)
SETTING DATA: 800-828

REMARKS
800 Operator Call CM90

[8300R2]
801 1 digit Station
802 2 digits Station
805 5 digits Station For the following features, do not
assign 5 or more digits station number.
SMDR/PMS/CIS
807 7 digits Station Front Desk Terminal
811 1 digit Network Station CM8A
Y=A000>3
812 2 digits Network Station
823 2-3 digits Station CM41 Y=0>13
824 2-4 digits Station
3-189 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM20
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

20 (PROGRAMMABLE)

REMARKS
A100 Voice Response System Access Record CM10

CM15 Y=033
A101 Voice Response System Access Replay
A102 Voice Response System Access Delete
A103 Announcement Service Record CM10
CM15 Y=034-039
A104 Announcement Service Group 0 Replay
CM49 Y=00
A105 Announcement Service Group 1 Replay CM35 Y=069-073
A109 Announcement Service Delete
A110 Name Display For Multiline Terminal, Attendant
Console
See PRECAUTION (3)
A113 Voice Message Waiting Service-System CM13 Y=03
(Setting of station numbers to be sent) CM15 Y=041, 042
CM49 Y=00
A114 Voice Message Waiting Service-Individual
(Setting of station numbers to be sent)
A115 Voice Message Waiting Service-System Record
A116 Voice Message Waiting Service-System Replay
A118 Voice Message Waiting Service-System Delete
A119 Voice Message Waiting Service-System/Indi-
vidual
(Reset of station numbers to be sent)
A120 Voice Message Waiting Service-System/Indi-
vidual Retrieve
A125 Call Waiting CM13 Y=21
(Camp-On by station-Call Waiting Method) CM15 Y=043, 044
3-190 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
CM20
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

20 (PROGRAMMABLE)

REMARKS
A126 LCR Group 0 CM8A Y=A000

A127 LCR Group 1
A128 LCR Group 2
A129 LCR Group 3 Assign A129 only when the LCR
Group access code is included in the
area code table in CM8A (Closed
Numbering).
A130 Internal Zone Paging Group 0 Paging Access CM56 Y=00-07
CM15 Y=049
A131 Internal Zone Paging Group 1
CM90
A136 Internal Zone Paging Group 6 Paging Access CM56 Y=00-07
CM15 Y=049
CM90
A138 Internal Zone Paging Group 0 Meet-me Answer
3-191 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
CM20
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

20 (PROGRAMMABLE)

REMARKS
A146 Message Waiting/Message Reminder Search CM15

Y=047, 048
A147 Message Waiting/Message Reminder Retrieve
CM13>03
A148 Message Reminder Set CM90
A149 Message Reminder Cancel
(1000-Slot Memory Block No. 03) CM74
A154 Return Message Schedule Set Cancel Code: Set data A023. CM15 Y=019
A155 Day/Night Mode change, Attendant Lockout For DESKCON without MODE key CM90
from DESKCON
[8300R2]
A156 Attendant Programming for Remote Access to For DESKCON without PROG key
System (DISA), System Speed Dialing, Date/
Time Change and Tone Ringer Change from
DESKCON
[8300R2]
A157 FLF Authorization Code Recognition
A158 Sending of Hooking Signal to C.O. line/Centrex
from PB telephone
A163 Voice Call/Ring Tone Programming For Multiline Terminal
A164 All Zone Internal Paging For calling CM08>158
A165 Voice Message Waiting Service-Individual All
Clear when the called station does not answer
A170 Malicious Call Trace CM15 Y=211
[Australia Only] CM35 Y=106
A180 Split Call Forwarding-All Calls Set
3-192 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM20
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

20 (PROGRAMMABLE)

REMARKS
A181 Split Call Forwarding-All Calls Cancel

A182 Split Call Forwarding-Busy Line/-No Answer
Set
A183 Split Call Forwarding-Busy Line/-No Answer
Cancel
A188 Whisper Page
A189 Call Forwarding-Not Available Set
A190 Call Forwarding-Not Available Cancel
A191 Call Forwarding-Not Available Replay
A192 Number Sharing Set from sub station
A193 Number Sharing Cancel from sub station
A194 Number Sharing Set from main station
A195 Number Sharing Cancel from main station
A196 Set Relocation
A197 System Clock Setup by Station Dialing CM15 Y=130
CM90 Y=00:
F0A97
A198 Call Park-System Set which retrieved by dialing CM90 Y=00:
station number F0A98
A199 Call Park-System Retrieve by dialing station
number
3-193 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM20
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

20 (PROGRAMMABLE)

REMARKS
A230 Station Class change with Station Authorization CM42>73

Code
A231 Station Authorization Code/Password Change CM42>73
A232 Pad Lock Set by Station Authorization Code
A233 Pad Lock Reset by Station Authorization Code
A234 Call Pickup-Group (Pilot) CM16 Y=8
CM90 Y=00:
F0B34
A239 IP Station Logout CM15 Y=143
CM90 Y=00:
F0B39
A241 Call Forwarding-Logout/Call Forwarding-PS
Out of Cell (Zone) Set
A242 Call Forwarding-Logout/Call Forwarding-PS
Out of Cell (Zone) Cancel
A243 System Speed Dialing origination (1-8 digits
abbreviated Code: depends on CM42>77)
A256 Mobility Access Mode Set CM90 Y=00:
F0B56
A257 Mobility Access Mode Cancel CM90 Y=00:
F0B56
A258 PS Location Search For PS Location Display (Multiline CM90 Y=00:
Terminal LCD) F0B58
3-194 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM20
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

20 (PROGRAMMABLE)
SETTING DATA: 100-515

REMARKS
100 Trunk Route 00 Data is to be assigned for Trunk CM30

Routes corresponding to the access
~
163 Trunk Route 63 codes for outgoing trunk calls (COT,

LDT, ODT, etc.).
200 Route Advance Block 00 Data is to be assigned in the following CM22
two cases; there are two or more trunk
~
231 Route Advance Block 31 routes for outgoing call, and for deter-
mining the seizing order of the trunk
route.
300 Tenant Block 00 Data is to be assigned when the pur- CM23
pose and method of the same access
~
323 Tenant Block 23 code varies with each tenant.

500 Kind of Special Terminal Block 00 Data is to be assigned when the pur- CM25
pose and method of the same access
~
515 Kind of Special Terminal Block 15 code varies with each special terminal
(single line station).
3-195 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
CM20
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

20 (PROGRAMMABLE)
DATA TABLE:
Y=4, 5
: Default
ACCESS CODE
4 Single Digit X X: 0-9, A (*), B (#) 2 Call Back/Trunk Queuing- CM08>570

Feature Access Outgoing
Code for BT 3 Executive Override
connection 4 Camp On
5 Call Waiting
6 Message Reminder Set
7 Step Call
8 Message Waiting Record
9 Voice Mail Transfer
NONE Single Digit Feature Access
Code is not available
5 Single Digit 1 Internal Tone/Voice Signaling CM08>570
Feature Access (Voice Call-Multiline Termi-
Code for RBT nal/Attendant)
connection 2 Call Back/Trunk Queuing-
Outgoing
6 Message Reminder Set
8 Message Waiting Record
9 Voice Mail Transfer
NONE Single Digit Feature Access
Code is not available
3-196 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
CM21
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

21 SINGLE DIGIT ACCESS CODE
FUNCTION:
This command sets a single digit code to be recognized under timing start condition.
PRECAUTION:
None
ACCESS
DATA
ST + 21Y + DE + CODE + DE + (3/4 digits) + EXE
(1 digit)
DATA TABLE:
Y SETTING DATA
ACCESS CODE
0 Numbering Plan 0 X: 0-9, A (*), B (#) A047 TAS Answer A
1 Numbering Plan 1
~
2 Numbering Plan 2 A051 TAS Answer E
3 Numbering Plan 3 See CM20
100 Trunk Route 00
~
~
163 Trunk Route 63
200 Route Advance Block 00
~
~
See CM22
800 Operator Call
801 Single digit station No.
Continued to next page.
3-197 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
CM22
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

22 ROUTE ADVANCE
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign alternative trunk routes to each Route Advance Block.
PRECAUTION:
A maximum of seven consecutive priorities can be assigned.
PRIORITY
DATA
ST + 22YY + DE + ORDER + DE + (3 digits) + EXE
(1 digit)
DATA TABLE:
Y SETTING DATA
PRIORITY ORDER
00 Route Advance Block 00 0 1st Priority 100 Trunk Route 00
1 2nd Priority
~
~
31 Route Advance Block 31 2 3rd Priority 163 Trunk Route 63
3 4th Priority NONE No data
NOTE
~
~
NONE No data
NOTE: In the following example, seven priorities are defined by using a priority (Priority 3 of Route
Advance Block 00) to point to another Route Advance Block 01.
PRIORITY ORDER DATA

0 100 1st
Route Advance 1 101 2nd

Block 00 2 102 3rd
3 201 To Route Advance Block 01
0 103 4th
Route Advance 1 104 5th

Block 01 2 105 6th
3 106 7th
3-198 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
CM23
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

23 TENANT DEVELOPMENT
FUNCTION:
Trunk routes and services are assigned by developing access codes for each tenant.
For further development, use CM22 Route Advance.
PRECAUTION:
None
TENANT
ST + 23YY + DE + NUMBER + DE + DATA +
(3/4 digits) EXE
(2 digits)
DATA TABLE:

TENANT
00 Tenant Block 00 00 Tenant 00 A004 CM20

~
23 Tenant Block 23 63 Tenant 63 A097

800
Services (Refer to CM20)
~
See CM20
818
A100
~
A199
100 Trunk Route 00 CM30
~
163 Trunk Route 63

200 Route Advance Block 00 CM22
~
3-199 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM25
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

25 KIND OF SPECIAL TERMINAL DEVELOPMENT
FUNCTION:
For each access code assigned to a special terminal block, a trunk route can be assigned based on which
type of special terminal (ordinary station or FAX station) is placing the call. For special terminal assign-
ments requiring development of route advance data for trunk route assignment, route advance develop-
ment and the corresponding trunk routes are assigned using CM22.
PRECAUTION:
None
KIND OF
ST + 25YY + DE + SPECIAL + DE + DATA + EXE
TERMINAL (3 digits)
(1 digit)
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y KIND OF SPECIAL SETTING DATA RELATED
No. MEANING TERMINAL DATA MEANING COMMAND
00 Kind of Special 0 Ordinary station 100 Trunk Route 00 CM30

Terminal Block 00 1 FAX station
~
~
~
See CM13 Y=07 163 Trunk Route 63

~
15 Kind of Special 2 Speech/3.1 kHz audio NONE No data

Terminal Block 15 3 Unrestricted digital
200 Route Advance Block 00 CM22
information
~
4 Attendant Console
[8300R2]
NONE No data
3-200 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM29
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

29 NUMBERING PLAN TENANT GROUP
FUNCTION:
When each tenant has its own numbering plan in a multiple-tenant system, all the tenants are divided
into four groups. Numbering Plan Group data is then assigned on a tenant basis.
PRECAUTION:
If the data is not assigned (NONE), then Numbering Plan Group 0 is used for all tenants.
TENANT
DATA +
ST + 29 + DE + NUMBER + DE + EXE
(2 digits) (3 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Default
RELATED
TENANT NUMBER SETTING DATA REMARKS
COMMAND
00 Tenant 00 710 Numbering Plan Group 0 CM20 Y=0
~
711 Numbering Plan Group 1 CM20 Y=1

63 Tenant 63
NONE Numbering Plan Group 0
3-201 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
CM2A
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

ID CODE ASSIGNMENT WITH CPU/DEVELOPMENT BLOCK
2A NUMBER ASSIGNMENT FOR EACH CALLING PARTY NUMBER
FUNCTION:
This command assigns ID codes used for the Authorization Code/Forced Account Code/Remote Access
to System (DISA) features with CPU and Development Block number for each calling party number.
PRECAUTION:
These ID codes are effective when CM08>216/217 are set to 0.
1ST DATA 2ND DATA

ST + 2AYY + DE + (1-16 digits) + DE + (1-8 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

00 ID Code Development X-X..XXX ID Code 0000 ID Code Pattern number
number 00-09 (Maximum
~
01
NOTE: CM2A Y=00-09 16 digits) 2999
02 is determined by NONE No data
03 CM2A Y=A0 2nd
data 0-9.
04
05
06
07
08
09
3-202 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
CM2A
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

10 Valid range of ID Code 0000-2999 ID Code Pattern number 0 Authorization Code, Forced
Account Code, and Remote
Access to System (DISA)
1 Authorization Code, Forced

Account Code
2 Remote Access to System

(DISA)
3 Invalidate ID code
11 Trunk Restriction Class 1 Unrestricted (RCA)
2 Non-Restricted-1 (RCB)
3 Non-Restricted-2 (RCC)
4 Semi-Restricted-1 (RCD)
5 Semi-Restricted-2 (RCE)
6 Restricted-1 (RCF)
7 Restricted-2 (RCG)
8 Fully-Restricted (RCH)
12 Service Restriction 00 Service Restriction Class A
Class A 00-15
~
15 NOTE: Available features

in each class are
assigned by CM15.
13 Service Restriction 00 Service Restriction Class B
Class B 00-15
~

in each class are
assigned by CM15.
3-203 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
CM2A
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

14 Service Restriction 0000-2999 ID Code Pattern 00 Service Restriction Class C
Class C number 00-15
~
in each class are
assigned by
CM15.
15 Calling party number is 0 Available
used as the ID Code for 1 Not available
Remote Access to
System (DISA)
16 Setting station of X- Station No.
Manual Call Forward- XXXXXXXX
ing set by DISA NONE All stations
50 Development Block X-X...XXX Calling Party number 000 Development Block No.
number for calling party (Maximum assigned by CM76 Y=00/
~
number (Development 16 digits) 999 90

Pattern 0 assigned by NONE No data
CM76 Y=26/CM35
Y=174)
51 Development Block
number for calling party
number (Development
Pattern 1 assigned by
CM76 Y=26/CM35
Y=174)
52 Development Block
number for calling party
number (Development
Pattern 2 assigned by
CM76 Y=26/CM35
Y=174)
3-204 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
CM2A
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

A0 ID Code Development 0 Authorization Code 0-9 ID Code Development
number Number 00-09
1 Forced Account Code
NOTE: CM2A (Related Command: CM2A
Y=00-09 is 2 Remote Access to Sys- Y=00-09)
determined by tem (DISA) Code NONE No data
this data. 3 Automatic service set-
ting by Remote Access
to System (DISA)
NOTE: Authorization Code and Forced Account Code are both available for changing class of ser-
vice. The only difference is that Forced Account Code appears in the account code field in the
SMDR data stream. Authorization Code appears in a separate field designated specifically
for Authorization Code.
3-205 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
CM2B
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

AUTHORIZATION CODE PER STATION/IP STATION PASSWORD
2B ASSIGNMENT
FUNCTION:
This command is used to set up the Authorization Code per station for PAD Lock feature. Also used to
set up the password for the ID registration of the IP Station and Station Digest Authentication.
PRECAUTION:
None
1ST DATA 2ND DATA

ST + 2BYY + DE + (1-8 digits) + DE + (1-8 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
00 Authorization X Station number X Authorization Code

Code per station X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
~
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX
(Maximum 8 (Maximum 8
digits) digits)
CCC Clear
NONE No data
IP Station regis- X Password CM08>513
tration password X: 0-9, A (*), B (#) CM15 Y=480
~
for Protected XXXXXXXX

Login Mode (Maximum 8
digits)
NONE No data
Station Digest X Password
Authentication X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
~
password XXXXXXXX
(Maximum 8
digits)
NONE No data
NOTE 1: When the default is set to NONE, the password is set to 0000.
NOTE 2: After assigning this command while SIP server is operating, be sure to report changing the SIP server
assigned by CM1D Y=33 second data 1.
3-206 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM2B
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

AUTHORIZATION CODE PER STATION/IP STATION PASSWORD
2B ASSIGNMENT
: Default
01 Trunk Restric- X Station number 1 Unrestricted (RCA) CM12 Y=02

tion Class 2 Non-Restricted 1 (RCB) CM15 Y=031
~
XXXXXXXX 3 Non-Restricted 2 (RCC) CM42>73

(Maximum 8 4 Semi-Restricted 1 (RCD) CM20>A230
digits) 5 Semi-Restricted 2 (RCE) CM2B Y=02
6 Restricted 1 (RCF)
7 Restricted 2 (RCG)
02 Service 00 Service Restriction Class A CM2B Y=01
Restriction (00-15) CM15
~
Class A 15 NOTE: The features avail-

able in each class
are programmed
in CM15.
03 Service 00 Service Restriction Class B CM15
Restriction (00-15)
~
Class B 15 NOTE: The features avail-

able in each class
are programmed
in CM15.
04 Service 00 Service Restriction Class C CM15
Restriction (00-15)
~
Class C 15 NOTE: The features avail-

able in each class
are programmed
in CM15.
10 IP Station regis- 00 Password for X Password CM08>513
tration password reset setup X: 0-9, A (*), B (#) CM15 Y=480
~
for Automatic XXXXXXXX

Login Mode (Maximum 8
(for mainte- digits)
nance person- NONE No data
nel)
3-207 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
CM30
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

30 TRUNK DATA
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign characteristics to trunk lines and IPT (P2P CCIS) lines which have been
defined by CM10.
PRECAUTION:
Do not assign Trunk number 511 for CCIS/IP.
TRUNK
DATA
ST + 30YY + DE + NUMBER + DE + (1-8 digits) + EXE
(000-511)
DATA TABLE:
: Default
00 Trunk route allocation 00 Trunk route number 00 CM35

RESET CM10
~
63 Trunk route number 63

BLADE RESET NONE No data
01 Allocation of tenants to trunks 00 Tenant number 00 CM63 Y=0, 2
01 CM49
~
Y=01-07
~
63 Tenant number 63 CM51, CM65

3-208 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
CM30
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

30 TRUNK DATA
: Default
02 Terminating system in Day Mode 02 Trunk Line (Direct) Appearance CM30 Y=18
for incoming C.O. calls 03 Trunk Line (Direct) Appearance + TAS
NOTE 1: When data 02, 03, 11 04 Direct-In Termination CM30 Y=04
or 12 is assigned, set 08 Dial-in
CM30 Y=18 to 0. 09 Automated Attendant CM49, CM64
NOTE 2: For DIDs and Tie 10 Attendant Console + TAS
Lines, set CM30 Y=02 [8300R2]
and CM30 Y=03 to 31. 11 Attendant Console + Trunk Line
(Direct) Appearance
[8300R2]
12 Attendant Console + Trunk Line
(Direct) Appearance + TAS
[8300R2]
13 TAS
14 Attendant Console
[8300R2]
16 Remote Access to System (DISA)
18 ISDN Indial
21 Dial-in for WCS
[8300R2]
22 Roaming Termination
[For PCS]
[8300R2]
31 DID, Tie Line and the call which is not
handled by the PBX
03 Terminating system in Night 02 Same as CM30 Y=02
Mode for incoming C.O. calls
~
[8300R2] 31
(See NOTE 1, NOTE 2 on
CM30 Y=02)
3-209 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM30
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

30 TRUNK DATA
: Default
04 Direct-In Termination in Day X Station number for Direct-In Termina- CM10, CM11
Mode tion in Day Mode
~
XXXXXXXX
CXX Abbreviated code of System Speed CM71>67
Dialing for DIT-Outside (XX: 00-31) CM35 Y=040
EBXXX Voice Response System number (XXX: CM15 Y=033
000-007) CM20>A100,
A101, A102
CM49 Y=00>03000
NONE No data
05 Direct-In Termination in Night X Station number for Direct-In Termina- CM10, CM11
Mode tion in Night Mode: Night Connection- CM08>179
~
XXXXXXXX Fixed
000-007) CM20>A100,
A101, A102
CM49 Y=00>03000
NONE No data
3-210 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM30
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

30 TRUNK DATA
: Default
07 CIC (Circuit Identification Code) 000 CIC000

used for ISDN-Primary Rate
~
Interface voice channels NOTE 029 CIC029
NONE No data
08 Restriction of outgoing connec- 0 Restricted CM60
tion during Night Mode 1 Allow
NOTE: Assign CIC to voice channels only. Do not assign CIC to the trunk number of D channel as
follows:
Example for 30DTI Example for 24DTI

TRK No. D100 Bch CIC 000 TRK No. D100 Bch CIC 000
~
~
TRK No. D114 Bch CIC 014 TRK No. D122 Bch CIC 022
TRK No. D115 Dch TRK No. D123 Dch
TRK No. D116 Bch CIC 015
~
TRK No. D130 Bch CIC 029

3-211 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM30
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

30 TRUNK DATA
: Default
09 Trunk group number 01 Identification of Trunk Group Busy CM44 Y=00: 11XX
NOTE: Paging trunks cannot be Lamps on an external display device
~
assigned to the Trunk 62
Identification of Trunk Group Busy CM90 Y=00:
Group Busy Lamp.
Lamps on Multiline Terminal/ F1201-F1262
DESKCON
NONE No data
13 Handing of busy/not available 01 Forward to TAS BUZZER indication CM44 Y=00: 13XX
Direct-In Termination destina- 04 Forward to Attendant Console CM53
tion in Day Mode [8300R2]
06 Automatic Camp-On
15 Keep the call ringing
(Wait until the station becomes idle)
14 Handing of busy/not available 01 Forward to TAS BUZZER indication CM44 Y=00: 13XX
Direct-In Termination destina- 04 Forward to Attendant Console CM53
tion in Night Mode 06 Automatic Camp-On
(Wait until the station becomes idle)
15 Handling of unanswered calls to 01 Attendant Console CM30 Y=02
Direct-In Termination destina- [8300R2]
tion in Day Mode 03 TAS
16 Handling of unanswered calls to 01 Attendant Console CM30 Y=03
Direct-In Termination destina- [8300R2]
tion in Night Mode 03 TAS
17 Trunk Answer Any Station (TAS) 00 TAS group number CM30 Y=13, 14
group CM44 Y=00:13XX
~
63
NONE No data
18 Trunk Line (Direct) Appearance- 0 To provide CM30 Y=02, 03
Multiline Terminal 1 Not provided
3-212 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM30
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

30 TRUNK DATA
: Default
19 Trunk number XXXX Trunk ID code NOTE

ISDN subscriber number XXXX ISDN subscriber number NOTE CM30 Y=34
CM50 Y=05
NOTE: For Individual Trunk Access, assign the trunk ID code/ISDN subscriber number by CM30
Y=19. The assigned trunk ID code/ISDN subscriber number is displayed on the Attendant
Console or Multiline Terminal.
3-213 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM30
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

30 TRUNK DATA
: Default
30 Handling of busy/not available 00 C.O. line release CM41 Y=0>34

Automated Attendant/Remote 01 Forward to TAS indicator CM30 Y=04, 05
Access to System 03 Forward to Attendant Console CM49 Y=02
(DISA) destination in Day Mode [8300R2] CM48 Y=2
NOTE 1 04 Forward to DIT station
NOTE 2 05 Music + DT connection for Redial
06 DT connection for Redial
08 Automated Attendant:
2nd Answering message + DT connec-
tion for Redial or
Remote Access to System (DISA):
C.O. line release
15 C.O. line release
31 Handling of busy/not available 00 Same as CM30 Y=30 Same as CM30
Automated Attendant/Remote Y=30
~
Access to System (DISA) desti- 15

nation in Night Mode
NOTE 1
NOTE 2
32 Handling of timed-out Automated 00 C.O. line release CM41 Y=0>43
Attendant/Remote Access to Sys- 01 Forward to TAS indicator CM30 Y=04, 05
tem (DISA) call in Day Mode 03 Forward to Attendant Console CM48 Y=2
[8300R2]
04 Forward to DIT station
06 DT connection for Redial
15 C.O. line release
NOTE 1: For Remote Access to System (DISA), CM30 Y=30, 31 are effective only for a station call.
NOTE 2: When providing a Night Message for Automated Attendant, the 2nd Answering Message
which is assigned by CM49 Y=00 2nd data 02XX is used for the Night Message. In that case,
the 2nd data 08 of CM30 Y=30, 31 cannot be assigned for handling of Busy/Not Available
Automated Attendant destination.
3-214 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM30
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

30 TRUNK DATA
: Default
33 Automated Attendant 00 C.O. line release CM30 Y=30, 31

Handling of all PBR busy when 01 Forward to TAS indicator
2nd announcement and DT are 03 Forward to Attendant Console
connected. [8300R2]
See CM30 Y=30/31: 08 15 C.O. line release
34 ISDN Local Office Code Table 00 Local Office Code Table No. 00 CM50 Y=05
number
~
~
14 Local Office Code Table No. 14
15 Not assigned
35 CIC (Circuit Identification Code) 001 CIC 001 CM35 Y=090, 091
used for No. 7 CCIS/SIP voice
~
channels 127 CIC 127

RESET NONE No data
37 Handling of timed-out Automated 00 Same as CM30 Y=32 Same as CM30

Attendant call in Night Mode Y=32
~
15
3-215 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM30
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

30 TRUNK DATA
: Default
40 Terminating System in Mode A 02 Trunk Line (Direct) Appearance CM30 Y=18

for incoming C.O. calls 03 Trunk Line (Direct) Appearance + TAS
NOTE 1: When data 02, 03, 11 04 Direct-In Termination CM30 Y=05
or 12 is assigned, set 08 Dial-in
CM30 Y=18 to 0. 09 Automated Attendant CM49, CM64
NOTE 2: For DIDs and Tie 10 Attendant Console + TAS
Lines, set CM30 Y=02 [8300R2]
and CM30 Y=03 to 31. 11 Attendant Console + Trunk Line
(Direct) Appearance
41 Terminating System in Mode B
[8300R2]
for incoming C.O. calls
12 Attendant Console + Trunk Line
(See NOTE 1, NOTE 2 on
(Direct) Appearance + TAS
CM30 Y=40)
[8300R2]
14 Termination to Attendant Console
[8300R2]
16 Remote Access to System (DISA)
18 ISDN Indial
[8300R2]
22 Roaming Termination
[For PCS]
[8300R2]
31 DID, Tie Line and the call which is not
handled by the PBX
42 Direct-In Termination in Mode A X Station number for Direct-In Termina- CM10, CM11
tion in Mode A
~
XXXXXXXX
000-007) CM20>A100,
A101, A102
CM49 Y=00>03000
NONE No data
3-216 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM30
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

30 TRUNK DATA
: Default
43 Direct-In Termination in Mode B X Station number for Direct-In Termina- CM10, CM11
tion in Mode B: Night Connection- CM08>179
~
XXXXXXXX Fixed
000-007) CM20>A100,
A101, A102
CM49 Y=00>03000
NONE No data
3-217 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM31
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

31 MF-ANI TRUNK DATA
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign the attribute data to MF-ANI trunk lines.
PRECAUTION:
None
1ST DATA 2ND DATA

DATA TABLE:
: Default
1ST DATA 2ND DATA
Y
0 0 Nation code 01 Australia
RESET 02 UK
03 North America
04 Asia/Africa/Europe/Latin America/
Middle East/Russia
15 New Zealand
NONE As per CPU blade
Nation code 05 Austria/Belgium/Denmark/Germany/Italy/
[For EU] South Africa/Spain/Sweden/Switzerland/
RESET The Netherlands/UK/Brazil/China/Interna-
tional/Latin America/Asia
NOTE 1: Default of CM31 Y=0>0 depends on each nation code of the CPU program.
For Australia/NZ: 01
For North America: 03
For Asia/Africa/Europe/Latin America/Middle East/Russia: 04
NOTE 2: In case of EU, the default of CM31 Y=0>0 is same as North America (nation code 03).
Therefore, you must set the nation code to 05 by this command.
NOTE 3: A-law/-law setting is decided in the following order.
1. Setting of CM04 Y=10-59
2. Setting by CPU
3-218 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM31
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
1ST DATA 2ND DATA
Y
1 2 Number of received digits of called 01 1 digit
number from PSTN/T1 network
~
RESET 31 31 digits
NONE No data
3 00 Signal pattern received from T1 network 01 Called number + ANI
[North America Only] 02 ANI
RESET 03 Called number
NOTE: When the signal pattern from T-1
network is FGD format, set the
data to NONE. When the signal
pattern from T-1 network is ANI
format, assign 02.
NONE ANI + Called number
A 14 Number of digits to be deleted from ANI 00 No digit deletion
[North America Only] 01 Leading one digit deletion
~
~
10 Leading 10 digit deletion
15 No digit deletion
16 Sending ACK-WINK signal to DTI on 0 To send
receiving MF signal 1 Not sent
[North America Only] NOTE: When the signal pattern from T-1
network is FGD format, assign the
data to 0.
When the signal pattern from T-1
network is ANI format, assign 1.
17 Signal kind of called number sent from T1 0 DP
network 1 DTMF
data to 1.
3-219 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
CM31
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
1ST DATA 2ND DATA
Y
A 18 Sending of ACK-WINK signal to DTI on 0 To send
receiving DP signal 1 Not sent
data to 1.
B 00 Duration from sending start Forward 01 1 second
signal to receiving Backward signal Increment unit: 1 second
~
~
[Not used in North America] 31 31 seconds
RESET NONE 12 seconds
01 Duration from detecting Backward 01 1 second

signal to receiving stop Backward signal Increment unit: 1 second
~
~
[Not used in North America] 31 31 seconds
RESET NONE 12 seconds
06 Duration from sending start Backward 01 1 second

signal to receiving stop Forward signal Increment unit: 1 second
~
[Not used in Australia/ 31 31 seconds

North America] NONE 24 seconds
RESET
07 Duration from detecting receiving stop 01 1 second
Forward signal to receiving next Forward Increment unit: 1 second
~
signal 31 31 seconds
[Not used in Australia/ NONE 24 seconds
North America]
RESET
3-220 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
CM31
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
1ST DATA 2ND DATA
Y
B 11 Sending duration of Backward signal 00 0 ms.
[Not used in Australia/ 01 50 ms.
North America] Increment unit: 50 ms.
~
RESET 12 600 ms.
NONE NOTE
NOTE: When this data is not assigned,
system continue to send Backward
signal until receiving Forward sig-
nal.
12 Waiting duration from sending last 00 0 ms.
Backward signal to sending Pulse Form sig- 01 50 ms.
nal Increment unit: 50 ms.
~
~
North America] NONE 200 ms.
RESET
13 Sending duration of Pulse Form signal 00 0 ms.
North America] Increment unit: 50 ms.
~
RESET 12 600 ms.

NONE 200 ms.
14 Forbidding duration of receiving Forward 00 0 ms.
signal for sending Pulse Form signal 01 50 ms.
[Not used in Australia/ Increment unit: 50 ms.
~
North America] 12 600 ms.

RESET NONE 350 ms.
15 Forbidding duration of receiving Forward 00 0 ms.

signal for sending Pulse Type signal 01 50 ms.
[Not used in Australia/ Increment unit: 50 ms.
~
North America] 12 600 ms.

RESET NONE 350 ms.
3-221 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

35 TRUNK ROUTE DATA
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign trunk route characteristics. A trunk route is a group of trunks with com-
mon characteristics used for a common purpose.
PRECAUTION:
(1) When assigning a Tie line, the data in CM35 Y=009 (Incoming connection signaling) should be
similar to that of CM35 Y=020 (Sender starting condition).
The table below shows the assignment of the sender starting condition in relation to the incoming
connection signaling.
INCOMING CONNECTION SENDER START CONDITION

REMARKS
SIGNALING (CM35 Y=009) (CM35 Y=020)
Ground Start (01) Ground Start (02)
Loop Start (15) Loop Start (15)
Wink Start (03) Wink Start (00)
Delay Dial (04) Delay Dial (01)
Immediate (05) Timing Start (15)
2nd DT/Timing (06) Timing Start (15)
NOTE: ( ) indicates the data to be assigned.
(2) After setting CM35 Y=090, 091, system reset is required.

After setting CM35 Y=079, 133, 144, 283, blade reset is required.
3-222 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

35 TRUNK ROUTE DATA
(3) Voice quality improvement of SV8300
When the voice interruption or the echo occurs during calling via SV8300, you need to improve
voice quality by setting PAD control etc.
Control of Intra-office connection PAD (SLT/Mutiline Terminal)

(1) CM13 Y=09 (Intra-office connection PAD)
1st data =X-XXXXXXXX (Station number)
2nd data=1 (Available [As per CM42>190])
(2) CM42
1st data =190 (Setting of PAD data for a Station-to-Station call)
2nd data=19 (+3 dB [send]/+3 dB [receive])
Control of PAD data from a trunk to a station (for IPT)

1st data =00-63 (Trunk route number)
2nd data=NONE (0 dB loss) NOTE
(2) CM35 Y=290 (Setting of PAD data from a station to a trunk)
2nd data=NONE (0 dB loss) NOTE
NOTE: This data must be set to default data.
Control of PAD data from a trunk to a station (for analog trunk)

1st data=00-63 (Trunk route number)
2nd data: see below
2ND DATA RECITAL

07 9 dB loss Set this data when connecting to the behind PBX (digital) or using 2W E&M
(tie line) if the distance from PSTN is extremely near (however, when the atten-
uation of voice levels is large, such as cascade connection of PBXs, set the
second data to 13 (3 dB)).
13 3 dB loss 4w tie line
3-223 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

35 TRUNK ROUTE DATA
2nd data=13 (3 dB loss)
(3) CM35 Y=291 (CODEC Filter Type) BLADE RESET
1st data=00-63 (Trunk route number)
2nd data: see below
2ND DATA RECITAL

01 TYPE1 [Very short distance] For connecting to the behind PBX, TA and IP telephone adapter.
13 TYPE3 [Long distance] For the line is far from the Office PBX and the signal loss is large.
NOTE 1: For a LDT/ODT blade, set the second data depending on the line distance of the line.
NOTE 2: This command is effective for the data set for the trunk route of the base port of each
COT/LDT/ODT blade (All ports of the blade including COTDC become the same
setting).
NOTE 3: For the second data, signal losses in the line distance of the line are estimated as
follows.
Second data: 01 (TYPE1 [Very short distance])....... 0 dB
: 02 (TYPE2 [Middle distance])............. 4 dB
: 03 (TYPE3 [Long distance]) ................ 8 dB
Control of PAD data from a trunk to a station (for DTI)

2nd data=24 (8 dB loss)
2nd data=NONE (0 dB loss)
3-224 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

35 TRUNK ROUTE DATA
PAD data between locations (for IPT [P2P CCIS])
(1) CM67 Y=02 (PAD data between locations)
1st data=XX ZZ (Trunk route number)
XX=00-63 (Location Number)
ZZ =00-63 (Location Number)
2nd data=0004 (0 dB loss [send]/8 dB loss [receive])
NOTE 4: This command needs to be set for each location number.

(ex.) When PAD control between location number 00 and 01
CM67 Y=02>0001: 0084
CM67 Y=02>0100: 0084
TRUNK DATA
ST + 35YYY + DE + ROUTE + DE + (1-4 digits) + EXE
(2 digits)
3-225 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

35 TRUNK ROUTE DATA
DATA TABLE:
Y=000-098
: Default
000 Kind of Trunk Route 00 DDD (C.O., DID, ISDN, SIP) trunk
RESET 01 FX trunk [North America Only]
02 WATS trunk [North America Only]
BLADE RESET 03 CCSA trunk [North America Only]
IPT (P2P CCIS) RESET 04 TIE (Tie line) trunk
15 Not used
001 Dialing signal type [Incoming] [Outgoing]
BLADE RESET 2 DP 10 PPS DP 10 PPS
3 DP 10/20 PPS DP 20 PPS
4 DTMF DTMF
7 DP/DTMF DTMF
002 Call direction 1 Incoming trunk
2 Outgoing trunk
3 Bothway trunk
003 Trunk name number 00-14 Trunk name 00-14 CM77 Y=2, 3
15 Kind of trunk route assigned by CM35
Y=000 is displayed
16-63 Trunk name 16-63
Local Office Code 00-14 Local Office Code table No. 00-14
table number used for tan- 15 Not send calling number
dem connection
(for Enhanced 911)
3-226 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

35 TRUNK ROUTE DATA
: Default
004 Answer signal from distant 0 Answer signal arrives (12 kHz, 50 Hz Metering CM41 Y=0
office for outgoing connec- signal) (C.O. line)
tion 1 Battery Reversal (C.O. line)
2 Answer signal arrives
(Tie line/ISDN/CCIS/SIP)
3 Answer signal does not arrive
(Polarity Reversal is ignored and answer timing
shall be set by CM41Y=0>03)
7 Answer signal does not arrive (Tie line/No
metered C.O. line, Answer timing shall be set
by CM41 Y=0>03)
005 Release signal from distant 0 Release signal does not arrive
office for outgoing connec- (Ground Start/Loop Start C.O. line without
tion or incoming connection Release signal)
1 Release signal arrives
(Tie line/Ground Start/Loop Start with Release
signal/DID/ISDN/SIP)
008 Sending dial pulse on outgo- 1 No dial pulses are sent out (Speaker Paging)
ing call 2 Dial pulses are sent out: For test
(Release the resister/sender when the calling
station is on-hook)
3 Dial pulses are sent out (C.O. line/Tie line/
Radio Paging)
009 Incoming connection signal- 01 Ring Down (Ground Start C.O. line) CM35 Y=020
ing 03 Wink Start/CCIS/SIP
RESET 04 Delay Dial
05 Immediate Start
BLADE RESET 06 2nd DT/Timing Start-Tie line
IPT (P2P CCIS) RESET 08 ISDN/Q931a
15 Ring Down (Loop Start C.O. line)
NOTE: When using the COT blade, this command has never required a reset of any kind.
010 2nd DT sending on call 0 2nd DT is not sent (DID, etc.)
termination 1 2nd DT is sent
3-227 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

35 TRUNK ROUTE DATA
: Default
011 Toll Restriction 0 To provide CM81, CM8A

3 Not provided CM85
CM35 Y=076
012 Number of digits to be 0 1 digit CM76
received on DID for Devel- 1 2 digits CM35 Y=018
opment Table 0 2 3 digits CM35 Y=170
3 4 digits
013 Maximum number of send- NONE Ordinary TRK Radio Paging TRK CM30 Y=28
ing digits allowed on outgo- Determined by 2 digit + STN CM35 Y=076
ing connection CM35 Y=076 NOTE 1 NOTE 2
For C.O. trunks, data assign- 000 Only dialed No. is sent
ment is not required. 001 1 digit 1 digit + STN
002 2 digits 2 digits + STN
005 5 digits
2 digits + STN
~
254 254 digits
NOTE 1: When CM35 Y=076 is set to 15, this

data setting is not required (release
the sender by time out or by answer
signal from the called distant office).
When CM35 Y=076 is set to 00-04,
specify the dialed digits which is
assigned by CM85.
NOTE 2: STN means the calling partys
station number, and this number is
sent automatically by CM30
Y=28>x6.
014 SMDR/Centralized-Billing- 0 Not provided
CCIS for outgoing call 1 To provide
3-228 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

35 TRUNK ROUTE DATA
: Default
015 Kind of call termination 00 C.O. Incoming Call 0 (Standard LDN key) CM90
indicator key/lamp on Atten- CM50
~
~
dant Console 07 C.O. Incoming Call 7
10 FX Incoming Call 0 (Standard FX key)
Call termination indicator [North America Only]
~
lamps further categorized by
~
the kind of calls (e.g.C.O 17 FX Incoming Call 7
incoming call or Tie line 20 WATS Incoming Call 0
incoming call). (Standard WATS key)
[8300R2] [North America Only]
~
27 WATS Incoming Call 7

30 CCSA Incoming Call 0
(Standard CCSA key)
~
37 CCSA Incoming Call 7

40 Tie Line Incoming Call 0
(Standard TIE key)
~
47 Tie Line Incoming Call 7

75 Call Termination via No. 7 CCIS
NONE No data
NOTE 1: When the standard LED indications are utilized, set the standard data.
NOTE 2: Set the correspondence between the key positions on Attendant Console and this assignment data by
CM90.
016 Sending of Hook Flash to 0 Not sending CM90 Y=00:
outside 1 Sending F1009
3-229 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

35 TRUNK ROUTE DATA
: Default
017 Digit addition and deletion 00 0 add CM50 Y=00

at the time of a Tie line 01 1 add
incoming call: 02 2 add
On an incoming call from a 03 3 add
Tie line, if the number of 04 4 add
digits arriving from the dis- 05 5 add
tant office does not coincide 06 6 add
with the number, the number 07 7 add
of digits is to be adjusted by 08 8 add
this data assignment. 09 9 add
10 2-digits addition (CM50 Y=00>0)
11 1 digit deletion
12 2 digits deletion
15 Addition/deletion is not performed.
018 Digit conversion on DID call 0 To provide CM76
1 Not provided
020 Sender start condition 00 Wink Start/CCIS/SIP CM35 Y=009
RESET 01 Delay Dial
02 Ground Start
BLADE RESET 15 Timing Start (Prepause per CM35 Y=021)
3-230 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

35 TRUNK ROUTE DATA
: Default
021 Sender prepause timing 00 0 second CM08>193, 194,

01 0.5 seconds 331
02 1.0 second
03 1.5 seconds
04 2.0 seconds
05 2.5 seconds
06 4.0 seconds
07 5.0 seconds
08 6.0 seconds
09 7.0 seconds
10 8.0 seconds
11 9.0 seconds
12 10.0 seconds
13 11.0 seconds
14 12.0 seconds
15 3.0 seconds
022 Automatic live recording 0 Start automatically CM08>141
1 Not available CM13 Y=23
NOTE: When this feature is activated, be sure CM76 Y=13
to assign CM08>141, CM13 Y=23,
and/or CM76 Y=13
023 DP Inter-digital pause 0 300 ms.
BLADE RESET 1 400 ms.
2 500 ms.
3 600 ms.
4 700 ms.
5 900 ms.
6 1100 ms.
7 800 ms.
3-231 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

35 TRUNK ROUTE DATA
: Default
024 DTMF Inter-digital pause 0 32 ms.

1 64 ms.
2 80 ms.
3 96 ms.
4 160 ms.
5 192 ms.
6 240 ms.
7 128 ms.
025 DP Make Ratio 0 39 % Make Ratio
BLADE RESET 1 33 % Make Ratio
026 DTMF signal width 0 64 ms.

1 128 ms.
028 Outgoing Trunk Queuing 0 Not allowed CM15 Y=002
1 Allow
032 Distinctive lamp indication 0 Green (120 IPM) CM08>137
on Multiline Terminal dur- 1 Red (120 IPM)
ing external incoming call
termination
NOTE: The lamp indication for an internal incoming call is red (120 IPM flashing). For indicating the termi-
nation of transferred external incoming call, the flashing lamp color depends on CM08>137.
033 Interval of SLT/Multiline 0 Ringing NOTE CM08>397
Terminal ringing signal to 1 Special Ringing
See CM08>397
station on incoming calls 2 Internal Ringing
[Other than North Amer- 3 External Ringing
ica]
NOTE: For SLT, Internal Ringing is applied. For Multiline Terminal, Special Ringing; 0.5 seconds ON-0.5 sec-
onds OFF [For Australia/Asia/Africa/Europe/Latin America/Middle East/Russia] or 0.25
seconds ON-0.25 seconds OFF-0.25 seconds ON-0.25 seconds OFF [For EU] is applied.
3-232 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

35 TRUNK ROUTE DATA
: Default
033 Interval of SLT/Multiline 0 0.4 seconds ON-0.2 seconds OFF-0.4 seconds

Terminal ringing signal to ON-2 seconds OFF
station on incoming calls 1 0.4 seconds ON-0.2 seconds OFF-0.4 seconds
[North America Only] ON-2 seconds OFF
3 2 seconds ON-4 seconds OFF
NOTE: For incoming calls to Trunk Line Appearance key on Multiline Terminal, the special ringing; 0.2 sec-
onds ON-0.2 seconds OFF will be applied.
034 Multiline Terminal Ringer 0 See below CM08>390
Tone Pattern on incoming 1 CM15 Y=083, 084
calls 2 CM65 Y=40
3
Multiline Terminal ringer tone pattern is assigned by the following combination of CM35 Y=034 and 164.
: Default
Y=34 Y=164: 0 Y=164: 1
0 Ringer Tone Pattern 3 Ringer Tone Pattern 0

036 Trunk seizure facility 0 After dialing maximum number of digits CM8A
1 After completing dialed digits entered in CM8A Y=4005-4007
Y=4005-4007
037 MFC Signaling on DID 0 Available
1 Not available
038 Enhanced 911 0 Available
1 Not available
039 Trunk release by detecting 0 Not released
reversal of tip and ring on 1 To release
outgoing C.O. call
3-233 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

35 TRUNK ROUTE DATA
: Default
040 Abbreviated Codes for speed 00 Abbreviated Codes for System Speed Dialing CM71>66
calling for routing to C.O. assigned by CM71>66 CM72
line when all tie lines are 31 ~
busy NONE No data
044 Trunk access code sent to 0 00 When a trunk is seized by a Trunk CM35 Y=189
SMDR for outgoing call/ or Appearance key or LCR, one or two-digit code
~
Trunk Access Code for 9 99 (00-99) is sent out to the SMDR.

Trunk-Direct Appearance NONE No data
Multiline Operation
NOTE: When both CM35 Y=044 and CM35 Y=189 are set to the same trunk route, the setting of CM35 Y=189
is effective.
046 DP/DTMF sender release 0 2 seconds
timing 1 4 seconds
2 6 seconds
3 8 seconds
4 12 seconds
5 14 seconds
6 16 seconds
7 10 seconds
048 Sending Busy/Idle informa- 0 Not available
tion to network 1 Available
049 SMDR for incoming call 0 To provide CM13 Y=05
1 Not provided
051 Restriction of outgoing con- 0 Restricted CM12 Y=01
nection 1 Allow
(Unrestricted) (RCA)
052 Restriction of outgoing con- 0 Restricted
nection 1 Allow
(Non-Restricted-1) (RCB)
nection 1 Allow
(Non-Restricted-2) (RCC)
3-234 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

35 TRUNK ROUTE DATA
: Default
054 Restriction of outgoing con- 0 Restricted CM12 Y=01

nection 1 Allow
(Semi-Restricted-1) (RCD)
nection 1 Allow
(Semi-Restricted-2) (RCE)
nection 1 Allow
(Restricted-1) (RCF)
nection 1 Allow
(Restricted-2) (RCG)
nection 1 Allow
(Fully-Restricted) (RCH)
059 Call Waiting for DID call 0 Allow CM08>367
1 Restricted
060 Priority Queuing 0 Allow
1 Restricted
061 Restriction of incoming con- 0 Restricted CM12 Y=01
nection to station 1 Allow
(Unrestricted) (RCA)
062 Restriction of incoming 0 Restricted
connection to station 1 Allow
(Non-Restricted-1) (RCB)
(Non-Restricted-2) (RCC)
(Semi-Restricted-1) (RCD)
3-235 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

35 TRUNK ROUTE DATA
: Default
065 Restriction of incoming 0 Restricted CM12 Y=01

(Semi-Restricted-2) (RCE)
(Restricted-1) (RCF)
(Restricted-2) (RCG)
(Fully-Restricted) (RCH)
069 Announcement service 0 Restricted CM20>A103-
group 0 1 Allow A109
CM49
070 Announcement service 0 Restricted
Y=00>04XX
group 1 1 Allow
CM15
071 Announcement service 0 Restricted Y=034-039
group 2 1 Allow
group 3 1 Allow
group 4 1 Allow
074 Attendant Delay Announce- 0 Allow CM49
ment 1 Restricted Y=00, 0A
[8300R2]
075 DID incoming LDN display 0 Available CM30 Y=19
on Multiline Terminal/ 1 Not available (Trunk ID code assigned by
DESKCON CM30 Y=19 is displayed.)
NOTE 1: Up to 4 digits LDN is available.
NOTE 2: The DID incoming LDN is displayed
irrespective of any digit conversion
by CM76.
3-236 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

35 TRUNK ROUTE DATA
: Default
076 Designation of Area Code 00 Area Code Development Pattern No. 0 CM8A
Development Pattern No. for Y=4000-4007
~
~
Toll Restriction 07 Area Code Development Pattern No. 7 CM85 Y=0-7
Analysis, and Maximum 15 Not used
Digit Analysis.
078 Number of digits to be 0 Leading 2-4 digits CM35
converted on DID for Devel- 1 All digits of DID number are converted by Y=012, 018
opment Table 0 CM76 CM76
079 Terminal connection form 0 Point-to-Point
for ISDN Basic Rate 1 Point-to-Multipoint
Interface NOTE: Set 0 for BRT blade.
BLADE RESET
083 Trunk seizure sequence for 0 As per CM08>078 CM08>078
an outgoing call 1 By allotter
086 Centrex trunk 0 To provide
1 Not provided
087 Distinctive Ringing by 0 To provide CM30
detecting the ringing signal 1 Not provided Y=02, 03
from main PBX or Centrex NOTE 1: When this function is utilized, be sure CM30 Y=18
to set Trunk Line Appearance as the
terminating method. Set CM30
Y=02, 03 to 02.
NOTE 2: Tone Ringer is selected by CM35
Y=034, lamp control is set by CM35
Y=032 respectively.
089 Cyclic Redundancy check- 0 To provide
ing for DTI trunk 1 Not provided
090 Special facilities 0 No. 7 CCIS, SIP trunk CM30 Y=35
RESET 2 ISDN-Basic Rate Interface
3 ISDN-Primary Rate Interface
5 Q-SIG (ETS300 172)
6 Not used
7 Not used
3-237 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

35 TRUNK ROUTE DATA
: Default
091 Common Channel Handler 00 CCH00 CM30 Y=35

(CCH) number used for No. CMA7
~
~
7 CCIS/SIP 15 CCH15 CMA8
RESET NONE No data
NOTE: IPT (P2P CCIS) must be on CCH00.

093 D Channel Handler (DCH) 00 DCH00
number used for ISDN
~
Primary Rate Interface 31 DCH31

NONE No data
097 Route class data on CCIS XZ X: Day Trunk Restriction class CM12 Y=01
Route to Route Restriction Z: Night Trunk Restriction class
Setting data is the same as CM12 Y=01.
NONE No data
098 Designated seizure of trunks 0 Allow CM12 Y=16
for Private Lines 1 Restricted CM42>08
3-238 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

35 TRUNK ROUTE DATA
Y=100-197
: Default
100 Kind of CCIS Trunk 11 CCIS Trunk (T1)

BLADE RESET 14 2-wire E&M Trunk
NONE No data
NOTE: When changing the data with online, the data is valid after the trunk blade is unplugged and plugged in.
101 Call still Hold 0 Available
[Australia Only] 1 Not available
102 Reversal on Idle 0 Available
103 Auto Polarity Collection 0 Available
104 Polarity of 2-wire E&M/ E wire M wire
4-wire E&M trunk (ODT) 1 Open Open Signaling (Type V)
2 Ground Battery Signaling (Type I)
3 Ground Ground Signaling (Type V/Type II)
105 Purpose of 2-wire E&M/ 0 2-wire E&M Trunk
4-wire E&M trunk (ODT) 1 4-wire E&M Trunk
BLADE RESET NOTE: All circuits in one ODT blade must be
set as the same type interface.
106 Malicious Call Trace 0 Not provided CM15 Y=211
[Australia Only] 1 To provide CM20: A170
CM90 Y=00:
F0A70
CM90 Y=00:
F6120
113 LAPD Mode of D-channel 0 Network Mode
route for WCS Roaming 1 User Mode
[For PCS]
[8300R2]
BLADE RESET
LAPD Mode of D channel 0 Network Mode
route for Q-SIG 1 User Mode
BLADE RESET
3-239 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

35 TRUNK ROUTE DATA
: Default
119 Forced release for tandem 0 Available CM08>029

connection for incoming 1 Not available CM41 Y=0>54
trunk
129 Sending method of calling 0 CALLER ID (CLASS SM)
number from/to network 1 T1-ANI [North America Only]
3 Enhanced 911 [North America Only]
7 Not used
130 Sending of expanded infor- 0 Allow CM08>722
mation on Low Layer Com- 1 Restricted CMAC Y=11
patibility (LLC) information
element
133 Indication of reason why the 0 To indicate
calling number is not 1 Not indicated
informed from network
134 TOS field Precedence for 00 PRECEDENCE 0 CM35 Y=161
SIP trunk voice packet
~
TOS: Type of Service 07 PRECEDENCE 7

15 PRECEDENCE 0
NOTE: This data setting is ineffective when CM35 Y=161 is set.
138 Sending of received ANI 0 To send
information from network to 1 Not sent
VMS with MCI
140 Roaming Service 0 Available
[For PCS] 1 Not available
[8300R2] NOTE: A trunk route of voice/control channel
on CCIS virtual trunk must be set to
0.
3-240 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

35 TRUNK ROUTE DATA
: Default
141 Pursuit function after Roam- 0 To provide

ing PS 1 Not provided
[For PCS] NOTE: When using roaming service, set the
[8300R2] second data to 0 for C.O. Trunk
route of called side PBX. Additionally,
to terminate a roaming call via a voice
channel trunk route of CCIS virtual
trunk, set the second data to 0 for the
trunk route.
144 ISDN-BRI Layer 1 activa- 0 Activated by call event
tion 1 Always activated
BLADE RESET
145 Calling party information 0 To provide
transfer to ISDN on tandem 1 Not provided
call from CCIS/SIP
Calling party information 0 To provide
transfer to Enhanced 911 1 Not provided
route on tandem call from
CCIS
147 Kind of Call Forwarding-No 0 Call Forwarding-No Answer key assigned by CM90
Answer key assigned to CM90 Y=00: F6068
DESKCON 1 Call Forwarding-No Answer key assigned by
CM90 Y=00: F6063
148 System operation when the 0 Brokers Call
station, after holding the TRUNK-B is held, and station returns to the
other trunk (TRUNK-A), has connection with TRUNK-A.
made a switch hook flash 1 Three-way Calling
while talking with another
trunk (TRUNK-B)
150 Storage of the call record 0 To store CM12 Y=38
when answering a trunk call/ 1 Not stored
handling of unanswered a
trunk call
3-241 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

35 TRUNK ROUTE DATA
: Default
155 Calling party number is used 0 Available CM2A Y=15, A0

as the ID Code for Remote 1 Not available
Access to System (DISA) NOTE: Assign this data only for Ring down
connection.
156 Calling Name Display for 0 1000-Slot Memory Block No. 03 CM15 Y=136
incoming call from ISDN/ 1 1000-Slot Memory Block No. 02, 03
T1-ANI/MFC-R2 route 3 Not provided
158 Release of ISDN trunk when 0 To release
receiving the ISDN DIS- 1 Not released
CONNECT message with
Progress Description=08
from ISDN (effective for an
outgoing call to ISDN)
NOTE: When sending the in-band tone to the calling station from ISDN, set the second data to 1.
In this case, the ISDN trunk will be released automatically in 30 seconds after the calling station re-
ceives the in-band tone or when the calling station goes on-hook.
161 DS code point (DiffServ 00-3F DS code point CM35 Y=134
code point) for SIP trunk NONE No data CM41 Y=2>38
voice packet
NOTE 1: Set this data when the router provides DiffServ QoS, if required.
DiffServ: Differentiated Services; one type of QoS.
QoS: Quality of Service
NOTE 2: When this data is set, the TOS field Precedence set by CM35 Y=134 is ineffective.
If you want to validate the Precedence set by CM35 Y=134, set CCC (data clear) for CM35 Y=161.
NOTE 3: This data setting is required only for Point-to-Multipoint connection.
3-242 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

35 TRUNK ROUTE DATA
: Default
164 Multiline Terminal Ringer 0 See below CM35 Y=034

Tone Pattern on incoming 1
calls
Multiline Terminal ringer tone pattern is assigned by the following combination of CM35 Y=034 and 164.
: Default
Y=34 Y=164: 0 Y=164: 1

169 Sending Switch Hook Flash 0 To send
for Adjunct Analog System 1 Not sent
170 DID Development Table 0 Development Table 1 CM76 Y=00, 90
3 Development Table 0
NOTE: For SIP trunk, this data is available only for the Development Table.
171 Number of digits to be con- 01-08 1-8 digits CM35 Y=170
verted on DID for Develop- 15 4 digits CM76 Y=90
ment Table 1
172 Number of digits to be 01-14 1-14 digits CM35 Y=170
received for Development 15 4 digits CM76 Y=90
Table 1
173 Call Forwarding-All Calls 0 Available CM51 Y=31
on Attendant Overflow 1 Not available
[8300R2]
174 CID Call Routing for non- 0 To provide (Using Development Pattern 0) CM2A Y=50-52
DID on ISDN, Caller ID 1 To provide (Using Development Pattern 1)
2 To provide (Using Development Pattern 2)
3 Not provided
3-243 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

35 TRUNK ROUTE DATA
: Default
175 Specification of charging 0 Charging by C.O. line calls

method 7 No charge
186 Alternate Routing for IPT 0 To provide CM8A
(P2P CCIS)/SIP 1 Not provided CM35 Y=192
189 Trunk access code for X Trunk Access Code to be added CM35 Y=044
Trunk-Direct Appearances X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
~
Multiline Operation XX
NONE No data
192 Tandem calls to CCT/IPT 0 To provide CM35 Y=186
(P2P CCIS) with Alternate 1 Not provided
Routing for a fault occur-
rence
196 Q-SIG Facility 00 Q-SIG CM35 Y=90: 0
15 No data
NOTE: This command is effective when CM35 Y=90: 0 (No. 7 CCIS).
197 Object ID assignment of 0 Global
Q-SIG Facility Information 1 Local
Element
3-244 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

35 TRUNK ROUTE DATA
Y=200-999
: Default
200 ISDN trunk tone sending 0 To send

1 Not sent
201 Indication when a trunk is 0 Trunk Route Name (4 characters)
set to the Line Key of Multi- 1 Trunk Route No. (2 digits) + Trunk No. (4 dig-
line Terminal (DESI less) its)
3 Trunk Route Name (4 characters) + Trunk No.
(4 digits)
202 Area Code Development 00 Area Code Development Pattern No. 0 CM85
Pattern number for ETSI CM08>626, 627
~
ISDN/Q-SIG Overlap 07 ~
Area Code Development Pattern No. 7 CM35 Y=203
Receiving 15 Not used
[For EU]
203 ETSI ISDN/Q-SIG Overlap 0 To provide CM08>026, 027
Receiving 1 Not provided CM35 Y=202
[For EU]
205 Whether to send SMDR out- 0 To send
put of abandoned incoming 1 Not sent
call to the trunk route.
206 ISDN/Q-SIG call origination 0 En-bloc call origination and overlap call origi-
procedure nation
[For EU] 1 En-bloc call origination only
207 Number of division digits 00 0 digit
for ETSI ISDN/Q-SIG Over-
~
lap Sending 31 31 digits

[For EU] 63 No data
3-245 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

35 TRUNK ROUTE DATA
: Default
208 Release of ISDN trunk when 0 Not released

receiving the ISDN DIS- 1 To release
from ISDN (effective for an
incoming call from ISDN)
NOTE: When sending the in-band tone to the called station from ISDN, set the second data to 0.
In this case, the ISDN trunk will be released automatically in 30 seconds after the called station receives
the in-band tone or when the called station goes on-hook.
220 ETSI ISDN Connected Line 0 To provide CM15 Y=153, 154
Identification Presentation 1 Not provided CM35 Y=221
(COLP) for a call terminat- CM08>629
ing office
[For EU]
NOTE: When providing ETSI ISDN COLP, assign the connected line number for COLP as follows.
Connected line number: Local office code (CM50 Y=05) + ISDN Subscriber Number (CM12 Y=12)
221 Receiving connected line 0 Available CM15 Y=153, 154
number from call terminat- 1 Not available CM35 Y=220
ing office in ETSI ISDN CM08>629
Connected Line Identifica-
tion Presentation (COLP) for
a call originating office
[For EU]
222 International Prefix Code for X Prefix Code
ETSI ISDN Addressing X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
~
[For EU] XXXX

NONE No data
223 National Prefix Code for X National Prefix Code
ETSI ISDN Addressing X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
~
[For EU] XXXX

NONE No data
3-246 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

35 TRUNK ROUTE DATA
: Default
224 Country Code for ETSI X Country Code

ISDN Addressing X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
[For EU] ~
XXXX
NONE No data
225 Area Code for ETSI ISDN X Area Code
Addressing X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
~
[For EU] XXXXXX

NONE No data
226 International/National Pre- 0 Available
fix Code display when a call 1 Not available
terminates via ETSI ISDN
[For EU]
228 ETSI ISDN Channel Negoti- 0 To provide
ation 1 Not provided
[For EU]
230 Type of number (ISDN Call- 00 Unknown CM35 Y=234
ing party number) 01 International number
02 National number
03 Network specific number
04 Subscriber number
06 Abbreviated number
NONE No data
NOTE: This command is effective when CM35 Y=234 is set to 0.
231 Numbering plan identifica- 00 Unknown CM35 Y=234
tion (ISDN Calling party 01 ISDN/Telephony numbering plan
number) 03 Data numbering plan
04 Telex numbering plan
08 National standard numbering plan
09 Private numbering plan
NONE No data
NOTE: This command is effective when CM35 Y=234 is set to 0.
3-247 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

35 TRUNK ROUTE DATA
: Default
233 Release of ISDN trunk when 0 To release CM35

receiving the ISDN DIS- 1 Not released Y=266, 158, 208
from ISDN because the
called party is busy in tan-
dem connection (ISDN to
ISDN)
NOTE 1: To release the ISDN trunk when receiving the ISDN DISCONNECT message, set the second data 0 to
the incoming trunk route of tandem office.
NOTE 2: Assign the second data 0 to the incoming and forwarding trunk route of Mobility Access.
234 Type of number/Numbering 0 To provide CM35 Y=230, 231
plan identification of ISDN 1 Not provided
Calling Party Number
244 Dial Tone (DT) sending to 0 To send DT of own office
calling party of opposite 1 Not sent
office when receiving the
SETUP message by Overlap
Receiving-Q-SIG
[Russia Only]
NOTE 1: This command can be also used to specify whether the SETUP message does not contain a called par-
ty number is enabled or not.
When the SETUP message does not contain a called party number message is not enabled, assign the
second data to 0.
NOTE 2: This command should be assigned to incoming trunk route when sending DT to calling party.
NOTE 3: This command should be assigned to both incoming trunk route and outgoing trunk route when the
SETUP message does not contain a called party number is not enabled.
245 Calling Party number (1-8 0 To provide
digits) transfer to ISDN on 1 Not provided
tandem call from Q-SIG
247 Forced release in designated 0 To provide
time for outgoing trunk route 1 Not provided
3-248 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

35 TRUNK ROUTE DATA
: Default
248 Forced release in designated 0 To provide

time for incoming trunk 1 Not provided
route
249 Warning SST sending timer 0 Depends on Timer A (CM41 Y=0>114) CM35 Y=247
for forced release to the 1 Depends on Timer B (CM41 Y=0>115) CM41 Y=0>114
incoming trunk route of tan- 2 Depends on Timer C (CM41 Y=0>116) CM41 Y=0>115
dem connection 3 Forced release is not provided CM41 Y=0>116
NOTE: This command is effective when the forced release is provided to the outgoing trunk route of tandem
connection (CM35 Y=247 is set to 0).
250 Extended Interdigit Pause 0 To provide CM41 Y=0>117
Timer for outgoing call 1 Not provided
254 Whether the call terminat- 0 Specified when reason of the incoming call with CM35 Y=255
ing method is specified for no CLI is Privacy
incoming call with no CLI in 1 Specified for all incoming call with no CLI
Day Mode 3 Not specified
NOTE: Assign the call terminating method by CM35 Y=255 when this command is set to 0/1.
255 Specification of the call ter- 0 To transfer to the VRS/another station/ CM35 Y=254, 258
minating method for incom- Attendant Console (assigned by CM51 Y=33) CM51 Y=33
ing call with no CLI in Day 1 To reject the call termination
Mode 2 To terminate the Multiline Terminal with
unusual lamp indication (assigned by CM35
Y=258)
3 To terminate as usual
256 Whether the call terminat- 0 Specified when reason of the incoming call with CM35 Y=257
ing method is specified for no CLI is Privacy
incoming call with no CLI in 1 Specified for all incoming call with no CLI
Night Mode/Mode A/ 3 Not specified
Mode B
3-249 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

35 TRUNK ROUTE DATA
: Default
257 Specification of the call ter- 0 To transfer to the VRS/another station/ CM35 Y=256, 258
minating method for incom- Attendant Console (assigned by CM51 Y=33) CM51 Y=33
ing call with no CLI in Night 1 To reject the call termination
Mode/Mode A/Mode B 2 To terminate the Multiline Terminal with
unusual lamp indication (assigned by CM35
Y=258)
258 Distinctive lamp indication 0 Green (120 IPM) CM35
on Multiline Terminal for 1 Red (120 IPM) Y=032, 255, 257
incoming call with no CLI
NOTE: This command is effective on the following conditions.
CM35 Y=032 is set to 1.
CM35 Y=255, 257 are set to 0 or 2, and Multiline Terminal receives the incoming call.
265 Screening Indicator (ISDN 3 Network provided
Calling party number) NONE No data
266 Relay of the ALERT mes- 0 To provide CM35 Y=233
sage to the calling party in 1 Not provided
tandem connection (ISDN to
ISDN)
NOTE 1: This command should be set to both incoming trunk route and outgoing trunk route of tandem office.
NOTE 2: To send tone to the calling party according to the status of calling party (idle or busy) as shown below,
set the second data of CM35 Y=233 and CM35 Y=266 to 0.
RBT is sent when the calling party is idle.
BT is sent when the calling party is busy.
NOTE 3: Set the second data 0 to the incoming and forwarding trunk route of Mobility Access.
267 Coding Type when sending 0 Codeset 5 (Spanish specification)
the ISDN Connected Line 1 Codeset 0 (ETSI specification)
Identification Presentation
(COLP)
[For Spain]
268 Calling Party Name sending 0 To provide
to ISDN 1 Not provided
3-250 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

35 TRUNK ROUTE DATA
: Default
270 Dial Tone (DT) sending to 0 To send DT of own office

calling party of opposite 1 To send DT of own office when the received
office when receiving the Progress Description is not same as the Progress
SETUP ACK message by Description assigned by CM35 Y=271
Overlap Sending-Q-SIG (Not sent when Progress Description is same as
[Russia Only] the Progress Description)
2 To send DT from opposite office
(Not sent when DT is not sent from opposite
office)
3 Not sent
NOTE: This command should be assigned to outgoing trunk route.
271 Progress Description by 1 Progress Description 1 CM35 Y=270
Overlap Sending-Q-SIG
~
[Russia Only] 4 Progress Description 4

8 Progress Description 8
15 No data
NOTE 1: This command is effective when the second data of CM35 Y=270 is set to 1.
NOTE 2: This command should be assigned to outgoing trunk route.
272 Progress Description by 1 Progress Description 1 CM35 Y=244
Overlap Receiving-Q-SIG
~
[Russia Only] 4 Progress Description 4

8 Progress Description 8
15 No data
NOTE 1: This command is effective when the second data of CM35 Y=244 is set to 0.
NOTE 2: This command should be assigned to incoming trunk route.
273 Sending the called party 0 To send
number to outgoing trunk 1 Not sent
route before receiving all
digits of the called party
number in tandem connec-
tion (Q-SIG to Q-SIG)
[Russia Only]
NOTE: This command should be assigned to incoming trunk route of tandem office.
3-251 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

35 TRUNK ROUTE DATA
: Default
276 ISDN Alternative Routing 0 Allow

for Remote Unit in survival 1 Restricted
mode when receiving trunk
call
277 Call Completion to Busy 0 Allow
Subscriber (CCBS) for a call 1 Restricted
originating office
[For EU]
278 Call Completion to Busy 0 Allow
Subscriber (CCBS) for a call 1 Restricted
termination office
[For EU]
279 Pattern number for adding 0 Pattern No. 0 CM50 Y=11
an access code for outgoing
~
call to the calling number 7 Pattern No. 7

stored by Message Reminder NONE No data
when terminating a tandem
call via CCIS
286 Registering a fault 0 Not registered CM42>182
information when a long call 1 To register CMEA Y=2>04A
duration of trunk call occurs
289 Setting of PAD data from a 01 -15 dB
trunk to a station (1 dB increment)
~
See PRECAUTION (3) 15 -1 dB

16 0 dB
17 +1 dB
(1 dB increment)
~
31 +15 dB
NONE 0 dB
+: Gain
- : Loss
NOTE 1: This command is effective for the following trunks.
- LDT/ODT/PRT/DTI/CCT/SIP/IPT (P2P CCIS)
NOTE 2: For PAD data from a BRT to a station, 0 (Transmit) and -6 (Receive) is set as a fixed PAD data.
3-252 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM35
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

35 TRUNK ROUTE DATA
: Default
290 Setting of PAD data from a 01 -15 dB

station to a trunk (1 dB increment)
~
~
See PRECAUTION (3) 15 -1 dB
16 0 dB
17 +1 dB
(1 dB increment)
~
~
31 +15 dB
NONE 0 dB
+: Gain
- : Loss
NOTE 1: This command is effective for the following trunks.
- LDT/ODT/PRT/DTI/CCT/SIP/IPT (P2P CCIS)
NOTE 2: For PAD data from a BRT to a station, 0 (Transmit) and -6 (Receive) is set as a fixed PAD data.
291 CODEC Filter Type 00 Not filtered
BLADE RESET 01 TYPE1 (Very short distance)
02 TYPE2 (Middle distance)
See PRECAUTION (3)
03 TYPE3 (Long distance)
NONE TYPE2 (Middle distance)
NOTE 1: This command is effective for the data set for the trunk route of the base port of each COT/LDT/ODT
blade (All ports of the blade including COTDC become the same setting).
NOTE 2: For the second data, signal losses in the line distance of the line are estimated as follows.
Second data: 01 (TYPE1 [Very short distance])........ 0 dB
: 02 (TYPE2 [Middle distance]) ............. 4 dB
: 03 (TYPE3 [Long distance]) ................ 8 dB
NOTE 3: For a COT blade, set the second data depending on the line distance of the ordinary line as follows.
- Set the second data to 01 (TYPE1 [Very short distance]) when connecting to the behind PBX, TA
and IP telephone adapter.
- Set the second data to 03 (TYPE3 [Long distance]) when the line is far from the Office PBX and
the signal loss is large.
NOTE 4: For a LDT/ODT blade, set the second data depending on the line distance of the line.
999 Returning all trunk route CCC Return to default settings
data to default settings
NOTE 1: All trunk route data by CM35 set to each trunk route will return to de-
fault settings if this command is used.
NOTE 2: This data is effective also when the system is under on-line mode.
3-253 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM36
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

36 RESTRICTION DATA/PAD DATA FOR TANDEM CONNECTION
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign restriction data and PAD data for tandem connection within a system,
for each combination of an incoming trunk route and an outgoing trunk route.
PRECAUTION:
(1) Any incoming trunk route assigned to No release signal in CM35 Y=005, is restricted from
tandem connection.
INCOMING OUTGOING
TRUNK TRUNK DATA
ST + 36Y + DE + ROUTE + ROUTE + DE + (1-4 digits) + EXE
3-254 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
CM36
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

36 RESTRICTION DATA/PAD DATA FOR TANDEM CONNECTION
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y INCOMING OUTGOING
RELATED
TRUNK TRUNK SETTING DATA
No. MEANING COMMAND
ROUTE ROUTE
0 Setting of restric- 00 00 0 Allow CM35 Y=005
tion data for tan- 1 Restricted
~
~
dem connection 63 63
1 Setting of PAD aa bb aa : PAD data from an incoming CM35 Y=005
data for tandem trunk route to an outgoing
connection trunk route (01-31)
bb: PAD data from an outgoing
trunk route to an incoming
trunk route (01-31)
01: -15 dB
~
~
15: -1 dB
(1 dB increment)
16: 0 dB
17: +1 dB
~
~
31: +15 dB
(1 dB increment)
NONE 0 dB/0 dB
+: Gain
- : Loss
NOTE: This command is effective for the following trunks.
- LDT/ODT/BRT/DTI/CCT/SIP/IPT (P2P CCIS)
Continued to next page.
3-255 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3003.fm
CM40
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

40 FUNCTION OF CPU RS-232C PORT
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign the function of the RS-232C ports on the CPU blade.
The CPU blade has two RS-232C ports, which are used for the following purpose.
: To assign : Not assigned ( ): Port Location Number

RS-232C PORTS ON THE CPU BLADE
UNIT01 UNIT02 UNIT03 UNIT04
FUNCTION REMARKS
PORT PORT PORT PORT PORT PORT PORT PORT
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
PCPro Available to use these ports
(0) (1) (0) (1) (0) (1) (0) (1) at the same time
(Maximum 2/system [Maxi-
mum 1/system when built-in
modem is connected])
MCI Not available to use these
(0) (1) (4) (5) (6) (7) ports at the same time
(Maximum 1/system)
[8300R2]
External Printer for Not available to use these
PMS ports at the same time
(Maximum 1/system)
VoIP log collection Not available to use these
(0) (1) ports at the same time
(Maximum 1/system)
MP-FP command Not available to use these
output ports at the same time
(Maximum 1/system)
Built-in SMDR Not available to use these
ports at the same time
(Maximum 1/system)
Indivisual Station Not available to use these
Record by CIS ports at the same time
[8300R1 only] (Maximum 1/system)
3-256 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM40
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

40 CPU RS-232C PORT
: To assign : Not assigned ( ): Port Location Number

RS-232C PORTS ON THE CPU BLADE
UNIT01 UNIT02 UNIT03 UNIT04
FUNCTION REMARKS
PORT PORT PORT PORT PORT PORT PORT PORT
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
Remote Mainte- Available to use these ports
nance using external (0) (1) (0) (1) (0) (1) (0) (1) at the same time
modem or built-in (Maximum 2/system)
modem of CPU blade
(Modem on the mar-
ket)
For example, when the RS-232C ports on Unit02-03 of a CPU blade are also used, the available con-
nections are as follows.
- UNIT01 PORT1: PCPro
- UNIT01 PORT2: SMDR
- UNIT02 PORT1: External Printer for PMS
- UNIT03 PORT1: MCI
PRECAUTION:
(1) The condition of connecting PCPro to the RS-232C is as follows.
- When connecting PCPro to the RS-232C ports other than Unit01, the connection depends on the
data setting by the first data 0/1(Port 1/Port 2 of Unit01) of CM40 Y=01-06.
- For survival mode or off-line mode, the system data in the Unit can be changed with connecting
PCPro to RS-232C ports of each Unit (the data setting such as MCI or external printer for PMS
is ineffective even if the system data for them is set by CM40 Y=00).
- For on-line mode, the system data in the Unit can be changed with connecting PCPro to RS-
232C ports of each Unit. However, PCPro cannot be connected when the system data such as
MCI or external printer for PMS is set by CM40 Y=00.
(2) The equipment connected to RS-232C ports on Unit02-03 is available only for normal mode
(survival mode and off-line mode are not available).
(3) The port number setting by CM40 Y=00 is required when providing Individual Station Record by
CIS (the connection to RS-232C ports for the equipment is not required).
[8300R1 only]
3-257 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM40
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

40 CPU RS-232C PORT
PORT LOCATION NUMBER DATA

ST + 40YY + DE + (0/1/4-7) + DE + (1-8 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
CPU RS-232C port for PCPro/VoIP Log Collection/Built-in SMDR/MCI

: Default
Y SETTING DATA
PORT LOCATION NUMBER REMARKS
00 Function 0 UNIT01 PORT1 08 VoIP log collection
1 UNIT01 PORT2 10 MCI
4 UNIT02 PORT1 11 MCI and CPU
[8300R2] NOTE 1 Built-in SMDR
5 UNIT02 PORT2 14 Built-in SMDR/
[8300R2] NOTE 1 Individual Station
6 UNIT03 PORT1 Record by CIS
[8300R2] NOTE 1 [8300R1]
7 UNIT03 PORT2 Built-in SMDR
[8300R2] NOTE 1 [8300R2 or later]
NOTE 2
19 MP-FP Command
Output
20 External printer for
PMS
NONE No data
01 Data length 0 7 bit NOTE 3
1 8 bit
02 Parity check 0 Effective NOTE 3
1 Ineffective
03 Kind of parity 0 Odd parity NOTE 3
1 Even parity
04 Stop bit 0 1-Stop bit NOTE 3
1 2-Stop bit
05 DTR signal sent 0 Low NOTE 3
to terminal 1 High
3-258 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM40
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

40 CPU RS-232C PORT
: Default
Y SETTING DATA
06 RTS signal sent to 0 UNIT01 PORT1 0 Low NOTE 3
terminal 1 UNIT01 PORT2 1 High
4 UNIT02 PORT1
07 CS control 0 CS control is always
[8300R2] NOTE 1
provided NOTE 6
5 UNIT02 PORT2
1 As per CS signal
[8300R2] NOTE 1
input NOTE 7
6 UNIT03 PORT1
08 Data speed [8300R2] NOTE 1 1 1200 bps NOTE 5
7 UNIT03 PORT2 2 2400 bps
[8300R2] NOTE 1 3 4800 bps
4 9600 bps
5 19200 bps
NONE 9600 bps
13 DRS signal sent 0 UNIT01 PORT1 0 High
to terminal 1 UNIT01 PORT2 1 Low
NOTE 8
NOTE 1: This data setting of Port Location Number 4-7 is available when resetting the system or wait-
ing for 10 minutes after this data setting.
NOTE 2: CM40 Y=00>14 should not be assigned when using Built-in SMDR in Local Office of Cen-
tralized Billing-CCIS.
NOTE 3: When using CPU RS-232C port for PCPro, set the default to CM40 Y=01-06.
NOTE 4: The second data of CM40 Y=01-07 must be set to default and the second data of CM40 Y=08
must be set to 1 (1200 bps) when External Printer for PMS is connected.
NOTE 5: When you communicate with CPU built-in modem, be sure to set the data speed of RS1 port
as 4800 bps or more. (1200 bps and 2400 bps are not available.)
NOTE 6: Set the second data of CM40 Y=07 to 0 when using the cable for PRT.
NOTE 7: Set the second data of CM40 Y=07 to 1 when using the cable except for PRT.
NOTE 8: This data should be set to 0 for downloading soft key information from UM8000 to CPU.
3-259 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM40
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

40 CPU BUILT-IN MODEM
CPU Built-In Modem
: Default
Y SETTING DATA
10 Station number of 1 Fixed X Built-in modem No. CM08>909
built-in modem X: 0-9, A (*), B (#) NOTE 1
~
RESET XXXXXXXX NOTE 2
NONE No data NOTE 3
NOTE 1: Station number must be an unassigned number by either CM10 Y=00 or CM11.
NOTE 2: For the station number of the built-in modem, set CM13 Y=07 to 0 (FAX Station) and CM15
Y=44 to 0 (Call Waiting Answer-Called Side restricted).
NOTE 3: This command is availble when CM08>909 is set to 0.
3-260 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM41
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

41 SYSTEM TIMER DATA
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign the System Timer data.
PRECAUTION:
None
1ST DATA 2ND DATA

ST + 41Y + DE + (2 digits) + DE + (2 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
Y=0
1ST 2ND DATA INCREMENT

Y MEANING DEFAULT
DATA TIMER UNIT
Attendant Recall for NONE 01 02 03 04 05 06 ....................... 13 14

Ring Transfer, Camp-
31.2 0 2.4 4.8 7.2 9.6 12.0 .................... 28.8 31.2 2.4 seconds
On, and unanswered
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
call
33.6 2.4 4.8 7.2 9.6 12.0 14.4 .................... 31.2 33.6
00 [8300R2]
seconds
15 16 17 18 19.........................................24
28.8 38.4 48.0 57.6 67.2..................................... 115.2 9.6 seconds
~
~
~
~
~
38.4 48.0 57.6 67.2 76.8..................................... 124.8

Elapsed time before NONE 01 02 03 04 05 06 ....................... 29 30
0 Call Forwarding-No
32 0 4 8 12 16 20 ...................... 112 116
Answer for trunk
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
incoming call/Auto-
36 4 8 12 16 20 24 ...................... 116 120
01 matic Change of Night 4 seconds
seconds NOTE: For the timer of the second call forwarding,
Service (Attendant
see CM41 Y=0>46.
Overflow)/Group
Diversion/Direct-In
Termination
Path on delay/single- NONE 01 02 03 .........................................................14
02 line toll restrict defeat 80 ms.
1040 ms. 80 160 240 ......................................................1120
guard timer
3-261 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM41
COMMAND CODE TITLE:


Y MEANING DEFAULT
DATA TIMER UNIT
Timing for Pseudo- NONE 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Answer signal sent to
20 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
03 SMDR 4 seconds
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
24 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40
seconds
Guard Timing of trunk NONE 01 02 03 04 05 06 ....................... 13 14
release
0.96 0 0.48 0.96 1.44 1.92 2.40 .................... 5.76 6.24
04 0.48 seconds
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
1.44 0.48 0.96 1.44 1.92 2.40 2.88 .................... 6.24 6.72
seconds
Recall Timing for NONE 01 02 03 ............................................... 98 99
Non-exclusive Hold/
60 0 4 8 ............................................... 388
Call Park
~
~
~
~
~
05 4 seconds
64 4 8 12 .............................................. 392
seconds NOTE: When timer data 99 is assigned, the call is not
recalled.
0
Recall Timing for NONE 01 02 03 04 05 06 ....................... 98 99
Exclusive Hold/
236 0 4 8 12 16 20 ...................... 388
Remote Hold
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
06 4 seconds
240 4 8 12 16 20 24 ...................... 392
seconds NOTE: When timer data 99 is assigned, the call is not
recalled.
Recall Timing after NONE 01 02 03 04 05 06 ....................... 29 30
station release for call
24 0 4 8 12 16 20 ...................... 112 116
07 transfer 4 seconds
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
28 4 8 12 16 20 24 ...................... 116 120

seconds
Periodic Time Indica- NONE 01 02 03 04 05 06 ....................... 16 17
tion Tone
192 32 64 96 128 160 192 ..................... 512 544
09 32 seconds
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
196 36 68 100 132 164 196 ..................... 516 548

seconds
3-262 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM41
COMMAND CODE TITLE:


Y MEANING DEFAULT
DATA TIMER UNIT
Attendant Recall of NONE 01 02 03 04 05 06 ....................... 13 14

held call
31.2 0 2.4 4.8 7.2 9.6 12.0 .................... 28.8 31.2 2.4 seconds
[8300R2]
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
33.6 2.4 4.8 7.2 9.6 12.0 14.4 .................... 31.2 33.6
11 seconds
15 16 17 18 19 .........................................24
28.8 38.4 48.0 57.6 67.2..................................... 115.2 9.6 seconds
~
~
~
~
~
~
38.4 48.0 57.6 67.2 76.8..................................... 124.8
Single digit dialing NONE 03 04 05 06 07 08
time-out (Timing
4 2 3 4 5 6 7
13 Start) 1 second
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
0
5 3 4 5 6 7 8
seconds
DTMF signal width of NONE 01 02 03 04 05 06 .................................50
Out Pulse-Long from
14 512 ms. 64 128 192 256 320 384 ..............................3200 64 ms.
Attendant Console
[8300R2]
Call Forwarding-No
32 0 4 8 12 16 20 ...................... 112 116
Answer for internal
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
15 call and assisted call 4 seconds

36 4 8 12 16 20 24 ...................... 116 120
see CM41 Y=0>46.
3-263 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM41
COMMAND CODE TITLE:


Y MEANING DEFAULT
DATA TIMER UNIT
Unanswered timing NONE 01 02 03 .........................................................30

for ACD/UCD Delay
32 0 4 8 .........................................................116
Announcement and
~
~
~
~
~
Attendant Delay
36 4 8 12 ........................................................120
Announcement
seconds
16 4 seconds
Maximum ACD/UCD NONE 01 02 03 .........................................................30
call waiting time
32 0 4 8 .........................................................116
before either answer or
~
~
~
~
~
abandonment for PEG
36 4 8 12 ........................................................120
count
seconds
Automatic Cancel NONE 01 02 03 04 05 06 ....................... 14 15
20 Time for unanswered 60 seconds
300 60 120 180 240 300 360 ..................... 840 900
Paging call
seconds
0 Reorder tone time-out NONE 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

to enter Off Hook
28 0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28
22 Alarm 4 seconds
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
32 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32
seconds
Ringing duration of NONE 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 .........................14
Automatic Wake-Up/
28 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 .........................52
23 Timed Reminder call 4 seconds
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
32 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 .........................56
seconds
Announcement dura- NONE 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 .........................99
tion of Automatic
28 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 ........................392
24 Wake-Up/Timed 4 seconds
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
Reminder call
32 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 ........................396
seconds
3-264 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM41
COMMAND CODE TITLE:


Y MEANING DEFAULT
DATA TIMER UNIT
Automatic Recall NONE 01 02 03 04 05 .........................................15

Timing of Camp-On
24 8 16 24 32 40 ........................................120
26 8 seconds
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
32 16 24 32 40 48........................................128
seconds
Interdigit Pause on NONE 03 04 05 06 07 .........................................14
27 outgoing call 1 second
7 3 4 5 6 7 ..........................................14
-seconds
Duration of music NONE 01 02 03 04 05 .........................................15
connection before DT
16 0 4 8 12 16 .........................................56
33 connection in Auto- 4 seconds
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
mated Attendant
24 4 8 12 16 20 .........................................60
seconds
Timing before unan- NONE 01 02 03 04 .................................................30
0 swered Automated
32 0 4 8 12 ................................................116
34 Attendant call for- 4 seconds
~
~
~
~
~
wards
36 4 8 12 16 ................................................120 ~
seconds
Number of call NONE 01 02 03 .........................................................07
35 attempts by Timed 1 time
3 times 1 2 3 .......................................................... 7
Queue
Interval Time between NONE 11 12 13 .........................................................31
attempts for Timed
120 40 44 48 ........................................................120
36 Queue 4 seconds
~
~
~
~
124 44 48 52 ........................................................124
seconds
Duration of call by NONE 05 06 .................................................................31
37 Timed Queue 4 seconds
32 20 24 ................................................................124
seconds
3-265 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM41
COMMAND CODE TITLE:


Y MEANING DEFAULT
DATA TIMER UNIT
Programmable Pause NONE 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

for System Speed
1.5 1.5 3.0 4.5 6.0 7.5 9.0 10.5 12.0
38 Dialing/Station Speed 1.5 seconds
seconds NOTE: This pause is available by setting D in
Dialing
CM72, CM74.
BLADE RESET
Timing of un- NONE 01 02 .................................................................30
answered call after
32 0 4 .................................................................116
39 forwarding to prede- 4 seconds
~
~
~
~
termined station in
36 4 8 .................................................................120
Automated Attendant
seconds
PBX Dial In ORT NONE 01 02 03 .........................................................15
Timer before receiving
5 0 1 2 ..........................................................14
41 any digit 1 second
~
~
~
~
~
6 1 2 3 ..........................................................15
0 seconds
Timing of Call For- NONE 01 02 .................................................................98
warding by Overflow
28 0 4 .................................................................388
42 for TAS Queue 4 seconds
~
~
~
32 4 8 .................................................................392
seconds
Dial Tone timeout in NONE 01 02 03 .........................................................14
43 Automated Attendant 1 second
14 1 2 3 ..........................................................14
seconds
Prepause Timer for NONE 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08
VMS 1 second
1 second 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 (01-12)
44
09 10 11 12 13 -0.5 seconds
(13)
9 10 11 12 0.5
3-266 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM41
COMMAND CODE TITLE:


Y MEANING DEFAULT
DATA TIMER UNIT
Announcement Ser- NONE 01 02 .................................................................99

vice Timer
60 0 4 .................................................................392
45 4 seconds
~
~
~
~
64 4 8 .................................................................396
seconds
Timing of Multiple NONE 01 02 03 ............................................... 29 30
Call Forwarding No
32 0 4 8 ............................................... 112 116
46 Answer after second 4 seconds
~
~
~
~
~
forwarding
36 4 8 12 .............................................. 116 120
seconds
Interval Time of ACD/ NONE 01 02 .................................................................30
UCD Delay
32 0 4 .................................................................116
47 Announcement/Atten- 4 seconds
~
~
~
~
dant Delay Announce-
36 4 8 .................................................................120
0 ment
seconds
DTMF Signal Width NONE 00 01
48 for VMS 64 ms.
128 ms. 64 128
DTMF Interdigit NONE 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 32 ms.
Pause for VMS (00-01)
160 ms. 32 64 80 100 120 160 200 240
16 ms.
(01-02)
49
20 ms.
(02-04)
40 ms.
(04-07)
Timing Start when NONE 03 04 05 .........................................................14
50 making ISDN call 1 second
10 3 4 5 ..........................................................14
from station
seconds
3-267 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM41
COMMAND CODE TITLE:


Y MEANING DEFAULT
DATA TIMER UNIT
Message Replay Timer NONE 01 02 03 .........................................................31

for Automated Atten-
64 4 8 12 ........................................................124
dant
~
~
~
~
~
68 8 12 16 ........................................................128
51 seconds NOTE: In case that the recording time of Voice Re- 4 seconds
sponse System is shorter than the time assigned
by command (CM41Y=0>51), Voice Response
System will be released when the message re-
ply is finished (The message reply will not be
repeated).
for Automatic Wake
60 0 4 8 .........................................................392
52 Up/Timed Reminder 4 seconds
~
~
~
~
~
0 64 4 8 12 ........................................................396
seconds
for Announcement Ser-
60 0 4 8 .........................................................392
53 vice 4 seconds
~
~
~
~
~
64 4 8 12 ........................................................396
seconds
Forced release timing NONE 01 02 03 .........................................................06
for tandem connection
96 32 64 96 ........................................................192
~
~
~
~
54 128 64 96 128 .......................................................224 32 minutes

minutes NOTE: With this timing, the tandem connection is re-
leased, unless the incoming trunk does not re-
ceive the release signal.
3-268 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM41
COMMAND CODE TITLE:


Y MEANING DEFAULT
DATA TIMER UNIT
Forced release timing NONE 01 02 03 04 .................................................13

for unanswered call
20 8 12 16 20 .................................................56
with tandem connec-
~
~
~
~
~
~
55 tion or trunk to trunk 4 seconds
24 12 16 20 24 .................................................60
connection when a sta-
seconds NOTE: This data is available when the incoming trunk
tion holds another sta-
cannot receive a release signal.
tion/trunk
Message replay timer/ NONE 01 02 03 .........................................................99
tone sending timer in
20 0 4 8 .........................................................392
56 the OAI terminal 4 seconds
~
~
~
~
~
mode
24 4 8 12 ........................................................396
seconds
Timing Start when NONE 03 04 05 .........................................................14
57 making an ISDN Tan- 1 second
10 3 4 5 ..........................................................14
dem call
seconds
0
Preservation time for a NONE 01 02 03 .........................................................31
message set by Voice
58 7 days 1 2 3 ..........................................................31 1 day
Message Waiting Ser-
NOTE: Voice Message Waiting Service-Individual All
vice-Individual
Clear clears messages exceeding the term.
Time before answer- NONE 00 01 02 .........................................................08
ing by Automated
4 0.5 4 ..........................................................28
59 Attendant 4 seconds
0
~
~
~
8 4 8 ..........................................................32
seconds
Status Change NONE 00 01 02 .........................................................40
Rebound Guard Timer
1120 0 80 160 ......................................................3200
60 80 ms.
~
~
~
~
1200 80 160 240 ......................................................3280

ms.
3-269 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM41
COMMAND CODE TITLE:


Y MEANING DEFAULT
DATA TIMER UNIT
Path On Delay timer NONE 01 02 03 .........................................................14

when answering
320 0 160 320 ......................................................2080
61 incoming trunk call 160 ms.
~
~
~
~
~
480 160 320 480 ......................................................2240
ms.
SST Sending Timer NONE 01 02 03 .........................................................14
when accessing Pag-
1440 0 480 960 ......................................................6240
62 ing Trunk 480 ms.
~
~
~
~
~
1920 480 960 1140.....................................................6720
ms.
Time Out Check when NONE 00 01 02 03...............................................30
detecting ORT
1360 No 0 80 160 ............................................2320
63 80 ms.
~
~
~
~
~
1440 Check 80 160 240 ............................................2400
0 ms.
ORT Timer when NONE 01 02 03 .........................................................09
accessing trunk 14 seconds
64 14 14 28 42 ........................................................126
seconds
OAI SCF Ringing NONE 01 02 .................................................................99
Timer
12 0 4 .................................................................392
65 4 seconds
~
~
~
16 4 8 .................................................................396
seconds
Message duration of NONE 01 02 .................................................................99
UCD Overflow
60 0 4 .................................................................392
66 Announcement 4 seconds
~
~
~
64 4 8 .................................................................396
seconds
3-270 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM41
COMMAND CODE TITLE:


Y MEANING DEFAULT
DATA TIMER UNIT
UCD Delay NONE 01 02 03 .........................................................32

Announcement/
8 0 4 8 .........................................................124
Attendant Delay
67 4 seconds
~
~
~
~
~
Announcement/OAI
12 4 8 12 ........................................................128
Announcement Con-
seconds
nection Timer
Recall interval timer NONE 45 46 .................................................................99
69 of CPU built-in 4 seconds
304 180 184 ...............................................................396
modem
seconds
Message duration for NONE 01 02 .................................................................99
Announcement
116 4 8 .................................................................396
75 Service-PS/PS Busy 4 seconds
~
120
seconds
0 Overlap Sending NONE 03 04 05 .........................................................60
Mode timer for ISDN
6 3 4 5 ..........................................................60
81 telephone 1 second
~
7
seconds
Message duration for NONE 01 02 .................................................................99
Announcement Ser-
116 0 4 .................................................................392
84 vice-PS Out of Cell 4 second
~
~
~
(Zone)/PS Power Off

120 4 8 .................................................................396
seconds
Message reply timer NONE 01 02 .................................................................99
for PS Out of Cell
8 0 4 .................................................................392
85 (Zone)/PS Power Off 4 seconds
~
~
~
12 4 8 .................................................................396
seconds
3-271 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM41
COMMAND CODE TITLE:


Y MEANING DEFAULT
DATA TIMER UNIT
Message reply timer NONE 01 02 .................................................................99

for PS No Answer
36 0 4 .................................................................392
86 4 seconds
~
~
~
~
40 4 8 .................................................................396
seconds NOTE: Effective only when CM08>085: 0.
Timer of Dial Tone NONE 05 06 07 .........................................................30
97 sending after Off- 1 second
14 5 6 7 ..........................................................30
Hook
seconds
Call Forwarding-No
32 0 4 8 12 16 20 ...................... 112 116
Answer for trunk
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
100 incoming call 4 seconds
36 4 8 12 16 20 24 ...................... 116 120
see CM41 Y=0>46.
0 Elapsed time before NONE 01 02 03 04 05 06 ....................... 29 30
Call Forwarding-No
32 0 4 8 12 16 20 ...................... 112 116
Answer for internal
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
101 ~ 4 seconds
call and assisted call
36 4 8 12 16 20 24 ...................... 116 120
see CM41 Y=0>46.
Call Forwarding- NONE 01 02 .................................................................99
Logout (IP Station)
116 0 4 .................................................................392
102 Announcement Timer 4 seconds
~
~
~
120 4 8 .................................................................396
seconds
ORT timer when NONE 02 03 04 .........................................................99
establishing tandem
104 7 seconds 2 3 4 ..........................................................99 1 second
connection to CCIS/
NOTE: Assign the value which exceeds the maximum
SIP
value of timer set by CMA7 Y=10.
3-272 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM41
COMMAND CODE TITLE:


Y MEANING DEFAULT
DATA TIMER UNIT
SPDT Timer after NONE 10 11 12 .........................................................60

105 Hooking 1 second
15 10 11 12 .........................................................60
seconds
DTMF signal width on NONE 04 05 06 .........................................................15
106 system basis 16 ms.
160 ms. 64 80 96 ........................................................240
Inter-digit Pause on NONE 01 02 03 04 05 06 07
107 system basis 16/32/48 ms.
64 80 96 128 160 192 240
ORT timer for ETSI NONE 03 04 05 .........................................................99
109 ISDN Overlap Receiv- 1 second
6 seconds 3 4 5 ..........................................................99
ing
Timing until sending NONE 01 02 03 .........................................................99
the reverse signal to
110 4 8 12 ........................................................396 4 seconds
0 the calling PS Station
for connecting the line
ORT timer when NONE 02 03 04 .........................................................15
111 sending LCR 1 second
7 seconds 2 3 4 ..........................................................15
ORT timer/T302 timer NONE 03 04 05 .........................................................99
for Overlap Receiv-
112 6 seconds 3 4 5 ..........................................................99 1 second
ing-Q-SIG
[For EU]
Timer A of warning NONE 01 02 03 .........................................................99
SST sending for
64 128 192 ......................................................6336
forced release
114 NOTE: Set the time from the start of communications 64 seconds
to the warning SST is sent.
Forced release is executed at 16 seconds later
from the warning SST is sent.
3-273 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM41
COMMAND CODE TITLE:


Y MEANING DEFAULT
DATA TIMER UNIT
Timer B of warning NONE 01 02 03 .........................................................99

SST sending for
64 128 192 ......................................................6336
forced release
from the warning SST is sent.
Timer C of warning NONE 01 02 03 .........................................................99
SST sending for
64 128 192 ......................................................6336
forced release
0 from the warning SST is sent.
Interdigit Pause for NONE 01 02 03 .........................................................99
117 outgoing call of Trunk 1 second
99 1 2 3 ..........................................................99
Route
seconds NOTE: Effective only when CM35 Y=250: 0.
Delayed Hotline acti- NONE 01 02 03 .........................................................30
119 vation timer 1 second
10 1 2 3 ..........................................................30
seconds
Forced release timer NONE 00 02 03 .........................................................99
when the Paging Sta-
120 180 0 4 8 .........................................................396 4 seconds
tion [PGD(2)-U10
ADP] is not released seconds
3-274 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM41
COMMAND CODE TITLE:


Y MEANING DEFAULT
DATA TIMER UNIT
Expire value for NONE 00 01 02 .........................................................99

DT700 Series REGIS-
180 0 1 2 ..........................................................99
TER (Day)
seconds
RESET
NOTE 1: Usually, this data setting is not required.
NOTE 2: This data implies the expire value for the DT700 Series
REGISTER (terminal registration) and is set by the
130 combination of CM41>130-132 (day/hour/minute). 1 day
When CM41>130-132 (day/hour/minute) are all set to
NONE, the expire value 180 seconds is set as default.
NOTE 3: The DT700 Series updates the REGISTER at half interval
of the value set by this data.
0 NOTE 4: The load to SV8300 increases if small amount of data
(such as 1 minute) is set. Therefore, it is recommended to
set the value more than 180 seconds.
DT700 Series REGIS-
131 180 0 1 2 ..........................................................23 1 hour
TER (Hour)
seconds NOTE: See NOTE 1 through NOTE 4 on CM41>130.
RESET
DT700 Series REGIS-
132 180 0 1 2 ..........................................................59 1 minute
TER (Minute)
RESET
3-275 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM41
COMMAND CODE TITLE:


Y MEANING DEFAULT
DATA TIMER UNIT

DT700 Series SUB-
3600 0 1 2 ..........................................................99
SCRIBE for Server
seconds
(Day)
RESET NOTE 1: Usually, this data setting is not required.
SUBSCRIBE (terminal control signal from DT700 Series
to SV8300) and is set by the combination of CM41>133-
133 1 day
135 (day/hour/minute).
NOTE 3: The DT700 Series updates the SUBSCRIBE at half inter-
val of the value set by this data.
NOTE 4: The load to SV8300 increases if small amount of data
0
set the value more than 1 hour (3600 seconds).
DT700 Series SUB-
3600 0 1 2 ..........................................................23
134 SCRIBE for Server 1 hour
(Hour)
RESET
DT700 Series SUB-
3600 0 1 2 ..........................................................59
135 SCRIBE for Client 1 minute
(Minute)
RESET
3-276 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM41
COMMAND CODE TITLE:


Y MEANING DEFAULT
DATA TIMER UNIT

DT700 Series SUB-
3600 0 1 2 ..........................................................99
SCRIBE for Client
seconds
(Day)
RESET NOTE 1: Usually, this data setting is not required.
SUBSCRIBE (terminal control signal from SV8300 to
DT700 Series) and is set by the combination of
136 1 day
CM41>136-138 (day/hour/minute).
NOTE 3: The DT700 Series updates the SUBSCRIBE at half inter-
val of the value set by this data.
NOTE 4: The load to SV8300 increases if small amount of data
set the value more than 1 hour (3600 seconds).
0 Expire value for NONE 00 01 02 .........................................................23
DT700 Series SUB-
3600 0 1 2 ..........................................................23
137 SCRIBE for Client 1 hour
(Hour)
RESET
DT700 Series SUB-
3600 0 1 2 ..........................................................59
138 SCRIBE for Client 1 minute
(Minute)
RESET
Conference (built-in NONE 01 02 03 .........................................................99
CPU) timing of group
36 4 8 12 ........................................................396
140 call conference-No 4 seconds
seconds
answer
[8300R2]
3-277 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM41
COMMAND CODE TITLE:


Y MEANING DEFAULT
DATA TIMER UNIT
Conference (built-in NONE 01 02 03 .........................................................24

CPU) forced release
141 7 hours 1 2 3 ..........................................................24 1 hour
timer
NOTE: If this data set to 00, Forced release is not
[8300R2]
provided hours.
Interval Time of NONE 01 02 03 .........................................................10
TDM-Blade Keep
0 12 4 8 12 .........................................................40
alive
seconds
[8300R2]
144 NOTE: When no signal return from TDM blade during four inter- 4 seconds
vals of transmission cycle,the system judges that the blade
is locked up and the blade reset is executed.
When this data is set to default, the blade reset is executed
about 48 (twelve by four) seconds after locked up.
3-278 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM41
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

Y=1

Y MEANING DEFAULT
DATA TIMER UNIT
Delayed Ringing NONE 01 02 03 ..................................................20

09 Timer 2048 ms.
10240 ms. 2048 4096 6144 .............................................40960
1 On-Hook Detect NONE 01 02 03 .........................................................60
20 Timer 20 ms.
700 ms. 20 40 60 .......................................................1200
BLADE RESET
3-279 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM41
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

Y=2

Y MEANING DEFAULT
DATA TIMER UNIT
C.O. Trunk Termina- NONE 01 02 03 .........................................................99

50 tion Detect Timer 8 ms.
224 ms. 8 16 24 ........................................................792
BLADE RESET
Single Ringing Detect NONE 01 02 03 .............................................98 99
Timer 16 ms.
51 1200 ms. 16 32 48 ...........................................1568 2040 (01-98)
BLADE RESET
Double Ringing Detect NONE 01 02 03 .............................................98 99
Timer 16 ms.
52 104 ms. 16 32 48 ...........................................1568 2040
(Minimum Time) (01-98)
BLADE RESET
Double Ringing Detect NONE 01 02 03 .............................................98 99
Timer 16 ms.
53 400 ms. 16 32 48 ...........................................1568 2040
(Maximum Time) (01-98)
BLADE RESET
2 Minimum time NONE 01 02 03 .............................................98 99
between Ringing
704 ms. 16 32 48 ...........................................1568 2040 16 ms.
54 (Single/Double
Ringing) (01-98)
BLADE RESET
Incoming Ring Down NONE 01 02 03 .............................................98 99
Abandonment Detect 128 ms.
55 3008 ms. 128 256 384 .........................................12544 16320
Timer (01-98)
BLADE RESET
Hook Flash Sending NONE 01 02 03 .............................................98 99
Timer from COT 32 ms.
56 640 ms. 32 64 96 ...........................................3136 4080 (01-98)
BLADE RESET
COT Ground Sending NONE 01 02 03 .............................................98 99
Timer 32 ms.
57 144 ms. 32 64 96 ...........................................3136 4080 (01-98)
BLADE RESET
3-280 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM41
COMMAND CODE TITLE:


Y MEANING DEFAULT
DATA TIMER UNIT
COT Ground Start- NONE 01 02 03 .............................................98 99

ing Timer 8 ms.
58 48 ms. 8 16 24 ............................................784 2040 (01-98)
BLADE RESET
OD Trunk Answer NONE 01 02 03 .............................................98 99
Detect Time 20 ms.
59 60 ms. 20 40 60 ...........................................1960 2550 (01-98)
BLADE RESET
OD Trunk Release NONE 01 02 03 .............................................98 99
Detect Timer 200 ms.
60 700 ms. 200 400 600 .........................................19600 25500 (01-98)
BLADE RESET
OD Trunk Termination NONE 01 02 03 .............................................98 99
Detect Timer 20 ms.
61 100 ms. 20 40 60 ...........................................1960 2550 (01-98)
BLADE RESET
OD Trunk Wink signal NONE 01 02 03 .............................................98 99
sending time for con- 20 ms.
2 62 200 ms. 20 40 60 ...........................................1960 2550
nection check (01-98)
BLADE RESET
OD Trunk Wink/Delay NONE 01 02 03 .............................................98 99
Signal Timer out 20 ms.
63 200 ms. 20 40 60 ...........................................1960 2550 (01-98)
BLADE RESET
LD Trunk Answer NONE 01 02 03 .............................................98 99
Detect Timer 20 ms.
64 60 ms. 20 40 60 ...........................................1960 2550 (01-98)
BLADE RESET
LD Trunk Release NONE 01 02 03 .............................................98 99
Detect Timer 200 ms.
65 700 ms. 200 400 600 .........................................19600 25500 (01-98)
BLADE RESET
LD Trunk Termination NONE 01 02 03 .............................................98 99
Detect Timer 20 ms.
66 100 ms. 20 40 60 ...........................................1960 2550 (01-98)
BLADE RESET
3-281 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM41
COMMAND CODE TITLE:


Y MEANING DEFAULT
DATA TIMER UNIT
LD Wink signal send- NONE 01 02 03 .............................................98 99

ing time for connection 20 ms.
67 200 ms. 20 40 60 ...........................................1960 2550
check (01-98)
2
BLADE RESET
LD Trunk Wink/Delay NONE 01 02 03 .............................................98 99
Signal Timer out 20 ms.
68 200 ms. 20 40 60 ...........................................1960 2550 (01-98)
BLADE RESET
3-282 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM41
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

Y=3

Y MEANING DEFAULT
DATA TIMER UNIT
Release Signal Detect NONE 01 02 03 .........................................................15

Timing for C.O. trunk
512 ms. 64 128 192 .......................................................960
05 64 ms.
NOTE: If CM35 Y=009 is set to 01 or 15, use CM41 Y=3>
05-12.
Answer Signal Detect NONE 01 02 03 .........................................................15
Timing for DTI trunk
576 ms. 64 128 192 .......................................................960
06 64 ms.
05-12.
Ring Signal Detect NONE 01 02 03 ........................................................15
Timing for DTI trunk
7168 ms. 512 1024 1536 ....................................................7680
07 512 ms.
05-12.
3
Guard Timing for DTI NONE 01 02 03 .........................................................15
trunk release
512 ms. 128 256 384 ......................................................1920
08 128 ms.
05-12.
Hook Flash Send Tim- NONE 01 02 03 .........................................................15
ing for DTI trunk
640 ms. 64 128 192 .......................................................960
09 64 ms.
05-12.
Ground Start Release NONE 01 02 03 .........................................................15
(Loop Off) Detect Tim-
384 ms. 64 128 192 .......................................................960
10 ing for DTI Trunk 64 ms.
05-12.
3-283 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM41
COMMAND CODE TITLE:


Y MEANING DEFAULT
DATA TIMER UNIT
Ground Start Release NONE 01 02 03 .........................................................15

(Ground Off) Detect
384 ms. 64 128 192 .......................................................960
11 Timing for DTI Trunk 64 ms.
05-12.
Ground Start (Return NONE 01 02 03 .........................................................15
Ground) Detect Timing
7 seconds 1 2 3 ..........................................................15
12 for DTI Trunk 1 second
05-12.
Hook Flash Sending NONE 01 02 03 04 ................ 16............................30
13 Timer from DTI 128 ms.
2048 ms. 128 256 384 512 ............. 2048........................3840
Process of Metering NONE 00: Process 1 (for Australia)
Signal Detect (Process 1) 01: Process 2 (for Argentina)
14
[Australia/Argen-
3 tina]
Metering Signal Detect NONE 01 02 ................. 05...........................................15
timing on DTI trunk
15 160 ms. 32 64 ................ 160.........................................480 32 ms.
[Australia/Argen-
tina]
Answer Signal Detect NONE 01 02 03 .............................................98 99
Timing on DTI trunk 8 ms.
20 60 ms. 8 16 24 ............................................784 1020 (01-98)
BLADE RESET
Release Signal Detect NONE 01 02 03 .............................................98 99
Timing on DTI trunk 200 ms.
21 80 ms. 200 400 600 .........................................19600 25500 (01-98)
BLADE RESET
Ring Signal Detect NONE 01 02 03 .............................................98 99
Timing for DTI trunk 16 ms.
22 80 ms. 16 32 48 ...........................................1568 2040 (01-98)
BLADE RESET
3-284 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM41
COMMAND CODE TITLE:


Y MEANING DEFAULT
DATA TIMER UNIT
DTI Wink signal send- NONE 01 02 03 .............................................98 99

ing time for connection 16 ms.
23 200 ms. 16 32 48 ...........................................1568 2040
check (01-98)
3
BLADE RESET
DTI Trunk Wink/ NONE 01 02 03 .............................................98 99
Delay Signal Time out 16 ms.
24 200 ms. 16 32 48 ...........................................1568 2040 (01-98)
BLADE RESET
3-285 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM42
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

SYSTEM COUNTER DATA/PAD DATA/TRUNK RESTRICTION CLASS
42 CONVERSION/CODEC LIST
FUNCTION:
This command is used to set the system counter data, the programmable PAD data, the Trunk Restriction
Class data to convert the Restriction Class sent to or from the 2400 IPX as a Deluxe Traveling Class
Mark-CCIS, and CODEC list.
PRECAUTION:
None
KIND OF SYSTEM PAD DATA TRUNK RESTRICTION CODEC

ST + 42 + DE + COUNTER PATTERNS CLASS LIST
(2 digits) (2 digits) (2 digits) (3 digits)
SETTING
+ DE + DATA + EXE
(2 digits)
3-286 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
CM42
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

42 SYSTEM COUNTER DATA
DATA TABLE:
System Counter Data

: Default
KIND OF SYSTEM COUNTER SETTING DATA REMARKS
00 Number of waiting calls which will cause 01 1 call
attendants CWXX on LCD to flash
~
[DESKCON] 48 48 calls
[8300R2] NONE 6 calls
NOTE: XX represents the number of waiting
calls.
01 Number of stations in Line Lockout to give 01 1 station
alarm
~
~
99 99 stations
NONE No Lockout Alarm Dis-
play
03 Number of Wake Up call/Timed Reminder 01 1 call
call attempts before abandonment
~
05 5 calls
NONE 5 calls
05 Number of detected faulty trunks to give 01 1 trunk
alarm on Attendant Console
~
[Australia Only] 99 99 trunks

NONE No detection
alarm
~

NONE No detection
alarm
~

NONE No detection
08 Maximum number of trunks to be seized seri- 01 1 trunk CM12 Y=16
ally when a designated trunk is busy CM35 Y=098
~
(for Private Lines) 16 16 trunks

NONE Not seized
3-287 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM42
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
10 Maximum number of digits for Account Code 01 1 digit
with OAI (SCF)
~
10 10 digits
NONE 10 digits
Maximum number of digits for Account Code 01 1 digit
with CPU
~
16 16 digits
NONE 10 digits
11 Maximum number of digits for Authorization 01 1 digit CM08>216: 1
Code with OAI (ACF/FLF) ~
~
10 10 digits
NONE 10 digits
Maximum number of digits for Authorization 01 1 digit CM08>216: 0
Code with CPU
~
16 16 digits
NONE 10 digits
12 Maximum number of digits for Forced 01 1 digit CM08>216: 1
Account Code with OAI (ACF)
~
10 10 digits
NONE 10 digits
Maximum number of digits for Forced 01 1 digit CM08>216: 0
Account Code with CPU
~
16 16 digits
NONE 10 digits
13 Maximum number of digits for Remote 01 1 digit CM08>217: 1
Access to System (DISA) Code with OAI
~
(ACF) 10 10 digits
NONE 16 digits
Maximum number of digits for Remote 01 1 digit CM08>217: 0
Access to System (DISA) Code with CPU
~
16 16 digits
NONE 16 digits
14 Number of times of Call 01 1 time
Forwards in Multiple-Call
~
Forwarding 05 5 times
NONE 5 times
3-288 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM42
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
15 Maximum number of calls in queue in each 01 1 call
UCD group for controlling external indicator
~
or Call Waiting lamp of Multiline Terminal 99 99 calls
NONE 1 call
16 Maximum number of calls in queue in each 01 1 call
UCD group before busy tone is provided
~
99 99 calls
NONE No limit
19 Number of times for recall from CPU built-in 01 1 time
modem ~
~
09 9 times
NONE 4 times
66 Transmission characteristic of analog LC 00 New Zealand
[New Zealand/China/Brazil/Europe] 01 China
02 Brazil
RESET
04 Europe
NOTE 1, NOTE 2 NONE Other countries except for
the above
Transmission characteristic of analog LC, 01 China
COT 02 Brazil
[For EU] 04 UK
05 Austria/Belgium/Denmark/
RESET
Germany/Sweden/Switzer-
NOTE 1, NOTE 2 land/The Netherlands
06 UK (for EU)
07 Spain (for EU)
08 Italy (for EU)
09 South Africa (for EU)
NONE Depends on Nation Code
(CM31 Y=0>0)
NOTE 1: For North America and Australia, this command is not effective. The transmission charac-
teristic depends on the nation code.
NOTE 2: A-law/-law setting is decided in the following order.
1. Setting of CM04 Y=10-59
2. Setting by CPU
3-289 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM42
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
68 Volume Control (Side tone level) of Multiline 00 54 dB
Terminal/DESKCON 6 dB
~
increments
06 18 dB
RESET
NONE 30 dB
NOTE 1: Do not change this data normally, incorrect data settings may cause howler of low-level speech.
NOTE 2: For the volume control (Side tone level) of DT300/DT700 series, set the data by CM42>198.
69 Call charge per unit for AOC 00 00-99 dollars/euro/integral
(dollar/euro/integral charge per unit) charge per unit
~
[Australia/France/Germany/Nether- 99
lands/Italy/Greece/Luxembourg/Por- NONE No data
tugal/Spain/Sweden/ITU-T (UAE)]
70 Call charge per unit for AOC 00 00-99 cents/euro cents/two
(cent/euro cent/two decimals charge per unit) decimals charge per unit
~
[Australia/France/Germany/Nether- 99
lands/Italy/Greece/Luxembourg/Por- NONE No data
tugal/Spain/Sweden/ITU-T (UAE)]
72 Number of times of Multiple Call Forward- 01 1 time
ing-All Calls/Busy Line/No Answer-CCIS
~
07 7 times
NONE 5 times
73 Number of digits for Station Authorization 01 1 digit CM2B Y=00
Code/IP Station Password CM20>A230, A231
~
08 8 digits
NONE 4 digits
74 Off Hook Ring Volume 1 00 10 dB CM15 Y=205
RESET 01 12 dB
02 14 dB
75 Off Hook Ring Volume 2 03 16 dB
04 18 dB
RESET
05 20 dB
06 22 dB
07 24 dB
NONE 20 dB
77 Number of digits for the abbreviated code of 01 1 digit CM20 Y=0-3: A243
System Speed Dialing origination CM74 Y=5
~
08 8 digits
NONE 4 digits
3-290 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM42
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

42 TRUNK RESTRICTION CLASS CONVERSION
Trunk Restriction Class Conversion
SV8300 represents small model PBX system.
2400 IPX represents medium to large model PBX system.
: Default
1ST DATA 2ND DATA
REMARKS
20 SV8300 Trunk Restriction Class 1 (RCA) 00 2400 IPX Trunk Restriction
Class (0-15)
~
21 SV8300 Trunk Restriction Class 2 (RCB)
15
22 SV8300 Trunk Restriction Class 3 (RCC)
NONE No data
23 SV8300 Trunk Restriction Class 4 (RCD) SV8300
24 SV8300 Trunk Restriction Class 5 (RCE)
25 SV8300 Trunk Restriction Class 6 (RCF)
26 SV8300 Trunk Restriction Class 7 (RCG) 2400 IPX
27 SV8300 Trunk Restriction Class 8 (RCH)
30 2400 IPX Trunk Restriction Class 0 01 SV8300 Trunk Restriction
Class (1-8)
~
31 2400 IPX Trunk Restriction Class 1

08
NONE No data
33 2400 IPX Trunk Restriction Class 3 2400 IPX
36 2400 IPX Trunk Restriction Class 6 SV8300
3-291 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
CM42
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

42 TRUNK RESTRICTION CLASS CONVERSION
NOTE 1: Default in the DATA TABLE represents the value for the data NONE. In this case, the fol-
lowing conversion is performed in the Deluxe Traveling Class Mark-CCIS.
(1) 2400 IPX to SV8300

2400 IPX SV8300
TRK RESTRICTION CLASS TRK RESTRICTION CLASS
0: OG via ATT 1: Unrestricted (RCA)
1: Unrestricted-1 1: Unrestricted (RCA)
2: Unrestricted-2 2: Non-Restricted-1 (RCB)
3: Non-Restricted 3: Non-Restricted-2 (RCC)
4: Semi-Restricted 4: Semi-Restricted-1 (RCD)
5: Restricted 5: Semi-Restricted-2 (RCE)
6: Fully-Restricted 6: Restricted-1 (RCF)
7: 7: Restricted-2 (RCG)
8: 8: Fully-Restricted (RCH)
Not Defined
~
15:
(2) SV8300 to 2400 IPX

SV8300 2400 IPX
TRK RESTRICTION CLASS TRK RESTRICTION CLASS
1: Unrestricted (RCA) 1: Unrestricted-1
2: Non-Unrestricted-1 (RCB) 2: Unrestricted-2
3: Non-Restricted-2 (RCC) 3: Non-Restricted
4: Semi-Restricted-1 (RCD) 4: Semi-Restricted
5: Semi-Restricted-2 (RCE) 5: Restricted
6: Restricted-1 (RCF) 6: Fully-Restricted
7: Restricted-2 (RCG) 7:
Not Defined
8: Fully-Restricted (RCH) 8:
NOTE 2: This command should be used when changing the reset setting shown above, or when receiv-
ing the 2400 IPX Trunk Restriction Class (9-15) as a Deluxe Travelling Class Mark.
3-292 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
CM42
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

42 CODEC LIST
CODEC List
: Default
1ST DATA (CODEC TYPE) 2ND DATA
REMARKS
100 Priority 1-4 in CODEC list 0 01 G.711 -law 64 K CM67
02 G.711 A-law 64 K
~
103 03 G.723.1 NOTE 1

04 G.729a
120 Priority 1-4 in CODEC list 1
07 G.722 (Wide Band Codec)
~
NOTE 2
123
NONE No data
~
143
~
163
NOTE 1: G.723.1 is not available when using DT700 Series and VoIPDB (IP-PAD/IPT [P2P CCIS]/
SIP trunk).
NOTE 2: G.722 (Wide Band Codec) is available only when using DT700 Series or VoIPDB (IP-PAD/
IPT [P2P CCIS]/SIP trunk).
: Default
1ST DATA (PAYLOAD SIZE) 2ND DATA
REMARKS
110 Priority 1-4 in CODEC list 0 01 10 ms. CM67
~
113 04 40 ms. NOTE 1, NOTE 2

130 Priority 1-4 in CODEC list 1 NONE No data
~
133
~
153
~
173
3-293 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
CM42
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

42 CODEC LIST
NOTE 1: The following payload size can be assigned for each CODEC type.
G.711 : 10 ms./20 ms./30 ms./40 ms.
G.722 : 10 ms./20 ms./30 ms./40 ms.
G.723.1: 30 ms.
G.729a : 10 ms./20 ms./30 ms./40 ms.
See NOTE 7 on CM67 Y=00
NOTE 2: When the payload size setting differs from that for the opposite VoIPDB, the shorter size is
adopted.
: Default
1ST DATA 2ND DATA
REMARKS
181 Maximum number of Wake Up Call setting at 01 1 call CM08>850
the same time
~
~
32 32 calls
NONE No limit
NOTE 1: Assign the maximum number of Wake Up Call for the same time per every minute.
NOTE 2: This command is ineffective when setting from PMS (Operated as NONE No limit).
182 Time for monitoring long call duration of 01 1 hour CM35 Y=286
trunk call CMEA
~
60 60 hours Y=2>04A
NONE 60 hours
NOTE: When the call time exceeds the time set by this command, a fault information is stored as long-time
call fault.
183 Maximum number of simultaneous calling of 01 1 call
each blade for SLT
~
[8300R2] 16 16 calls
NONE 4 calls
185 Date to total the call charge 01 The 1st of the month
[For EU]
~
25 The 25th of the month

NONE End of month
NOTE: From the 26th to the day before end of month cannot be assigned.
3-294 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM42
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

42 CODEC LIST
: Default
1ST DATA 2ND DATA
REMARKS
186 Room Status Code set by Check In operation 01 Room Status Code 1
~
187 Room Status Code set by Check Out operation
08 Room Status Code 8
188 Room Status Code when pressing Call NONE Not used
Recording Function Button
189 Call charge printout when Room Status Code 01 Interim Printout per station
matches the Room Status Code for Check Out 02 Audit Printout per station
set by CM42>187 NONE Not available
190 Setting of PAD data for a Station-to-Station 01 -15 dB/-15 dB
call (1 dB increment)
~
~
See PRECAUTION (3) of CM35 Voice 15 -1 dB/-1 dB
quality improvement of SV8300 16 0 dB/0 dB
17 +1 dB/+1 dB
(1 dB increment)
~
~
31 +15 dB/+15 dB
NONE -6 dB/-6 dB
+: Gain
- : Loss
191 Setting of PAD data for a Conference Trunk 00 -45 dB
connection (1 dB increment)
~
44 -1 dB
45 0 dB
46 +1 dB
(1 dB increment)
~
63 +18 dB
NONE -10 dB
+: Gain
- : Loss
194 Restriction of number of password entries 00 No limit
when Protection Mode is canceled 01 1 time
~
99 99 times
NONE 3 times
NOTE: When entering incorrect password for the number of times set by this command, DT700 Series will be
in password lock state.
3-295 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM42
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

42 CODEC LIST
: Default
1ST DATA 2ND DATA
REMARKS
195 Time to lock the DT700 Series when number 00 Not unlocked
of password entries exceeded the limit 01 1 minute
~
99 99 minutes
NONE 10 minutes
NOTE: When the DT700 Series is in password lock state, a password entry is restricted until the time set by
this command is elapsed.
198 Volume Control (Side Tone level) of DT300/ 00 -54 dB CM42>68
DT700 Series 01 -48 dB
~
32 ~
-18 dB
NONE -18 dB
NOTE: For the volume control (Side tone level) of the Multiline Terminal/DESKCON, set the data by
CM42>68.
199 Volume Control of Desk Console (Sending 00 Level 00 (Low Level)
level)
~
[8300R2] 31 Level 31 (High Level)

NONE The default data is different
depending on the specifications of
each country.
NOTE: In usual operation, do not change the default data.
200 Volume Control of Desk Console (Receiving 00 Level 00 (Low Level)
level)
~
[8300R2] 31 Level 31 (High Level)

NONE The default data is different
depending on the specifications of
each country.
NOTE: In usual operation, do not change the default data.
804 Masked Digits of an outgoing call number in 01 1 digit
Immediate Printout Call Record/Station indi-
~
vidual Call Record Print/Call Charge Printout 15 15 digits

of a long-time call NONE All digits printed
[8300R2]
3-296 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM42
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

42 CODEC LIST
: Default
1ST DATA 2ND DATA
REMARKS
806 Time for monitoring long-time call duration of 01 1 minute
trunk call in Call Charge Immediate Printout/
~
Call Charge Printout for individual station/ 99 99 minutes
Call Charge Printout of a long-time call NONE Not monitored
[8300R2]
807 Number of line feeds after printing 01 1 line feed
[8300R2]
~
10 10 line feeds
NONE 1 line feed
3-297 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM43
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE/IP STATION FIRMWARE AUTOMATIC
43 UPDATE/SYSTEM DATA COPY/AUTOMATIC CLOCK CHANGE
FUNCTION:
This command is used to set the date, time and check item for periodic maintenance. The fault informa-
tion display reminds you of the time for each periodic maintenance.
[See CMEA Fault Information Display, fault kind No. 016 Page 3-540 ]
This command is also used to set the time for regular system data backup.
PRECAUTION:
None
1ST DATA 2ND DATA

ST + 43Y + DE + (2 digits) + DE + (1/4/10 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
1ST
Y MEANING MEANING 2ND DATA MEANING
DATA
2 Date and time setting 00-07 Periodic maintenance 0- YYYY MM DD HH YYYY: Year (2008-2099)
for periodic mainte- 7 MM : Month (01-12)
nance DD : Day (01-31)
HH : Hour (00-23)
NONE No data
3 Check item for peri- 0 Battery check
odic maintenance 1 Check item No. 1
~
~
7 Check item No. 7

NONE No data
5 Time setting for regu- 00 Regular backup time HH MM HH : Hour (00-23)
lar system data backup MM : Minute (00-59)
9999 No backup the system data
NONE 0300 (3:00 a.m.)
3-298 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM43
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
1ST
DATA
6 Time setting for IP 00 IP Station firmware YYYY MM DD HH mm YYYY: Year (2008-2099)
Station firmware auto- automatic update time MM : Month (01-12)
matic update DD : Day (01-31)
HH : Hour (00-23)
NONE No data
NOTE: This data is recommended to set to have two minutes or longer interval of time from the system clock.
7 Start time for copying 00 System data copy HH MM HH : Hour (00-23)
the system data from MM : Minute (00-59)
the Main Unit to 9999 Not copy the system data
Remote Units automatically
NONE 0200 (2:00 a.m.)
NOTE 1: System data copy is executed from the low Remote Unit number to high Remote Unit number.
NOTE 2: The start time for system data copy may gain/loss about three minutes from the time you set.
8 Time setting for 00 Time setting for MM W D MM: Change Month (01-12)
Automatic clock automatic system clock W : Change Week (1-4/9)
change change from standard First-Fourth Week
time to daylight-saving (1-4)
time Final Week (9)
(for change pattern 0) D : Change Day of the
week (0-6)
01 Time setting for auto-
0: Sunday
matic system clock
1: Monday
change from daylight-
2: Tuesday
saving time to standard
3: Wednesday
time
4: Thursday
(for change pattern 0)
5: Friday
6: Saturday
NONE Automatic clock change is
not provided
3-299 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM43
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
1ST
DATA
8 Time setting for 02 Reading of system clock YYYY MM DD YYYY: Year (2008-2099)
Automatic clock changed day from MM : Month (01-12)
change standard time to DD : Date (01-31)
daylight-saving time NONE Automatic clock change has
(for change pattern 0) not been executed
03 Reading of system clock
changed day from
daylight-saving time to
standard time
04 Time setting for MM W D MM: Change Month (01-12)
automatic system clock W : Change Week (1-4/9)
change from standard First-Fourth Week
time to daylight-saving (1-4)
time Final Week (9)
(for change pattern 1) D : Change Day of the
week (0-6)
05 Time setting for
0: Sunday
automatic system clock
1: Monday
change from daylight-
2: Tuesday
saving time to standard
3: Wednesday
time
4: Thursday
5: Friday
6: Saturday
NONE Automatic clock change is
not provided
06 Reading of system clock YYYY MM DD YYYY: Year (2008-2099)
changed day from stan- MM : Month (01-12)
dard time to daylight- DD : Date (01-31)
saving time NONE Automatic clock change has
(for change pattern 1) not been executed
07 Reading of system clock
changed day from
daylight-saving time to
standard time
3-300 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM44
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

44 EXTERNAL RELAY STARTING CONDITIONS
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign the relay circuit number and Relay Group number of PGD(2)-U10 ADP/
External Relay Interface of CPU blade used for controlling external relay.
PRECAUTION:
(1) For External Relay Interface of the CPU blade, assign 312, 313 (blade No. 31, circuit No. 2, 3).
RELAY
RELAY CIRCUIT
GROUP DATA 1 DATA 2
ST + 44YY + DE + GROUP + NUMBER / + DE + (4 digits) + (2 digits) /
NUMBER
NUMBER (3 digits)
(2 digits)
DATA
(1-8 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
RELAY CIRCUIT No./
Y SETTING DATA
RELEY GROUP No.

00 Setting of the external XX Y XX : Relay Group See Data 1 and Data 2 on the next page
relay starting conditions Number (00-31)
Y : Circuit Number
(0-3)
312, 313: External Relay
Interface of
CPU blade
NOTE: To use the dual port mode on PGD(2)-U10 station(CH1/2), different circuit numbers must be assigned
to each port.
01 Association of the 00 Relay Group Number X PGD(2)-U10 station number
Relay Group number X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
~
and PGD(2)-U10 31 XXXXXXXX

station number NONE No data
NOTE: Set this command only for a PGD(2)-U10 station (CH1) when using a PGD(2)-U10 station (CH2).
3-301 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM44
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
DATA 1 DATA 2
REMARKS
02 Speaker Paging Machine Start 00 Speaker Paging Zone 0 CM12 Y=68
CM20
~
09 Speaker Paging Zone 9
11 Indication for Trunk All Busy 01 Trunk Group 01 CM30 Y=09
~
62 Trunk Group 62
13 TAS Indication 00 TAS Group 00 CM30 Y=17
~
~
63 TAS Group 63
14 Indication for ACD/UCD Call Wait- 00 ACD/UCD Group 00 CM17
ing
~
15 ACD/UCD Group 15
15 Relay Control Function Key 00 Relay Control (ON/OFF) via Dterm CM90 Y=00:
F7XXX
35 No. 7 CCIS Link Alarm Display 00 CCH No. 0-15
~
15
36 No. 7 CCIS Day/Night Status Dis- 01 Tenant No.
play when the Day/Night Mode is NOTE: An intraoffice Attendant
changed by the main office Console should not be as-
signed for the tenant.
3-302 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM44
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

The following table shows the interface condition of each external relay.
EQUIPMENT KIND INTERFACE RELATED COMMAND REMARKS

Speaker Paging DLC + PGD(2)-U10 ADP CM05 Y=0 Start by External Relay Control
CM10 Y=00 Circuit of PGD(2)-U10 ADP
CM12 Y=65: 1 RCA connector of PGD(2)-U10
CM12 Y=67, 68 ADP for tone
CM13 Y=32, 33, 34, 63
CM20: A070-A079
CM44 Y=00: 02XX
CM44 Y=01
Indication for Trunk All DLC + PGD(2)-U10 ADP CM05 Y=0 Start by External Relay Control
Busy CM10 Y=00 Circuit of PGD(2)-U10 ADP
CM12 Y=65: 3
CM13 Y=63
CM30 Y=09, 20-26
CM44 Y=00: 11XX
CM44 Y=01
CM54 Y=0
CM55 Y=0
TAS Indication CPU Built-in Relay CM30 Y=13, 14 Start by CPU Built-in Relay
CM44 Y=00>312, 313:
13XX
DLC + PGD(2)-U10 ADP CM05 Y=0 Start by External Relay Control
CM12 Y=65: 3
CM13 Y=63
CM30 Y=13, 14
CM44 Y=00: 13XX
CM44 Y=01
3-303 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM44
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

EQUIPMENT KIND INTERFACE RELATED COMMAND REMARKS

Indication for ACD/UCD CPU Built-in Relay CM17 Start by CPU Built-in Relay
Call Waiting CM44 Y=00>312, 313:
14XX
CM12 Y=65: 3
CM13 Y=63
CM17
CM44 Y=00: 14XX
CM44 Y=01
Relay Control Function CPU Built-in Relay CM44 Y=00>312, 313: Start by CPU Built-in Relay
Key 1500
CM90
CM12 Y=65: 3
CM13 Y=63
CM44 Y=00: 15XX
CM44 Y=01
No. 7 CCIS Link Alarm DLC + PGD(2)-U10 ADP CM05 Y=0 Start by External Relay Control
Display CM10 Y=00 Circuit of PGD(2)-U10 ADP
CM12 Y=65: 3
CM13 Y=63
CM44 Y=00: 35XX
No. 7 CCIS Day/Night DLC + PGD(2)-U10 ADP CM05 Y=0 Start by External Relay Control
Status Display CM10 Y=00 Circuit of PGD(2)-U10 ADP
CM12 Y=65: 3
CM13 Y=63
CM44 Y=00: 3601
CM44 Y=01
3-304 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM45
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

45 MAKE BUSY CONDITION OF CFT
FUNCTION:
This command is used to define the make busy condition of CFT.
PRECAUTION:
None
ST + 45Y + DE + CFT NUMBER + DE + DATA + EXE

(2 digits) (1 digit)
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y CFT NUMBER SETTING DATA RELATED
No. MEANING No. MEANING DATA MEANING COMMAND
6 Make busy con- 00 CPU built-in CFT circuit 0 Make busy

dition of CFT number 1 In service
~
[8300R2] 15
NOTE: Set this command when CPU built-in CFT is secured for Conference.
3-305 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM48
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

HOLD/WAKE UP/TIMED REMINDER/AUTOMATED ATTENDANT
48 TONE
FUNCTION:
This command determines the kind of tone/tone source on various services; it also determines whether
the Announcement Service is provided when a PS does not answer in a Wireless Communication Sys-
tem.
PRECAUTION:
None.
SENDING
DATA
ST + 48Y+ DE + PATTERN + DE + (1-4 digits) + EXE
(2 digits)
3-306 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
CM48
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

48 TONE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y SENDING PATTERN SETTING DATA RELATED
No. MEANING PATTERN MEANING DATA MEANING COMMAND
0 Hold Tone 00 C.O. Line 0000 No Tone

Sending 01 Tie Line
0500 Hold Message CM49 Y=00
02 Station
1300 Hold Tone Source on
CPU blade/External
Hold Tone Source
1400 Hold Tone Source on CM48 Y=3
CPU blade
1500 Internal Tone Generator
NOTE
NONE Internal Tone Generator
NOTE
NOTE: When DT700 Series is used for a station, this data is not effective. Hold Tone Source on
CPU blade is used for a station.
3-307 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM48
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

48 TONE
: Default
1 Wake Up 00 Tone source of 0000 No Tone

Call/Timed Wake Up Call/
0200 External Tone Source CM44
Reminder Timed Reminder
RESET Y=00: 0100
0400 Speech Synthesis

[8300R2]
0500 Voice Response System CM41 Y=0>52
CM49 Y=00, 08
1301 External Hold Tone
Source
1400 Hold Tone Source on CM48 Y=3
CPU blade
1500 Internal Tone Generator CM64
NOTE
NONE Internal Tone Generator
NOTE
NOTE: When DT700 Series is used for a station, this data is not effective. Hold Tone Source on
CPU blade is used for a station.
3-308 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM48
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

48 TONE
: Default
2 Dial Tone 03 Progress Tone for 0 Not provided

sending Last Number 1 To provide
Redial and Speed
Dial when Using
LCR
04 2nd DT sending on 0 To provide
ISDN trunks 1 Not provided
06 Dial Tone connec- 0 No Dial Tone CM64
tion with Auto- 1 Dial Tone CM41 Y=0>43
mated Attendant
12 Dial Tone on 0 Special Dial Tone
setting Message 1 Dial Tone
Waiting
13 Dial Tone on set-
ting Call Forward-
ing-All Calls/Split
Call Forwarding-
All Calls
14 Dial Tone on set-
ting Do Not Dis-
turb
17 Hold Tone sent to 0 No Tone
other party on 1 Hold Tone
answering Whis-
per Page
3-309 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
CM48
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

48 TONE
: Default
3 Music selec- 01 Music selection 00 Nocturne

tion for Inter- for Internal Hold 01 Minuet
nal Hold Tone 02 Fur Elise
Tone 03 The Maidens Prayer
04 When the saints go
marching in
06 Spring (by four seasons)
08 Ich bin ein Musikante
(German folk song)
10 Amaryllis
(French folk song)
NONE Minuet
NOTE: CM48 Y=3 is effective only for the legacy terminal.
For IP Station, this data is not effective. IP Station uses the tone source in IP Adapter (Minuet).
Short tone 02 00 Netherlands
Control 01 Germany
[For EU] 02 Italy
03 Austria
04 Belgium
05 Spain
06 Sweden
07 UK/South Africa
08 Denmark
09 Greece
10 Switzerland
11 South Africa
12 Malaysia
[8300R2]
NONE Not used
3-310 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM48
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

48 TONE
: Default
5 Announce- 00 0500 To provide CM12 Y=04

ment PS No NONE Not provided CM41 Y=0>01,
Answer 75
[8300R2] CM49 Y=00, 10
Announce- 02 0500 To provide
ment PS Out NONE Not provided
of Cell
(Zone)/PS
Power Off
[8300R2]
3-311 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM49
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

49 VOICE RESPONSE SYSTEM
FUNCTION:
This command is used to define the function of each Voice Response System (VRS) accommodated into
the system.
PRECAUTION:
None
VRS TENANT
ST + 49YY + DE + NUMBER NUMBER + DE + DATA + EXE
(3 digits) (2 digits) (2-5 digits)
DATA TABLE:
Y VRS No./ SETTING DATA RELATED

No. MEANING TENANT No. DATA MEANING COMMAND
00 Function of Voice 000-007: 01 XX 1st Answering Message of CM08

Response System VRS number Automated Attendant CM64
XX: Message No. (00-63) CM30 Y=30, 31
02 XX 2nd Answering Message/
Night Message of Auto-
mated Attendant
XX: Message No. (00-63)
05 XX Message on Hold Service CM48 Y=0
Transfer Trunk Line
06 XX Transferred Trunk Line CM65 Y=50
Message Service
(No Answer)
07 XX Transferred Trunk Line CM65 Y=51
Message Service (Busy)
3-312 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
CM49
COMMAND CODE TITLE:


00 Function of Voice 000-007: 03000 Night Announcement Service CM30 Y=02-05

Response System VRS number
04 X Z X: Announcement Service CM15 Y=034-039
Group (0-4) CM35 Y=069-073
Z: Announcement Service
Message No. (0-9)
08 XX Voice Message Waiting Ser- CM15 Y=041, 042
vice CM20>A113-A120
09 Voice Message Waiting
Service-Individual
0A00 Call Forwarding Intercept CM51 Y=06-08
Announcement
0B0 XX ACD/UCD Delay Announce- CM41 Y=0>16, 47
ment CM17 Y=A
XX: ACD/UCD Group No.
(00-15)
0C XX Answering Message on CM41 Y=0>52
Automatic Wake Up/Timed CM48 Y=1
Reminder
0D00 Announcement Service when CM30 Y=02-05
the called station does not CM41 Y=0>01
answer DID/Tie Line call CM51 Y=00, 01
NOTE
0E00 Announcement Service when CM30 Y=02-05
DID/Tie Line call terminates CM51 Y=03, 04
to busy station NOTE
NOTE: Announcement Service is not available for CCIS trunk.

3-313 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
CM49
COMMAND CODE TITLE:


00 Function of Voice 000-007: 0F XX Attendant Delay CM49 Y=0A,

Response System VRS number Announcement CM35 Y=074,
XX: Message No. (00-63) CM41 Y=0>16, 47
[8300R2]
10 Announcement Service for CM15 Y=59
OAI CM41 Y=0>56
CMD7 Y=2
11 XX Second Announcement of CM17 Y=2
UCD delay announcement CM41 Y=0>47
XX: UCD Group No. (00-15) CM49 Y=00-0B0XX
12 XX UCD Overflow CM17 Y=2
Announcement CM41 Y=0>66
XX: UCD Group No. (00-15)
13 XX Announcement-PS No CM41 Y=0>01, 75
Answer CM48 Y=5
XX: Message Group No. CM49 Y=10
(00-63)
14 XX Announcement-PS Busy CM41 Y=0>01, 75
Line CM48 Y=5
(00-63)
15 XX Announcement-PS Out of CM41 Y=0>01, 75
Cell (Zone)/Power Off CM48 Y=5
(00-63)
16 XX Multi-connection Announce- CM17 Y=1, A
ment Service for OAI CM41 Y=0>67
XX: Message Group No. CMD7 Y=2
(02-63)
3-314 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM49
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
00 Function of Voice 000-007: 17 XX Voice Guide CM15 Y=116

Response System VRS number XX: Message No. (00-63) CM49 Y=13
CM48 Y=2
CM41 Y=0>53
Queue Limit for TAS/Over-
flow for TAS Queue
1900 Restriction Announcement
for Wake Up call
21 XX Announcement Service for CM15 Y=481
Call Forwarding-Logout (IP CM41 Y=0>102
Station) CM49 Y=14
(00-63)
the rejected calling number
information
NONE No data
01 Message No. of 1st 00-63: Tenant No. 00-63 Message No. assigned by CM49 Y=00
Answering Message CM49 Y=00
of Automated Atten- NONE No data
dant
02 Message No. of 2nd CM49 Y=00
Answering Message/
Night Message of
Automated Attendant
05 Message No. of Hold CM48 Y=0
Service CM49 Y=00
3-315 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
CM49
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
06 Message No. of 00-63: Tenant No. 00-63 Message No. assigned by CM49 Y=00
Transferred Trunk CM49 Y=00 CM65 Y=50
Line (No Answer) Tenant No. of NONE No data
transferring station
07 Message No. of CM49 Y=00
should be set.
Transferred Trunk CM65 Y=51
Line (Busy)
08 Message No. of CM49 Y=00
Automatic Wake Up/ CM48 Y=1
Timed Reminder
0A Message No. of CM49 Y=00
Attendant Delay
Announcement
[8300R2]
10 Message Group No. CM49 Y=00
of PS No Answer
of PS Busy Line
of PS Out of Cell
(Zone)/PS Power Off
3-316 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM49
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
13 Message No. of Voice 00: When Message 00-63 Message No. assigned by CM48 Y=2
Guide NOTE waiting is set CM49 Y=00 CM49 Y=00>17XX
01: When service is NONE No data
set
02: When service is
canceled
03: When Call For-
warding-All
Calls/Do Not
Disturb is set
14 Message Group of 00-63: Tenant No. 00-63 Message Group No. assigned CM10
Call Forwarding- by CM49 Y=00 CM42
Logout (IP Station) NONE No data CM49 Y=00>21XX
Announcement ser-
vice
NOTE: Message No. of Voice Guide is not available for IP Station.
3-317 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
CM4A
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

4A DAY/NIGHT MODE CHANGE BY SYSTEM CLOCK
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign the schedule of Day/Night Mode Change by System Clock.
PRECAUTION:
(1) For the normal operation of Day/Night Mode Change by System Clock, Day/Night Mode Change
by the external key, by service access code or feature key, by Attendant Console should not be
executed.
(2) Trunk Restriction Class can be changed according to the schedule of Day/Night Mode Change by
System Clock. This is assigned by CM65 Y=36 and available for two kinds of mode (Day Mode/
Night Mode only).
(3) If takes approximately 4 to 8 seconds, to change the mode after the setting time.
1ST DATA 2ND DATA

ST + 4AYY + DE + (1-4 digits) + DE + (2 digits) + EXE
3-318 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
CM4A
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

00 Calendar No. 00-63 Tenant No. 00-63 00 Calendar No. 1
01 Calendar No. 2
02 Calendar No. 3
03 Calendar No. 4
NONE No data
CCC Data clear
01 Calendar No. 1 XX ZZ XX : 01-12: Month 10 Week schedule No. 0
02 Calendar No. 2 ZZ : 01-31: Date 11 Week schedule No. 1
03 Calendar No. 3 12 Week schedule No. 2
04 Calendar No. 4 13 Week schedule No. 3
20 Time schedule No. 0
NONE Week schedule No. 0
CCC Data clear
10 Week schedule No. 0 0 Sunday 20 Time schedule No. 0
11 Week schedule No. 1 1 Monday 21 Time schedule No. 1
12 Week schedule No. 2 2 Tuesday 22 Time schedule No. 2
13 Week schedule No. 3 3 Wednesday 23 Time schedule No. 3
4 Thursday 24 Time schedule No. 4
5 Friday 25 Time schedule No. 5
6 Saturday 26 Time schedule No. 6
NONE Time schedule No. 0
CCC Data clear
3-319 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM4A
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

20 Time schedule No. 0 XX ZZ XX : 00-23: Hour 00 Day Mode
21 Time schedule No. 1 ZZ : 00-55: Minute 01 Night Mode
22 Time schedule No. 2 NOTE 1 02 Mode A
23 Time schedule No. 3 03 Mode B
24 Time schedule No. 4 NONE Day Mode
25 Time schedule No. 5 CCC Data clear
90 Default pattern 00-63 Tenant No. 00-63 00 Default Pattern No. 0
OFF LINE 01 Default Pattern No. 1
02 Default Pattern No. 2
03 Default Pattern No. 3
NONE No data
CCC Data clear
NOTE 2
NOTE 1: Only 0 or 5 is available for the last digit number of minute at the 1st data of CM4A
Y=20-27.
When the following last digit number is assigned, the number is corrected and set as follows:
assigned number corrected to
1-4 0
6-9 5
NOTE 2: For the Default Pattern, see the following pages.
3-320 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM4A
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

Default Pattern
By assigning CM4A Y=90; Default Pattern No. 0-3, you can simplify the schedule assignment for
each tenant.
The schedule of each Default Pattern can be changed after the Default Pattern has been assigned.
The following shows the summary of the Default Pattern and the schedule set by each Default Pattern.
Summary of Default Pattern

TENANT No. CALENDAR No. 1-4 WEEK SCHEDULE
00 1/1 WEEK SCHEDULE X SUNDAY TIME SCHEDULE 7
MONDAY TIME SCHEDULE X
TUESDAY TIME SCHEDULE X
WEDNESDAY TIME SCHEDULE X
THURSDAY TIME SCHEDULE X
FRIDAY TIME SCHEDULE X

SATURDAY TIME SCHEDULE 7
12/31 WEEK SCHEDULE X
63
X: DEFAULT PATTERN No. 0-3
TIME SCHEDULE X TIME SCHEDULE 7
0:00 0:00
NIGHT MODE
9:00
DAY MODE NIGHT MODE
17:00
NIGHT MODE
24:00 24:00
3-321 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
CM4A
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

Default Pattern of Time Schedule (CM4A Y=90)
Default Pattern No. 0 (CM4A Y=90 2nd data: 00)

CM4A Y No. 1ST 2ND MEANING OF SETTING
00 00-63 00 Calendar No. 1 is used for the tenant
01 0101-1231 10 Week schedule No. 0 is used for all date
10 1-5 20 Time schedule No. 0 is used for Monday through Friday
10 0, 6 27 Time schedule No. 7 is used for Saturday and Sunday
20 0000-0855 01 0:00-9:00 is Night Mode for Time schedule No. 0
20 0900-1655 00 9:00-17:00 is Day Mode for Time schedule No. 0

3-322 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
CM4A
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

Default Pattern of Time Schedule (CM4A Y=90)


3-323 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
CM4B
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

4B ROOM STATUS CODE
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign the functions for each Room Status Code which is dialed from a guest
room or a Front Desk Terminal.
PRECAUTION:
None
1ST DATA 2ND DATA

ST + 4BYY + DE + (3 digits) + DE + (1 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
00 X00 Room Cutoff set/reset 1 To set

X: Room Status Code 1-8 2 To reset
NONE Not available
X01 Do Not Disturb set/reset 1 To set
NONE Not available
X02 Wake Up Call reset 1 Available
X: Room Status Code 1-8 NONE Not available
X03 Message Waiting set/reset 1 To set
NONE Not available
X04 Check In Time clear 1 To delete
X: Room Status Code 1-8 NONE Not deleted
X05 Room Status Code dialing 1 Allow
from guest room is allowed NONE Not allowed
X: Room Status Code 1-8
3-324 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
CM4B
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

4B ROOM STATUS CODE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
00 X06 Change of Trunk Restriction 1 Unrestricted (RCA)

Class 2 Non-Restricted 1 (RCB)
X: Room Status Code 1-8 3 Non-Restricted 2 (RCC)
4 Semi-Restricted 1 (RCD)
5 Semi-Restricted 2 (RCE)
9 Restriction reset
(according to the setting of
CM12 Y=01)
NONE Not available
X07 Check Out lamp control on 1 Lamp OFF
DSS Console 2 Flash (slowly)
X: Room Status Code 1-8 3 Flash (120 IPM)
4 Lamp ON
NONE Not controlled
3-325 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3004.fm
CM50
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

50 COMMON ROUTE INDIAL
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign LDNs (Listed Directory Numbers) to common route indial lines. When
these numbers are dialed into the system (either on an incoming tie line or an incoming C.O. line set up
for indialing), the call will appear at a specified call identification key on the attendant console.
The system allows digits to be added to or deleted from indialed numbers on a route basis.This com-
mand, in conjunction with CM35 Y=017, allows two extra leading digits to be specified.
The common route indial facility allows up to eight LDNs to be identified. In addition, this command
assigns the access code to be sent to a Voice Message System (VMS) before/after a Mail Box number.
PRECAUTION:
None
KIND OF DATA DATA

ST + 50YY + DE + (1/2 digits) + DE + (1-12 digits) + EXE
3-326 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM50
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

DATA TABLE:
: Default
KIND OF DATA SETTING DATA
Y
CODE MEANING DATA MEANING
00 0 Two leading digits to be added XX Digits to be added
NOTE 1: CM35 Y=017 allows digits to be added or (2 digits)
deleted from indialed digit streams on a NONE No data
route basis.
3 Access Code to be sent out before a Mail Box XX Access Code to be sent
number NOTE 2, NOTE 3 out to a VMS
~
XXXX X: 0-9, A (*), B (#), C/D
4 Access Code to be sent out after a Mail Box
(2-4 digits) (Pause)
number NOTE 2, NOTE 3
NONE Not to be sent out
8 Access Code to be added to the calling station num- X Access Code to be added
ber when a call is terminated from a station. X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
~
This assignment is required to call back from the ana- XXXX
log telephone for Caller ID-Station. (1-4 digits)
[North America Only] NONE No data
NOTE 2: C or D should not be assigned as the first digit of a access code to insert a prepause
timing.
Assign the prepause timing by CM41 Y=0>44.
NOTE 3: If C is inserted in the access code, it can be used as a pause (1.5 seconds).
For providing the programmable pause, insert D instead of C.
(Programmable pause; CM41 Y=0>38)
3-327 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM50
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y
01 0 Effective data in CM35 Y=015 X Dialed number NOTE 2
1 LDN 0 key (Data 00 in CM90)
~
XXXX
~
8 LDN 7 key (Data 07 in CM90) NOTE 1 (1-4 digits)

NONE No data
02 0 Effective data in CM35 Y=015 X Dialed number NOTE 2
1 TIE 0 key (Data 40 in CM90)
~
XXXX
~
8 TIE 7 key (Data 47 in CM90) (1-4 digits)

[8300R2] NOTE 1 NONE No data
05 00 ISDN/SIP Local Office Code Table No. 00 XXXX ISDN/SIP Local Office
(Maximum Code
~
14 ISDN/SIP Local Office Code Table No. 14 12 digits)

NONE No data
07 0 Number to be added to the station number for send- X Access Code + Originat-
ing BLF message via CCIS (for Open Numbering ing Office Number
~
system) XXXX X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)

(1-4 digits)
NONE No data
08 0 Destination No. 0-7 for sending BLF message via 00001 Destination Point Code
CCIS
~
7 See CM12 Y=30-37 16367

NONE Not sent
10 0 Abbreviated code of the VMS number for Voice Mail 00 Abbreviated code
Live Record-CCIS set by CM72 Y=0
~
See CM71>66, CM72 Y=0 99

NONE No data
NOTE 1: Data set by CM50 Y=01 and Y=02 are overridden by data set in CM58.
NOTE 2: Assign different number from any number assigned by CM10 and CM11.
3-328 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM50
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y
11 0 Pattern number for adding an access code for outgo- X Access Code for outgoing
ing call to the calling number recalled by Message call
~
~
7 Reminder when terminating a tandem call via CCIS XXXXXX X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
See CM35 Y=279 (1-6 digits)
NONE No data
12 0 Local Area Code and Mobility Access Prefix X Local Area Code +
[For EU] Mobility Access Prefix
~
XXXXXXXX Code
(1-8 digits) X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
NONE No data
3-329 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM51
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

51 AUTOMATIC TRANSFER DESTINATIONS
FUNCTION:
This command is used to define destinations for different types of diversion.
PRECAUTION:
None
GROUP
ST + 51YY + DE + NUMBER + DE + DATA + EXE
(2 digits) (1-8 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y GROUP NUMBER SETTING DATA

00 Transfer destination of incoming call when a 00 Tenant 00 X Station No.
station does not answer the call within a pre-
~
~
determined time (for DID call) 63 Tenant 63 XXXXXXXX
See CM41 Y=0>01, CM49 Y=00: 0D00 E000 Attendant Console
[8300R2]
01 Same as CM51 Y=00 (for Tie Line call)
EB000 Voice Response
03 Transfer destination of incoming call when a System No.
~
station is busy (for DID call) EB007

See CM49 Y=00: 0E00 NONE No data
06 Transfer destination of incoming call when an
unassigned number is dialed (for DID call)
(Effective when CM08>032 is 1)
See CM08>032, CM49 Y=00: 0A00
(Effective when CM08>032 is 1)
See CM08>032
3-330 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM51
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default

08 Same as CM51 Y=06 (for station call) 00 Tenant 00 E000 Attendant Console
[8300R2]
~
63 Tenant 63 EB000 Voice Response
System No.
~
EB007
NONE No data
09 Transfer destination of incoming call when a X Station No.
called station is set to Call Forwarding-Busy
~
Line/No Answer and the destination of for- XXXXXXXX
warded call is set to the Attendant Console NONE No data
Night Mode is set (for DID/Tie Line call)
NOTE: In the following cases, the transfer destination can be also assigned by CM51 Y=09.
-Transferring a DID/Tie Line call when Do Not Disturb is set to the called station
-Transferring a station call/Priority Call to Attendant Position Night Mode is set
-Transferring DID/Tie Line/station call when the called station is set to Call Forwarding-Busy Line/
No Answer and the destination of forwarded call is set to the Attendant Position Night Mode is set
10 Transfer destination of incoming call when Do 00 Tenant 00 X Station No.
Not Disturb is set to the called station (for sta-
~
tion call) 63 Tenant 63 XXXXXXXX

E000 Attendant Console
[8300R2]
NONE No data
NOTE: For DID/Tie Line call, the transfer destination can be assigned by CM51 Y=09.
11 Transfer destination of the call when the 00 Tenant 00 X Station No.
Room Cutoff station dials C.O. access code
~
63 Tenant 63 XXXXXXXX
12 Transfer destination of Off-Hook Alarm/Prior-
ity Call 0/1 See CM08>250, 251,
[8300R2]
CM13 Y=02,
NONE No data
CM15 Y=017, 018
3-331 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM51
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default

13 Transfer destination of the call when a station 00 ATT Group 0 X Station No.
dials the operator access code of Attendant 01 ATT Group 1
~
Console is in Night Mode 02 ATT Group 2 XXXXXXXX
[8300R2] 03 ATT Group 3 NONE No data
See CM60 Y=00
14 Destination of House Phone 00 House Phone X Station No.
See CM12 Y=03 Group 0
~
01 House Phone XXXXXXXX
Group 1 E000 Attendant Console
02 House Phone [8300R2]
Group 2 NONE No data
03 House Phone
Group 3
NOTE: If a transferred station number for a house phone call and a transferred station number for off-hook
alarm are the same, this service is not effective.
Destination of Fax Station 00 FAX Call X Fax Station No.
See CM12 Y=03 Group 0
~
01 FAX Call XXXXXXXX

Group 1 NONE No data
02 FAX Call
Group 2
03 FAX Call
Group 3
15 Destination of the call from the station to 00 Tenant 00 X Station No./VMS
which Message Waiting has been set/VMS Station No.
~
station for each tenant See CM13 Y=13 63 Tenant 63 XXXXXXXX

[8300R2]
NONE No data
3-332 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM51
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default

17 Destination of the call after the first time inter- 00 Tenant 00 X Station No.
val of ACD/UCD Display Announcement
~
63 Tenant 63 XXXXXXXX
[8300R2]
NONE No data
18 Transfer destination (to VMS) of the call that X VMS Station No.
is set Camp-On and not answered/Transfer
~
destination for Call Redirect XXXXXXXX
NONE No data
20 Destination (to VMS) of Call Forwarding-Not
Available in PS
21 Destination of Alternate Hold Recall for X Station No.
Enhanced Trunk Direct Appearance
~
XXXXXXXX
22 Transfer destination of the call for Call Redi-
NONE No data
rect
26 Transfer destination of call forwarding by X Station No.
Queue Limit for TAS/Overflow for TAS
~
Queue (for Day Mode) XXXXXXXX

See CM49 Y=00: 1800 E000 Attendant Console
[8300R2]
27 Same as CM51 Y=26 (for Night Mode)
28 Same as CM51 Y=26 (for Mode A) System No.
~
EB007
29 Same as CM51 Y=26 (for Mode B)
NONE No data
30 Station number which is sent as Call Forward- X Station No.
ing station to destination VMS/station/Atten-
~
dant Console, by Call Forwarding by Queue XXXXXXXX

Limit for TAS/Overflow for TAS Queue NONE No data
3-333 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM51
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default

31 Destination of Attendant Overflow 00 Tenant 00 X Station No./Vir-
[8300R2] tual Line Station
~
~
~
63 Tenant 63 XXXXXXXX No. assigned by
CM11
NONE No data
32 Destination of Call Forwarding-Logout EB000 Voice Response
(IP Station) See CM49 Y=00: 21 XX System No.
~
EB007
NONE No data
33 Transfer destination of the call when the call- X Station No.
ing number is not informed from network
~
See CM49 Y=00: 2200 XXXXXXXX
[8300R2]
System No.
~
EB007
NONE No data
3-334 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM52
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

52 HOT LINE/DELAYED HOTLINE
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign a Hot Line/Delayed Hotline to stations, Attendant Consoles and trunks.
PRECAUTION:
(1) The maximum number of Hot Lines/Delayed Hotlines is 100, and the connection is one-way from
calling side to called side. For connection in the opposite direction, the calling and called side must
be assigned to another Hot Line/Delayed Hotline number. If all the Hot Lines/Delayed Hotlines
are to be made bothway lines, the maximum number of Hot Lines/Delayed Hotlines is 50.
(2) When assigning a station number to a Calling Side, the second data of CM12 Y=03 must be set to
4 (Hot Line/Delayed Hotline).
(3) If Hot Line-Outside/Delayed Hotline-Outside is assigned by CM52, data assignment of CM71 and
CM72 are required.
CALLING SIDE/ DATA

ST + 52YY + DE + CALLED SIDE + DE + (1-8 digits) + EXE
(1 digit)
3-335 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM52
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

52 HOT LINE/DELAYED HOTLINE
DATA TABLE:
Hot Line/Delayed Hotline

: Default
Y SETTING DATA
CALLING/CALLED
00 Hot Line/Delayed 0 Calling Side X Station No./Virtual Station No.
Hotline Pair See CM12 Y=03
~
~
99 number 00-99 XXXXXXXX NOTE
NONE No data
1 Called Side X Station No. NOTE
~
XXXXXXXX
E00X Attendant Console No. (X: 0-7)
[8300R2] See CM10
CXX Trunk outgoing call
XX: Abbreviated code of System Speed
Dialing See CM71, CM72
NONE No data
FAX Incoming Call Lamp Indication

: Default
Y SETTING DATA
CALLING/CALLED
00 Pair number 00-99 0 Calling Side X Fax Call Station No. NOTE
~
99 XXXXXXXX
NONE No data
1 Called Side X Fax Station No. NOTE
~
XXXXXXXX
NONE No data
NOTE: Do not assign station number with first digit 0.
3-336 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM53
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

53 TRUNK ANSWER FROM ANY STATION RESTRICTION
FUNCTION:
This command is used to define the conditions for Trunk Answer from Any Station (TAS) service.
PRECAUTION:
None
CONDITION CODE DATA

ST + 53Y + DE + (1 digit) + DE + (1 digit) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y CONDITION SETTING DATA
No. MEANING CODE MEANING DATA MEANING

0 TAS Answer A 0 Answering C.O. Ring-Down 0 Not allowed
(CM20>A047) incoming Call 1 Allowed
See CM30 Y=02, 03
1 TAS Answer B
1 Answering DID Tie Line 0 Not allowed
(CM20>A048)
incoming Call 1 Allowed
See CM58 Y=02-07
2 TAS Answer C
(CM20>A049) 3 Answering a C.O. incoming 0 Not allowed
Call (Night) in the case of Day/ 1 Allowed
3 TAS Answer D Night Changeover System
(CM20>A050) See CM30 Y=03
4 Answering an overflow call of 0 Not allowed
4 TAS Answer E Direct-In Termination 1 Allowed
(CM20>A051)
See CM30 Y=13, 14
See CM20
7 Own and Other Tenant Answer, 0 Own and Other Tenant
or Own Tenant Answer Answer
See CM63
1 Own Tenant Answer
3-337 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM56
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

56 PAGING GROUP/INTERCOM GROUP
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign the Multiline Terminal station number for Automatic/Manual/Dial In-
tercom and Internal Zone Paging.
PRECAUTION:
None
SERIAL No. INTERCOM No. DATA

ST + 56YY + DE + (2 digits) (4 digits) + DE + (1-8 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y INTERCOM No./ SETTING DATA RELATED
No. MEANING SERIAL No. DATA MEANING COMMAND
00 Internal Zone Paging 00-15: Serial number X My Line number of CM15 Y=049
Group 0 within the group Multiline Terminal/ CM20>A130-
~
07 XXXXXXXX PS station number A145

~
Internal Zone Paging NONE No data CM90

Group 7
NOTE
Simultaneous Paging 00-15: Serial number X My Line number of CM90
Group 0 within the group Multiline Terminal/
~
XXXXXXXX PS station number

~
Simultaneous Paging NONE No data

Group 7
10 Automatic Intercom A000 X My Line number of CM11
number A100, Multiline Terminal CM12 Y=03
~
A001 XXXXXXXX CM90

A101, CM08>237
...
A031
A131
NOTE: A maximum of 6 zone (CM56 Y=00-05) internal paging groups are available for All Zone
Internal Paging.
3-338 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM56
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

56 PAGING GROUP/INTERCOM GROUP
Y INTERCOM No./ SETTING DATA RELATED

No. MEANING SERIAL No. DATA MEANING COMMAND
11 Manual Intercom A200 X My Line number of CM11

number Multiline Terminal CM12 Y=03
~
~
A700 XXXXXXXX CM90
A201 CM08>238
~
A701
...
A224
~
A724
12 Dial Intercom number B000 X My Line number of CM11
Multiline Terminal CM12
~
B900 XXXXXXXX CM90

B001 CM08>239
~
B901
...
B024
~
B924
3-339 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM57
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

57 GROUP CALL
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign the Group Call numbers and stations for Group Call by Pilot Number
Dialing.
PRECAUTION:
None
1ST DATA 2ND DATA

ST + 57YY + DE + (2/4 digits) + DE + (1-8 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

10 Group Call No. 00-19 00 Serial No. 00-31 X-XXXXXXXX Station No.
within the group NONE No data
~
29 31 NOTE
NOTE 1: The maximum number of simultaneous calling for single line stations/PSs Stations is 12 per chassis.
When the number of single line stations/PSs Stations exceeds 12, allocate the rest of stations to anoth-
er chassis. For a Multiline Terminal (My Line/Virtual Line), there is no limit as the above.
NOTE 2: Set the second data to the station number that is set by CM10 when PSs are used.
NOTE 3: Maximum of 32 stations per Group Call can be assigned (However, maximum of 5 PSs can be as-
signed for PSs).
30 Specification of the XX YY XX: Tenant No. 00-63 X-XXXXXXXX My Line No.
My Line number that YY: Allocation No.
displays the calling 00-07
number
NOTE: The number of stations that can display the calling number on LCD is maximum 8 per tenant. Set the
allocation number to the stations that displays the calling number.
31 Serial number within XX YY XX: Conference X-XXXXXXXX Station No.
the group Group No. 00-15 NONE No data
[8300R2] YY: Serial No. 00-15
(within the Con-
ference group)
32 Pilot station for the XX Conference Group No. X-XXXXXXXX Station No.
outgoing call 00-15 NONE No data
[8300R2]
3-340 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM58
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

58 LDN DIVERSION
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign information to each DID or TIE trunk for which incoming calls are to
be redirected to an alternative destination.
PRECAUTION:
This data is valid when CM08>205 is assigned to 0.
LDN/TIE DATA
DATA TABLE:
LDN/TIE MEANING
00 Effective data in CM35 Y=015
01 LDN 0 Key
~
08 LDN 7 Key
LDN Key is assigned by CM90
CM90 Y=00: F6000-F6007 [DESKCON]
10 Effective data in CM35 Y=015
11 TIE 0 Key
~
18 TIE 7 Key
TIE Key is assigned by CM90
CM90 Y=00: F6040-F6047 [DESKCON]
NOTE: The data set by CM58 is effective only when the data is assigned by CM50 Y=01/02.
3-341 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM58
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

58 LDN DIVERSION
: Default
Y SETTING DATA

00 Tenant number of LDN assigned by 00 Tenant 00
CM50 Y=01
~
63 Tenant 63
NONE No data
01 TAS group number assigned by 00 TAS Group 00
CM44>13
~
63 TAS Group 63
NONE No data
02 Day Mode destination of LDN 00 Attendant Console LDN/TIE Key 0
~
~
07 Attendant Console LDN/TIE Key 7
08 TAS See CM53
09 Station/Outside party assigned by CM58 Y=08
NONE No data
03 Night Mode destination of LDN 00 Attendant Console LDN/TIE Key 0
~
~
07 Attendant Console LDN/TIE Key 7
08 TAS See CM53
09 Station/Outside party assigned by CM58 Y=09
NONE No data
04 Day Mode diversion for busy destina- 00 Attendant Console Busy Key
tion station 01
Not used
~
07
08 TAS See CM53
09 Camped on
NONE No data
05 Night Mode diversion for busy desti- 00 Same as CM58 Y=04
nation station
~
09
NONE No data
3-342 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM58
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

58 LDN DIVERSION
: Default
Y SETTING DATA

06 Day Mode diversion for non-answer- 00 Attendant Console NANS Key
ing destination station 01
Not used
~
07
08 TAS See CM53
NONE No data
07 Night Mode diversion for non- 00 Same as CM58 Y=06
answering destination station ~
08
NONE No data
08 Day Mode station number/Abbreviate X Station No.
Code for outside party
~
(LDN-Outside) XXXXXXXX
CXX Abbreviated Code for outside party
XX: 00-31
See CM71>66
NONE No data
09 Night Mode station number/Abbrevi- X Station No.
ate Code for outside party
~
(LDN-Outside) XXXXXXXX
CXX Abbreviated Code for outside party
XX: 00-31
See CM71>66
NONE No data
10 Company Name for Dialed Number 20 Character Code (Maximum 8 digits)
Identification Service See CM77
~
5F
NONE No data
3-343 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM59
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

59 TAS/ACD/UCD RELAY INTERRUPTION PATTERN
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign the interruption pattern on the TAS and ACD/UCD indicators controlled
via External Relay Interface of CPU.
PRECAUTION:
None
FUNCTION
ST + 59 + DE + NUMBER + DE + DATA + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
FUNCTION NUMBER PURPOSE DATA MEANING
00 TAS/ACD/UCD Relay 01 30 IPM
Interruption Pattern
02 60 IPM
03 120 IPM
07 Steady on
NONE 120 IPM
3-344 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM5B
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

5B IP ADDRESS FOR IP TRUNK POINT-TO-MULTIPOINT CONNECTION
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign the destination IP Address for the IP trunk Point-to-Multipoint connec-
tion.
PRECAUTION:
None
1ST DATA 2ND DATA

ST + 5BYY + DE + (5 digits) + DE + (12 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

01 Destination IP Address XXX ZZ XXX: 000-255 0000000 Destination IP Address of
for IP trunk (IP Address Pattern No.) 00001 opposite IP trunk/opposite
ZZ: IP Address No. 00-07 IPT (P2P CCIS) NOTE 2
~
NOTE 1 2552552
55254
NONE No data
NOTE 1: IP Address number (00-07) is the number for specifying the IP Address of opposite office which
has plural IP Addresses, when the offices are connected with Point-to-Multipoint.
If the opposite office has plural IP Addresses, set plural IP Address numbers. If the opposite office
has only one IP Address such as SV8300, set one IP Address number.
NOTE 2: Destination IP Address of opposite IP trunk/opposite IPT (P2P CCIS) is the IP Address of opposite
SV8300 assigned by CM0B Y=0XX/1XX>00/02 or the IP Address of opposite 2400 IPX.
NOTE 3: This command should be assigned from the leading number of 1st data (IP Address pattern No. +
IP Address No.).
3-345 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM60
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

60 ATT TENANT GROUP, FUNCTIONS
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign a number to a Desk Console for access on a tenant basis, and define the
consoles night switching ability, off-hook ringing, tone ringer, password code for Attendant Lockout
and Attendant Programming.
[8300R2]
PRECAUTION:
(1) After setting CM60 Y=00, 01, 02, 04, 06, 16, 17, 22, 23, 27, 30, 51, DESKCON soft reset by CM60
Y=90>0: 0 is required.
(2) When assigning a password code for DESKCON by CM60 Y=30, the Function number (0/1) is
required as the first data. The purpose of Function numbers is shown below.
0: To assign a password for Attendant Lockout
1: To assign a password for Attendant Programming the following features:
Remote Access to System (DISA), System Speed Dialing, Date and Time, Choice of Night
Service and Tone Ringer
DESKCON FUNCTION
ST + 60YY + DE + NUMBER DATA
NUMBER + DE + (1-8 digits) + EXE
(0-7) (0/1)
FUNCTION
(1-8 digits)
(0/1)
FUNCTION
(0)
(0)
3-346 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM60
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y GROUP NUMBER RELATED
00 ATT GROUP NOTE 2 0 ATT GROUP 0 CM62

1 ATT GROUP 1 CM51 Y=13
2 ATT GROUP 2 CM60 Y=90
3 ATT GROUP 3
NONE No data
01 Designation of Master ATT within 0 Master ATT CM60 Y=90
ATT Group NOTE 2 1 Not Master ATT NOTE 1
02 Trunk Restriction Class change by 0 Effective CM12 Y=01
NT Switch NOTE 2, NOTE 3 1 Ineffective CM60 Y=90
04 Outgoing call restriction on Night 0 Effective CM30 Y=08
Mode by NT Switch 1 Ineffective CM60 Y=90
NOTE 2, NOTE 3
06 Day/Night mode change by NT 0 Effective CM30 Y=02, 03,
Switch NOTE 2, NOTE 3 1 Ineffective 04, 05, 13, 14
CM76 Y=01, 02
CM58 Y=02-09
CM60 Y=90
16 Off Hook Ringing for DESKCON 0 Effective CM60 Y=90
NOTE 2 1 Ineffective
17 DESKCON Multi-Function Key 0 Ineffective CM90 Y=00
NOTE 2 1 Effective CM60 Y=90
23 Keep volume level changed by vol- 0 Allow CM60 Y=90
ume button on DESKCON, after 1 Restricted
the call is finished NOTE 2
26 Designation of Busy Lamp 00 1 or 2-digit station (0-9, 00-99) CM08>207
Field-Fixed displayed stations 01
hundreds group 3-digit station (1XX-9XX)
~
09
10
4-digit station (10XX-99XX)
~
99
3-347 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM60
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
27 Tone Ringer for DESKCON 0 600 + 700 16 (Hz) CM60 Y=90

NOTE 2 1 480 + 606 8 (Hz)
2 1024 + 1285 16 (Hz)
3 480 + 606 16 (Hz)
30 Password for DESKCON X Password (Maximum 8 digits)
See PRECAUTION (2) X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
~
NOTE 2 XX...XX NOTE: In the default (NONE), the
password is set to
12345678.
NONE No data
32 Charging Class number for 00 Class No. 00
DESKCON
~
15 Class No. 15
33 Display language for DESKCON 00 Japanese
LCD NOTE 1, NOTE 2 01 English
02 French (Canadian French)
03 Spanish (Latin Spanish)
04 Portuguese (Brazilian
Portuguese)
05 German
06 Italian
07 Netherlandish [8300R2]
08 French (Europe)
09 Spanish (Europe)
10 Portuguese (Europe)
11 Swedish
12 Danish
13 Catalan
31 As per CM04 Y=00>00
34 Displaying pattern of Caller ID on 0 To display calling number on upper
the LCD of DESKCON before line of LCD, calling name on
answering or after answering a middle line of LCD
trunk call 7 Not displayed calling number and
calling name simultaneously
3-348 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM60
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
35 Tenant number for DESKCON 00 Tenant No. 00

[8300R2]
~
63 Tenant No. 63
NONE No data
36 Ringing signal patterns of 0 0.5ON-0.5OFF
DESKCON 1 1sON-1sOFF
[8300R2] 2 2sON-4sOFF
3 1sON-2sOFF
51 DESKCON number for PS-display X DESKCON No. for PS-display CM20>800
[8300R2] NOTE 2 (1 digit-8 digits) CM60 Y=90
~
XX...XX
NONE No data
90 DESKCON Soft Reset 0 To reset CM60 Y=00, 01,
[8300R2] NOTE 5, NOTE 6 1 Already reset 02, 04, 06, 16, 17,
23, 27, 30, 51
CM62
NOTE 1: Master ATT must be assigned to a single Attendant Console within the ATT Group.
NOTE 2: A reset by CM60 Y=90>0: 0 is required after this data setting.
NOTE 3: These data are effective for Day/Night Mode Change key on DESKCON. NT switch is effec-
tive only on the Master ATT assigned by CM60 Y=01.
NOTE 4: After this data setting, a reset of DT300/DT700 Series/Dterm Series is required.
NOTE 5: The second data can only be set to 0.
NOTE 6: Reset DESKCON soft after confirming all the DESKCON are not used.
3-349 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM61
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

61 EXTERNAL KEY FUNCTION
FUNCTION:
This command is used to activate and specify the function of the switch closure detection PGD(2)-U10
ADP when interfaced with external keys.
PRECAUTION:
None
KEY NUMBER DATA

DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y KEY NUMBER SETTING DATA RELATED
00 Destination of Tenant XX Z XX: Key Group No. 00 Tenant 00

(00-63) assigned by
~
~
CM12 Y=66 63 Tenant 63
Z : Circuit No. (0/1) NONE No data
01 Change Day/Night trunk 0 Effective CM12 Y=01
restriction class by external 1 Ineffective
key
03 Outgoing call restriction 0 Effective CM30 Y=08
on Night Mode by external 1 Ineffective
key
05 Day/Night Mode change 0 Effective CM30 Y=02,
by external key 1 Ineffective 03, 04, 05,
13, 14, 26
CM76 Y=01,
02
CM58
Y=02>09
06 Even if station-to-station 0 Effective CM63 Y=1
call is restricted, calling 1 Ineffective
tenant is allowed to cancel
restriction by external key
3-350 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM61
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

61 EXTERNAL KEY FUNCTION
: Default
Y KEY NUMBER SETTING DATA RELATED
30 Service operation by exter- XX Z XX: Key Group No. 00 MJ/MN Alarm

nal key (00-63) assigned by Clear key
CM12 Y=66 01 Day/Night Mode
Z : Circuit No. (0-3) Change by
System Clock
Cancel key
NONE No data
3-351 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM62
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

62 TENANTS FOR EACH ATT GROUP
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign which tenants are handled by each DESKCON Group.
[8300R2]
PRECAUTION:
(1) This command requires a reset by CM60 Y=90>0: 0 after data setting.
(2) Multiple tenants can be assigned to one ATT Group, but one tenant cannot be assigned to more
than one ATT Group.
TENANT NUMBER DATA

ST + 62Y + DE + (2 digits) + DE + (1 digit) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y TENANT SETTING DATA RELATED
No. MEANING No. MEANING No. MEANING COMMAND
0 ATT Group 0 00 Tenant 00 0 To handle CM60 Y=00

1 ATT Group 1 1 Not handled
~
2 ATT Group 2
3 ATT Group 3 63 Tenant 63
3-352 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM63
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

63 RESTRICTION OF INTER-TENANT CONNECTION
FUNCTION:
This command is used to define the restrictions on inter-tenant access.
PRECAUTION:
None
TENANT-A TENANT-B DATA

ST + 63Y + DE + (2 digits) + (2 digits) + DE + (1 digit) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y TENANT SETTING DATA RELATED
No. MEANING No. MEANING No. MEANING COMMAND
0 TAS answer from XX ZZ XX: TENANT-A: 00-63 0 Allowed CM53 Y=4

another tenant Tenant number of TAS 1 Restricted CM30 Y=17
answer station CM12 Y=04
ZZ : TENANT-B: 00-63 CM76 Y=05-
Tenant number of trunk 08
1 Restriction of XX ZZ XX: TENANT-A: 00-63 0 Restricted CM08>150
Intra-office Con- Tenant number of calling 1 Allowed CM12 Y=04
nection station
ZZ : TENANT-B: 00-63
Tenant number of called
station
2 Restriction of XX ZZ XX: TENANT-A: 00-63 0 Restricted CM12 Y=04
incoming DID/Tie Tenant number of called 1 Allowed CM30 Y=01
line call/Auto- station
mated Attendant ZZ : TENANT-B: 00-63
Tenant number of trunk
3-353 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM64
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

AUTOMATED ATTENDANT, TENANT NUMBER FOR MUSIC ON HOLD, NUMBER
OF QUEUE LIMIT, TRUNK ACCESS CODE FOR MOBILITY ACCESS MODE, ISDN
64
ALTERNATING ROUTING
FUNCTION:
This command is used to define the answering system of the Automated Attendant feature and assign
the Tenant Number for Music on Hold, the Number of Queue Limit, the Trunk access code for Mobility
Access mode and the ISDN Alternating Routing.
PRECAUTION:
None
TENANT NUMBER DATA

ST + 64Y + DE + (2 digits) + DE + (1-26 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
TENANT
0 Answering System for 00-63 00 DT connection CM30 Y=02, 03

Day Mode CM48 Y=2>06
01 Hold Tone on CPU blade + CM41 Y=0>33, 43
DT connection CM49
02 1st Answering Message + CM63 Y=2
DT connection
03 DT connection
NOTE: If no tone connection is required, Dial Tone sending can be stopped by CM48 Y=2.
3-354 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM64
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

64
ALTERNATING ROUTING
: Default
TENANT
1 Tenant Number for Music 00-63 11 External Hold Tone Source CM48 Y=0
on Hold through Pin JACK on the
CPU blade
NONE Hold Tone Source on CPU
blade
NOTE: The setting data 11 and Hold Tone on CPU blade are effective only when the second data of CM48
Y=0 is set to 1300.
2 Answering System for 00-63 00 DT connection CM30 Y=02, 03
Night Mode 01 Hold Tone Source on CPU CM41 Y=0>33, 43
blade + DT connection
02 Night Message + DT CM49 Y=00>02XX,
connection Y=02
03 As per CM64 Y=0 CM64 Y=0
NOTE: When providing a Night Message for Automated Attendant, the second data 08 of CM30 Y=30, 31
cannot be specified for handling of busy/not available Automated Attendant destination.
3 Number of Queue Limit 00-63 01 1 line CM51 Y=26, 30
for TAS, Day Mode CM76 Y=16
~
99 99 lines
4 Number of Queue Limit CM51 Y=27, 30
NONE No limit
for TAS, Night Mode CM76 Y=16
for TAS, Mode A CM76 Y=16
for TAS, Mode B CM76 Y=16
10 Trunk access code for X-XXXX Trunk Access Code CM15 Y=216
call forwarding in (1-4 digits) CM76 Y=41
Mobility Access mode NONE No data
3-355 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM64
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

64
ALTERNATING ROUTING
: Default
TENANT
11 Trunk access code for 00-63 X-XXXX Trunk Access Code

ISDN Alternative Rout- (1-4 digits)
ing in Remote Unit sur- NONE ISDN Alternative Routing
vival mode disabled
12 Method of ISDN Alterna- 0 Destination station number CME6 Y=51
tive Routing in Remote of each station
Unit survival mode 1 Destination station number
of each tenant
2 Destination station number
of each tenant + Subaddress
3 ISDN Alternative Routing
disabled
NOTE: When the second data is set to 0 and CME6 Y=51 is set to NONE, this command operates as well
as second data is set to 1.
13 Destination of ISDN 00-63 X Destination C.O. line num- CM64 Y=12
Alternative Routing in ber (Maximum 26 digits)
~
Remote Unit survival XX...XX

mode (tenant basis) NONE No data
NOTE: When second data of CM64 Y=12 is set to 1/2, the destination is set by this command.
3-356 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM65
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

65 SERVICES ON TENANT BASIS
FUNCTION:
This command is used to define the features available in each tenant.
PRECAUTION:
None
TENANT NUMBER DATA

ST + 65YY + DE + (2 digits) + DE + (1 digit) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
TENANT
19 Do Not Disturb 00-63 0 Not provided CM15 Y=19

1 To provide CM15 Y=189
23 Call Forwarding type 0 Split Call Forwarding-All
when an internal call Calls/Busy Line/No
from station/attendant is Answer
terminated 1 Call Forwarding-All Calls/
Busy Line/No Answer
when a C.O. incoming Calls/Busy Line/No
call is terminated Answer
1 Call Forwarding-All Calls/
Busy Line/No Answer
when a Tie Line incom- Calls/Busy Line/No
ing call is terminated Answer
1 Call Forwarding-All Calls/
Busy Line/No Answer
26 Number Display through 0 My Line number
CCIS for SMDR 1 Sub Line number
27 ACD (Automatic Call 0 ACD
Distribution) 1 Not ACD
3-357 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM65
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
TENANT
28 RR sending priority when 00-63 0 Send RR signal after

receiving OAI SCF SMFN
1 Send RR signal before
SMFN
29 Day/Night Mode 0 Two kinds of mode
(Day Mode, Night Mode)
1 Four kinds of mode
(Day Mode, Night Mode,
Mode A, Mode B)
30 VMS Password Privacy 0 Allowed CM13 Y=10
1 Not allowed
34 Calling Party number 0 Sub Line number
sent to MCI when access- 1 My Line number
ing VMS from a sub line
assigned on Multiline
Terminal
36 Trunk Restriction Class 0 Provide CM4A
change according to the (Day Mode/Night Mode CM65 Y=29
schedule of Day/Night only)
Mode Change by System 1 Not provided
Clock
37 Call Forwarding type 0 Split Call Forwarding-All CM08>608
when an internal call Calls/Busy Line/No CME6 Y=04, 05
from station/attendant is Answer CM78
terminated via CCIS 1 Call Forwarding-All Calls/
NOTE Busy Line/No Answer
NOTE: CM65 Y=37, 38 and 39 are effective only when the second data of CM08>608 is set to 0.
3-358 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM65
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
TENANT
38 Call Forwarding type 00-63 0 Split Call Forwarding-All CM08>608

when a C.O. incoming Calls/Busy Line/No CME6 Y=04, 05
call is terminated via Answer CM78
CCIS 1 Call Forwarding-All Calls/
39 Call Forwarding type 0 Split Call Forwarding-All CM08>608
when a Tie Line incom- Calls/Busy Line/No CME6 Y=04, 05
ing call is terminated via Answer CM78
CCIS 1 Call Forwarding-All Calls/
40 Multiline Terminal ring 0 See below CM15 Y=83, 84, 93
frequency 1 CM35 Y=034, 164
CM76 Y=23
Y=40: 1
Ringer Tone Dterm70 (Elite Terminal)/
Y=40: 0
Pattern No. Dterm70 (Electra Terminal) Dterm75 (Series E)/
Dterm85 (Series i)
1 Ringer Tone 1 480 + 606 [Hz]/ 520 + 660 [Hz]/
8 [Hz] Modulating Signal 8 [Hz] Modulating Signal
2 Ringer Tone 2 600 + 700 [Hz]/ 660 + 760 [Hz]/
3 Ringer Tone 3 1024 [Hz] Envelop 1100 [Hz] Envelop
4 Ringer Tone 4 500 [Hz] 540 [Hz]
5 Ringer Tone 5 1024 [Hz] 1100 [Hz]
6 Not used 1285 + 1024 [Hz] 1400 + 1100 [Hz]
7 Not used 480 + 606 [Hz]/ 520 + 660 [Hz]/
NOTE: This data is effective only for Dterm85 (Series i). When using Dterm70 (Elite Terminal)/Dterm75
(Series E), or when accommodating Dterm85 (Series i) in Remote Unit, the second data is fixed to 1.
NOTE: CM65 Y=37, 38 and 39 are effective only when the second data of CM08>608 is set to 0.
3-359 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM65
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
TENANT
41 Adding the held call on 00-63 0 Allow CM15 Y=063

Multiline Terminal as a 1 Not allowed
third party of Three-Way
Calling (Conference
[Three/Four Party]) by
CNF and LINE key oper-
ation
NOTE
42 Calling Number Display 0 To provide
for each tenant when an 1 Not provided
incoming call is termi-
nated to the Multiline
Terminal with TAS
43 Calling Number Display 0 To provide
for each tenant when an 1 Not provided
incoming call is termi-
nated to the sub line of
Multiline Terminal
50 When the transferred des- 0 Connection of Transferred CM49 Y=00, 06
tination does not answer Trunk Line Message (No
Answer)
1 Recall transferring station
51 When the transferred des- 0 Connection of Transferred CM49 Y=00, 07
tination is busy Trunk Line Message
(Busy)
1 Recall transferring station
NOTE: CM65 Y=41 is effective only when the second data of CM15 Y=063 is set to 1.
3-360 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM67
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

67 LOCATION DATA ASSIGNMENT
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign the location data to the location number set by CM12 Y=39/50 (Peer-
to-Peer connection by IP Station), CM8A Y=5000-5255: 173 (Peer-to-Peer connection via CCIS).
The location number is used for administration of the location via IP network and can be assigned to
each connection type or each location which is divided according to the network traffic.
PRECAUTION:
The first data of CM67 Y=00-06 must be set both on own office and opposite office.
1ST DATA 2 ND DATA

ST + 67YY + DE + (2/4 digits) + DE + (1-5 digit) + EXE
3-361 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM67
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

DATA TABLE:
Y=00-08
: Default
00 CODEC list XX ZZ XX: Location 0 Programmable CODEC List 0 CM42

between locations number (As per CM42>100-103, CM12 Y=39/50
(00-63) 110-113) CM8A Y=5000-
ZZ : Location 1 Programmable CODEC List 1 5255: 173
number (As per CM42>120-123, CMAD Y=29
(00-63) 130-133)
2 Programmable CODEC List 2
(As per CM42>140-143,
150-153)
3 Programmable CODEC List 3
(As per CM42>160-163,
170-173)
4 Fixed CODEC List 1
(Prioritize Tone Quality)
See the table below
5 Fixed CODEC List 2
(Prioritize Bandwidth)
See the table below
NONE See the table on next page.
CCC Clear
NOTE 1: This data setting is Valid to the voice packets that are sent to the location which is set to ZZ in the
first data from the location which is set to XX in the first data.
NOTE 2: The table below shows the setting of Fixed CODEC List 1/2.
CODEC Type Payload Size
Priority Fixed CODEC Fixed CODEC Fixed CODEC Fixed CODEC

List 1 List 2 List 1 List 2
(CM67 Y=00: 4) (CM67 Y=00: 5) (CM67 Y=00: 4) (CM67 Y=00: 5)
1 G.722 G.729a 40 ms 40 ms
2 G.711* G.711* 40 ms 40 ms
3 G.729a G.722 40 ms 40 ms
*A-law/-law depends on CPU or CM04 Y=10-59.
3-362 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM67
COMMAND CODE TITLE:


00 NOTE 3: The table below shows the default setting of the CODEC List.
Priority CODEC Type Payload Size

1 G.711* 40 ms
2 G.729a 40 ms
3 G.723.1 30 ms
* A-law/-law depends on CPU or CM04 Y=10-59.

NOTE 4: Fixed CODEC List is available only when using DT700 Series and VoIPDB (IP-PAD/IPT [P2P
CCIS]/SIP trunk).
NOTE 5: G.722 (Wide Band Codec) is available only when using VoIPDB (IP-PAD/IPT [P2P CCIS]/SIP
trunk).
NOTE 6: G.723.1 is not available when using DT700 Series /DtermSP30/MH240/VoIPDB (IP-PAD/IPT [P2P
CCIS]/SIP trunk).
NOTE 7: CODEC and payload size that are available for each terminal is as following data.
: To assign : Not assigned ( ): Usable payload size
CODEC
TERMINAL
G.711 G.722 G.723.1 G.729a
DT730/DT750
(10/20/30/40 ms) (10/20/30/40 ms) (10/20/30/40 ms)
DT710
(10/20/30/40 ms) (10/20/30/40 ms)
Dterm75 (Series E)
(IP Adapter Type)/ (10/20/30/40 ms) (30 ms) (10/20/30/40 ms)
Dterm85 (Series i)
(IP Adapter Type)/
DtermIP INASET
DtermSP30
(20/40 ms) (20/40 ms)
MH240
(20/40 ms) (20/40 ms)
3-363 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM67
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
01 Type of Service XX ZZ XX: Location XZ X: PRECEDENCE 0-7 CM12 Y=39/50

(TOS) field Prece- number for control packet CM8A Y=5000-
dence for IP Sta- (00-63) Z : PRECEDENCE 0-7 5255: 173
tion/IPT (P2P ZZ : Location for voice packet CMAD Y=29
CCIS)/VoIPDB number NONE 65
between locations (00-63) CCC Clear
NOTE 1: This data setting is valid to the packets that are sent to the location which is set to ZZ in the first
data from the location which is set to XX in the first data.
NOTE 2: The priority of PRECEDENCE 0-7 is as follows.
PRECEDENCE 0: Lowest priority
~
PRECEDENCE 7: Highest priority

PRECEDENCE 6 for control packet and PRECEDENCE 5 for voice packet are recommended.
NOTE 3: By CM67 Y=01 setting, the router recognizes the precedence of control packet and voice packet and
controls Weighted Fair Queuing (WFQ).
NOTE 4: When this data is set, DSCP set by CM67 Y=06 becomes invalid.
3-364 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM67
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
02 PAD data between XX ZZ XX: Location TT RR TT (Transmitter PAD): CM12 Y=39/50

locations number +: Gain CM8A Y=5000-
See (00-63) : Loss 5255: 173
PRECAUTION (3) ZZ : Location 00, 01-08, 81-88
of CM35 Voice number RR (Receiver PAD):
quality improve- (00-63) 00, 01-08, 81-88
ment of SV8300 00: 0 dB
01: +2 dB
02: +4 dB
03: +6 dB
04: +8 dB
05: +10 dB
06: +12 dB
07: +14 dB
08: +16 dB
81: 2 dB
82: 4 dB
83: 6 dB
84: 8 dB
85: 10 dB
86: 12 dB
87: 14 dB
88: 16 dB
NONE 00/00
CCC Clear
NOTE 1: When setting the PAD data for gaining to the high value, the echo and howling may occur.
NOTE 2: This data setting is valid to the location that is set to XX in the first data.
3-365 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM67
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
03 Echo Canceller XX ZZ XX: Location 00 Echo Canceller OFF CM12 Y=39/50

between locations number 01 Echo Canceller ON CM8A Y=5000-
(00-63) NONE Echo Canceller ON 5255: 173
ZZ : Location CCC Clear
number
(00-63)
NOTE 2: When Echo Canceller control for VoIPDB is operated in the system, this command must be used.
NOTE 3: The Non Linear Processor Control is always provided.
04 Minimum value of XX ZZ XX: Location 01 10 ms. CM12 Y=39/50
jitter buffer number CM8A Y=5000-
~
~
between locations (00-63) 30 300 ms. 5255: 173
ZZ : Location (10 ms. increments) CMAD Y=29
number NONE 10 ms.
(00-63) CCC Clear
NOTE 1: Assign the value which does not exceed the maximum value of jitter buffer set by CM67 Y=05.
05 Maximum value of XX ZZ XX: Location 01 10 ms. CM12 Y=39/50
jitter buffer number CM8A Y=5000-
~
between locations (00-63) 30 300 ms. 5255: 173

ZZ : Location (10 ms. increments) CMAD Y=29
number NONE 300 ms.
(00-63) CCC Clear
NOTE 1: Assign the value which exceeds the minimum value of jitter buffer set by CM67 Y=04.
3-366 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM67
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
06 Diffserv Code XX ZZ XX: Location XX ZZ XX: 00-FE: DSCP of CM12 Y=39/50

Point (DSCP) of number control packet CM8A Y=5000-
control packet and (00-63) ZZ : 00-FE: DSCP of 5255: 173
voice packet ZZ : Location voice packet CM67 Y=01
number NONE C0A0
(00-63)
NOTE 1: This data is required when the system is connected to the router that provides the Diffserv type QoS
function.
NOTE 2: This data setting is valid to the packets that are sent to the location which is set ZZ in the first data
from the location which is set to XX in the first data.
NOTE 3: The TOS field precedence that is set by CM67 Y=01 is invalid when this data is set. To be valid the
TOS field precedence, set CM67 Y=01 again after this data setting.
07 Whether the IP XX ZZ XX: Location 0 Under the same NAT CM67 Y=08
Station at remote number 1 Under the different NAT
unit location from (00-63) or Not used NAT
IPS through NAT ZZ : Location
can communicate number
with each other (00-63)
under the same
NAT or not
NOTE: The same location number must not be assigned to IP Station that is not accommodated under the same
NAT. However, multiple location numbers can be assigned to IP Station that is accommodated under
the same NAT.
08 Whether the con- XX ZZ XX: Location 0 To restrict CM67 Y=07
nection between number 1 Not restrict
locations is (00-63)
restricted or not ZZ : Location
number
(00-63)
NOTE: Restrict the following connection by this command when NAT is used.
-Connection via CCIS (Peer to Peer connection)
-Connection between Main Unit and Remote Units
-Connection between locations that are restricted the communications
3-367 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM67
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

Y=10-24
: Default
10 Time Zone setting 00 Location number XXXXX Time Zone CM02

of each location (see the table below)
~
63 NONE No Time Zone
2nd Data Time Zone

A2345 System Clock +23:45
+15 minutes
~
~
increments
NONE No Time Zone (No time difference)
B0015 System Clock -00:15
-15 minutes
increments
~

CCC Time Zone data clear
NOTE 1: System clock should be assigned by CM02.

NOTE 2: After changing the data, system data copy to Remote Unit by CMEC Y=8 is required.
3-368 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM67
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
13 Type of tone for 00 Location number 01 Japan CM12 Y=39/50

each area/country 02 North America
~
for each location 63 03 Australia

04 A-law countries
05 Hong Kong
06 Malaysia
07 Singapore
08 UK
09 Mexico
10 Taiwan
11 New Zealand
13 China
14 Thailand
15 Brazil
16 Netherlands
17 Germany
18 Italy
19 Austria
20 Belgium
21 Spain
22 Sweden
23 UK
24 Denmark
25 Greece
26 Switzerland
27 South Africa
NONE Depends on Nation Code
(CM31 Y=0>0)
CCC Clear
3-369 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM67
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
14 Type of Service 00 Location number 0 PRECEDENCE 0 CM12 Y=39/50

(TOS) field Prece- 1 PRECEDENCE 1 CMAD Y=29
~
dence of control 63 2 PRECEDENCE 2

packet for IP Sta- 3 PRECEDENCE 3
tion for each loca- 4 PRECEDENCE 4
tion 5 PRECEDENCE 5
6 PRECEDENCE 6
7 PRECEDENCE 7
NONE PRECEDENCE 6
CCC Clear
NOTE: The DSCP that is set by CM67 Y=15 is invalid when this data is set.
15 Diffserv Code 00 Location number 00 DSCP of control packet CM12 Y=39/50
Point (DSCP) of CMAD Y=29
~
control packet for 63 FE

IP Station to each NONE C0
location
NOTE: The TOS field precedence that is set by CM67 Y=14 is invalid when this data is set.
20 FAX control infor- XX ZZ XX: Location 1 Fixed list 1 (G.711) CM8A Y=5000-
mation list to each number 2 Fixed list 2 (G.726) 5255: 173
location (00-63) 4-7 Programmable list 4-7
ZZ : Location (depends on the setting
number CM67 Y=21-24)
(00-63) NONE Fixed list 1 (G.711)
3-370 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM67
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
21 Programmable list 00 FAX Protocol Pat- 00 Not detect the FAX pro-
4 tern No. tocol NOTE
22 Programmable list 01 G.711 -law
5 02 G.711 A-law
23 Programmable list 03 G.726
6 NONE No data
24 Programmable list
NOTE: To avoid the false detection, set the second data to 00 when the locations
7
(between locations) do not provide FAX over IP feature.
01 FAX Payload Size 01 10 ms.
Pattern No.
~
04 ~
40 ms.
(10 ms. increments)
NONE No data
08 Minimum value of 01 10 ms. CM67 Y=21/22/
jitter buffer 23/24>09
~
30 300 ms.
(10 ms. increments)
NONE No data
NOTE: Assign the value which does not exceed the maximum value of jitter buffer set by
CM67 Y=21/22/23/24>09.
09 Maximum value 01 10 ms. CM67 Y=21/22/
of jitter buffer 23/24>08
~
30 300 ms.
(10 ms. increments)
NONE No data
NOTE: Assign the value which exceeds the minimum value of jitter buffer set by CM67
Y=21/22/23/24>08.
3-371 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM67
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

Y=30, 31
: Default
30 Daylight Saving 00 Location number 0 To operate with Daylight CM67 Y=10

time setting of each Saving time (+1 hour) CM0B Y=1XX>
~
location 63 NONE To operate with Standard 10

time
NOTE 1: After changing the data, system data copy to Remote Unit by CMEC Y=8 is required.
NOTE 2: Usually do not set this command by PCPro/CAT. This command is set automatically when automatic
system clock change has been executed by CM43 Y=8/CM67 Y=31.
31 Automatic clock 00 Location number 0 Change Pattern 0 CM43
change pattern Y=8>00-03
~
63 1 Change Pattern 1 CM43

Y=8>04-07
NONE Automatic clock
change is not provided
3-372 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM67
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

Y=90-92
: Default
90 Limit bandwidth XX ZZ XX: Location 00000 0 Kbps CM12 Y=39/50

between locations number CM8A
~
(00-63) 65534 65534 Kbps Y=5000-5255:
ZZ : Location NONE 100000 Kbps (100 Mbps) 173
number CCC Clear CM67 Y=92
(00-63) CMAD Y=29
NOTE 1: Assign the value which exceeds the warning bandwidth set by CM67 Y=92.
NOTE 2: Set the bandwidth for voice packet. The available bandwidth minus the bandwidth for control packet
(40 Kbps) is the bandwidth for voice packet.
If the reflection speed of terminals such as button reflection becomes slower by setting the value above
mentioned above, set the bandwidth for voice packet to value which the bandwidth for control packet
supposed more than 40 Kbps.
91 Action when the XX ZZ XX: Location 0 Restrict the connection CM12 Y=39/50
traffic between number between location groups CM67 Y=90
locations exceeds (00-63) 3 Keep the connection CM8A Y=5000-
the limit bandwidth ZZ : Location between location groups 5255: 173
number CMAD Y=29
(00-63)
92 Warning band- XX ZZ XX: Location 00000 0 Kbps CM12 Y=39/50
width between number CM8A Y=5000-
~
locations (00-63) 65534 65534 Kbps 5255: 173

ZZ : Location NONE 100000 Kbps (100 Mbps) CM67 Y=90
number CCC Clear CMAD Y=29
(00-63)
NOTE: Assign the value which does not exceed the limit bandwidth set by CM67 Y=90.
3-373 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM71
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

71 MEMORY ALLOCATION FOR SYSTEM SPEED DIALING
FUNCTION:
This command is used to allocate memory area for System Speed Dialing to tenants, attendants, Hot
Line-Outside and Delayed Hotline-Outside station.
PRECAUTION:
(1) System Speed Dialing has 300 memory locations system-wide; this is referred to as a Memory
Block (See Figure below).
Each location where a dialed number is stored is called Memory Slot.
Memory Block
000 Memory Slot
001
299
Example: The System Speed Dialing memory is assigned to three tenants as follows;
RANGE OF SLOT
TENANT QUANTITY OF SLOTS
NUMBERS
00 20 001-019
01 15 020-034
02 10 035-044
3-374 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM71
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

(2) Limitation on Memory Slot Allocations
In a single-tenant system, Tenant 00 can be assigned a maximum of 300 memory slots.
Per Tenant:
Maximum of 300 memory slots
For Hot Line-Outside/Delayed Hotline-Outside call:
Maximum of 100 memory slots (maximum number of Hot Lines/Delayed Hotlines)
For Route Advance from Tie line to C.O. line:
Maximum of 64 memory slots (maximum number of Trunk Routes)
For automatic fault information sending form CPU built-in modem:
2 memory slots
(3) There is a maximum of 300 memory slots assigned by this command. However, if required,
another 1000 memory slots can be added. These additional 1000 memory slots are to be assigned
with CM08>110, 111, 112, 176, and CM73 and CM74.
(4) The abbreviated codes for System Speed Dialing are automatically determined by assigning this
command on a tenant basis, as shown below.
Tenant 00 Tenant 01 Tenant 02

(Memory (Abbreviated (Memor (Abbreviated (Memory (Abbreviated
Slot No.) Code) Slot No.) Code) Slot No.) Code)
000 00 020 00 035 00
001 01 021 01 036 01
002 02 022 02 037 02

~
019 19 034 14 044 09
(5) The Resident System Program allocates 100 memory slots to Tenant 01.
3-375 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM71
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

KIND OF
ST + 71 + DE + CALLING PARTY + DE + DATA + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
KIND OF CALLING PARTY SETTING DATA

00 Tenant 00 XXX YYY XXX: Starting Memory Slot
number in Block: 000-299
~
63 Tenant 63 YYY: Number of Slots to

be assigned in Block: 001-300
64 Exclusively for Attendant Console
NONE No data
[8300R2]
65 Exclusively for Hot Line-Outside/
Delayed Hotline-Outside call (Related
Command: CM52)
66 Exclusively for Route Advance from Tie
line to C.O. line (Related Command:
CM35 Y=040, CM30 Y=04, 05, CM58
Y=08, 09: CXX)
Exclusively for Voice Mail Station num-
ber (Related Command: CM50 Y=10,
CM72 Y=0)
67 Exclusively for automatic fault informa-
tion sending from CPU built-in modem
68 Terminating number of opposite office XXX YYY XXX: Starting Memory Slot
on alternative ISDN connection number in Block: 000-299
YYY: Number of Slots to
be assigned in Block: 001-032
NONE No data
3-376 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM72
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

72 STORED NUMBER FOR SYSTEM SPEED DIALING
FUNCTION:
This command is used to enter the stored number or character for System Speed Dialing feature into the
memory allocated with CM71.
PRECAUTION:
(1) When displaying the data, the access code corresponding to the Memory Slot number is indicated
by the very first DE , and the stored number is indicated by the next DE . When the number of
digits of the stored number exceeds 16, the 17th to 26th digits are indicated by the next DE .
(2) Data can only be changed when the access code is displayed. Enter the data in the following order;
new access code, comma, the called number, and EXE . For clearing the data, enter CCC, and
EXE .
(3) If C is inserted in the called number, when using System Speed Dialing for an outgoing Tie Line
call, it can be used as a fixed-length pause (1.5 seconds). To provide a programmable pause with
the stored number, insert D instead of C. The length of the programmable pause is assigned
with CM41 Y=0>38.
(4) The stored number, for System Speed Dialing, is assigned for each Memory Slot number, not for
the abbreviated code of each calling party. When assigning stored numbers, the correspondence
between Memory Slot numbers and abbreviated codes is first to be determined for each kind of
calling party, and then the stored numbers are to be assigned according to the determined
correspondence, with each exclusive memory area assigned in CM71 taken into consideration.
; < = > ? @ [ ] ^ _ { } ~), Space, hyphen (-), period (.), slash (/), colon (:)

MEMORY SLOT NUMBER STORED NUMBER

ST + 72Y + DE + (3 digits) + DE + (Maximum 32 digits) + EXE
3-377 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM72
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

72 STORED NUMBER FOR SYSTEM SPEED DIALING
DATA TABLE:
: Default
1ST DATA 2ND DATA
Y
0 000-299 Memory Slot number XXXX , YY...Y XXXX: Access Code
(Maximum 4 digits)
, : Separator Mark
YY...Y : Called Party Number
(Maximum 26 digits)
X-XXXXXXXX Station Number (Maximum 8 dig-
its)
CCC Clear
NONE No data
1 000-299 Memory Slot number XXX...X Station Name Character Code
(Maximum 32 digits: 16 charac-
ters)
See Character Code Table in
CM77.
NONE No data
2 000-299 Memory Slot number XXX...X Station Name Character by PCPro/
CAT (Maximum 16 characters)
NONE No data
4 000-299 Memory Slot number XXX...X Calling Party Name Character
Code (Maximum 32 digits: 16
characters) (for Russian)
See Character Code Table for
Russian in CM77.
[8300R2]
NONE No data
3-378 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM73
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

73 MEMORY ALLOCATION FOR STATION SPEED DIALING
FUNCTION:
This command is used to allocate memory areas for Station Speed Dialing to individual stations.
PRECAUTION:
The allowed number of 10-Slot Memory Blocks per station number ranges from 1 to 10.
STATION NUMBER DATA

ST + 73 + DE + (1-8 digits) + DE + (7 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
STATION NUMBER SETTING DATA
X Station number WW XX Y ZZ WW: 1000-Slot Memory Block number (00-19)
which performs Sta- XX : 10-Slot Memory Start Block number (00-99)
~
XXXXXXXX tion Speed Dialing Y : Facility for programming the dialed number from the
station (0/1=Allowed/Not allowed)
ZZ : Number of 10-Slot Memory Blocks (01-10)
NOTE 1, NOTE 2, NOTE 3
NONE No data
NOTE 1: 1000-Slot Memory Block number 04-19 (16000 Memory Parcels) cannot be used for Speed
Dialing with Station Speed Dialing keys provided by CM90 Y=00: F11XX on a Multiline Ter-
minal, and cannot also be used for System Speed Dialing.
NOTE 2: If one of the 1000-Slot Memory Blocks is used for Station Speed Dialing (indicated with
CM08>110, 111, 112, or 176), it cannot also be used for Station Speed Dialing.
3-379 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM73
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

NOTE 3: An entry of 0342106 would allocate six (6) 10-Slot Memory Blocks, which would accom-
modate sixty (60) Station Speed Dialing numbers. 1000- Slot Memory Block number 03 would
be used, starting at 10-Slot Memory Block number 42, and ending at 10-Slot Memory Block
number 47. Programming facility would not be allowed.
The memory area for a single called number is referred to as a Memory Parcel. Ten Memory Par-
cels are called a 10-Slot Memory Block, and one hundred 10-Slot Memory Blocks are called a
1000-Slot Memory Block.
The relationship among Memory Parcels, 10-Slot Memory Blocks, and 1000-Slot Memory Blocks
is illustrated below.
Memory Parcel 10-Slot Memory Block 1000-Slot Memory Block
00 0
Called 4000
Number 0 01 Memory
~
Parcels
1
3
~
~
99 4
9
16000
Memory
~
Parcels
19
3-380 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM73
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

Example: If the quantity of Speed Dial numbers is 10 for Station Number 300, 20 for Station Number
301, and 30 for Station Number 302, the memory areas assignment is as follows.
Memory Start Block

Station 1000-Slot Memory Number (10-Slot Number of 10-Slot
Number Block Number Memory Block) Memory Block
300 00 00 01
301 00 01 02
302 00 03 03
303 00 06 01
The abbreviated codes for Station Speed Dialing are automatically determined by assigning this
command on a station basis.
If the quantity of Memory Parcels per station (or per station group) does not exceed 10, then Ab-
breviated Code=0-X.
If the quantity of Memory Parcels per station (or per station group) exceeds 10, then Abbreviated
Code=00-XX.
The following figure shows the relationship between Abbreviated Codes and Memory Parcels.
In the case of 10 Memory Parcels In the case of 20 Memory Parcels
Memory Memory
Parcel (Abbreviated Parcel (Abbreviated
Number Code) Number Code)
0 0 0 00
1 1 10-Slot 1 01
Memory Block
2 2
~
10-Slot
Memory Block 3 3 9 09
4 4 0 10
5 5 10-Slot 1 11
Memory Block
~
~
9 9 9 19
3-381 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM73
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

A memory area allocated by CM73 can be shared with several stations. Also, in the stations, which
station can assign or change the data can be determined.
Example: Station Number Assigned data Facility for Programming

300 0000003 Allowed
301 0000103 Same Stored Not Allowed
302 0000103 No. (30) Not Allowed
310 0003002 Same Stored Allowed
311 0003102 No. (20) Not Allowed
312 0003102 Not Allowed
3-382 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM74
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

74 STORED NUMBER FOR STATION SPEED DIALING
FUNCTION:
This command is used to enter the stored number for Station Speed Dialing feature into the memory al-
located with CM73.
PRECAUTION:
(1) Data can only be changed when the access code is displayed. Enter the data in the following order;
the new access code, comma, the called number, and EXE . For clearing the data, enter CCC
and EXE .

MEMORY SLOT NUMBER STORED NUMBER

ST + 74Y + DE + (5 digits) + DE + (Maximum 32 digits) + EXE
STORED NUMBER MEMORY SLOT NUMBER

ST + 745 + DE + (4 digits/1-8 digits) + DE + (5 digits) + EXE
3-383 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM74
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

DATA TABLE:
: Default
1ST DATA 2ND DATA
Y
0 XX YY Z XX: 1000-Slot Memory Block XX...X , YY...Y XX...X: Access Code
number (00-19) (Maximum 4 digits)
YY: 10-Slot Memory Block , : Separator Mark
number (00-99) YY...Y : Called Party Number
Z : Memory Parcel number (Maximum 26 digits)
(0-9) XX...X , YY...Y XX...X: Access Code
(Maximum 4 digits)
, : Separator Mark
YY...Y : Calling Party Number
(Maximum 16 digits)
X-XXXXXXXX Station Number
(Maximum 8 digits)
CCC Clear
NONE No data
1 X YY Z X : 1000-Slot Memory Block XXX...X Station Name Character Code
number (00-19) (Maximum 32 digits: 16 charac-
YY: 10-Slot Memory Block ters)
number (00-99) See Character Code Table in
Z : Memory Parcel number CM77.
(0-9) XXX...X Calling Party Name Character
Code (Maximum 32 digits: 16
characters)
See Character Code Table in
CM77.
NONE No data
2 XX YY Z XX: 1000-Slot Memory Block XXX...X Station Name Character by PCPro/
number (00-19) CAT (Maximum 16 characters)
YY: 10-Slot Memory Block
XXX...X Calling Party Name Character
number (00-99) (Maximum 16 characters)
Z : Memory Parcel number
(0-9) NONE No data
3-384 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM74
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
1ST DATA 2ND DATA
Y
4 XX YY Z XX: 1000-Slot Memory Block XXXX Calling Party Name Character
[8300R2] number (00-19) Code (Maximum 32 digits: 16
YY: 10-Slot Memory Block characters) (for Russian)
number (00-99) See Character Code Table for
Z : Memory Parcel number Russian in CM77.
(0-9) NONE No data
5 X-XXXXXXXX X: Abbreviated Code (0-9) XX YY Z XX: 1000-Slot Memory Block
Number (00-19)
YY: 10-Slot Memory Block Num-
ber (00-99)
X : Memory Parcel Number (0-9)
CCC Clear
NONE No data
NOTE 1: Memory area of System Speed Dialing with 1-8 digits abbreviated code is also used as the memory
area of Station Speed Dialing. Do not assign the same Memory Slot number of System Speed Dialing
with 1-8 digits abbreviated code (set by CM74 Y=0) and as Memory Slot number of Station Speed
Dialing (set by CM73).
NOTE 2: Set the same number of digits as the digits of abbreviated code assigned by CM42 Y=77 to the first
data.
NOTE 3: When setting the number of digits for abbreviated code to 5-8, the minimum number of the abbreviated
code that can be registered to the memory area is as follows.
5-digit abbreviated code: 500
3-385 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM76
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

76 DIGIT CONVERSION ON DID CALL
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign the data required for interpreting the dialed-in digits.
PRECAUTION:
(1) Digit Conversion on DID call is available when CM35 Y=018 is set to 0.
(2) The first digit in the first data field must be assigned, in CM20 Y=0-3, as a station number 801-
808 and 811-818.

1ST DATA 2ND DATA

ST + 76YY + DE + (1-8 digits) + DE + (1-32 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y 2ND DATA
1ST DATA REMARKS
00 Number Conver- X-XXXX: 000 Number Conversion Block No. 000 CM35
sion Block No. DID number Y=012, 018,
~
for Development 999 Number Conversion Block No. 999 078, 170
Table 0 NONE No data
3-386 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM76
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y 2ND DATA
1ST DATA REMARKS
01 For Day Mode 000-999: X Station number to be terminated CM10
Number Conver- NOTE 1 CM11
~
02 For Night Mode sion Block No. XXXXXXXX
assigned by
DXX Change terminating system to: CM35
03 For Mode A CM76 Y=00/90,
Y=018, 78
CM2A Y=50-52
CM30 Y=02,
04 For Mode B
03, 40, 41
D02 Trunk Line (Direct) Appearance CM30 Y=18
D03 Trunk Line (Direct) Appearance +
TAS
D04 Direct-In Termination CM30 Y=04,
05, 42, 43
D09 Automated Attendant CM49 CM64
D10 Attendant Console + TAS
[8300R2]
D11 Attendant Console + Trunk Line
(Direct) Appearance
[8300R2]
D12 Attendant Console + Trunk Line
Appearance + TAS
[8300R2]
D13 TAS
D14 Attendant Console
[8300R2]
D16 Remote Access to System (DISA)
NONE No data
NOTE: When digit conversion of the leading 2-4 digits of a DID incoming LDN is available (CM35
Y=078, Data=0), the leading 2-4 digits of the LDN should be assigned as the first data. (When
the DID incoming LDN is one digit, the digit conversion for only one digit is not available.)
3-387 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM76
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y 2ND DATA
1ST DATA REMARKS
05 Terminating 000-999: 00 Trunk Tenant 00 CM35
Trunk Tenant dur- Number Conver- Y=018
~
ing Day Mode sion Block No. 63 Trunk Tenant 63
(for TAS) assigned by NONE No data
CM76 Y=00/90,
06 Terminating 00 Trunk Tenant 00
CM2A Y=50-52
Trunk Tenant dur- ~
~
ing Night Mode 63 Trunk Tenant 63
(for TAS) NONE No data
Trunk Tenant dur-
~
ing Mode A 63 ~
Trunk Tenant 63
Trunk Tenant dur-
~
ing Mode B 63 Trunk Tenant 63

09 Station Tenant for 00 Station Tenant 00
each DID Number
~
(See Data Settings 63 Station Tenant 63

explanation NONE No data
Page 3-397)
10 Call Waiting for 0 Restricted CM35
DID call per DID 1 Allow Y=018
incoming LDN
11 Priority Queuing 0 Not provided CM35
per DID incoming 1 To provide Y=018
LDN
13 Automatic Live 0 Not available CM08>141
Recording for 1 Start automatically CM13 Y=23
DID CM35 Y=22
3-388 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM76
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y 2ND DATA
1ST DATA REMARKS
14 Calling party 000-999: 0 Available CM15 Y=134
number is used as Number Conver- 1 Not available CM2A Y=15,
the ID Code for sion Block No. 16, A0
Remote Access to assigned by
System (DISA) CM76 Y=00/90,
CM2A Y=50-52
15 Kind of service 00 Automatic Call Forward setting CM15 Y=134
setting by Remote 15 Service setting without dialing the ID CM2A Y=15,
Access to System code 16, A0
(DISA)
NOTE: Calling party number is used as the ID code
for Remote Access to System (DISA).
See CM2A Y=15, CM35 Y=155, CM76
Y=14
16 Incoming Call 0 Restricted CM51 Y=26-
Restriction by 2 Not restricted 30
Queue Limit for (countable for Queue Limit) CM64 Y=3-6
TAS 3 Not restricted
(uncountable for Queue Limit)
18 Terminating Sta- 00 Station Tenant 00
tion Tenant for
~
each DID number 63 Station Tenant 63

during Day Mode NONE Trunk Tenant

tion Tenant for
~

during Night NONE Trunk Tenant
Mode
tion Tenant for
~

during Mode A NONE Trunk Tenant
3-389 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM76
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y 2ND DATA
1ST DATA REMARKS
21 Terminating Sta- 000-999: 00 Station Tenant 00
tion Tenant for Number Conver-
~
each DID number sion Block No. 63 Station Tenant 63
during Mode B assigned by NONE Trunk Tenant
CM76 Y=00/90,
22 Interval of SLT/ 0 Rering NOTE 2
CM2A Y=50-52 See
Multiline Termi- 1 Special Ringing
CM08>397
nal ringing tone on 2 Internal Ringing
DID incoming 3 As per CM35 Y=033
calls [Other than North America]
0 0.5 seconds ON-0.5 seconds OFF (Multi-
line Terminal)
1 second ON-2 seconds OFF (SLT)
1 0.5 seconds ON-0.5 seconds OFF
-0.5 seconds ON-1.5 seconds OFF (Multi-
line Terminal)
0.4 seconds ON-0.2 seconds OFF
-0.4 seconds ON-2 seconds OFF (SLT)
(Multiline Terminal or SLT)
3 As per CM35 Y=033 (Multiline Termi-
nal or SLT)
NOTE 1: CM76 Y=22 is effective when CM08>179: 0 or CM08>180: 1.
NOTE 2: For SLT, Internal Ringing is applied. For Multiline Terminal, Special Ringing; 0.5 seconds ON-0.5
seconds OFF [For Australia/Asia/Africa/Europe/Latin America/Middle East/Russia] or
0.25 seconds ON
-0.25 seconds OFF-0.25 seconds ON-0.25 seconds OFF [For EU] is applied.
3-390 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM76
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y 2ND DATA
1ST DATA REMARKS
23 Multiline Termi- 000-999: 0 Ringer Tone Pattern 0 CM35
nal Ringer Tone Number Conver- 1 Ringer Tone Pattern 1 Y=034, 164
Pattern on DID sion Block No. 2 Ringer Tone Pattern 2 CM65 Y=40
incoming calls assigned by 3 Ringer Tone Pattern 3
CM76 Y=00/90, 4 Ringer Tone Pattern 4
CM2A Y=50-52 5 Ringer Tone Pattern 5
6 Ringer Tone Pattern 6
7 As per CM35 Y=034/164
NOTE: For the Ringer Tone Pattern, see CM65
Y=40.
24 DID Name assign- 000-199: X Character CM15
ment with charac- Number Conver- (Maximum 16 digits) Y=123, 136
~
ter sion Block No. X......X X: 0-9, A-Z

assigned by NONE No data
CM76 Y=00/90,
25 DID Name assign- XXX...X Character Code CM15
CM2A Y=50-52
ment with charac- (Maximum 32 digits, 16 characters) Y=123, 136
NOTE
ter code See Character Code Table in
CM77.
NONE No data
26 CID Call Routing 000-999: 0 To provide CM2A
for DID on ISDN, Number Conver- (Using Development Pattern 0) Y=50-52
ANI, MFC sion Block No. 1 To provide
assigned by (Using Development Pattern 1)
CM76 Y=00/90 2 To provide
(Using Development Pattern 2)
3 Not provided
32 Hotel/Motel DID 0 Available CM08>824
number allocation 1 Not available CM76
to guest station Y=01-04
NOTE: Number Conversion Block No. 200-999 cannot be used for this assignment.
3-391 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM76
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y 2ND DATA
1ST DATA REMARKS
33 Whether the call 000-999: 0 Specified when reason of the incom- CM76 Y=34
terminating Number Conver- ing calls with no CLI is Privacy
method is speci- sion Block No. 1 Specified for all incoming call with
fied for DID assigned by no CLI
incoming call with CM76 Y=00/90 3 Not specified
no CLI in Day
Mode
34 Specification of 000-999: 0 To transfer to the VRS/another CM51 Y=33
the call terminat- Number Conver- station/Attendant Console (assigned CM76 Y=33,
ing method for sion Block No. by CM51 Y=33) 37, 38, 39
DID incoming call assigned by 1 To reject the call termination
with no CLI in CM76 Y=00/90 2 To terminate Multiline Terminal with
Day Mode lamp indication/ringer tone/ringer
pattern (assigned by CM76 Y=37, 38,
39)
35 Whether the call 0 Specified when reason of the incom- CM76 Y=36
terminating ing call with no CLI is Privacy
method is speci- 1 Specified for all incoming call with
fied for DID no CLI
incoming call with 3 Not specified
no CLI in Night
Mode/Mode A/
Mode B
3-392 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM76
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y 2ND DATA
1ST DATA REMARKS
36 Specification of 000-999: 0 To transfer to the VRS/another sta- CM51 Y=33
the call terminat- Number Conver- tion/Attendant Console (assigned by CM76 Y=35,
ing method for sion Block No. CM51 Y=33) 37, 38, 39
DID incoming call assigned by 1 To reject the call termination
with no CLI in CM76 Y=00/90 2 To terminate the Multiline Terminal
Night Mode/ with unusual lamp indication/unusual
Mode A/Mode B ringer tone/unusual ringer tone pat-
tern (assigned by CM76 Y=37, 38,
39)
37 Distinctive lamp 0 Green (120 IPM) CM35
indication on Mul- 1 Red (120 IPM) Y=032
tiline Terminal for CM76 Y=34,
DID incoming call 36
with no CLI
NOTE: This command is effective on the following conditions.
CM35 Y=032 is set to 1.
CM76 Y=34, 36 is set to 0 or 2, and Multiline Terminal receives the incoming call.
3-393 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM76
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y 2ND DATA
1ST DATA REMARKS
38 Interval of SLT/ 000-999: 0 Ringing NOTE3 CM08>397
Multiline Termi- Number See CM08>397 CM76 Y=22,
nal ringing tone Conversion 1 Special Ringing 34, 36
for DID incoming Block No. See CM08>397
call with no CLI assigned by 2 Internal Ringing
CM76 Y=00/90 See CM08>397
3 As per CM76 Y=22
[Other than North America]
(Multiline Terminal)
1 second ON-2 seconds OFF (SLT)
-0.5 seconds ON-1.5 seconds OFF
(Multiline Terminal)
0.4 seconds ON-0.2 seconds OFF
-0.4 seconds ON-2 seconds OFF
(SLT)
2 1 second ON-2 second OFF
(Multiline Terminal or SLT)
3 As per CM76 Y=22
NOTE 1: Assign this command when the terminal destination is SLT or Multiline Terminal.
NOTE 2: This command is effective when CM76 Y=34, 36 is set to 0 or 2.
NOTE 3: For SLT, Internal Ringing is applied. For Multiline Terminal, Special Ringing; 0.5 seconds ON-0.5
seconds OFF [For Australia/Asia/Africa/Europe/Latin America/Middle East/Russia] or
0.25 seconds ON-0.25 seconds OFF-0.25 seconds ON-0.25 seconds OFF [For EU] is applied.
3-394 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM76
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y 2ND DATA
1ST DATA REMARKS
39 Multiline Termi- 000-999: 0 Ringer Tone Pattern 0 CM65 Y=40
nal Ringer Tone Number Conver- 1 Ringer Tone Pattern 1 CM76 Y=23,
Pattern for DID sion Block No. 2 Ringer Tone Pattern 2 34, 36
incoming call assigned by 3 Ringer Tone Pattern 3
with no CLI CM76 Y=00/90 4 Ringer Tone Pattern 4
7 As per CM76 Y=23
NOTE 1: This command is effective when CM76 Y=34, 36 is set to 0 or 2, and Multiline Terminal receives the
incoming call.
NOTE 2: For details of the Ringer Tone Pattern see CM65 Y=40.
40 Kind of call 000-999: 0 C.O. Incoming Call 0 CM35
termination Number Conver- 1 C.O. Incoming Call 1 Y=015
indicator key/ sion Block No. CM76 Y=34,
~
lamp on Atten- assigned by 6 C.O. Incoming Call 6 36

dant console for CM76 Y=00/90 7 As per CM35 Y=015
DID incoming
call with no CLI
[8300R2]
NOTE: The command is effective when CM76 Y=34, 36 is set to 0, and the destination of call forwarding is
Attendant console.
41 Mobility Access 000-999: 0 To use Mobility Access termination CM15
function to each Number Conver- 1 To set Mobility Access mode Y=216
DID number sion Block No. 2 To cancel Mobility Access mode CM64 Y=10
assigned by 7 Not used Mobility Access function
CM76 Y=00/90
90 Number Conver- X-XXXXXXXX: 000 Number Conversion Block No. 000 CM35
sion Block No. DID number Y=170-172
~
for Development 999 Number Conversion Block No. 999

Table 1 NONE No data
3-395 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM76
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y 2ND DATA
1ST DATA REMARKS
99 Registered DID 0000-0999: XXX ZZZZ XXX : Number Conversion Block CM76 Y=00
number display Registered DID No. assigned by CM76 Y=00
number is dis- ZZZZ: DID Number assigned by
played from the CM76 Y=00
lowest to the NONE No data
highest
1000-1999: XXX XXX : Number Conversion CM76 Y=90
Registered DID ZZZZZZZZ Block No. assigned by
number is dis- CM76 Y=90
played from the ZZZZZZZZ: DID Number assigned
lowest to the by CM76 Y=90
highest NONE No data
3-396 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM76
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

Data settings for Day/Night/A/B Mode Distinction of tenant
An explanation of tenant selection method for Day/Night/A/B Mode change, when DID call ter-
minates, is shown below as a tree diagram for system data registration.
(1) When station tenant for each DID number is assigned.

(CM76 Y=09 is set)
CM76 STA Terminates at station set by
Y=01
CM76 Y=01
Mode of Station Tenant
for each DID No. 00~63
DAY TAS Trunk Tenant set by
D13 CM76 Y=05
CM76 Y=09
NIGHT
Station Tenant NONE Station Tenant for each
Data Set DXX
for each DID No. DID No.
A Other terminating
method
B For each terminating method

Y=02
CM76 Y=02
TAS 00~63 Trunk Tenant set by

Data D13 CM76 Y=06
Not
Set NONE Station Tenant for each
DXX
DID No.
Other terminating
method
For each terminating method
1
Terminating Trunk Tenant Y=03
CM76 Y=03
DAY/NIGHT/A/B Mode change
D13 CM76 Y=07
NONE Station Tenant for each
DXX
DID No.
Other terminating
method
STA Trunk Tenant set by

CM76 CM76 Y=04
Y=04
TAS 00~63 Terminates at station set by
D13 CM76 Y=08
NONE Station Tenant for each
DXX
DID No.
Other terminating
method
3-397 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM76
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

(2) When station tenant for each DID number is not assigned.
(CM76 Y=09 is not set)
Terminating Trunk Tenant

DAY/NIGHT/A/B Mode change
1 CM76 STA Terminates at station set by

Y=01
CM76 Y=01
DAY TAS 00~63 Trunk Tenant set by

D13 CM76 Y=05
Terminating Trunk NIGHT
NONE
Tenant DXX Terminating Trunk Tenant
A Other terminating
method
B For each terminating method

Y=02
CM76 Y=02

D13 CM76 Y=06
NONE
DXX Terminating Trunk Tenant
Other terminating
method

Y=03
CM76 Y=03

D13 CM76 Y=07
NONE
Other terminating
method
STA Terminates at station set by

CM76 CM76 Y=04
Y=04
D13 CM76 Y=08
NONE
Other terminating
method
3-398 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM77
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

77 STATION/TRUNK ROUTE/CS/ZT/DESKCON NAME ASSIGNMENT
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign the name of each station, trunk route, Cell Station (Zone Transceiver)
and DESKCON which is displayed on Multiline Terminal or Attendant Console.
PRECAUTION:
When entering data with characters, the following characters can be registered;
Alphabet upper case (A-Z), alphabet lower case (a-z), numeric (0-9), symbol (! # $ % & ( ) + , ; < =
> ? @ [ ] ^ _ { } ~), Space, hyphen (-), period (.), slash (/), colon (:)

STATION TRUNK ROUTE CS/ZT DESKCON

ST + 77Y + DE + NUMBER NAME NUMBER NUMBER NUMBER + DE +
(1-8 digits) (2 digits) (3 digits) (1 digit)
DATA + EXE
(1-32 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y STATION No./TRUNK SETTING DATA
ROUTE NAME No./ REMARKS
No. MEANING CS/ZT No./DESKCON No. DATA MEANING
0 Station Name assign- X-XXXXXXXX: Station XXX...X Character Code CM10/CM11

ment with character number/ (Maximum 32 digits)
code (for English) My Line See Character Code
number Table.
assigned by Page 3-402
CM10/Vir- NONE No data
tual station
1 Station Name assign- X Character
number
ment with character (Maximum 16 char-
~
assigned by
(for English) X......X acters)
CM11
NOTE 1
NONE No data
3-399 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM77
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
2 Trunk Route Name 00-14, 16-63: Trunk Route XXX...X Character Code CM35 Y=003
assignment with Name number (Maximum 8 digits)
character code (for assigned by See Character Code
English) CM35 Y=003 Table.
Page 3-402
NONE No data
3 Trunk Route Name X Character

assignment with (Maximum 4 charac-
~
character (for X......X ters)
English) NONE No data
5 Station Name assign- X-XXXXXXXX: Station XXX...X Character Code
ment with character number (Maximum 32 digits)
code (for Russian) assigned by (for Russian)
[8300R2] CM10/ See Character Code
CM14 Table for Russian.
Page 3-403
NONE No data
8 CS/ZT Name assign- 000-127: CS/ZT Number XXX...X Character Code CM10
ment with character assigned by CM10 (Maximum 32 digits) CM08>521
code (for English) See Character Code CM15 Y=148, 149
Table.
Page 3-402
NONE No data
9 CS/ZT Name assign- X Character
ment with character (Maximum 16 char-
~
(for English) X......X acters)

NONE No data
A DESKCON Name 0-7: DESKCON number XXX...X Character Code CM10
assignment with assigned by CM10 (Maximum 32 digits)
character code See Character Code
(for English) Table.
[8300R2] Page 3-402
NONE No data
3-400 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM77
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
B DESKCON Name 0-7: DESKCON number X Character

assignment with assigned by CM10 (Maximum 16 char-
~
character X......X acters)
(for English) NONE No data
[8300R2]
NOTE 1: Station name assignment is also available in each Multiline Terminal or Attendant Console
by using the access code assigned by CM20: A110.
NOTE 2: The available English characters for assigning are as follows.
- for PCPro: 0-9, A-Z
- for CAT : 0-9, A-F
NOTE 3: Trunk names are assigned on a trunk route basis only.
3-401 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM77
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

Character Code Table for English
X: Upper digit Y: Lower digit

X 2 3 4 5 6 7
Y
0 0 @ P \ p
1 ! 1 A Q a q
2 2 B R b r
3 # 3 C S c s
4 $ 4 D T d t
5 % 5 E U e u
6 & 6 F V f v
7 7 G W g w
8 ( 8 H X h x
9 ) 9 I Y i y
A * : J Z j z
B + ; K [ k {
C , < L l |
D - = M ] m }
E . > N ^ n ~
F / ? O _ o
Example: To set John, do the following operation.
4A 6F 68 6E
J o h n
3-402 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM77
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

77 STATION/TRUNK/CS/ZT/DESKCON NAME ASSIGNMENT
Character Code Table for Russian
X: Upper digit Y: Lower digit

X 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Y
0 0 @ P p
1 ! 1 A Q a q
2 2 B R b r
3 # 3 C S c s I
4 $ 4 D T d t
5 % 5 E U e u
6 & 6 F V f v
7 7 G W g w q
8 ( 8 H X h x x
9 ) 9 I Y i y y
A * : J Z j z j
B + ; K [ k {
C , < L l |
D - = M ] m }
E . > N ^ n o n
F / ? O _ o m
Example: To set IIBAH, do the following operation.
BA B3 B1 BF
II B A H
3-403 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM78
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

78 DESTINATION OF SPLIT CALL FORWARDING
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign the called number of Split Call Forwarding.
PRECAUTION:
None
To assign destination of Split Call Forwarding
1ST DATA 2ND DATA

ST + 78 + DE + (3 digits) + DE + (1-31 digits) + EXE
To cancel destination of Split Call Forwarding
ST + 78 + DE + 1ST DATA + DE + CCC + EXE

(3 digits)
DATA TABLE:
1ST DATA 2ND DATA
DATA MEANING DATA MEANING DESTINATION

XX Y XX: Tenant number X-XXXX + , + YY...YY X-XXXX: Trunk Access Outside Party
(00-63) Code
Y : Block number (1-4 digits)
(0-7) , : Separate Mark
YY...YY : Called number
(Maximum 26
digits)
X-XXXXXXXX Station number Station
(1-8 digits)
3-404 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM81
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

TOLL RESTRICTION PATTERN ON EACH TRUNK RESTRICTION
81 CLASS
FUNCTION:
Toll call restriction is controlled by combinations of the toll office code dialed and assigned station trunk
restriction class. With respect to toll call restriction, there are eight kinds of trunk restriction classes; Un-
restricted, Non-Restricted-1, Non-Restricted-2, Semi-Restricted-1, Semi-Restricted-2, Restricted-1, Re-
stricted-2, and Fully Restricted. Since toll call restriction conditions for the same toll office code vary
with trunk class, the restriction patterns are made available so that toll call restriction can be executed
on all attempted outgoing toll calls.
PRECAUTION:
Y
TRUNK 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 00
RESTRICTION
CLASS TOLL RESTRICTION PATTERN NUMBER ON EACH TRUNK RESTRICTION CLASS
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 00
1 RCA 3 0 3 3 3 0 0 0 3 3 3 3 3 0 3 0
2 RCB 3 0 3 3 0 0 0 0 3 3 0 0 0 0 3 0
3 RCC 3 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 0 0 3 0
4 RCD 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0
5 RCE 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0
6 RCF 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0
7 RCG 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0
8 RCH 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0
SETTING DATA 0: Restricted

3: Allowed
(1) Using CM00 (Memory Clear), the data above is assigned.
(2) The restricted classes 00, 14 and 15 are fixed; restricted classes 01 to 13 can be changed.
3-405 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM81
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

81 CLASS
The following command format is used to change the standard assignment data above to meet local re-
quirements:
TRUNK
RESTRICTION
ST + 81YY + DE + CLASS + DE + (1DATA
digit) + EXE
(1 digit)
DATA TABLE:
Y TRUNK RESTRICTION SETTING DATA
No. MEANING No. MEANING DATA MEANING

01 Toll Restriction Pattern number 1 Unrestricted (RCA) 0 Restricted
for each class 2 Non-Restricted-1 (RCB) 3 Allowed
~
13 3 Non-Restricted-2 (RCC)
4 Semi-Restricted-1 (RCD)
5 Semi-Restricted-2 (RCE)
6 Restricted-1 (RCF)
7 Restricted-2 (RCG)
8 Fully Restricted-1 (RCH)
3-406 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM81
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

81 CLASS
Examples:
The following examples are typical installations within Melbourne, Australia.
Unrestricted : No restrictions
Non-Restricted-1 : 115, 116, 118, 001 and 010 codes are restricted.
Non-Restricted-2 : 115, 116, 118, 02, 04, 06-09, 001-007, 009-011, 014, 016, 018, 019 and 054
codes are restricted.
Semi-Restricted-1: 115, 116, 118, 02, 04, 06-09, 001-007, 009-011, 014, 016, 018, 019 and 050
to 058 codes are restricted.
Semi-Restricted-2: 115, 116, 118, 02, 04, 06-09, 001-007, 009-011, 014, 016, 018, 019 and
050-059 codes are restricted.
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13
TRUNK RESTRICTION CLASS
TOLL RESTRICTION PATTERN NUMBER ON EACH CLASS
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13
1 Unrestricted 3 0 3 3 3 3 3
2 Non-Restricted-1 3 0 3 3 0 3 0
3 Non-Restricted-2 3 0 3 0 0 3 0
4 Semi-Restricted-1 3 0 0 0 0 3 0
5 Semi-Restricted-2 3 0 0 0 0 0 0
6 Restricted-1
7 Restricted-2
8 Fully Restricted
NOTE: In the above example, Patterns 06, 07, 09, 10, 12 and 13 are used and 08 has been modified.
3-407 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM85
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

85 MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SENDING DIGITS
FUNCTION:
This command is used to define the maximum number of digits which can be dialed, after C.O. access,
given a specific first digit.
PRECAUTION:
This command is effective when CM35 Y=076 is assigned.
MAXIMUM NUMBER
AREA/OFFICE CODE OF SENDING DIGITS + EXE
ST + 85Y + DE + (1-8 digits) + DE +
(2 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
AREA/OFFICE CODE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SENDING DIGITS
No. MEANING
0 Area Code X Area/Office Code, 00 Not used
Development or its part 01 1 digit
~
7 Pattern No. 0-7

~
0-4: For Toll Restric- X...X X: 0-9, A (*) B (#) 24 24 digits NOTE 1
tion (Maxi-
~
5-7: For LCR mum 79 79 digits

8 digits) 80 Go back to Area Code Development
See Pattern No. 0 for Toll Restriction
CM35 Y=076 (CM85 Y=0) NOTE 2
~
CM8A Y=4000-
~
4004, 4005-4007 84 Go back to Area Code Development

Pattern No. 4 for Toll Restriction
(CM85 Y=4) NOTE 2
85 Go back to Area Code Development Pat-
tern No. 5 for LCR
(CM85 Y=5) NOTE 2
~
87 Go back to Area Code Development Pat-

tern No. 7 for LCR
(CM85 Y=7) NOTE 2
NOTE 1: If the office code is not assigned with this command, the maximum number of sending digits
is automatically set to 24.
NOTE 2: Allows the development of a secondary table.
3-408 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM85
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

85 MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SENDING DIGITS
Example: The example given is typical for Australian applications and more specifically would apply
to installations within Melbourne.
NUMBER TO BE SENT TO C.O. LINE MAXIMUM NUMBER OF SENDING DIGIT

0 00
1 05
2 07
3 07
4 07
5 07
6 07
7 07
8 07
9 07

00 00
01 09
02 09
03 09
04 09
05 09
06 09
07 09
08 09
09 09

000 03
001 18
002 09
003 09
004 09
005 09
006 09
007 09
008 09
009 09
3-409 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM8A
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

8A LCR/TOLL RESTRICTION DEVELOPMENT TABLE
FUNCTION:
This command is used to define the development tables used for Least Cost Routing (LCR) and Toll Re-
striction (TR) features.
PRECAUTION:
To provide Outgoing Trunk Queuing (Trunk Queuing-Outgoing) in conjunction with Least Cost Rout-
ing-3/6 Digit, you must set Route Pattern No. 000-126 (CM8A Y=0000-0126). Route Pattern No. 127-
255 cannot be used for Outgoing Trunk Queuing (Trunk Queuing-Outgoing) with Least Cost Routing-
3/6 Digit.
1ST DATA 2ND DATA

ST + 8AYYYY + DE + (1-8 digits) + DE + (1-5 digits) + EXE
3-410 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM8A
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

8A TOLL RESTRICTION DEVELOPMENT TABLE
DATA TABLE:
Toll Restriction Development Table

( See CM35 Y=011, 076)
: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

0000 Route Pattern No. 000 1 TR/LCR Pattern for 6- 00000 XXX 00
digit Toll Restriction XXX: TR Pattern
~
~
0255 Route Pattern No. 255 25500 No. 000-255
( See CM8A
Y=5000-5255)
00 : TR No.
NONE No data
1000 Tenant Pattern No. 00 00 Tenant No. 00 0000 Route Pattern No. 000
~
~
(CM8A Y=0000-0255)
NONE No data
2000 Time Pattern No. 0 0000 HH MM 0000 Route Pattern No. 000
HH : Hours 00-23
~
~
2007 Time Pattern No. 7 2330 MM: Minutes 00/30 0255 Route Pattern No. 255
(CM8A Y=0000-0255)
NONE No data
1000 Tenant Pattern No. 00
~

(CM8A Y=1000-1015)
NONE No data
3-411 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM8A
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

3000 Date Pattern No. 0 0 Sunday 0000 Route Pattern No. 000
1 Monday
~
~
3003 Date Pattern No. 3 2 Tuesday 0255 Route Pattern No. 255
3 Wednesday (CM8A Y=0000-0255)
4 Thursday NONE No data
5 Friday
6 Saturday
~
(CM8A Y=1000-1015)
NONE No data
2000 Time Pattern No. 0
~
(CM8A Y=2000-2007)
NONE No data
3-412 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM8A
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

4000 Area Code Development X Area Code 0000 Route Pattern No. 000
Pattern No. 0 (Maximum 8 digits)
~
~
~
XX...XX 0255 Route Pattern No. 255

~
4004 Area Code Development (CM8A Y=0000-0255)

Pattern No. 4 NONE No data
See CM35 Y=076
~
(CM8A Y=1000-1015)
NONE No data
~
(CM8A Y=2000-2007)
NONE No data
3000 Date Pattern No. 0
~
~
3003 Date Pattern No. 3
(CM8A Y=3000-3003)
NONE No data
4000 Area Code Development
Pattern No. 0
~

Pattern No. 4
NONE No data
B000 Toll Restriction Pattern
No. 00
~
B015 Toll Restriction Pattern

No. 15
NONE No data
See CM81
3-413 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM8A
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

5000 TR Pattern No. 000 000 Designation of Trunk 00 Toll Restriction Pattern
Restriction Pattern No. No. 00
~
~
5255 TR Pattern No. 255
~
15 Toll Restriction Pattern
No. 15
See CM81
020 Designation of 6-digit 8000 6-digit Toll Restriction
Toll Restriction Pattern Pattern No. 00
~
No.
~
( See CM8A 8049 6-digit Toll Restriction
Y=8000-8049) Pattern No. 49
CCC No 6-digit Toll Restriction
( See CM8A Y=8000-
8049)
NONE No data
021 6-digit Toll Restriction on 0 Available
Trunk Restriction Class 1 Not Available
~
028 1-8 (To be designated by 1st

Data=000)
8000 6-digit Toll Restriction XXX Office Code (3 digits) 0 Restricted
No. 00 1 Allowed
~
8049 6-digit Toll Restriction

No. 49
A000 Area Code Development 0 LCR Group No. 0 4000 Area Code Development
Pattern No. 1 LCR Group No. 1 Pattern No. 0
~
See CM20>A126- 2 LCR Group No. 2

~
A129 3 LCR Group No. 3 4004 Area Code Development

Pattern No. 4
NONE No data
3-414 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM8A
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

8A LCR DEVELOPMENT TABLE
LCR Development Table
: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

0000 Route Pattern No. 000 0 Designation of next table 0000 Next Pattern No. 000
(Route Pattern No.)
~
~
0255 Route Pattern No. 255 0255 Next Pattern No. 255
NONE No data
1 1st 00000 XXX ZZ
2 2nd Order of XXX: LCR Pattern No.
~
3 3rd Choice 25563 000-255
4 4th ( See CM8A Y=5000-
5255)
ZZ : Trunk Route
No. 00-63
NONE No data
~
~
(CM8A Y=0000-0255)
NONE No data
2000 Time Pattern No. 0 0000 HH MM 0000 Route Pattern No. 000
HH : Hours 00-23
~
2007 Time Pattern No. 7 2330 MM: Minutes 00/30 0255 ~

Route Pattern No. 255
(CM8A Y=0000-0255)
NONE No data
~

(CM8A Y=1000-1015)
NONE No data
3-415 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM8A
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

3000 Date Pattern No. 0 0 Sunday 0000 Route Pattern No. 000
1 Monday
~
~
3003 Date Pattern No. 3 2 Tuesday 0255 Route Pattern No. 255
3 Wednesday (CM8A Y=0000-0255)
4 Thursday NONE No data
5 Friday
6 Saturday
~
(CM8A Y=1000-1015)
NONE No data
~
(CM8A Y=2000-2007)
NONE No data
4005 Area Code Development X Area Code 0000 Route Pattern No. 000
~
~
~
XX...XX 0255 Route Pattern No. 255

~

See CM35 Y=076
~

(CM8A Y=1000-1015)
NONE No data
~

(CM8A Y=2000-2007)
NONE No data
3-416 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM8A
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

4005 Area Code Development X Area Code 3000 Date Pattern No. 0
~
~
~
XX...XX 3003 Date Pattern No. 3

~

See CM35 Y=076
Pattern No. 5
~
Pattern No. 7
NONE No data
5000 LCR Pattern No. 000
~
NONE No data
8000 Intra-Office Termination
NONE No data
Area Code 8001 1-digit Intra-Office Station
(Maximum 8 digits)
~
~
including LCR Access 8008 8-digit Intra-Office Station
Code assigned by NONE No data
CM20>A129
4010 Operator Call Code X Area Code 0000 Route Pattern No. 000
Development No. (Maximum 3 digits)
~
XXX NOTE: Effective only 0255 Route Pattern No. 255

for access code NONE No data
assigned by
CM20>A126.
3-417 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM8A
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

5000 LCR Pattern No. 000 000 Designation of Trunk 00 Toll Restriction Pattern
Restriction Pattern No. No. 00
~
~
~
15 Toll Restriction Pattern
No. 15
See CM81
020 Designation of 6-digit 8000 6-digit Toll Restriction
Toll Restriction Pattern Pattern No. 00
~
No.
~
( See CM8A 8049 6-digit Toll Restriction
Y=8000-8049) Pattern No. 49
CCC No 6-digit Toll Restriction
NONE No data
021 6-digit Toll Restriction on 0 Available
Trunk Restriction Class 1 Not Available (To be des-
~
028 1-8 ignated by 1st Data=000)

100 Designation of Digit 9000 Digit Addition Pattern
Addition Pattern No. No. 000
~
( See CM8A
Y=9000-9255) 9255 ~
Digit Addition Pattern
No. 255
NONE No digit addition
150 Designation of Prefix 8050 6-digit Prefix Pattern
code Pattern No. No. 00
~
( See CM8A
~
Y=8050-8099) 8099 6-digit Prefix Pattern

No. 49
CCC No Prefix
NONE No data
151 Deletion of Area Code 0 To delete
1 Not deleted
152 All digits to be deleted 0 To delete
from Area Code 1 Not deleted
3-418 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM8A
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

5000 LCR Pattern No. 000 153 Number of digit to be 00 No digit deletion
deleted from Area Code 01 First one digit deletion
~
5255 LCR Pattern No. 255 assigned by
~
CM8A Y=4000-4007 10 First 10 digits deletion
NONE No digit deletion
155 Sending an area code to 0 Available
an ISDN network as a 1 Not available
Called Party Subaddress
157 Kind of origination 00 Unknown
[Chinese No. 1] 01 Toll Semi-Automatic Call
(17X)
02 Toll Automatic Call (0)
03 Normal Local Call, Tie
Line
04 Special Call (110, 119)
05 International Semi-Auto-
matic Call (10X)
06 International Automatic
Call
07 Not used
NONE Unknown
Kind of origination 00 Unknown
[North America Only] 01 International
02 National
03 Network
04 Local
05 Not used
06 Speed Dial
07 For future use
NONE Unknown
3-419 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM8A
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

5000 LCR Pattern No. 000 157 Type of Number of 00 Unknown
Called Party Number 01 International number
~
5255 LCR Pattern No. 255 (for E.164) 02 National number

03 Not used
04 Subscriber number
05 Not used
06 Not used
07 Not used
NONE Unknown
Type of Number of 00 Unknown
Called Party Number 01 Level 2 regional number
(for Private Numbering 02 Level 1 regional number
Plan) 03 PSTN specific number
04 Local number
05 Not used
06 Abbreviated number
07 Not used
NONE Unknown
158 Called Party Numbering 00 Unknown
Plan Identifier 01 ISDN/Telephone Number-
ing Plan
02 Not used
03 Data Numbering Plan
04 Telex Numbering Plan
05 Not used
06 Not used
07 Not used
08 National Numbering Plan
09 Private Numbering Plan
15 For future use
NONE Unknown
159 Call by Call 00 Type of Network ID No.
Type of Network ID
~
[North America Only] 07

NONE No data
3-420 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM8A
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

5000 LCR Pattern No. 000 160 Call by Call 00 Type of Network ID No.
Network ID Plan
~
~
5255 LCR Pattern No. 255 [North America Only] 15
NONE No data
161 Call by Call X X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
Network ID Character
~
[North America Only] XXXXX
NOTE: For assigning 4 NONE No data
or 5 digits Net-
work ID;
162 Call by Call 0 Feature
Service/Feature 1 Service
163 Call by Call 01 SDN
Binary Facility Coding 02 MEGACOM800
Value (for AT&T) 03 MEGACOM
[North America Only] 04 Not used
05 Not used
06 ACCUNET
07 Not used
08 INTERNATIONAL800
16 AT&T MULTIQUEST
NONE No data
Call by Call 01 Private
Binary Facility Coding 02 INWATS
Value (for Nortel) 03 OUTWATS
[North America Only] 04 Foreign Exchange (FX)
05 Tie Trunk (TIE)
06 Not used
07 Not used
08 Not used
16 Not used
NONE No data
3-421 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM8A
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

5000 LCR Pattern No. 000 164 Call by Call 00 WATS Band Number
WATS Band Number
~
~
5255 LCR Pattern No. 255 [North America Only] 09
NONE No data
165 Caller ID on outgoing 0 To add
call by CCIS/Q-SIG/SIP 1 Not added
166 911 Notification on 0 To provide
DESKCON/Multiline 1 Not provided
Terminal
167 IP Address Pattern 000 IP Address Pattern No. 000
See CM5B, CMBA
~
255 IP Address Pattern No. 255
NONE No data
168 Destination Point Code 00001 DPC
(DPC) for IPT (P2P CCIS)/
~
SIP Point-to-Multipoint 16367

connection NONE No data
NOTE: Dont set the same DPC to two or more LCR Pattern number.
If the same DPC is set, some of CCIS Service (Attendant Camp-On with
Tone Indication-CCIS etc.) does not operate.
170 Echo canceller for SIP 0 Echo canceller OFF
trunk Point-to-Multi- 1 Echo canceller ON
point connection NONE No data
NOTE: Set this data when setting the echo canceller to each oppo-
site office respectively.
3-422 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM8A
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

5000 LCR Pattern No. 000 171 Release timer for IPT 000 30 seconds
(P2P CCIS) Point-to- 001 1 minute
~
5255 LCR Pattern No. 255 Multipoint connection (1 minute increments)
~
127 127 minutes
NONE As per CMA7 Y=45
NOTE: Set this data when setting the release timer to each opposite
office respectively.
When setting the release timer to each trunk route basis, set
the 2nd data to NONE.
172 Sending Transit Network 0 To send
Selection 3 Not sent
173 Location number of the 00 Location No. 00
group ~
~
63 Location No. 63
NONE Location No. 00
174 Link reconnect for PC 0 2400 IPX
connections 3 SV8300
3-423 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM8A
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

5000 LCR Pattern No. 000 176 Calling party number sent 00 Calling party number is not
from SIP Trunk sent
~
5255 LCR Pattern No. 255 01 To send SIP subscriber

number assigned by CM12
Y=12/13
(when no data is set to
CM12 Y=12/13, the call-
ing party number is not
sent)
02 To send SIP subscriber
number assigned by CM12
Y=46/47
(when no data is set to
CM12 Y=46/47, the call-
ing party number is not
sent)
08 To send representative
number
14 To send the station number
without Originating Office
number
15 To send station number
177 Sharing LCR Pattern No. 0 To provide
with alternative routing (As per CM8A Y=5000-
5255>178)
1 Not provided
(As per CM8A Y=5000-
5255>100)
178 Designation of Digit 9000 Digit Addition Pattern No.
Addition Pattern No. 000
~
( See CM8A
~
Y=5000-5255) 9255 Digit Addition Pattern No.

255
NONE No digit addition
180 Origination of a call by 0 To provide
pressing # key 1 Not provided
3-424 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM8A
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

8000 6-digit TR No. 00 XXX Office Code (3 digits) 0 Restricted
1 Allowed
~
8049 6-digit TR No. 49

8050 6-digit Prefix No. 00 XXX Office Code (3 digits) 0 Restricted
1 Allowed
~
8099 6-digit Prefix No. 49

9000 Digit Addition Pattern 0 Entry of digit code to be X Digits to be added (Maxi-
No. 00 added mum 32 digits)
~
~
X...X X: 0-9, A (*), B (#),

~
9255 Digit Addition Pattern C (Fixed Pause),

No. 255 D (Programmable Pause)
NONE No data
A000 Area Code Development 0 LCR Group No. 0 4005 Area Code Development
Pattern No. for LCR 1 LCR Group No. 1 ~ Pattern No. 5
Group 2 LCR Group No. 2
~
See CM20>A126- 3 LCR Group No. 3 4007 Area Code Development
A129 Pattern No. 7
NONE No data
3-425 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3005.fm
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

MULTILINE TERMINAL/DESKCON/ADD-ON MODULE KEY
90 ASSIGNMENT
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign functions to programmable keys on a Multiline Terminal, DESKCON
or Add-on Module.
PRECAUTION:
(1) My Line must always be assigned to any key on each Multiline Terminal or Add-on Module.
(2) For assignment of a key on the Add-on Module, CM98 data should be assigned before data
assignment of CM90.
(3) Twenty-five keys on the Add-on Module can be assigned as station/trunk appearances.
(4) For key number layout of each Multiline Terminal, DESKCON, DSS Console, and Add-On
Module, refer to TERMINAL KEY ASSIGNMENT. Page A-1
3-426 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

90 MULTILINE TERMINAL KEY ASSIGNMENT
Multiline Terminal
MY LINE KEY
ST + 90YY + DE + NUMBER + , + NUMBER + DE + DATA + EXE
(1-8 digits)
(1-8 digits) (01-24, 90-99)
KEY
(1-8 digits)
(01-24, 90-99)
3-427 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

DATA TABLE:
Multiline Terminal

00 Setting of Functions X Station number CM10

My Line number (FX-FXXXXXXXX) CM11
~
XXXXXXXX Multiline number (Ordinary Station)
Multiline number
(assigned by CM11)
X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
A000 Automatic Intercom number CM11
CM12 Y=03
~
A031 CM56 Y=10

A100
~
A131
A200 Manual Intercom number CM11
CM12 Y=03
~
A700 CM56 Y=11

A201
~
A701
...
A224
~
A724
B000 Dial Intercom number CM11
CM12 Y=03
~
B900 CM56 Y=12

B001
~
B901
...
B024
~
B924
3-428 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE:


00 Setting of Functions AA01 Loop Line number for Multiline Terminal CM11
Attendant Position CM15 Y=071
~
AA05 CM12 Y=03
AA11 AAX Z
X: Multiline Terminal Attendant Position
~
AA15 No. (0-7)

Z : Loop Line No. (1-5)
...
AA71
~
AA75
AB00 ICI/OPR Line number for Multiline Ter- CM11
minal Attendant Position number CM15 Y=071
~
AB99 CM12 Y=03

D000 Trunk number CM10
CM30
~
D511 Y=02, 03, 18

F0XXX Service access code
XXX
004: OG Queuing/Call Back (OQ/CB)/ CM15 Y=002,
Call Completion to Busy Subscriber 003, 025, 157,
(CCBS) Set/Cancel 158
[For EU]
006: Executive Right of Way (EROW) CM15 Y=005
(Executive Override)
010: Call Forwarding-All Calls Set/Cancel CM15 Y=000,
(FDA) 026
012: Call Forwarding-No Answer/Busy CM15
Line Set/Cancel (FDB/N) Y=010, 011, 028
Service access code
XXX
016: Call Forwarding-No Answer Set/ CM15 Y=010
Cancel (FDN)
3-429 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE:


00 Setting of Functions F0XXX 018: Call Forwarding-Destination Set CM15 Y=015

(FDDS)
019: Call Forwarding-Destination Cancel
(FDDC)
020: Call Pickup-Group (PICK) CM16
021: Call Pickup-Direct (DPICK) CM15 Y=014
022: Do Not Disturb Set/Reset (DND) CM15 Y=019
024: Automatic Wake Up (WU)/Timed CM15 Y=013
Reminder
027: Wake Up Call set from predetermined CM15 Y=020
station
(Single Wake Up time operation)
(SWU)
028: Wake Up Call set from predetermined CM15 Y=021
station
(Multiple Wake Up time operation)
(MWU)
029: Maid Status
033: Monitoring NOTE CM08>259
CM15
Y=103, 104
NOTE: Monitoring telephone conversations may be illegal under certain circumstances and laws.
3-430 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE:


00 Setting of Functions F0XXX Service access code

XXX
040: Message Waiting Lamp Set (MWS) CM15 Y=024
041: Message Waiting Lamp Reset
(MWR)
044: ACD/UCD Busy out (UCDB)
046: Call Hold (CHLD) CM15 Y=001
047: TAS Answer A (TASA) CM53
048: TAS Answer B (TASB)
049: TAS Answer C (TASC)
050: TAS Answer D (TASD)
051: TAS Answer E (TASE)
058: Hold (HOLD) for Trunk Line
Appearance
059: Trunk Answer
067: System Speed Dialing (300 memory)
068: System Speed Dialing (1000 mem-
ory)
069: Last Number Redial (LAST) CM08>177
085: Account Code (ACC) CM15 Y=030
097: Direct Data Entry
100: Trunk Route 00
~
163: Trunk Route 63

200: Route Advance 00
~
231: Route Advance 31

300: Operator Call (OPR)
[8300R2]
3-431 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
00 Setting of Functions F0XXX Service access code

XXX
A26: LCR Group 0
A27: LCR Group 1
A28: LCR Group 2
A46: Call History screen start
Message
A47: Call Back to Call History-No

Answer/Message Waiting
A70: Malicious Call Trace CM15 Y=211
[Australia Only]
A80: Split Call Forwarding-All Calls Set/
Cancel
A82: Split Call Forwarding-Busy Line/No
Answer Set/Cancel
A88: Whisper Page
A94: Number Sharing Set/Cancel
A97: System Clock Setup by Station Dial-
ing
A98: Call Park-System Set which
retrieved by dialing station number
B34: Call Pickup-Group (Pilot)
B39: IP Station Logout CM15 Y=143
B43: System Speed Dialing origination (4 CM20 Y=0-3:
digits/1-8 digits abbreviated Code) A243
3-432 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
00 Setting of Functions F0XXX B51: Connection between Soft Phone and

PS NOTE
B54: Restriction of additional participants
to conference Set/Cancel
[8300R2]
B56: Mobility Access Mode Set/Cancel CM20 Y=0-3:
NOTE A256, A257
B58: PS Location Search NOTE
F1XXX Multiline Terminal operation
XXX
000: Stack Dial Redial
001: Save & Repeat (1) (S&R1)
002: Voice Call (VOICE)
004: Hooking Transfer (TRF)
005: Message Waiting Lamp/Message CM13 Y=03
Reminder (MW/MR) CM15 Y=047
007: DTMF Additional Dial CM41 Y=0>14
(Programmable) (PBPRG)
008: DTMF Additional Dial CM35 Y=026
(Fixed Width) (PBIX)
009: Hooking Signal sent to outside (SHF) CM35 Y=016
010: Hold (HOLD) CM15 Y=001,
064
011: Feature
012: Conf (CNF)
015: Recall (RECALL) CM15 Y=007
For UCD station
CM17
NOTE: Second data F0B51, F0B56, and F0B58 cannot be used with CM9A (soft key).
3-433 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
00 Setting of Functions F1XXX 016: Speaker (SPKR)

017: MIC (MIC) Use as a one-touch
mute key
020: Release key (RLS)
032: OAI Function Key 0 CMD7 Y=0
~
047: OAI Function Key 15
058: QoS Display on IP Station
NOTE: This data is not activated even if
this data is assigned to the DT700
Series Feature Keys.
Multiline Terminal operation
XXX
064: Do Not Disturb (HDND) For Hotel func-
065: Room Cutoff (HRC) tions CM15
066: Message Waiting (HMW) Y=062
067: Wake Up (HWU)
068: Check In (CK-IN)
069: Room Status (RSTS)
070: Call Record (REC) For Front Desk
071: Print Out (PRINT) Terminal/Dterm
072: Group (GROUP) TIMS functions
073: Details (DETAL) CM15 Y=062
074: Set (SET)
075: Reset (RESET)
076: Cancel (CNL)
077: Release (HRLS)
079: Language (Hotel Console)
[8300R2]
080: Do Not Disturb Override (DNDOV)
085: Voice Message Waiting Service Indi- CM15
vidual Set when called station is no Y=100, 102
answer or busy
3-434 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE:


00 Setting of Functions F1XXX 090: Headset/Handset Key For Dterm75

NOTE: Used to switch to headset or back (Dterm Series E)
to handset.
091: Record (Voice Mail Live Record)
094: End (Voice Mail Live Record)
098: Voice Mail Key
(Destination of CM51 Y=15)
099: Select Key of Calling Number Dis-
play or Calling Name Display
F11XX XX
00: Station Speed Dialing 00 (SPD00) CM73
CM74
~
~
99: Station Speed Dialing 99 (SPD99) CM15 Y=007
F12XX XX
01: Trunk Group 01 Busy Lamp (TGB01) CM30 Y=09
~
62: Trunk Group 62 Busy Lamp (TGB62)

70: Internal Zone Paging Group 0 (PG0) CM56
CM15 Y=049
~
77: Internal Zone Paging Group 7 (PG7)

F13XX XX
00: Day/Night Mode change by Tenant 00 CM08>244, 245
~
63: Day/Night Mode change by Tenant 63

NOTE: Do not use Day/Night Mode
change by a Single Line Tele-
phone and by a Multiline Termi-
nal simultaneously.
3-435 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
00 Setting of Functions F15XX 00: ACD/UCD Group 00 Busy Lamp CM15 Y=049
(UCD00) CM17 Y=1
~
15: ACD/UCD Group 15 Busy Lamp
(UCD15)
99: All Zone Internal Paging CM08>158
CM56 Y=00-07
F16XX 00: Event Occurrence Notice Button 01 CM9B Y=0
~
~
63: Event Occurrence Notice Button 64
F3XXZ Call Park-Tenant CM08>133
(CP001-CP638)
XX: Group Number (00-63)
Z : Serial Number (1-8)
F40XX XX
00: TAS Answer on Tenant 00 (ANS00) CM30
01: TAS Answer on Tenant 01 (ANS01) Y=00, 02, 03
Answer CM12 Y=04
CM57 Y=30
~
63: TAS Answer on Tenant 63 (ANS63)

NOTE
F41XX XX
00: Pooled Line Number 00-Tenant 00/ CM30
Trunk Route 00 (POL00) Y=00, 01, 02, 03
~
63: Pooled Line Number 63-Tenant 63/

Trunk Route 63 (POL63)
NOTE: By depressing the Answer key, either the incoming call on a TRUNK , SUBLINE ,
MY LINE or TAS (designated tenant) can be answered. If the Automatic Hold Function
(Answering while talking with another party) is required for the Answer key, assign CM15
Y=72 to 0.
3-436 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
00 Setting of Functions F5000 Call Park-System (CPSY)

F5001 Transfer to VMS
F5010 Caller ID Display
F5011 Call Redirect for transferring to station CM51 Y=22
F5012 Call Redirect for transferring to VMS CM51 Y=18
F5013 Mute Key
F5015 Scroll Directory Directory
F5020 Alarm Display

F5024 Live Monitoring
F5025 911 Notification CM90 Y=00:
[North America Only] F0006
F6010 Call Termination from FX Line 0 (FX0) CM35 Y=015
~
F6017 Call Termination from FX Line 7 (FX7)

F6020 Call Termination from WATS Line 0 CM35 Y=015
(WATS0)
~
F6027 Call Termination from WATS Line 7

(WATS7)
F6030 Call Termination from CCSA Line 0 CM35 Y=015
(CCSA0)
~
F6037 Call Termination from CCSA Line 7

(CCSA7)
F7XXZ Relay Control Function Key CM44>XXZ>
XX : Relay Group No. (00-31) 1500
assigned by CM44
Z : Circuit No. (0-3) assigned by
CM44
312, 313: External Relay Interface of CPU
blade
3-437 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
01 Multiline Terminal ring- 0 Day Mode: No ringing/Night Mode: CM08>577

ing tone by Day Mode/ Ringing
Night Mode 1 Day Mode: Ringing/Night Mode:
No ringing
2 Day Mode: No ringing/Night Mode:
No ringing
3 Day Mode: Ringing/Night Mode: Ringing
02 Ringing sending 0 Delayed Ringing CM41 Y=1>09
method when terminat- 1 No Delayed Ringing CM12 Y=24
ing a call to Line/Trunk NOTE: Delayed Ringing can be assigned
key on Multiline Termi- to the first 16/24 Line/Trunk keys.
nal
03 Call Indicator Lamp 0 Not available
control 1 Available (The lamp lights on call termina-
tion or recall.)
04 Group Feature Key 0 To provide CM08>199, 588
1 Not provided
NOTE: Do not set the second data 0 to the
My Line number of Multiline Ter-
minals.
10 Key setting of program- Same as CM90 Y=00 NOTE 2
mable pattern 1
NOTE 1
NOTE 1: Key No. 01 cannot be assigned to the first data.
NOTE 2: Be sure to set the Key No. F5099 (My Line) to any key on the Multiline Terminal or the Add-on
Module when programmable pattern 1 is assigned.
3-438 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

90 DESKCON KEY ASSIGNMENT
SN716 DESKCON
(1) Call Selection/Function Key Assignment:
DESKCON DESKCON SETTING

ST + 90YY + DE + NUMBER + , + KEY NUMBER + DE + DATA + EXE
(E000-E007) (01-97) (5 digits)
(2) Multi-Function Key Assignment:
MULTI-
ST + 90YY + DE + EXX Y + , + FUNCTION + DE + SETTING + EXE
KEY NUMBER DATA
(01-04) (5 digits)
XX: DESKCON Status No. (00-15)

00: Idle State [Same as Key Assignment (1)]
01: When answering or originating
02: When the called station is busy
03: When the called station is in Do Not Disturb mode
04: When accessing Hotel feature
05:
Not Used
~
15:
Y : DESKCON No. (0-7)
3-439 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

SN716 DESKCON
DESKCON Call Selection Key
Y STANDARD
SETTING RELATED
FUNCTION KEY REMARKS
No. MEANING DATA COMMAND
SETTING
00 Setting of F6000 C.O. Incoming Call 0 (LDN0) LDN0 CM35
Functions Y=015
~
~
[8300R2] F6007 C.O. Incoming Call 7 (LDN7)
F6010 Call Termination from FX Line 0 CM35
(FX0) Y=015
~
F6017 Call Termination from FX Line 7

(FX7)
F6020 Call Termination from WATS Line 0 CM35
(WATS0) Y=015
~
F6027 Call Termination from WATS Line 7

(WATS7)
F6030 Call Termination from CCSA Line 0 CM35
(CCSA0) Y=015
~
F6037 Call Termination from CCSA Line 7

(CCSA7)
F6040 Tie Line Incoming Call 0 (TIE0) CM35
Y=015
~
F6047 Tie Line Incoming Call 7 (TIE7)

F6050 Special Operator Call 0 (SPA0) CM20>A090
-A093
~
F6053 Special Operator Call 3 (SPA3)
NOTE: Do not assign DESKCON Incoming Call Identification Key data (F60XX) to key numbers 1
to 4.
3-440 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

Y STANDARD
SETTING RELATED
SETTING
00 Setting of F6054 Priority Call 0 (PRI0) CM15
Functions Y=017
[8300R2] CM08>250,
CM20>A088
F6055 Priority Call 1 (PRI1) CM15
Y=018
CM08>251,
CM20>A089
F6056 Emergency Call (EMGC) CM20>A094
F6060 Operator Call (ATND) ATND
F6061 Recall (RCL) RCL
F6062 Serial Call Termination (SRL) CM90 Y=00:
F6105
F6063 Call Forwarding-No Answer CM51
(NANS) Y=00, 01
F6064 Call Forwarding-Busy Line CM51
(BUSY) Y=03, 04
F6065 Call Forwarding-Intercept CM08>032,
(ICPT) 119
F6066 Off-Hook Alarm (EMG) CM51 Y=12
F6067 Attendant Interposition Calling/ CM20>A095
Transfer (TF) (Transferred DESK
CONSOLE Answer Key/lamp)
F6068 Call Forwarding-No Answer for a CM35 Y=147
call which is transferred to another
station once
3-441 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

DESKCON Function Key
Y STANDARD
SETTING RELATED
SETTING
00 Setting of F6100 Room Cutoff (RC) For Hotel DESKCON
Functions NOTE 1: Use the ANSWER key as the SET
F6101 Message Waiting (MW)
[8300R2] key for Hotel features.
F6102 Do Not Disturb (DND)
F6103 Wake Up/Do Not Disturb Override
(WU/OV)
F6104 Reset (RESET)
F6105 Serial Call Set (SC) CM90 Y=00:
F6062
F6106 Flash over trunk (CAS) (SHF) CM35
Y=016
F6107 Busy Verification (BV) CM08>012
CM15
Y=009
F6108 Do Not Disturb Override (DNDOV) For Hotel DESKCON
NOTE 2: Do not assign this data to key
F6109 Wake Up (WU)
numbers 1 to 4.
F6110 Mode (MODE) Day/Night
NOTE 3: For SN716 DESKCON, mode
this data is not required. change,
ATT Lock-
out
F6111 Programming (PROG) CM2A
Remote Access to System (DISA) CM71
System Speed Dialing CM02
Date and Time
Tone Ringer
Choice of Night Service
F6112 Out pulse (PB signal) short CM35
(SPB) Y=026
F6113 Out pulse (PB signal) long CM41
(LPB) Y=0>14
3-442 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

Y STANDARD
SETTING RELATED
SETTING
00 Setting of F6120 Malicious Call Trace CM15
Functions [Australia Only] Y=211
[8300R2]
F6121 Last Number Call (Last Number
Redial)-Attendant/Stack Dial-Atten-
dant
F6122 Select Key of Calling Number Dis-
play or Calling Name Display
F6123 Transfer to VMS
F6124 911 Notification NOTE
F6144 Call Park-System CM08>445
F6150 Paging 0 CM08>445
~
F6159 Paging 9
F6200 Source (SRC) SRC
F6201 Destination (DEST) DEST
F6202 Cancel (CANCEL) CANCEL
F6203 Talk (TALK) TALK
F6204 Hold (HOLD) HOLD
F6205 Start (START)
F6240 Loop 1 (LOOP 1) LOOP 1
~
F6245 Loop 6 (LOOP 6) LOOP 6
NOTE: Do not assign this data to key numbers 1 to 4.

3-443 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

Y STANDARD
SETTING RELATED
SETTING
00 Setting of F1201 Lamp indication when trunks are all Maximum 6 CM30 Y=09
Functions busy in Trunk Group 01 keys per
[8300R2] (TGB01) DESKCON
~
NOTE 1
~
F1262 Lamp indication when trunks are all

busy in Trunk Group 62
(TGB62)
F7XXZ XX Z Relay CM44>XXZ
XX : Relay Group No. (00-31) Control >1500
assigned by CM44 Function
Z : Circuit No. (0-3) assigned Key
by CM44 NOTE 2
312, 313: External Relay Interface
of CPU blade
NOTE 1: Do not assign this data to key numbers 1 to 4.

NOTE 2: Only one key assignment is allowed per relay circuit.
3-444 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

DESKCON Multi-Function Key No. 01-04
See CM60 Y=17
DESKCON
Y SETTING RELATED
STATUS MEANING FUNCTION REMARKS
No. DATA COMMAND
No.
00 00 Idle state F6100 Room Cutoff
[8300R2] (RCOF)
F6102 Do Not Disturb
(DND)
F6104 Reset (RESET)
F6110 Mode (MODE)
F6111 Programming (PROG) CM2A
Remote Access to CM71
System (DISA) CM02
System Speed Dial-
ing
Date and Time Tone
Ringer
Choice of Night Ser-
vice
01 When answering F6105 Serial Call Set (SC) CM90 Y=00:
or originating F6062
[8300R2]
F6106 Flash Over Trunk CM35
(CAS, Centrex) (SHF) Y=016, 086
F6112 Out pulse (PB Signal) CM35 Y=026
Short (SPB)
F6113 Out pulse (PB Signal) CM41 Y=0>14
Long (LPB)
F6203 Talk (TALK)
02 When the called F6107 Busy Verification Attendant Over- CM08>012
station is busy (BV) ride CM15 Y=009
[8300R2]
F6119 Operator Monitoring [Australia Only]
(MONIT)
3-445 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

DESKCON
Y SETTING RELATED
STATUS MEANING FUNCTION REMARKS
No. DATA COMMAND
No.
00 03 When the called F6108 Do Not Disturb
station is in DND Override (DDOV)
[8300R2]
04 When accessing F6100 Room Cutoff For Hotel DESKCON
Hotel features (RCOF)
[8300R2] NOTE: Use the ANSWER
F6101 Message Waiting
key as the SET key
(MW)
for Hotel features.
F6102 Do Not Disturb
(DND)
F6104 Reset (RESET)
F6109 Wake Up (WU)
NOTE 1: Incoming Call Identification/Call Processing keys or Loop keys should not be assigned to the
Multi-Function Key (01-04).
NOTE 2: When setting or canceling a group of stations in DND/RC, use DESKCON status No. 00.
NOTE 3: The default setting of Multi-Function Keys is for Key No. 01-04.
(For details, see NOTE 4 on next page.)
3-446 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

NOTE 4: If no data is set, the Multi-Function keys are automatically set by default as shown below.
Idle State
PA MODE: Mode
PROG: Programming
1:23 PM WED 01 OCT 2008

MODE PROG
01 02 03 04
When answering or originating

252 CL1 SPB: Out Pulse Short
ANN LPB : Out Pulse Long
SHF: Flash Over Trunk
1:23 PM WED 01 OCT 2008
SPB LPB SHF
01 02 03 04
When the called station is busy

BSY 252 CL1
1:23 PM WED 01 OCT 2008
01 02 03 04
When the called station is in DND

DND 252 CL1 DDOVR: Do not Disturb Override
ANN
1:23 PM WED 01 OCT 2008
DDOVR
01 02 03 04
When accessing Hotel feature

252 CL1 RC : Room Cutoff
ANN MW: Message Waiting
DD : Do not Disturb
1:23 PM WED 01 OCT 2008 WU : Wake Up
RC MW DD WU
01 02 03 04
3-447 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

90 ADD-ON MODULE KEY ASSIGNMENT
Add-On Module
MY LINE
ST + 90YY + DE + NUMBER + , + KEY NUMBER + DE + DATA + EXE
(30-89) (1-8 digits)
(1-8 digits)
ST + 9010 + DE + KEY NUMBER + DE + DATA + EXE

(30-89) (1-8 digits)
Y SETTING DATA
RELATED
KEY COMMAND
No.
00 Setting of Func- 30 X Station number CM10
tions My Line number (FX-FXXXXXXXX) CM11
~
54 XXXXXXXX Multiline number (Ordinary Station)

Multiline number (assigned by CM11)
X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
A000 Automatic Intercom number CM11
CM56 Y=10
~
A031
A100
~
A131
A200 Manual Intercom number CM11
CM56 Y=11
~
A700
A201
~
A701
~
A224
~
A724
3-448 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM90
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

90 ADD-ON MODULE KEY ASSIGNMENT
: Default
Y SETTING DATA
RELATED
KEY COMMAND
No.
00 Setting of Func- 30 B000 Dial Intercom number CM11
tions CM56 Y=12
~
54 ~
B900
B001
~
B901
...
B024
~
B924
D000 Trunk number CM10
CM30 Y=18
~
D511
30 F11XX XX: CM73
00-99: Station Speed Dialing 00-99 CM74
~
89
87 F0043 Day/Night Key
NOTE 1: Any one of key numbers 87
~
89 through 89 can be used for the

Day/Night key.
02 Ringer sending 30 0 Delayed Ringing CM41 Y=1>09
method when ter- 1 No Delayed Ringing
~
minating a call to 54 NOTE 2: Delayed Ringing can be as-

Line/Trunk key on signed to the first 16 Line/Trunk
Multiline Terminal keys (Key No. 30 through 45).
10 Key setting of Same as CM90 Y=00 NOTE 2
programmable
pattern 1
NOTE 1
NOTE 1: Key No. 01 cannot be assigned to the first data.
NOTE 2: Be sure to set the Key No. F5099 (My Line) to any key on the Multiline Terminal or the Add-on
Module when programmable pattern 1 is assigned.
3-449 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM93
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

93 PRIME LINE
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign the prime line to a station line or a trunk line on a Multiline Terminal.
The prime line is the line seized when the Multiline Terminal user goes off-hook or presses the speaker
button.
PRECAUTION:
Any one station line or trunk line provided on the Multiline Terminal can be assigned as Prime Line.
MY LINE STATION TRUNK

ST + 93 + DE + NUMBER + DE + NUMBER NUMBER + EXE
(1-8 digits) (1-8 digits) (4 digits)
DATA TABLE:
MY LINE SETTING DATA RELATED

NUMBER DATA MEANING COMMAND
X X Station number/Virtual Line number CM10, CM11

NOTE: Any station number or Virtual Line
~
XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX number can be assigned to the

Prime Line.
A single-line telephone cannot be
assigned as the Prime Line.
D000 Trunk number CM30 Y=02, 03, 18
~
D511
3-450 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
CM94
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

94 MULTILINE TERMINAL ONE-TOUCH MEMORY
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign memory for the storage of numbers accessed by the one-touch keys on
a Multiline Terminal.
PRECAUTION:
Do not duplicate the same memory area for CM73 and CM94 usually. However, when Dial by Name
feature using one-touch keys or BLF on Multiline Terminal line key feature are provided, the same mem-
ory areas must be specified by CM73 and CM94.
MY LINE
DATA
ST + 94 + DE + NUMBER + DE + (7 digits) + EXE
(1-8 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Default
SETTING DATA
MY LINE NUMBER
DATA MEANING
X WW XX Y ZZ WW: 1000-Slot Memory Block number (00-19) NOTE
XX : 10-Slot Memory Start Block number (00-99)
~
XXXXXXXX Y : Facility for programming the dialed number from the

station
(0/1=Effective/Ineffective)
ZZ : Number of 10-Slot Memory Blocks (01-10)
01: Multiline Terminal (10 memories)
NONE No data
NOTE: If assigning the station number to One Touch keys using 1000-Slot Memory Block number
4-9, the lamp does not show the busy state.
3-451 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
CM96
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

96 DSS CONSOLE NUMBER
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign a DSS Console to a station, Multiline Terminal or Attendant Console.
PRECAUTION:
None
DSS CONSOLE
ST + 96 + DE + + DE + DATA + EXE
NUMBER (1-8 digits)
(2 digits)
DATA TABLE:
DSS CONSOLE SETTING DATA RELATED

NUMBER DATA MEANING COMMAND
00 X Single Line Telephone station number CM10>E100-E131

or My Line number of Multiline Termi- CM97
~
31 XXXXXXXX nal
E000 Attendant Console number CM10>E000-E007
See CM10>E100-E131
[8300R2]
~
E007
NOTE: When DSS Console is connected to the side option of the DT700 Series, be sure to set the
station number connected to the DT700 Series.
3-452 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM97
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

97 DSS CONSOLE KEY ASSIGNMENT
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign the station numbers and trunk numbers to the keys on each DSS Con-
sole.
PRECAUTION:
None
DSS CONSOLE DSS KEY

ST + 97 + DE + NUMBER + , + NUMBER + DE + DATA + EXE
(2 digits) (2 digits) (1-8 digits)
3-453 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
CM97
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

97 DSS CONSOLE KEY ASSIGNMENT
DATA TABLE:
DSS DSS SETTING DATA

RELATED
CONSOLE KEY
NUMBER NUMBER
00 00 X Station number CM10
CM11
~
~
31 59 XXXXXXXX
See
DXXX Trunk number CM10
CM10>
(XXX: 000-511) CM30
E100-
Y=02, 03, 18
E131
F13XX XX CM08>244
00: Day/Night Mode Change by Tenant 00 CM08>245
~
~
63: Day/Night Mode Change by Tenant 63
56 F1052 Function Change key
57 F0043 Night key CM08>244, 245
CM15 Y=60
~
59
F1048 Room Cutoff-Set/Reset
F1049 Message Waiting-Set/Reset
F1050 Call Recording
F1051 Check-In/Out
F1053 Do not Disturb-Set/Reset
F1054 No Answer
Indication for Wake Up Call
F1055 Function Button used for busy out display CM08>265
from UCD Group
3-454 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
CM98
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

98 ADD-ON MODULE NUMBER
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign the Add-on Module to the My Line number of a Multiline Terminal.
PRECAUTION:
(1) One Add-on Module number can be assigned for each My Line number of a Multiline Terminal.
(2) This command should be performed before the data assignment of CM90.
ADD-ON MODULE MY LINE NUMBER

ST + 98Y + DE + NUMBER + DE + (1-8 digits) + EXE
(00-31)
DATA TABLE:
Y ADD-ON MODULE NUMBER MY LINE NUMBER

0 00 X
~
~
31 XXXXXXXX
See CM10>EC00-EC31
3-455 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
CM9A
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

9A MULTILINE TERMINAL SOFT KEY ASSIGNMENT
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign functions for the Soft Key on a Multiline Terminal.
PRECAUTION:
When entering data with characters, the following characters can be registered;
Alphabet upper case (A-Z), alphabet lower case (a-z), numeric (0-9), symbol (! # $ % & ( ) + , ; < =
> ? @ [ ] ^ _ { } ~), Space, hyphen (-), period (.), slash (/), colon (:)

STATUS NUMBER
+ DATA
ST + 9AYY + DE + + DE + (2-12 digits) + EXE
SOFT KEY NUMBER
(4 digits)
3-456 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
CM9A
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

00 Setting of Soft aa bb aa : Status Number (00-15) F5002 Scroll key to change the
Key function 00: Idle State Soft key indication
~
03 for each Pat- 01: During dialing F5014 Dial By Name for System
tern Number (Holding no call) Speed Dialing (300-Slot
(Pattern Num- 02: During dialing Memory)
ber 0-3) (Holding a station/trunk) F5015 Dial By Name for Station
03: During calling Speed Dialing
(Holding no call) F5016 Dial By Name for System
04: During calling Speed Dialing (1000-Slot
(Holding a station/trunk) Memory Block No. 00)
05: Being called F5017 Dial By Name for System
06: When called party is busy Speed Dialing (1000-Slot
(Holding no call) Memory Block No. 01)
07: When called party is busy F5018 Dial By Name for System
(Holding a station/trunk) Speed Dialing (1000-Slot
08: When called party sets DND Memory Block No. 02)
09: Trunk Busy F5019 Dial By Name for System
10: During Speaking Speed Dialing (1000-Slot
(Holding no call) Memory Block No. 03)
11: During Speaking F5029 Call History
(Holding a station/trunk) FXXXX Function key (Same as
bb: Soft Key Number (00-15) F0XXX, F1XXX, F50XX
00-03: Indicated on 1st display of CM90)
04-07: Indicated on 2nd display See Default Data of
08-11: Indicated on 3rd display CM9A (Pattern No. 3) on
12-15: Indicated on 4th display next page.
NONE No data
NOTE: Dial By Name is available only when the Multiline Terminal is in idle state.
(Status Number of 1st data: 00)
3-457 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
JULY/18/2008
CM9A
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

10 Setting of Soft aa bb aa : Status Number (00-15) XX...XXX Soft Key name indicated
Key name for 00: Idle State on LCD
~
13 each Pattern 01: During dialing (2-12 characters)

Number (Holding no call) See Character Code
(Pattern Num- 02: During dialing Table for English in
ber 0-3) (Holding a station/trunk) CM77.
03: During calling See Chapter 1, CAT Key
(Holding no call) Assignment.
04: During calling Page 1-3
(Holding a station/trunk) NONE No data
05: Being called
06: When called party is busy
(Holding no call)
(Holding a station/trunk)
08: When called party sets DND
09: Trunk Busy
10: During Speaking
(Holding no call)
11: During Speaking
bb: Soft Key Number (00-15)
00-03: Indicated on 1st display
04-07: Indicated on 2nd display
08-11: Indicated on 3rd display
12-15: Indicated on 4th display
NOTE 1: When the 2nd data of CM12 Y=23 is set to 3, the default Soft Key pattern is assigned as
shown on next page.
NOTE 2: Pattern No. 3 is fixed.
NOTE 3: Help key is only available in Pattern No. 3.
3-458 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM9A
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

18 Setting of Soft aa bb aa : Status Number (00-15) X...XXXX Soft Key name indicated
Key name for 00: Idle State on LCD
each Pattern 01: During dialing (Maximum 12 characters)
Number (Holding no call) See Character Code
(Pattern Num- 02: During dialing Table for Russian in
ber 0) (Holding a station/trunk) CM77.
[8300R2] 03: During calling See Chapter 1, CAT Key
(Holding no call) Assignment.
04: During calling Page 1-3
(Holding a station/trunk) NONE No data
05: Being called
(Holding no call)
08: When called party sets DND
09: Trunk Busy
10: During Speaking
(Holding no call)
11: During Speaking
12: During live recording/after live
recording to NEAXMail AD-8/
IM-16
13-15: Not used
bb: Soft Key Number (00-15)
00-03: Indicated on 1st display
04-07: Indicated on 2nd display
08-11: Indicated on 3rd display
12-15: Indicated on 4th display
3-459 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CM9A
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

Default Data of CM9A (Pattern No. 3)
1ST DATA of KEY 2ND DATA INDICATION

STATUS MEANING
Y=03 No. of Y=03 (Y=13)
0000 Idle 00 F1017 MIC ON/OFF MIC
0001 01 F5014 Dial By Name for System SYS.
Speed Dialing (300-Slot
Memory)
0002 02 F5015 Dial By Name for Station STA.
Speed Dialing
0003 03 F5029 Call History HIST.
0100 During dialing 00 F1001 Save & Repeat S&R
0101 (Holding no call) 01 F0020 Call Pickup-Group PICK
0103 03 F5002 Scroll key >>>>
0104 04 F0010 Call Forwarding-All Calls FDA
Set/Cancel
0105 05 F0012 Call Forwarding-No FDN
Answer/Busy Line Set/Can-
cel
0106 06 F0022 Do Not Disturb Set/Cancel DND
0107 07 F5002 Scroll key >>>>
0111 11 F5002 Scroll key >>>>
0300 During calling 00 F1002 Voice Call VOICE
0301 (Holding no call) 01 F1001 Save & Repeat S&R
0302 02 F1005 Message Reminder MW
0303 03 F0004 Call Back Set CB
0400 During calling 00 F1002 Voice Call VOICE
0401 (Holding station/trunk) 01 F1001 Save & Repeat S&R
0403 03 F5001 Transfer to VMS VMTRF
0500 Being Called 00 F5003 Ringer Tone Changing R-TONE
3-460 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
CM9A
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

Default Data of CM9A (Pattern No. 3)
1ST DATA of KEY 2ND DATA INDICATION

STATUS MEANING
Y=03 No. of Y=03 (Y=13)
0600 When called party is 00 F0004 Call Back Set CB
0601 busy (Holding no call) 01 F0A25 Call Waiting Set CW
0700 When called party is 00 F1005 Message Reminder MW
0701 busy 01 F5001 Transfer to VMS VMTRF
(Holding station/trunk)
0900 Trunk busy 00 F0000 Outgoing Queuing OG-Q
1000 During speaking 00 F1017 MIC ON/OFF MIC
(Holding no call)
1100 During speaking 00 F1017 MIC ON/OFF MIC
(Holding station/trunk)
3-461 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
CM9B
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

9B EVENT OCCURRENCE NOTICE BUTTON ASSIGNMENT
FUNCTION:
This command is used to provide the event occurrence notice button. When the offices with CCIS via
IPT (P2P CCIS) connection SIP trunk connection are disconnected due to a fault occurrence, the link
down can be notified to the Multiline Terminals that are connected to the offices. Also the Units (except
Main Unit) are disconnected due to a fault occurrence, the link down can be notified to the Multiline
Terminals that are connected to the units.
PRECAUTION:
None
EVENT OCCURRENCE NOTICE

BUTTON NUMBER DATA
ST + 9BY + DE + + + DE + (1 digit) + EXE
LINK DOWN NOTICE FOR
CCIS/SIP TRUNK/UNITS
(4 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y 1ST DATA SETTING DATA RELATED
0 Link down notice XX ZZ XX: 01-64: Event 0 To notify CM90 Y=00:

for CCIS/SIP Occurrence 1 Not notified F1600-F1663
trunk/Units to the Notice Button
Event Occurrence No.
Notice button ZZ : 00: Link down
notice for CCIS
02-50: Link
down notice for
Units (except
Main Unit)
51: Link down
notice for SIP
NOTE
NOTE: Link down notice (02-50) corresponds to the Unit No. 02-50 (except Main Unit).
3-462 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
CM9C
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

9C DESI-LESS LCD
FUNCTION:
This command is used to set characters displayed on DESI-less LCD of DT300/DT700 Series.
[8300R2]
PRECAUTION:
None
ST + 9CYY + DE + BLOCK NUMBER + DE + DATA + EXE

(2 digits) (1-16 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y 1ST DATA SETTING DATA RELATED
00 Block number 00 Block number FXXXX Function key (Same as CM90 Y=00:
assignment with F0XXX, F1XXX, F50XX FXXXX
~
Function key 99 of CM90)

NONE No data
01 Function Name XXX...X Character Code
assignment with (Maximum 16 digits)
character code See Character Code Table.
Page 3-402
NONE No data
02 Function Name XXX...X Character
assignment with (Maximum 8 digits)
character NONE No data
NOTE: This data setting is valid by resetting DT300/DT700 Series or executing CM12 Y=29.
3-463 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3006.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMA7
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

A7 CCIS CHANNEL DATA/IP TRUNK DATA/SIP TRUNK DATA
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign the various data to each Common Channel Handler (CCH), IP Trunk
and SIP Trunk provided.
PRECAUTION:
When setting the IPT (P2P CCIS) No. with this command, be sure to set the first data to 00.
DATA
ST + A7YY + DE + CCH/IPT/SIP TRUNK No. (00-15) + DE + (1-5 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
CCIS CHANNEL DATA

: Default
00 Trunk used as Common Signaling 000 Trunk number assigned by CM10 CM10 Y=00
channel Y=00
~
511
NONE No data
01 Originating Point Code (OPC) 00001 Originating Point Code
RESET
~
16367
NONE No data
NOTE 1: The Originating Point Code is used to designate an originating office in the No. 7 CCIS network.
A single OPC should be assigned to IPT No. 0 and all other IPT (P2P CCIS) provided in the same
office.
NOTE 2: Do not change this data while the system is operating. If you do that, the operation of IP Stations
will be unstable.
02 Destination Point Code (DPC) 00001 Destination Point Code
~
16367
NONE No data
03 Centralized Billing Facility 0 Distant End is a Center Office
1 Distant End is a Local Office
3 Not provided
3-464 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
CMA7
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
04 Centralized Billing destination 00001 Point Code of Center Billing Office
~
16367
NONE No data
05 Centralized Fault Reporting destina- 00001 Point Code of Centralized Fault
tion ~ Reporting Office
16367
NONE No data
06 Originating Office number for Open 0000 Originating Office number CM08>801
Numbering Plan
~
9999
NONE No data
07 Center Billing Office number for 0000 Center Billing Office number CM08>801
Closed Numbering Plan
~
NOTE: Effective when CMA7 Y=06 9999

is not assigned. NONE No data
10 ACM signal waiting timer after send- 00 0 second
ing IAI signal when originating calls 01 2 seconds
via CCIS (2 seconds increments)
~
NOTE: Assign the primary digit 14 28 seconds

number of the 5-digit station 15 6 seconds
number to be displayed.
26 Calling Name Display-CCIS 0 To provide CM08>379
NOTE: Effective when 1 Not provided
CM08>379=0.
28 Calling Party Information transfer- 0 To provide
ring service 1 Not provided
29 Multiple Call Forwarding-All Calls/ 0 Allowed (Maximum 7 times) CM08>370
Busy Line/No Answer-CCIS 1 Restricted (Only once) CM42>72
30 Busy Lamp Field (BLF)-CCIS 0 To provide
1 Not provided
3-465 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMA7
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
44 TOS field Precedence for IPT (P2P 0 PRECEDENCE 0 CM35 Y=134

CCIS) control packet CMA7 Y=71
~
NOTE: This data setting is ineffec- 15 PRECEDENCE 0
tive when CMA7 Y=50 is set.
45 Release timer for IPT (P2P CCIS) 000 30 seconds
Point-to-Multipoint connection 001 1 minute
~
~
127 127 minutes
NONE Not released
46 Connection method for IPT (P2P 0 Point-to-Multipoint
CCIS) 1 Point-to-Point
RESET
50 DiffServ code point setting for IPT 00-3F DiffServ code point CM35 Y=161
(P2P CCIS) control packet NONE No data CMA7 Y=44
QoS : Quality of Service
NOTE 2: When this data is set, the TOS field Precedence set by CMA7 Y=44 is ineffective.
If you want to validate the Precedence set by CMA7 Y=44, set CCC (data clear) for CMA7
Y=71.
NOTE 3: This data setting is required only for Point-to-Multipoint connection.
71 SIP Profile number for control packet 00 Profile number for control packet CMBA
~
31
NONE No data
3-466 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
JULY/18/2008
CMA7
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
81 Baud rate for Common Signaling 0 64 Kbps

Channel 1 56 Kbps
2 48 Kbps (1)
3 48 Kbps (2)
7 64 Kbps
3-467 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
JULY/18/2008
CMA8
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

A8 CCIS/IP/SIP ROUTING LABEL ASSIGNMENT
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign a destination office for a message to be transferred (e.g. service infor-
mation) and the Common Channel Handler (CCH), IP trunk and SIP trunk which accommodate the mes-
sage.
PRECAUTION:
None
1ST DATA 2ND DATA

ST + A8 + DE + (5 digits) + DE + (2-12 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
0 00001 Destination Point Code 00 CCH/IP trunk/SIP trunk No. 00 CMA7 Y=02
(DPC) sent from distant
~
16367 office assigned by CMA7 15 CCH/IP trunk/SIP trunk No. 15

NOTE 1 Y=02 NONE No data NOTE 2
1 000000000001 IP Address CMA7 Y=02
(Maximum 12 digits)
~
255255255254
NONE No data
NOTE 1: A maximum of 256 DPCs per system can be assigned.

NOTE 2: IPT (P2P CCIS) must be on CCH00.
3-468 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMA9
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

A9 ISDN (PRI) D-CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT BLADE RESET
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign the various data to each D-Channel for ISDN-Primary Rate Interface.
PRECAUTION:
This command requires the blade reset after data setting.
D-CHANNEL No. DATA

ST + A9YY + DE + (00-31) + DE + (3 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
00 Trunk used as D-Channel number 000 DTI/PRT trunk number assigned by CM05 Y=0: 41
CM10 Y=00 CM10 Y=00
~
511 CM35 Y=093

NONE No data
3-469 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMAA
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

AA DTI/BRT/PRT/CCT FUNCTIONS
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign the functions to the DTI, BRT, PRT, and CCT blade.
PRECAUTION:
After setting CMAA Y=00-02, 06, 09, 12, 13, the blade reset is required.
TRUNK BLADE NUMBER DATA

ST + AAYY + DE + (000-127) + DE + (1-2 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
00 Data Mode 0 Based on AT&T Specifications CM05 Y=1

(1.5 M DTI) 1 Not Used
BLADE RESET
01 Frame Configuration 0 12-Multi Frame (D4) CM05 Y=1
(1.5 M DTI) 1 24-Multi Frame (ESF)
BLADE RESET
02 ZCS (Zero Code Suppression) 0 Available (Non Transparent) CM05 Y=1
(1.5 M DTI) NOTE 1 Not available (Transparent)
BLADE RESET
NOTE: This data is effective only when the second data of CMAA Y=01 is set to 0 (12-Multi Frame).
3-470 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
JULY/18/2008
CMAA
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
06 ISDN Protocol Type 17 Australia CM05

for DCH/PRT 18 New Zealand
BLADE RESET 19 ITU-T (Hong Kong)
20 AT&T (#4, #5 ESS)
21 NTI (DMS 100, 250)
22 Australia ETSI
23 ETSI VN4 (Chile)
24 ETSI Standard
(Brazil, Chile, Columbia, UAE)
25 ITU-T Standard (Thailand)
28 USA NI-2
30 ETSI-2 (Latin America/Europe)
31 Germany
[For EU]
32 Netherlands
Greece/Luxembourg/Portugal/
Spain/Sweden
[For EU]
33 Italy
[For EU]
34 ETSI (Huawei)
[For China]
63 Not used
3-471 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMAA
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
06 ISDN Protocol Type 17 Australia CM05

for BRT 18 New Zealand
BLADE RESET 20 AT&T (#4, #5 ESS)
21 NTI (DMS 100, 250)
22 Australia ETSI
24 ETSI Standard
(Brazil, Columbia, Indonesia,
UAE)
25 ITU-T Standard (Thailand)
27 USA NI-1
28 USA NI-2
31 Germany
[For EU]
32 Netherlands
[For EU]
33 Italy
[For EU]
63 Not used
ISDN Telephone Type NOTE
24 ETSI Terminal
63 Not ETSI Terminal
NOTE: To accommodate the ISDN telephone with ETSI specification, set this data to
24.
Set 63 for the ISDN telephone with any other specification.
09 Idle Code on ISDN B Channels 0 Send 7F to PSTN
(1.5 M DTI) 1 Send FF to PSTN
BLADE RESET
12 Rering facility 0 To provide
[Chinese No. 1] 1 Not provided
BLADE RESET
13 Forced Release facility 0 To provide
[Chinese No. 1] 1 Not provided
BLADE RESET
3-472 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMAA
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
15 Type of PRT/CCT/Q-SIG 0 E1 (2 Mbps)

1 T1 (1.5 Mbps)
16 Providing PRT/BRT blade with 0 To provide CM42>69, 70
ISDN Advice of Charge (AOC) 1 Not provided
[UAE Only]
17 A-law/-law setting of CD-PRTA 0 A-law
(PRT) blade 1 -law
[Taiwan Only] 3 Depends on CM04 Y=10>00
NOTE: When providing A-law/-law conversion for PRT in Taiwan, assign the second data of CMAA Y=17
to 0/1 (A-law/-law) and set the SENSE switch of CD-PRTA blade to ON.
19 Selection of cable length (DTI) 0 0-40 m (0-131.2 ft.)
BLADE RESET 1 41-81 m (134.5-265.7 ft.)
2 82-122 m (269.0-400.2 ft.)
3 123-162 m (403.4-531.4 ft.)
4 163-200 m (534.6-656 ft.)
7 0-40 m (0-131.2 ft.)
20 Short/Long distance mode setting 0 Short distance
of cable (CCT) 1 Long distance
21 Receiving pulse level (CCT) 00 0.91/1.70 V
01 1.74/0.84 V
02 0.59/0.84 V
03 0.42/0.45 V
04 0.32/0.45 V
05 0.21/0.20 V
06 0.16/0.10 V
07 0.10/not defined
15 0.91/1.70 V
22 Local loopback setting (BRT/PRT) 0 ON
(For test) 1 OFF
24 Local loopback setting (CCT) 00 Local Loop Back
(For test) 01 Payload Loop Back
15 Loop Back OFF
3-473 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMAC
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

AC ISDN FUNCTIONS RESET
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign the functions to the BRT blade.
PRECAUTION:
This command requires system reset after data setting.
ISDN ISDN DATA

ST + ACYY + DE + D-CHANNEL No. + MULTIPOINT No. + DE + EXE
(1-8 digits) +
(00-31) (0-7)
TRUNK BLADE No. ISDN ISDN
ST + AC30 + DE + + MULTIPOINT No. + DE + SUBSCRIBER No. +
(000-127) (0-7) (4 digits)
SPID + EXE
(4 digits)
DATA TABLE:
: Default
00 ISDN Line station number to be con- X ISDN Line station number

trolled
~
XXXXXXXX
01 Layer 2 data link 0 Point-to-Point connection
1 Point-to-Multipoint connection
03 Passive Bus in Point-to-Multipoint con- 0 Extended Passive Bus
nection 1 Short Passive Bus
06 Checking of TEI (Terminal End-point 0 To provide
Identifier) when Layer 2 data link is 1 Not provided
released
10 National ISDN-1 mode 0 To provide
[North America Only] 1 Not provided
11 Sending of expanded information on 0 Allow CM08>722
Low Layer Compatibility (LLC) infor- 1 Restricted CM35 Y=130
mation element for connection between
ISDN telephone/ISDN trunks
3-474 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
CMAC
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

AC ISDN FUNCTIONS RESET
: Default
15 Hunting timing when ISDN telephone 01 1 second CM08>528

break down
~
06 6 seconds (1 second increments)
NONE No data
16 Type of power supply for ISDN tele- 0 Power supply from the system
phone 1 Local power supply
30 SPID (Service Profile ID) for each B XXXX ZZZZ XXXX: ISDN Subscriber No.
channel of BRT blade (8 digits) ZZZZ : SPID
3-475 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
CMAD
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

AD CS/ZT CALLING AREA/PAD DATA ASSIGNMENT
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign the calling area and PAD data for each CS/ZT.
PRECAUTION:
None
CS/ZT NUMBER + SETTING DATA +

ST + ADYY + DE + (3 digits) DE + (2-5 digits) EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
SETTING DATA
Y MEANING CS/ZT No.
DATA MEANING
00 Calling Area 000-127 XX Y ZZ XX: Calling Area No. (00-31)
Y : Group No. (0-7)
ZZ : Group CS/ZT No. (00-31)
NONE No data
CCC Data clear
04 Receiving sensibility of LCCH 01 40 dB (Faint)
from PS to ZT 02 20 dB (Average)
[Latin America Only] 15 0 dB (Strong)
NOTE
05 Sending Level of LCCH from CS/ BS31/BS41
ZT to PS NOTE 01 10 mW, 15 dB (Faint)
02 10 mW, 15 dB (Average)
15 10 mW, 0 dB (Strong)
ZT [Latin America Only]
01 10 mW, 40 dB (Faint)
NOTE: Follow the default setting. When you change the data of CMAD Y=04/05/06/07, contact
NEC.
3-476 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
CMAD
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
SETTING DATA
Y MEANING CS/ZT No.
DATA MEANING
06 Receiving sensibility of TCH 000-127 01 40 dB (Faint)
from PS to ZT 02 20 dB (Average)
[Latin America Only] 15 0 dB (Strong)
NOTE
07 Sending Level of TCH from CS/ BS31
ZT to PS NOTE 01 10 mW, 15 dB (Faint)
ZT [Latin America Only]
01 10 mW, 40 dB (Faint)
Control Slot BS41
01 Control Slot CSID fixed
02 Control Slot 0 fixed
15 No data
33 Time limit of reset synchronous 01 1.5 seconds
processing (1.5 seconds increments)
~
[For PHS] 14 21 seconds

[8300R2] 15 15 seconds
34 Time limit for receiving the notice 01 100 ms.
message of wireless channel (100ms. increments)
~
information at the synchronous 14 1400 ms.

processing 15 500 ms.
[For PHS]
[8300R2]
NOTE: Follow the default setting. When you change the data of CMAD Y=04/05/06/07, contact
NEC.
3-477 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMAD
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
SETTING DATA
Y MEANING CS/ZT No.
DATA MEANING
35 Number of continuation synchro- 000-127 01 1 message
nous bit off message for judging a
~
gap 14 14 messages
[For PHS] 15 4 messages
[8300R2]
36 Time limit for receiving the 01 1.5 seconds
LCCH for judging a gap (1.5 seconds increments)
~
[For PHS] 14 21 seconds
[8300R2] 15 6 seconds
39 Threshold of electric field 001 1 dB
strength
~
~
[For PHS] 254 254 dB
[8300R2] NONE 30 dB
3-478 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMAE
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

AE CS/ZT OPERATION DATA ASSIGNMENT
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign the CS/ZT operation data.
PRECAUTION:
None
1ST DATA SETTING DATA

ST + AEYY + DE + (2 digits) + DE + (1-12 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
00 01 SYS-ID XX YYYYYY ZZZZ XX : Tenant number
[North America/Latin Amer- (HEX. 12 digits) YYYYYY: Unit ID
ica Only] ZZZZ : Additional informa-
tion
NONE No data
03 Nation Code assignment 001 Australia
[Australia/North America] 003 North America 310
BLADE RESET 004 North America 311
005 North America 312
255 Japan
04 Home PBX ID for Roaming X Home PBX ID
[For PCS] (1-4 digits, Decimal)
~
[8300R2] XXXX
BLADE RESET NONE No data
NOTE: Assign the same number with the first digits of the Individual PS number.
3-479 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMAE
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y
00 05 Nation Code assignment Refer to Technical Information PI-287 Supplement to
[For PHS] SV8300 Programming Manual on Country Code Entry.
[8300R2]
BLADE RESET
Nation Code assignment
[Latin America Only]
BLADE RESET
09 CS number of CS with SYS-ID 000-127 CS number of CS with SYS-ID
[For PHS] (CSI blade) set by CM10
[8300R2] NONE No data
3-480 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMAE
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y MEANING
10 CS/ZT Operation 00-31 Calling Area No. 02 Crowded Mode
Mode 15 Normal Mode
BLADE RESET
11 Width of Calling 00-31 Calling Area No. 1 Wide
Area 3 Narrow
BLADE RESET
15 Control Carrier 00 Control Carrier AA BB CC DD EE Control Carrier No.
Information Priority AA: 1st Priority 01-20
[For PCS] BB : 2nd Priority
BLADE RESET NOTE 1 CC : 3rd Priority 01: 1920.35 MHz
NOTE 2 DD: 4th Priority 02: 1920.65 MHz
NOTE 3 EE : 5th Priority 03: 1920.95 MHz
04: 1921.55 MHz
05: 1921.85 MHz
06: 1922.15 MHz
07: 1923.05 MHz
08: 1923.35 MHz
09: 1924.25 MHz
10: 1924.55 MHz
11: 1925.45 MHz
12: 1925.75 MHz
13: 1926.65 MHz
14: 1926.95 MHz
15: 1927.85 MHz
16: 1928.15 MHz
17: 1928.45 MHz
18: 1929.05 MHz
19: 1929.35 MHz
20: 1929.65 MHz
NONE No data
01 Control Carrier Selec- 01 1920-1930 MHz
tion Pattern 02 1920-1925 MHz
NONE No data
3-481 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
CMAE
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y MEANING
19 Handover 00 Channel slot for 00 Channel Slot
[For PHS] handover (for BS31/ No. 00
[8300R2] BS41) NONE No data
BLADE RESET NOTE 4
01 Delay correction 03 BS31 and BS21 are
when the other type of used
CS is used with BS31/ NONE Only BS31/BS41 is
BS41 used
22 Destination SYS-ID 00-09 Wireless Block num- XXXXXXXXX Destination SYS-ID
for priority synchro- ber for clock synchroni-
nization NOTE 5 zation
(Maximum 9digits,
Decimal)
NONE No data
42 Network ID for 00 Network ID assign- 00000-65534 Network ID
Roaming Service ment NONE No data
[For PCS]
[8300R2]
NOTE 6
NOTE 1: Be sure to set from the 1st digit to last digit (10 digits). Last 4 digits must be set as 0000.
NOTE 2: After changing this data, download the PS operation data by CM1D Y=20.
NOTE 3: PS operation data must be downloaded every time the control carrier number is changed.
NOTE 4: Be sure to set the 2nd data to 00 for BS31/BS41 handover.
NOTE 5: This data is set when synchronizing with CS from which SYS-ID is different (CS of the other
company is included).
NOTE 6: All CS/ZT must be reset after this data setting.
3-482 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMAF
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

AF VISITOR PS DATA ASSIGNMENT
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign the Visitor PS data for Roaming.
[8300R2]
PRECAUTION:
(1) This data setting is valid when DBM is online.
(2) This command is effective only for North America/Latin America.

1ST DATA 2ND DATA

ST + AFYYY + DE + (1-4 digits) + DE + (1-4 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

000 Home PBX ID for Visi- X-XXXX Home PBX ID 000-255 Data Table No. 000-255
tor PS (1-4 digits, Decimal) CCC Data clear
[For PCS] NONE No data
001 Route Selection Pattern 000-255 Data Table No. assigned 00-07 Route Selection Pattern
assignment for Visitor by CMAF Y=000 No. 00-07
PS CCC Data clear
002 Trunk Restriction Class 000-255 Data Table No. assigned 01 Unrestricted (RCA)
in Day, Night Mode for by CMAF Y=000 02 Nonrestricted 1 (RCB)
Visitor PS 03 Nonrestricted 2 (RCC)
[For PCS] 04 Semirestricted 1 (RCD)
05 Semirestricted 2 (RCE)
08 Fully Restricted (RCH)
CCC Data clear
NONE No data
3-483 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMAF
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

AF VISITOR PS DATA ASSIGNMENT
: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

100 Trunk Route Selection 1 First Selected Route 00-63 Q-931a D-Channel Trunk
for location registration Route No. 00-63
~
107 of Visitor PS CCC Data clear

208 Route Selection Pattern 00 Trunk Restriction Class 00 Route Selection Pattern 0
number for Trunk sent from Home PBX CCC Data clear
~
Restriction Class sent 08 01: Unrestricted (RCA) NONE No data

from Home PBX 02: Nonrestricted 1
[For PCS] (RCB)
03: Nonrestricted 2
(RCC)
04: Semirestricted 1
(RCD)
05: Semirestricted 2
(RCE)
06: Restricted 1 (RCF)
07: Restricted 2 (RCG)
08: Fully restricted
(RCH)
210 Roaming Station Num- 00 X Roaming Station No.
ber (Pilot station No.
~
[For PCS] XXXX assigned by CM18 Y=1)

XXXX
998 Work Memory All Clear 1 All Clear CCC Data clear
of DBM
[For PCS]
999 System Data Memory 1 All Clear CCC Data clear
All Clear of DBM
[For PCS]
3-484 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMB0
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

B0 PEG COUNT
FUNCTION:
This command allows accumulated data of use for maintenance purposes to be read from the system
PEG counter. Data can be cleared after reading.
PRECAUTION:
When the system is reset, the contents in the memories of the PEG counter are all cleared.
Y=0
To clear individual data
TRUNK STATUS DATA +

ST + B00 + DE + (3-5 digits) DE + CCC + EXE
To clear all PEG COUNT data
ST + B00 + DE + 999 + DE + CCC + EXE
To display
TRUNK STATUS DATA +

ST + B00 + DE + (3-5 digits) DE
Y=2
To set the PEG COUNT measurement start/end time
1ST DATA + 2ND DATA

ST + B02 + DE + (0/1) DE + (8 digits) + EXE
To display the PEG COUNT measurement status
ST + B02 + DE + 2 + DE
3-485 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
CMB0
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

B0 PEG COUNT
Y=4
To clear each CS/ZT PEG COUNT data
1ST DATA
ST + B04 + DE + (4 digits) + DE + CCC + EXE
To clear all CS/ZT PEG COUNT data
ST + B04 + DE + 9999 + DE + CCC + EXE
To display
1ST DATA
ST + B04 + DE + (4 digits) + DE
3-486 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
CMB0
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

B0 PEG COUNT
DATA TABLE:
TRUNK STATUS DATA SETTING

Y
DATA MEANING DATA
0 000 Number of outgoing trunk seizure-Trunk Route 00-63 CCC

~
063
064 Number of tandem connections established
065 Number of times a busy station was encountered
066 Number of all types of calls to Attendant Console
[8300R2]
068 Number of connections giving Dial Tone
069 Number of station-to-station connections established
070 Number of failures caused by all senders being busy
072 Number of failures caused by all registers being busy
076 Number of failures caused by all ringing circuits being busy
077 Number of failures caused by all VoIPDB channels being
busy
078 Number of forced release of communication between station
and Trunk/Tandem connection
079 Number of call forwarding caused by the calling number is
not informed from network
080 Number of rejection of the incoming call the calling is not
informed from network
082 Number of recording executions to the VMS by pressing the
Record key for Voice Mail Live Record-CCIS
083 Number of playing executions from the VMS by pressing the
Play key for Voice Mail Live Record-CCIS
084 Number of Mobility Access calls terminated from mobile
phones
085 Number of Mobility Access settings from mobile phones
087 Number of hookings in Mobility Access connection
3-487 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMB0
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

B0 PEG COUNT
TRUNK STATUS DATA SETTING

Y
DATA MEANING DATA
0 088 Number of outgoing calls of ISDN Alternative Routing in CCC

Remote Unit survival mode
089 Number of Call Completion to Busy Subscriber (CCBS) set
[For EU] from calling party
090 Number of Call Completion to Busy Subscriber (CCBS) set
[For EU] to called party
100 Number of incoming call seizure-Trunk Route 00-63
~
163
200 Number of times all trunks found to be busy trunk route 00-
63
~
263
500 Number of incoming calls terminated to busy tone-Trunk
Route 00-63
~
563
600 Number of unanswered incoming calls-Trunk Route 00-63
~
663
700 Number of register connection on trunk call-Trunk Route 00-
63
~
763
830 Number of conference calls
(Three/Four way Calling)
831 Number of failures cased by all conference trunks (For three
way Calling) being busy
832 Number of transferred incoming calls to Attendant Console
or predetermined station, by Call Forwarding-No Answer
999 Enter to clear all PEG data
3-488 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMB0
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

B0 PEG COUNT
: Default
1ST DATA 2ND DATA
Y
2 0 Setting of PEG COUNT Start MM DD HH mm MM: Month (01-12)
Setting of Time DD : Day (01-31)
duration for HH : Hour (00-23)
1 Setting of PEG COUNT End
measuring mm : Minute (00-59)
Time
PEG COUNT NONE No data
To stop the PEG
COUNT immedi-
ately, enter
99999999
To clear the Set-
ting data, enter
CCC
2 Display the PEG
COUNT Status
NOTE
4 0XXX Number of Call Origination 00000 PEG COUNT data
Display PEG XXX: CS/ZT number (000-127)
~
COUNT data 49999

1XXX Number of Call Termination
for CS/ZT CCC Clear each CS/ZT PEG
XXX: CS/ZT number (000-127)
COUNT data
2XXX Number of Location Registration
3XXX Number of Handover
4XXX Number of out of cell (zone)
NOTE: The meaning of the data displayed is as shown below.

0: Not started
1: Under measuring
2: Finished
After turning power on or after a system reset, the system starts the PEG COUNT, if the
PEG COUNT start time has not been set.
3-489 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
CMB1
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

B1 TRAFFIC MEASUREMENT
FUNCTION:
This command is used to measure traffic data of outgoing/incoming trunk calls and to display the data
on CAT or PCPro.
PRECAUTION:
None
1ST DATA 2ND DATA

ST + B1Y + DE + (1-5 digits) + DE + (1-8 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

0 Setting of traffic 0 Traffic Measurement 0 No measurement
measurement condition Mode 1 Traffic measurement per
hour
2 Traffic measurement per
day
hour continuously
day continuously
NOTE: Traffic Measurement start time and end time settings by CMB1 Y=0>1, 2
are required to set the second data 1 and 2.
1 Setting Start Time for MMDDHHmm MM: Month (01-12)
Traffic Measurement DD : Day (01-31)
HH : Hour (00-23)
mm : Minute (00-59)
NONE No data
2 Setting End Time for MMDDHHmm MM: Month (01-12)
HH : Hour (00-23)
mm : Minute (00-59)
NONE No data
3-490 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMB1
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

0 Setting of traffic 3 Display data for Traf- 0 Before the traffic
measurement condition fic Measurement measurement
1 During the traffic
measurement
2 Completed the traffic
measurement
3-491 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMB1
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA
TRAFFIC
No. MEANING DATA MEANING MEANING
DATA
1 Display incoming trunk XXXZ XXX: Trunk No. (000-511) XXXX Incoming trunk traffic data
traffic data Z : Record No. (0-6) (4 digits) X.XXX erl
(Ex.) 0125 0.125 erl
2 Display outgoing trunk XXXZ XXX: Trunk No. (000-511) XXXX Outgoing trunk traffic data
traffic data Z : Record No. (0-6) (4 digits) X.XXX erl
(Ex.) 0125 0.125 erl
3 Display incoming trunk XXZ XX: Trunk Route No. (00-63) XXXXXX Incoming trunk route traf-
route traffic data Z : Record No. (0-6) (6 digits) fic data
XXX.XXX erl
(Ex.) 001345 1.345 erl
4 Display outgoing trunk XXZ XX: Trunk Route No. (00-63) XXXXXX Outgoing trunk route traf-
route traffic data Z : Record No. (0-6) (6 digits) fic data
XXX.XXX erl
(Ex.) 001345 1.345 erl
3-492 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
CMB1
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

8 Setting of traffic mea- 0 Traffic Measurement 0 No Measurement
surement for CS/ZT Mode of CS/ZT 1 Hourly Measurement
1 Setting Start Time for MMDDHH MM: Month (01-12)
of CS/ZT HH : Hour (00-23)
NONE No data
2 Display data for Traf- 0 Before the traffic
fic Measurement of measurement
CS/ZT 1 During the traffic
measurement
2 Completed the traffic
measurement
3-493 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMB1
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA
TRAFFIC
No. MEANING DATA MEANING MEANING
DATA
9 Display traffic data of XXXZZ XXX: CS/ZT No. (000-127) XXXX Traffic data X.XXX erl
CS/ZT ZZ : Time Zone No. (00-24) (4 digits) (Ex.) 1223 1.223 erl
NOTE 1: Meaning of the 1st data and 2nd data is as follows.
000: 00 (1st data): 1223 (2nd data) Present time hourly measurement=1.233 erl
000: 01 (1st data): 1223 (2nd data) Hourly measurement of 1st an hour=1.233 erl
NOTE 2: Pressing Enter key when Time Zone No. (1st data) is set to 24, DATA ERROR is displayed.
NOTE 3: When the 2nd data is entered during the data is being measured, **** is displayed.
A Display percentage of XXXZZ XXX: CS/ZT No. (000-127) XXX Percentage of B channel all
CS/ZT B channel all ZZ : Time Zone No. (00-24) (3 digits) busy data X.XX %
busy (Ex.) 012 12 %
NOTE 1: Meaning of the 1st data and 2nd data is as follows.
000: 00 (1st data): 012 (2nd data) Present time hourly measurement=12 %
000: 01 (1st data): 012 (2nd data) Hourly measurement of 1st an hour=12 %
NOTE 2: Pressing Enter key when Time Zone No. (1st data) is set to 24, DATA ERROR is displayed.
NOTE 3: When the 2nd data is entered during the data is being measured, **** is displayed.
3-494 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
CMB3
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

B3 UCD PEG COUNT
FUNCTION:
This command allows accumulated traffic data related to the UCD Group to be read from the system.
PRECAUTION:
None
To display
DATA
ST + B3Y + DE + (1-8 digits) + DE
TRUNK STATUS +
ST + B3Y + DE + DATA DE + CCC + EXE
To clear all UCD PEG COUNT data
ST + B39 + DE + 999 + DE + CCC + EXE
3-495 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
CMB3
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

B3 UCD PEG COUNT
DATA TABLE:
Y SETTING DATA
TRUNK
STATUS MEANING DATA MEANING
DATA
0 Number of answered calls on UCD sta- X UCD Station Number
tion See CM17 Y=0
~
XXXXXXXX
1 Number of incoming calls to UCD 00 UCD Group 00
Group
~
15 UCD Group 15
2 Number of call waiting calls for prede-
See CM17 Y=2
termined time in queuing mode on UCD
Group
NOTE
3 Number of abandoned calls to UCD
Group
4 Number of incoming calls to all busy of
UCD Group
5 Number of incoming calls to UCD
Group that were answered
6 Number of times of queuing assigned by
CM42>16 was reached
9 Clear all UCD PEG COUNT data 999
NOTE: The predetermined time is specified by CM41 Y=0>16.
3-496 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
CMB4
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

B4 PEG COUNT OF IP NETWORK
FUNCTION:
This command allows accumulated traffic data for Bandwidth Control between location groups on IP
network to be read from the system PEG counter. Data can be cleared after reading.
PRECAUTION:
NONE
To display
LOCATION NUMBER (00-63)

ST + B4YY + DE + + + DE

ST + B4YY + DE + + + DE + CCC + EXE
To clear all data
ST + B4YY + DE + 9999 + DE + CCC + EXE
3-497 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
CMB4
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

B4 PEG COUNT OF IP NETWORK
DATA TABLE:

00 Number of times that XXZZ XX: Location 00000 Counter data display CM67
traffic exceeded the number of NOTE 1
~
limit bandwidth group to 49999
send side CCC Clear
(00-63)
01 Number of times that 00000 Counter data display
ZZ : Location
traffic exceeded the NOTE 1
~
number of
warning bandwidth 49999
group to
CCC Clear
receive side
02 Maximum bandwidth (00-63) 0000000 Maximum bandwidth
that are used 9999 All clear display (Kbps)
~
1677721 NOTE 2
CCC Clear
03 Bandwidth that are 0000000 Bandwidth display
used now (Kbps) NOTE 2
~
1677721
CCC Clear
NOTE 1: The PEG count of 0-49999 can be stored to the system. When the number exceeds 49999, the
system starts counting from 0.
NOTE 2: The bandwidth of 0-1677721 Kbps can be displayed on PCPro/CAT. Even if the bandwidth
exceeds 1677721, the PCPro/CAT displays the bandwidth 1677721 Kbps.
3-498 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
CMBA
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

BA SIP PROFILE DATA
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign the various profile data for SIP Trunk.
PRECAUTION:
(1) Profile No. for control packet is assigned by CMA7 Y=71.

1ST DATA 2ND DATA

ST + BAYY/YYY + DE + (Profile No. 00-31) + DE + (1-32 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
Y=04-47
: Default
04 TOS/Diffserv Prece- 00 Profile number 00 PRECEDENCE 0 CM35 Y=134

dence for SIP trunk for control packet CMA7 Y=71
~
control packet 31 07 PRECEDENCE 7 CMBA Y=10

RESET
3-499 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMBA
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

BA SIP PROFILE DATA
: Default
10 TOS/Diffserv Prece- 00 Profile number 00 TOS/Diffserv Prece- CM35 Y=161

dence for SIP trunk ~ for control dence CMA7 Y=71
~
control packet 31 packet 3F CMBA Y=04
RESET NONE No data
QoS: Quality of Service
NOTE 2: When this data is set, the TOS field Precedence set by CMBA Y=04 is ineffective.
If you want to validate the Precedence set by CMBA Y=04, set CCC (data clear) for CMBA
Y=10.
25 Query a DNS server to 00 Profile number 0 Provide CMA7 Y=71
get the IP Address for control 1 Not provided CMBA Y=30
~
31 packet
NOTE 1: When the second data is set to 0, only the IP Address replied from to a DNS server is used. When
the second data is set to 1, the SIP server IP Address assigned by CMBA Y=30 is used.
NOTE 2: The second data should be set to 1 for IP trunk Point-to-Multipoint connection when the second
data of CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0.
29 Session Timer 00 Profile number 0 uas CMA7 Y=71
refresher kind for control 1 uac CMBA Y=56,
~
31 packet 83, 88
30 SIP server IP Address aaabbb SIP server IP Address CMA7 Y=71
cccddd aaa : 000-255
bbb: 000-255
ccc : 000-255
ddd: 000-255
NONE No data
NOTE: The second data follows the IP Address pattern assigned by CM8A Y=5XXX>167 for IP trunk Point-
to-Multipoint connection when the second data of CMA7 Y=46 is set to 0.
3-500 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
CMBA
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

BA SIP PROFILE DATA
: Default
31 SIP server Port number 00 Profile number 00000 SIP server Port num- CMA7 Y=71
RESET ~ for control packet ber
~
31 65534
NONE No data
NOTE: The port number of SIP server is 05060 in general.
32 Registration number 00 Profile number X Registration number CMA7 Y=71
(representative num- for control packet (representative num- CMBA Y=44
~
~
ber) assignment 31 X...X ber)
(Maximum 24 digits)
X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
NONE No data
NOTE 1: CMBA Y=32 must be set when the calling number is noticed by using SIP (used as a registry for
SIP server).
NOTE 2: To send a calling number on SIP communication, CMBA Y=32 must be set when CMBA Y=44 is
set to 00/01, CM8A Y=5XXX 1st data=176 is set to 00/01/02/08.
3-501 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
CMBA
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

BA SIP PROFILE DATA
: Default
44 Registration number 00 Profile number 00 Provide registration CM12 Y=12,

[representative number] ~ for control packet number (representa- 46
(Change the calling 31 tive number) set by CMA7 Y=71
number to Registration CMBA Y=32 CMBA Y=32
number [representative 01 Provide registration
number]) number (representa-
tive number) set by
CMBA Y=32
When the calling
number is not set/Not
provide registration
number (representa-
tive number) set by
CMBA Y=32
Address when the
calling number is sent
02 When the calling
number is sent from
the trunk, the number
is used as the calling
number
03 No calling number/
When the calling
number is sent from
the trunk, the number
is used as the calling
number
15 E.164 Address is not
provided
NOTE: CMBA Y=44 must be set when the Gatekeeper requires registration number (representative number)
as the ID Address of the Gateway. If not, set this data to 15.
3-502 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
CMBA
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

BA SIP PROFILE DATA
: Default
45 Setting of SIP AoR 00 Profile number XXX...X SIP AoR user name CMA7 Y=71
user name with charac- ~ for control packet (Maximum 32 charac-
ter 31 ters)
NONE No data
NOTE: You can also confirm the SIP AoR user name set by CMBA Y=46/47/54 with this command.
46 Setting of SIP AoR 00 Profile number XXX...X SIP AoR user name CMA7 Y=71
user name with charac- for control packet (24 digits, 12 charac- CMBA Y=47
~
ter code (First 12 char- 31 ters fixed) CMBA Y=54

acters) See Character
Code Table in
CM77.
NONE No data
47 Setting of SIP AoR XXX...X SIP AoR user name CMA7 Y=71
user name with charac- (24 digits, 12 charac- CMBA Y=46
ter code (Middle 12 ters fixed) CMBA Y=54
characters) See Character
Code Table in
CM77.
NONE No data
3-503 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
CMBA
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

BA SIP PROFILE DATA
Y=52-99
: Default
52 DTMF out-band mode 00 Profile number 03 Out-band mode (with CMA7 Y=71
for SIP trunk ~ for control packet RFC2833)
31 NONE In-band mode (Voice
pass through)
54 Setting of SIP AoR XXX...X SIP AoR user name CMA7 Y=71
user name with charac- (16 digits, 8 charac- CMBA
ter code (Last 8 characters fixed) Y=46, 47
ters) See Character
Code Table in
CM77.
NONE No data
55 Setting of SIP trunk 0 SIP-URL + tel-URL CMA7 Y=71
identity header 1 SIP-URL
2 tel-URL
3 SIP-URL + tel-URL
only when the calling
number is not
informed
4 SIP-URL only when
the calling number is
not informed
5 tel-URL only when
the calling number is
not informed
7 No identity header
56 Session Timer method 0 UPDATE CMA7 Y=71
1 INVITE CMBA
3 Auto Y=29, 83, 88
NOTE: When the second data is set to 3, the session timer method is decided by the receiving message from
the communicated terminal.
3-504 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
CMBA
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

BA SIP PROFILE DATA
: Default
70 SIP trunk registration 00 Profile number 0 To register the time CMA7 Y=71
method to the SIP ~ for control packet set by CMBA Y=71 CMBA Y=71
server 31 1 To register no limita-
tion for the time
3 Not registered
NOTE 1: SIP trunk is re-registered half the time set by CMBA Y=71 to SIP server periodically when the sec-
ond data is set to 0.
NOTE 2: When setting the second data to 1, SIP trunk is re-registered to SIP server for half the period of
the specified time when registration time is specified from SIP server.
71 Setting of SIP trunk 00 Profile number 1 1 second CMA7 Y=71
registration expiry time for control packet CMBA Y=70
~
~
to the SIP server 31 4294967294 4294967294 seconds
NONE 3600 seconds (1hour)
NOTE 1: This data setting is effective only when CMBA Y=70 is set to 0.
NOTE 2: Set the time to cancel the registration after registering SIP trunk with this command to SIP server.
NOTE 3: When the registration has been canceled by SIP server, re-register to SIP server for half the period
of time set by this command (in case of 3600 seconds, set 1800 seconds).
NOTE 4: When re-registration from SIP server is not executed during the period of time set by this command
after the registration has been canceled by SIP server, call reception from the network to SIP is
restricted.
72 Setting of Authentica- 00 Profile number XXX...X User name CMA7 Y=71
tion user name when for control packet (Maximum 32 digits) CMBA Y=73
~
registering to/receiv- 31 NONE No data

ing from the SIP server
with character code
3-505 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
CMBA
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

BA SIP PROFILE DATA
: Default

tion user name when ~ for control packet (24 digits, 12 charac- CMBA Y=72,
registering to/sending 31 ters fixed) 100, 101
from the SIP server See Character
with character code Code Table in
(First 12 characters) CM77.
NONE No data
NOTE 1: When the character code to be set is less than the number of digits necessary, add the character
code FF.
NOTE 2: You can confirm the user name set by this command with CMBA Y=72.
74 Setting of Authentica- 00 Profile number XXX...X Password CMA7 Y=71
tion password when for control packet (Maximum 12 digits) CMBA Y=75
~
registering to/sending 31 NONE No data

from the SIP server
with character code
tion password when for control packet (24 digits, 12 charac- CMBA Y=74,
~

(First 12 characters) CM77.
NONE No data
code FF.
NOTE 2: You can confirm the password set by this command with CMBA Y=74.
76 Setting of SIP trunk 00 Profile number XXX...X Domain name CMA7 Y=71
domain name for SIP- for control packet (Maximum 32 digits) CMBA
~
URI with character 31 NONE No data Y=77-79

NOTE: You can also confirm the domain names set by CMBA Y=77-79 with this command.
3-506 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
CMBA
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

BA SIP PROFILE DATA
: Default
domain name for SIP- ~ for control packet (24 digits, 12 charac- CMBA Y=76,
URI with character 31 ters fixed) 78, 79
code (First 12 charac- See Character
ters) Code Table in
CM77.
NONE No data
NOTE 1: Concatenated characters assigned by CMBA Y=77, 78, and 79 are used as domain name.
NOTE 2: When setting a character code to be set is less than the number of digits necessary, add the char-
acter code FF.
NOTE 3: You can confirm the domain name set by this command with CMBA Y=76.
domain name for SIP- for control packet (24 digits, 12 charac- CMBA Y=76,
~
URI with character 31 ters fixed) 77, 79

code (Middle 12 char- See Character
acters) Code Table in
CM77.
NONE No data
acter code FF.
domain name for SIP- for control packet (16 digits, 8 charac- CMBA
~
URI with character 31 ters fixed) Y=76-78

code (Last 8 charac- See Character
ters) Code Table in
CM77.
NONE No data
acter code FF.
3-507 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
CMBA
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

BA SIP PROFILE DATA
: Default
83 Session Timer provid- 00 Profile number 0 Not provided CMA7 Y=71

ing ~ for control packet 1 To provide CMBA
31 Y=29, 56, 88
86 Identity header of SIP 0 P-Asserted-Identity CMA7 Y=71
Trunk 1 P-Preferred-Identity
88 Session Timer setting 1 1 second CMA7 Y=71
CMBA
~
4294967294 4294967294 seconds Y=29, 56, 83
NONE 1800 seconds
91 Provisional response 0 183 Session Progress CMA7 Y=71
code when the system (with SDP)
receives the incoming 1 180 Ringing
call, and starts to call (with SDP)
the stations 7 180 Ringing
(without SDP)
3-508 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
CMBA
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

BA SIP PROFILE DATA
: Default
92 Setting of the display 00 Profile number 0 Display name: CMA7 Y=71

name/user name for ~ for control packet SIP AoR User CMBA
From Header 31 Description following Y=44-47, 54
CMBA Y=45
User name:
SIP AoR User
Description following
CMBA Y=45
2 Display name:
Caller ID following
CMBA Y=44
User name:
SIP AoR User
Description following
CMBA Y=45
3 Display name:
Caller ID following
CMBA Y=44
User name:
Caller ID following
CMBA Y=44
93 Setting of the Fully XXX...X Domain name CMA7 Y=71
Qualified Domain (Maximum 32 digits) CMBA
Name (FQDN) for SIP NONE No data Y=94-96, 99
server with character
NOTE 1: You can also confirm the domain name set by CMBA Y=94-96 with this command.
NOTE 2: When the setting of this command is changed, the DNS cache table should be cleared by CMBA
Y=99.
3-509 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
CMBA
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

BA SIP PROFILE DATA
: Default
94 Setting of the Fully 00 Profile number XXX...X Domain name CMA7 Y=71
Qualified Domain ~ for control packet (24 digits, 12 charac- CMBA Y=93,
Name (FQDN) for SIP 31 ters fixed) 95, 96, 99
server with character See Character
code (First 12 charac- Code Table in
ters) CM77.
NONE To use SIP server IP
Address set by
CMBA Y=30
code FF.
Y=99.
Qualified Domain for control packet (24 digits, 12 charac- CMBA Y=93,
~
Name (FQDN) for SIP 31 ters fixed) 94, 96, 99

code (Middle 12 char- Code Table in
acters) CM77.
Address set by
CMBA Y=30
code FF.
Y=99.
3-510 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
CMBA
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

BA SIP PROFILE DATA
: Default
Qualified Domain ~ for control packet (16 digits, 8 charac- CMBA
Name (FQDN) for SIP 31 ters fixed) Y=93-95, 99
code (Last 8 charac- Code Table in
ters) CM77.
Address set by
CMBA Y=30
code FF.
Y=99.
97 Error response code 00 Profile number 0 480 Temporarily CMA7 Y=71
when the system for control packet Unavailable
~
receives the incoming 31 1 486 Busy Here

call, but all SIP trunks 7 503 Service Unavail-
are busy able
98 Setting of the Unit 01 Unit No. 01 CMA7 Y=71
number to query the NONE No data CM0B
DNS server Y=1XX>60,
61
CMBA
Y=94-96
NOTE 1: Set SIP interface to query the domain name of SIP server assigned by CMBA Y=94-96.
NOTE 2: For the Unit number set by the second data, the IP Address of DNS server for CM0B Y=1XX>60,
61 should be set.
Y=99.
3-511 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
CMBA
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

BA SIP PROFILE DATA

99 Clearing the cache 00 Profile number CCC DNS cache table CMA7 Y=71
table for control packet clearance
~
31
NOTE: The IP Addresses which were cached for the second data are displayed when the IP Addresses were
cached on DNS cache table.
3-512 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
CMBA
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

BA SIP PROFILE DATA
Y=100-110
: Default
tion user name when ~ for control packet (24 digits, 12 charac- CMBA Y=72,
(Middle 12 characters) CM77.
NONE No data
code FF.
tion user name when for control packet (16 digits, 8 charac- CMBA Y=72,
~

(Last 8 characters) CM77.
NONE No data
code FF.
tion password when for control packet (24 digits, 12 charac- CMBA Y=74,
~

(Middle 12 characters) CM77.
NONE No data
code FF.
3-513 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
CMBA
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

BA SIP PROFILE DATA
: Default

tion password when ~ for control packet (16 digits, 8 charac- CMBA Y=74,
(Last 12 characters) CM77.
NONE No data
code FF.
105 Request provisional 00 Profile number 0 Available (Supported CMA7 Y=71
responses with reliabil- for control packet header and Require
~
ity (100rel) when send- 31 header)

ing from SIP trunk 1 Available (Supported
header)
3 Not available
108 Perform registration 0 To provide CMA7 Y=71
periodically when also 1 Not provided
receiving subscriber
error or authentica-
tion error during the
registration
110 Send a signal to require 0 To provide CMA7 Y=71
a deletion during a 1 Not provided
reset setting registra-
tion
3-514 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3007.fm
CMD7
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

D7 OAI CONTROL DATA
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign the data to control the OAI facility.
PRECAUTION:
When you need to assign the port number of the PBX for OAI, on your computer, assign the number
1024/1025/1039/60030. Do not assign the port number which is used for the other OAI application.
Port number assignment for the PBX is required. See CM0B Y=1XX>30. There is no limitation
for the port number of the computer connected to the PBX.
FUNCTION DATA DATA

ST + D7Y + DE + (1-5 digits) + DE + (1-4 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

0 OAI Function Key num- F1032 OAI Function key number 0 128 Operation Code for MSF
ber for MSF/TMF
~
F1047 OAI Function key number 15 191

NOTE 1
192 Operation Code for TMF
~
255
DCX Digit number of Digit Code
(X: 1-3) NOTE 2
NONE No data
1 Operation Code for MSF X Access Code assigned by 128 Operation Code for MSF
CM20>A084 NOTE 3
~
XXXX 191
NONE No data
2 Voice Response System 000 Message number 1XXX XXX: 000-007: Voice
number for MSF Response
~
127 System
number
3-515 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
CMD7
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

D7 OAI CONTROL DATA
: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

2 Multi-Connection 100 Message number 1000 Voice Response System
Announcement service (Fixed) (Fixed) number
for MSF
NONE No data
3 Waiting timer for RR sig- 00 Setting Timer 000 8 seconds
nal after starting up MSF/ (4 seconds increments)
TMF 001 4 seconds
002 8 seconds
003 12 seconds
~
127 508 seconds
4 Maximum number of ter- 00 Number of terminals to be in 00 Number of terminals
minals to be in terminal MSF mode from a PB Tele-
~
mode simultaneously for phone 32
MSF/TMF
01 Number of terminals to be in 00 32 terminals
terminal mode/TMF simulta- (2 terminals increments)
neously per system 01 2 terminals
02 4 terminals
03 6 terminals
~
30 60 terminals
31 62 terminals
32 63 terminals
5 Office number for OAI 00 X Office No.
(Maximum 4 digits)
~
XXXX
NONE No data
6 Operation code to start up X Digit Code (X: 0-9, #) 128 Operation Code for MSF
MSF/TMF by dialling a NOTE 4, NOTE 5 NOTE 6
~
digit code after pressing XXX 191

an OAI function key
192 Operation Code for TMF
NOTE 6
~
255
NONE No data
3-516 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
CMD7
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

D7 OAI CONTROL DATA
: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

7 Chime from Multiline F1032 OAI Function Key No. 0 00 Not sent
Terminal when receiving 01 To send
~
~
RR signal of MSF/TMF F1047 OAI Function Key No. 15
8 Chime from Multiline 00 Chime before sending terminal 00 No ring
Terminal when setting up messages (when pressing OAI 01 Ring
TMF Function Key)
02 Chime after sending terminal
messages
Display of guidance on 01 Display of guidance before 00 Not displayed
Multiline Terminal when sending terminal messages 01 To display
setting up TMF (when pressing OAI Function
Key)
03 Display of guidance after send-
ing terminal messages
A AP database of FLF 00 Recognition of AP database by 0 To provide
RR message 1 Not provided
01 Omission of AP database for 0 Not omitted
information added to RR mes- 1 To omit
sage NOTE 7
Chime from Multiline 0B Chime sending out at the time 0 No ring
Terminal at the time ter- (MRFR, MRFI) terminal mode 1 Ring
minal mode is released release
Chime from Multiline 11 When Terminal Mode is can- 0 Ring
Terminal when MSF is celed 1 No ring
canceled
NOTE 1: OAI Function key number is assigned by CM90.

NOTE 2: The digit code is assigned by CMD7 Y=6.
NOTE 3: The maximum number of operation codes is 16.
NOTE 4: Digit number is assigned by CMD7 Y=0.
NOTE 5: Do not use * as a digit code.
NOTE 6: The maximum number of operation codes is 128.
NOTE 7: Setting data for CMD7 Y=A>01 is effective only when CMD7 Y=A>00: 1.
3-517 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CME0
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

E0 RESET
FUNCTION:
This command allows the maintenance personnel to execute the System Reset, Blade Reset and IPT (P2P
CCIS) Reset with the PCPro/CAT.
PRECAUTION:
If the setting data (Month, Day and Time) is different from the current time of the system clock set by
CM02, any request to reset the system is not accepted and DATA ERROR is displayed.
TYPE OF RESET DATA

ST + E0Y + DE + (2/4 digits) + DE + (4/8 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
Y TYPE OF RESET SETTING DATA RELATED

2 System Reset 2000 CPU Reset MM Current time dis- CM02

DD played on Multiline
HH Terminal/DESKCON
mm NOTE 1
To request the reset
immediately.
3 Blade Reset XXZZ XX: Unit No. (01-50) XXZZ XX: Unit No. (01-50)
ZZ : Slot No. (01-18) ZZ : Slot No. (01-18)
NOTE 2
NOTE 3
NOTE 4
5 IPT (P2P CCIS) Reset 00 Reset after the IPT MM Current time dis- CM02
NOTE 5 (P2P CCIS) installa- DD played on Multiline
NOTE 6 tion HH Terminal/DESKCON
NOTE 7 mm NOTE 1
01 Reset while the sys- CM02
NOTE 8 To request the reset
tem is operating CMA7 Y=44,
immediately.
46, 50
3-518 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CME0
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

E0 RESET
NOTE 1: For the Data MMDDHHmm, enter the Month, Date, and Time (hour and minute) of the
time, as shown below.
MM : Month (01 (Jan.)-12 (Dec.))
DD : Date (01-31)
HH : Hour (00-23)
mm : Minute (00-59)
NOTE 2: Set the same Unit No. and Slot No. assigned by the first data.
NOTE 3: 00000000-FFFFFFFF is displayed as the second data when this command is executed.
You can confirm the port status of the blade which is accommodated to the specified slot by
this data display.
00000000: All ports are not in use
Other than 00000000: Ports in use are included.
NOTE 4: For the blade reset while the system is operating, be sure to check the port status. The blade
reset must be executed when all ports are not in use.
NOTE 5: Set the CME0 Y=5>00 when setting the new IPT (P2P CCIS) after the IPT (P2P CCIS)
installation (this data cannot be used once the reset has been executed by this data).
NOTE 6: This data setting has no effect on services other than related to IPT (P2P CCIS) even if the
reset (CME0 Y=5>00) is executed after the IPT (P2P CCIS) installation.
NOTE 7: Set the CME0 Y=5>01 when changing the commands (CM10 Y=2, CMA7 Y=44, 46, and 50)
which require a reset related to IPT (P2P CCIS).
NOTE 8: For the reset (CME0 Y=5>01) while the system is operating, the call connected to a line via
IPT (P2P CCIS) is not disconnected.
3-519 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
JULY/18/2008
CME1
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

E1 CPU MEMORY CHECK SUM DISPLAY
FUNCTION:
This command is used to display Check Sum data on CPU memory. This is only for maintenance.
PRECAUTION:
None
To display
MEMORY AREA No.

ST + E10 + DE + (01-11) + DE
Check Sum Data: 0000-FFFF is displayed.
3-520 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
CME4
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

E4 STATION SERVICE STATUS DISPLAY
FUNCTION:
This command is used for readout the station service status.
PRECAUTION:
None
STATION NUMBER
ST + E4YY + DE + (1-8 digits) + DE
DATA TABLE:
Y READOUT DATA RELATED

00 Readout service status abcdefgh a: Terminal connection status

A for each station 0 : Connected (Multiline Terminal)
1 : Not connected (Multiline Terminal)
E: Readout error
_ : Off-line/Not available
b: Make busy
0 : Not set
1 : Set
E: Readout error
c: Line status
0 : Idle
1 : Busy
E: Readout error
_ : Off-line
d: Call Forwarding-All Calls
0 : Not set
1 : Set
e: Call Forwarding-Busy Line
0 : Not set
1 : Set
f : Call Forwarding-No Answer
0 : Not set
1 : Set
3-521 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
CME4
COMMAND CODE TITLE:


00 Readout service status abcdefgh g: Logout/Call Forwarding-PS out of cell (zone)

A for each station 0 : Not set
1 : Set
h: Do Not Disturb
0 : Not set
1 : Set
E: Readout error
01 Readout service status ijklmnop i : Mobility Access CM11
B for each station 0 : Not set
1 : Set
_ : Not available
j : Day/Night mode change
D: Day mode
N: Night mode
A: Mode A
B: Mode B
k: Number Sharing CM12 Y=19
0 : Main station number/Sub station number not for Num-
ber Sharing
1 : Main station number for Number Sharing
E: Readout error
_ : No connection by CM12 Y=19
l : Split Call Forwarding-All calls
0 : Not set
1 : Set
E: Readout error
m:Split Call Forwarding-Busy Line/No Answer
0 : Not set
1 : Set
E: Readout error
3-522 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
CME4
COMMAND CODE TITLE:


01 Readout service status ijklmnop n: ACD/UCD Busy Out CM17 Y=0, 2

B for each station 0 : Not set
1 : Set
E: Readout error
_ : Not registered ACD/UCD group
o: Outgoing Call Restriction
0 : Not set
1 : Set
E: Readout error
3-523 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
CME5
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

E5 STATION, TRUNK LINE MAKE BUSY
FUNCTION:
This command is used to make busy any station or trunk in the software.
PRECAUTION:
None
STATION/TRUNK
ST + E5Y + DE + NUMBER + DE + DATA + EXE
(1-8 digits) (1 digit)
DATA TABLE:
: Default
STATION/TRUNK NUMBER SETTING DATA
Y REMARKS
0 X Station number (1-8 digits) NOTE 1 0 Make busy set For LC and
1 In service DLC blade
~
XXXXXXXX
1 000 Trunk number NOTE 2 0 Make busy set For COT, DIOP,
1 In service ODT and BRT
~
511 blade
2 XXXXXXXX , Z XXXXXXXX: ISDN Line Station 0 Make busy set For BRT blade
number 1 In service
Z: 0 (B1 channel)
1 (B2 channel)
NOTE 3
3 000 CS/ZT number 0 Make busy (forced) For CS/ZT
1 Make idle NOTE 4
~
127 2 Make busy

(after calls finished)
5 XXZZZ XX : Unit number (01-50) 0 Make busy (forced)
ZZZ: VoIPDB channel (001-128) 1 Make idle
2 Make busy
(after calls finished)
3-524 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
JULY/18/2008
CME5
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

E5 STATION, TRUNK LINE MAKE BUSY
NOTE 1: For a station that is made busy, call termination to the station is restricted, but call origina-
tion is available.
For extension lines on a Multiline Terminal, My Line and Multiline make busy can be set in-
dividually, with the same condition as mentioned above.
NOTE 2: For a trunk that is made busy, the outgoing call is restricted, but on incoming, the call is
available.
NOTE 3: For the B channel that is made busy, call termination to the ISDN Telephone corresponds
with the B channel is restricted, but call origination is available.
NOTE 4: Make idle of CS/ZT since the CS/ZT is in make busy forcibly when assigning the CS/ZT data
by CM10.
NOTE 5: Under a made busy condition, the Busy Lamp on the blade flashes (60 IPM).
3-525 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
CME6
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

E6 CALL FORWARDING SET/RESET FROM PCPro/CAT
FUNCTION:
This command is used to set/reset Call Forwarding service to each station from a PCPro/CAT.
PRECAUTION:
CME6 can be used for any station irrespective of its state.
STATION No. DESTINATION No. CCC

ST + E6YY + DE + (1-8 digits) + DE + (1-31 digits) (for reset) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y MEANING DESTINATION
00 Call Forwarding-All Calls Destination=Extension;
X-XXXXXXXX: Station No. (1-8 digits)
Destination=Outside party;
01 Call Forwarding-Busy Line
X-XXXX + , + YY...YY
X-XXXX: Outgoing Trunk/LCR Group Access Code (1-4 digits)
, : Separate Mark
02 Call Forwarding-No Answer
YY...YY : Called No. (Maximum 26 digits)
Destination=Attendant; E000
03 Call Forwarding-Busy Line/No [8300R2]
Answer
NONE : No data
04 Split Call Forwarding-All Calls 0: Destination for Split Call Forwarding (Block 0)/ATT
1: Destination for Split Call Forwarding (Block 1)
3: Destination for Split Call Forwarding (Block 3) See
05 Split Call Forwarding-Busy Line/No
4: Destination for Split Call Forwarding (Block 4) CM78
Answer
8: Destination for Call Forwarding
9: Destination for Station Speed Dialing (Block 0)
NONE : No data
NOTE: To reset the Call Forwarding, assign CCC to the second data.
3-526 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CME6
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

E6 CALL FORWARDING SET/RESET FROM PCPro/CAT
: Default
Y MEANING DESTINATION
06 Call Forwarding-PS Out of Cell Destination=Extension;
(Zone) X-XXXXXXXX: Station No. (1-8 digits)
Call Forwarding-Logout (IP Station)
Destination=Outside party;
X-XXXX + , + YY...YY
X-XXXX: Outgoing Trunk Access Code (1-4 digits)
, : Separate Mark
YY...YY : Called No. (Maximum 26 digits)
Destination=Attendant; E000
[8300R2]
NONE : No data
07 Timing of Call Forwarding-No 001: 0-4 seconds
Answer for a trunk incoming call on (4 seconds increments)
~
a station basis 120: 116-120 seconds

NONE : As per CM41 Y=0>100
08 Timing of Call Forwarding-No 001: 0-4 seconds
Answer for an internal call or an (4 seconds increments)
~
assisted call on a station basis 120: 116-120 seconds

NONE : As per CM41 Y=0>101
50 Trunk number link up with a Trunk number=Mobile phone No. (Maximum 26 digits)
Mobility Access station number
NONE : No data
NOTE 1: Station number cannot be assigned to second data.
NOTE 2: When the mobile phone number has been already assigned to other station number, ASSIGNED
ALREADY is displayed.
NOTE 3: Outgoing Trunk Access Code (1-4 digits) must be assigned by CM64 Y=10.
NOTE 4: When the system operates both CME6 Y=50 and CME6 Y=51, set the same number of the 2nd data of
CME6 Y=51 as the 2nd data.
51 Destination of ISDN Alternative Destination C.O. line number (Maximum 26 digits)
Routing of in Remote Unit survival
mode (station basis) NONE : No data
NOTE 1: When the system operates both CME6 Y=50 and CME6 Y=51, set the same number of the 2nd data of
CME6 Y=50 as the 2nd data.
NOTE 2: When 2nd data of CM64 Y=12 is set to 0, the destination is set by this command.
3-527 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CME7
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

E7 PASSWORD LEVEL
FUNCTION:
This command is used to specify the accessible commands for each Password Level.
PRECAUTION:
None
COMMAND CODE DATA

ST + E7YY + DE + (1-2 digits) + DE + (1 digit) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y
COMMAND CODE SETTING DATA
No. PASSWORD LEVEL
00 Password Level 0-6 00-F8 0 : Allowed
01 1-6 (Exclusive of 03, E7, E9) 1 : Restricted
02 2-6
03 3-6
04 4-6
05 5-6
06 6
10 0
11 1
12 2
13 3
14 4
15 5
16 6
20 To clear all the Password 00-F8 1: All Password Levels excluding
Level settings for all individual (Exclusive of 03, E7, E9) Level 7 are restricted from assign-
commands ment of designated command.
21 To clear all the Password 00 1: All Password Levels excluding
Level settings for all commands Level 7 are restricted from assign-
ment of all commands.
NOTE: In case of CME7 Y=20, 21, the data to be set is 1 only.
3-528 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
CME8
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

E8 UPDATING OF ACCESS BLADE FIRMWARE
FUNCTION:
This command is used to update the Access blade (Line/Trunk blades) firmware by PCPro/CAT opera-
tion.
NOTE: The access blade firmware is supplied with the basic software of the CPU. Therefore, when
executing the firmware update, execute the firmware update by this command after the update
of the basic software is completed.
PRECAUTION:
(1) To execute the firmware update, the appropriate blade must be in normal operation condition.
(2) For a firmware update, the firmware supplied with the basic software in the Unit is downloaded.
(3) The firmware update is executed on a blade basis. The firmware update for multiple blades at a
time cannot be executed (this condition is also applied in the case of a multiple Unit configuration).
(4) The update period of the firmware takes about 2-3 minutes depending on the file size.
3-529 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
JULY/18/2008
CME8
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

(5) The download status of the firmware can be confirmed by the following methods.
CONFIRMATION METHOD
DOWNLOAD STATUS BLADE LED
CME8 Y=2 CME8 Y=0
INDICATION
Download is completed RUN LED FFFF Firmware version is
(normal end) (flash) changed
Download is completed RUN LED is undefined FFXX Firmware version is
(system data except CM05 Y=0 is (such as OFF, ON) (XX: 01-0E) changed
not set)
Under downloading Live LED XX0F Firmware version is not
(flash with special cycle) (XX: 01-0E) changed
Abnormal end under downloading RUN LED is undefined F00F Firmware version is not
(such as OFF, ON) changed
Under normal operation after RUN LED 00FF Firmware version is
download (after reset) (flash) changed
Blade is unmounted/system data is 0000
not set
(6) The firmware can be also updated to the older version than the current firmware version of the
blade.
(7) To pull out a blade under downloading causes abnormal end. The download becomes available
again after time-out period is elapsed (approximately 3 minutes [depends on the file size] later after
the download start) when the download is ended abnormally.
1ST DATA 2ND DATA

ST + E8Y + DE + (4 digits) + DE + (1-6 digits) + EXE
3-530 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
JULY/18/2008
CME8
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

DATA TABLE

0 Firmware XX ZZ XX: Unit number XX YY ZZ Readout data of firmware CM05 Y=0

download (01-50) when operating
ZZ : Slot number XX: Firmware type (Same as
(01-18) second data of CM05
Y=0)
YY: Firmware version on the
blade
ZZ : Firmware version of the
blade supplied with the
basic software
XX Input data when executing
download
XX: Firmware type to down-
load (same for the sec-
ond data of CM05 Y=0)
NOTE 1: The appropriate access blade is reset when executing download, then
the firmware update starts. The cycle of the Live LED becomes special
cycle during updating.
NOTE 2: After the firmware update is completed, the access blade is reset auto-
matically and activated.
NOTE 3: Refer to the PC Programming Manual for the operating procedure
to update the blade firmware program.
2 Read the status of XX ZZ XX: Unit number FFFF Download is completed CM05 Y=0
firmware download (01-50) (normal end)
ZZ : Slot number FFXX Download is completed
(01-18) (system data except CM05
Y=0 is not set)
XX0F Under downloading
F00F Abnormal end under down-
loading
00FF Under normal operation after
download (after reset)
0000 Blade is unmounted/system
data is not set
XX: 01-0E
3-531 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
JULY/18/2008
CME9
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

E9 PASSWORD
FUNCTION:
This command is used to define the Password of each Password Level and the availability of Password
Service.
PRECAUTION:
(1) When programming a Password, the Password for Password Level 7 must be set. If no Password
of Password Level 7 is set, the programming of Password Service provision (CME9>9) is restricted
with the message CODE NOT USED. NOTE
(2) Before setting the Password, CME9>8 (Change of Password) must be set to 0 (Allowed).
(3) CME9>9 (Password Service) must be set to 0 (Provided) after programming of all Passwords are
completed.
1ST DATA 2ND DATA

ST + E9 + DE + (1 digit) + DE + (1/8 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
2ND DATA
1ST DATA REMARKS
DATA MEANING
0 Password Level 0 X Password Following Passwords are not
available:
~
7 Password Level 7 XXXXXXXX CC...C (All C)

(Maximum 8 digits) FF...F (All F)
CCC Password clear
NONE No data
8 Change of Password 0 Allowed
1 Restricted
9 Password Service 0 Provide
1 No provided
NOTE: Password Level 7 can access all commands.
3-532 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
CMEA
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

EA FAULT INFORMATION STORE/DISPLAY FUNCTIONS
FUNCTION:
This command is used for fault maintenance of the PBX. The functions of this command are outlined
below:
Storing fault information into the Fault Store Memory upon occurrence of a fault.
Display of the stored fault information
Control of the external alarm upon occurrence of a fault
PRECAUTION:
(1) In CMEA Y=0, the fault information is automatically displayed when DE is pressed after entering
first data 00.
(2) See Fault Information Display in the following pages for details on how to read the fault
information.

1ST DATA 2ND DATA

ST + EAY + DE + (1-3 digits) + DE + (1-8 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:

0 Fault information 0 The newest fault information

display (0-9) stored in Fault Information
~
(Display only) 9 Memory NOTE 1

Page 3-539 F Fault information all clear
NOTE 4
3-533 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMEA
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
1 Clear External 00 Clear all of MJ/MN / alarms 00 MJ alarms OFF/MN

Alarm Kind alarms OFF
01 Clear MJ alarms
(MJ/MN) (Display only)
02 Clear MN alarms 01 MJ alarms OFF/MN
alarms ON
(Display only)
10 MJ alarms ON/MN
alarms OFF
(Display only)
11 MJ alarms ON/MN
alarms ON
(Display only)
CCC Alarm Clear
2 Fault information Fault Kind: Occurrence 0 External Alarm Kind CM08>450
and external alarm 0: Fault Memory CM42>01
~
001 System reset NOTE 1

(Display only) 3 store/No output of
012 CS/ZT fault occurred External Alarm
016 It is a day periodic maintenance 1: Fault Memory
store/External
017 Activation Code error occurred Alarm is MN
during the License Activation alarm
(Center Activation) 2: Fault Memory
021 ISDN D-channel link connec- store/External
tion failure Alarm is MJ alarm
3: No Fault Memory
022 CCIS link connection failure store/No External
025 Number of lockout stations was Alarm output
more than predetermined num-
ber NOTE 2
026 DLC blade down
02B CS/ZT fault occurred
02C LAN application fault occurred
NOTE 3
3-534 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMEA
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
2 Fault information 040 Traffic of IP network exceeded 0 External Alarm Kind CM08>450
and external alarm limit bandwidth 0: Fault Memory CM42>01
~
041 Traffic of IP network exceeded
External Alarm
warning bandwidth
1: Fault Memory
042 Communication error occur- store/External
rence between Main Unit and Alarm is MN
Remote Unit NOTE 4 alarm
043 SIP trunk failure 2: Fault Memory
store/External
048 CPU Program Upgrade Alarm is MJ alarm
04A Long call duration information 3: No Fault Memory
NOTE 5 store/No External
Alarm output
100 Power failure
102 DTI line failure
104 SV8300 Blade down
106 SV8300 Blade reset with
CME03
107 Lack of option value
108 Lack of Highway Channel
Fault Kind: Restoration
031 ISDN D-channel link connec-
tion returned to normal condi-
tion
032 CCIS link connection returned
to normal condition
035 Number of lockout stations re
stored to less than predeter-
mined number NOTE 6
036 DLC blade returned to normal
condition
3-535 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMEA
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
2 Fault information 03B CS/ZT returned to normal con- 0 External Alarm Kind CM08>450
and external alarm dition 0: Fault Memory CM42>01
~
03C LAN application returned to
External Alarm
normal condition NOTE 3
1: Fault Memory
050 Traffic of IP network returned store/External
to normal condition from limit Alarm is MN
bandwidth excess alarm
051 Traffic of IP network returned 2: Fault Memory
to normal condition from warn- store/External
Alarm is MJ alarm
ing bandwidth excess
3: No Fault Memory
052 Communication error restora- store/No External
tion between Main Unit and Alarm output
Remote Unit NOTE 4
053 SIP trunk returned to normal
condition
101 Power failure returned to nor-
mal condition
103 DTI line returned to normal
condition
105 SV8300 Blade returned to nor-
mal condition
6 Fault log/Call log 00 Output destination for the fault 2 RS port of CPU CM40 Y=00
collection on VoIP logs/call logs NOTE 7 3 Not output
call
01 Display the call logs that are 0 Logs are not
collected in the CPU or clear the collected
logs 1 Logs are collected
CCC Log clear
02 Collection method of fault logs/ 0 Not overwritten
call logs 1 Over write
3-536 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMEA
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
6 Fault log/Call log 10 Whether fault logs are col- 0 To collect

collection on VoIP lected when the IP Sta- 1 Not collected
call tions login to the system or
the VoIPDB is in online
status
11 Terminals/VoIPDB to col- X- IP Station No.
lect fault logs NOTE 8 XXXXXXXX
DDXXZZZ XX : Unit No. (01-50)
ZZZ : VoIPDB Channel
No. (001-128)
NOTE 1 : Even if the external alarm is set as MN or MJ alarm for system reset (1st data=01), no
alarm is output in the case of Power On, Reset key operated, reset from the PCPro/CAT,
and reset by CPU SENS switch selection.
NOTE 2 : The External Alarm Kind for Number of lockout stations was more than predetermined
number is fixed as MN. In the case of this office data, even if the 2nd data is set to 0/1/2/
3, it simply means the fault information is to be registered into Fault Memory. In this case,
External Alarm Kind cannot be changed.
NOTE 3 : The fault information of the fault kind No, 02C/03C is also registered to the CPU blade
when the OAI fault occurs/the OAI fault is restored. The OAI fault contents that are regis-
tered to the MP card as follows.
Fault Kind 02C (LAN application fault occurrence)
(a) ABOUT/RLRQ (U-ABOUT/RLRQ received)
(b) Fault detection by health check (health check IP T.O)
Fault Kind 03C (LAN application returned to normal condition)
(a) Association is established (AARQ received)
3-537 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMEA
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

NOTE 4 : Confirm the following fault information, when you check Remote Unit operations by
survival mode as fault information from PCPro/CAT in Remote UNIT over IP.
001: System Reset
042: Communication error occurrence between Main Unit and Remote Unit
052: Communication error restoration between Main Unit and Remote Unit
When Remote Unit starts the survival mode operation, the fault information Reset by CAT
or PCPro (Fault occurrence kind No. 001) is registered to the CPU blade of Remote Unit.
In addition, Communication error occurrence between Main Unit and Remote Unit
(Fault occurrence kind No. 042) is registered to the CPU blade of Main Unit at 20 seconds
later from the predetermined time set by CM0B Y=1XX>80.
Remote Unit on survival mode checks at every 30 seconds if the communications to Main
Unit are possible. When the Remote Unit regards that the communications are possible,
Communication error restoration between Main Unit and Remote Unit (Fault occur-
rence kind No. 052) is registered to the CPU blade of Main Unit at 20 seconds later from
the predetermined time set by CM0B Y=1XX>80.
NOTE 5 : About long call duration of trunk call (fault kind: 04A)
When Long call duration failure occurs, Failure occurred is displayed on the PCPro.
After a trunk is seized, when the trunk is seized longer time than the monitoring time (1-
60 hours) set by CM42>182, the call is registered as long call duration failure. However,
there is a tolerance up to 30 minutes between monitoring time set by office data and actual
time to be registered.
NOTE 6 : The External Alarm Kind for Number of lockout stations was less than predetermined num-
ber is fixed to No Alarm. In the case of this office data, even if the 2nd data is set to 0/1/2/
3, it simply means that the fault information is to be registered into Fault Memory. In this
case, External Alarm Kind cannot be changed.
NOTE 7 : Set the output port for fault logs/call logs by CM40 Y=00.
NOTE 8 : When reading this data, second data 1 is displayed normally.
3-538 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMEA
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

Fault Information Display
After the following operation:
ST + EA0 + DE + 00 + DE
The fault information is displayed on PCPro/CAT. An example of fault information display is provid-
ed below:
CAT mode
ST COMMAND=
EA0 + DE EA0>_
0 + DE EA0>0: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX- Fault Information 0
S EA0>1: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX- Fault Information 1
(1) (2)
EA0>0: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX-
For details of (1), (2), see next page.
3-539 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
JULY/18/2008
CMEA
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

EXPLANATION OF SCREEN INFORMATION
1: Date and Time of Fault Occurrence and Restoration
2: Fault Kind No./Restoration Kind No.
FAULT KIND NUMBER FAULT CONTENT

001 System reset
012 CS/ZT fault
016 It is a day for periodic maintenance
017 Activation Code error occurred during the License Activation (Center Activation)
021 ISDN D-channel link connection failure
022 CCIS link connection failure
025 Number of lockout stations was more than predetermined number
026 DLC blade down
02B CS/ZT fault occurred
02C LAN application fault occurred
040 Traffic of IP network exceeded limit bandwidth
041 Traffic of IP network exceeded warning bandwidth
042 Communication error occurrence between Main Unit and Remote Unit
043 SIP trunk failure
048 CPU Program Upgrade
04A Long call duration
100 Power failure
102 DTI line failure
104 SV8300 Blade down
106 SV8300 Blade reset with CME03
107 Lack of option value
108 Lack of Highway Channel
3-540 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMEA
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

RESTORATION
RESTORATION CONTENT
KIND NUMBER
031 ISDN D-channel link connection returned to normal condition
032 CCIS link connection returned to normal condition
035 Number of lockout stations restored to less than predetermined number
036 DLC blade returned to normal condition
03B CS/ZT returned to normal condition
03C LAN application returned to normal condition
050 Traffic of IP network returned to normal condition from limit bandwidth excess
051 Traffic of IP network returned to normal condition from warning bandwidth excess
052 Communication error restoration between Main Unit and Remote Unit
053 SIP trunk returned to normal condition
101 Power failure returned to normal condition
103 DTI line returned to normal condition
105 SV8300 Blade returned to normal condition
3-541 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
CMEC
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

EC MAINTENANCE BY PCPro/CAT
FUNCTION:
This command is used for maintenance of the PBX. The functions of this command are outlined below:
Battery release
Line status display for single line telephone or Multiline Terminal
VMS Soft Key data download
System data backup/SDRAM data clear
System data copy from the Main Unit to Remote Unit
PRECAUTION:
(1) See Line Status Display/VMS Soft Key Data Download Status Display in the following pages for
details on how to read the status information.
(2) Line status display of a single line should not be performed while the single line is in use.
(3) Line status display is not available in off-line.
(4) VMS Soft Key data all clear must be executed in off-line.
1ST DATA 2ND DATA

ST + ECY + DE + (1-8 digits) + DE + (1-3 digits) + EXE
3-542 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
CMEC
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

DATA TABLE:
Battery Release/Line Status Display

: Default
0 Battery release 00 Battery release of 0 Battery released

Unit01 + 02 + 03 + 1 Normal operating
04
01 Unit number
~
50
1 Line status X Single Line Station
display No. or My Line No.
~
[See Line Status XXXXXXXX X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)

Display Operation]
Line Status Display Operation:

ST COMMAND=
EC1 + DE EC1>
X-XXXXXXXX + DE XXXXXXXX : XX XX XX
(Station No.)
(a) (b) (c) (d)
(a) Station No.: X-XXXXXXXX (1-8 digits)
(b) Analog Line/Digital Line
00: LC (Single Line Tel.)
10: DLC (Multiline Terminal)
20: IP Station
3-543 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
CMEC
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

(c) Hardware Test
STATUS OF STATUS OF
INDICATION STATUS OF SINGLE LINE TEL.
MULTILINE TERMINAL IP STATION
00 Terminal is not connected Terminal is not connected or Terminal is not connected
tip wire is grounded
01 Terminal is connected Terminal is connected Terminal is connected
02 Loop (Short circuit is made on the line) Short circuit is made on the
line
03 Ring wire is grounded Ring wire is grounded
04 LC blade is not mounted DLC blade is not mounted
05 Test busy Terminal failure
06 DLC blade down
07
08 Line failure detect
(d) Software Test

01 : Idle
02 : Line Lockout
Other than 01, 02: Busy
3-544 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
CMEC
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

System Data Backup

6 System data 0 System data backup 0 Start to save CM43 Y=5

backup 1 Now saving
3 Stand by
NOTE 1
NOTE 1: You can assign only 0 to the second data. 1 is displayed while the system data is being
copied.
NOTE 2: Backup takes about 5 minutes on On-line mode Off-line mode. While saving the system data
to flash memory, SYSD LED on the CPU blade flashes.
NOTE 3: Do not turn off or reset the system while SYSD LED on the CPU blade is flashing.
SDRAM Data Clear

7 SDRAM Data 00 ID registration for CCC Clear NOTE 4

Clear IP Station in Auto-
OFF LINE matic Login Mode
all clear
NOTE 4: Execute the system data backup by CMEC Y=6>0:0 after this data clear.
3-545 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
CMEC
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

System Data Copy
: Default
8 System data copy 00 All Remote units 0 Start to copy system CM43 Y=7
from the Main unit 02 Remote unit No. 02 data
to Remote units 1 Now copying/Sys-
~
~
50 Remote unit No. 50 tem data copy state
can be read
3 Stand by/System
data copy state can
be read
NOTE 5
NOTE 5: You can assign only 0 to the second data. 1 is displayed as the second data while the
system data being copied.
Day Mode/Night Mode Apply

: Default
9 Applying Day 0 Day Mode/Night 0 Start to apply CM08>577

Mode/Night Mode Mode applying 1 Now applying CM12 Y=04
to all Multiline Ter- 3 Stand by
minals NOTE 6
NOTE 6: When the setting of CM08>577 is changed, or when the station tenant number of My Line is
changed by CM12 Y=04, set the second data to 0 (Start to apply) to apply Day Mode/Night
Mode to all Multiline Terminals.
3-546 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
CMEE
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

EE APPLICATION BLADE DATA ASSIGNMENT
FUNCTION:
This command is used to assign the IP address to connect the functions and Web consoles for each
In-Skin UMS blade (CD-VM00)/Conference blade (CD-PVAA).
PRECAUTION:
None
1ST DATA 2ND DATA

ST + EE0 + DE + (4/7 digits) + DE + (3-15 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

0 License limitation for XXYYZZZ XX : Unit number (01-50) 000 Number of limits
each In-Skin UMS YY : Slot number (01-18)
~
blade ZZZ: Option Value number 999

BLADE RESET 047: In-Skin UMS NONE No data
Multi Language NOTE: The number of limits
assigned is effective
within the number of
licenses registered
respectively.
1 IP Address for Con- XXYY XX: Unit number (01-50) XXX.XX IP Address (Maximum 15 digits)
ference blade/In-Skin YY: Slot number (01-18) ...X XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX.=
UMS blade 0.0.0.1-255.255.255.254
BLADE RESET NONE 192.168.1.70 (In-Skin UMS)
192.168.0.71 (Conference blade)
NOTE 2: When setting the IP address by this data, a period (.) must be entered between the numbers (example:
255.255.255.254).
3-547 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMEE
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

EE APPLICATION BLADE DATA ASSIGNMENT
: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

2 Subnet Mask for XXYY XX: Unit number (01-50) XXX.XX Subnet Mask
Conference blade/ YY: Slot number (01-18) ...X (Maximum 15 digits)
In-Skin UMS blade XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX=
BLADE RESET 255.0.0.0-255.255.255.252
NONE 255.255.255.0
NOTE 2: When setting the Subnet Mask by this data, a period (.) must be entered between the numbers
(example: 255.255.255.252).
3 Default Gateway for XXYY XX: Unit number (01-50) XXX.XX Default Gateway
Conference blade/ YY: Slot number (01-18) ...X (Maximum 15 digits)
In-Skin UMS blade XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX=
BLADE RESET 0.0.0.1-255.255.255.254
NONE 0.0.0.0
NOTE 2: When setting the Default Gateway by this data, a period (.) must be entered between the numbers
(example: 255.255.255.254).
3-548 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMF0, F1
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

CPU MEMORY DUMP
F0, F1 CPU MEMORY READ/WRITE
FUNCTION:
These commands are used only for maintenance.
DO NOT USE these commands without the assistance of a NEC engineer.
CMF0: CPU Memory Dump
ZXXXXXXXX
ST + F0 + DE + Address + DE
Z : 0-F (Segment)
XXXXXXXX: 00000000-FFFFFFFF (Address)
Display XXXXXXXX: YY YY YY YY
Designated Data of the designated address

Address Data of the designated address + 1
Data of the designated address + 2
Data of the designated address + 15

YY: 00-FF (Data)
NOTE: This command is used only for memory display and cannot be used for memory changing.
CMF1: CPU Memory Read/Write NOTE
ZXXXXXXXX
ST + F1 + DE + Address + DE + XX + EXE
New Data
Z : 0-F (Segment)
XXXXXXXX: 00000000-FFFFFFFF (Address)
NOTE: You must be extremely careful in using this command while the system is in service.
3-549 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
JULY/18/2008
CMF5
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

F5 LINE/TRUNK MEMORY/ALARM MEMORY READ
FUNCTION:
This command is used only for maintenance.
DO NOT USE this command without the assistance of a NEC engineer.
1ST DATA
ST + F5Y + DE + (1-15 digits) + DE
DATA TABLE:
READOUT DATA
Y 1ST DATA REMARKS
(STATUS INFORMATION)
fX f: Status Memory Block number Basic memory dump data of
(0-3) station/trunk
~
fXXXXXXXX Single Line station/Virtual Line

station number (1-8 digits)
X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)
fFX f: Status Memory Block number
(0-3)
~
fFXXXXXXXX Multiline Terminal number

<X-XXXXXXXX>
represents My Line number
fD000 f: Status Memory Block number
0
(0-3)
~
fD511 Trunk number

fEEX f: Status Memory Block number
(0-3)
~
fEEXXXXXXXX PS Line station number

<X-XXXXXXXX>
fEFX + , + B f: Status Memory Block number
(0-3)
~
fEFXXXXXXXX + , + B ISDN Line station number

<X-XXXXXXXX>
B: B channel number (0/1)
XXYYZZ Physical Port No. Basic memory dump data of
XX: Unit number (01-50) station/trunk
1
YY: Slot number (01-18)
ZZ : Circuit number (01-32)
3-550 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
CMF5
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

READOUT DATA
Y 1ST DATA REMARKS
X Single Line station/Virtual Line Physical Port No.
station number (1-8 digits) Unit number (01-50) +
~
XXXXXXXX X: 0-9, A (*), B (#) Slot number (01-18) +

Circuit number (01-32)
FX Multiline Terminal number Physical Port No.
<X-XXXXXXXX> represents My Unit number (01-50) +
~
2 FXXXXXXXX Line number Slot number (01-18) +

Circuit number (01-32)
D000 Trunk number
~
D511
EFX ISDN Line station number
<X-XXXXXXXX>
~
EFXXXXXXXX
0000 Memory Designation Memory dump data
~
0713 Main Unit XXXXXXXX:

0841 Remote Unit 01 Physical address (8 digits) +
0843 Remote Unit 02 XX...XX:
0845 Remote Unit 03 Result memory (32 digits)
The executed results of the latest
~
0899 Remote Unit 30 CPU program downloading next

block pointer of result memory
0714 Main Unit XXXXXXXX: CM0C
3 0842 Remote Unit 01 The latest 32 results of CPU pro- Y=52
0844 Remote Unit 02 gram download (file type, Exe- >XX05
0846 Remote Unit 03 cuted operation, Result,
Execution time) (16 byte 32
~
0900 Remote Unit 30 blocks)

0901 Readout the Remote Unit status 00 : Download
01 : Changeover
02 : Program version matching
FF: Not used
NOTE: This command is avail-
able only at Main Unit.
3-551 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
JULY/18/2008
CMF5
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

READOUT DATA
Y 1ST DATA REMARKS
0000 EN YY + , XXXXXXXX + , B
YY: 00: Physical Port No. (Multi-
~
FFFF line Terminal/Single

Line station)
01: VEN (Virtual Line sta-
tion/Multiline Terminal)
05: ILEN (ISDN station)
4 XXXXXXXX: Single Line sta-
tion/Virtual Line
station number
(1-8 digits) X:
0-9, A(*), B(#)
B: Bch number (ILEN only)
0: B1 channel
1: B2 channel
X Single Line station/Virtual Line 1: Single Line station
5 station number (1-8 digits) 2: Multiline Terminal
~
XXXXXXXX X: 0-9, A (*), B (#) 3: Virtual Line station

X Single Line station/Virtual Line STS, OP-0, OP-1, IP,
station number (1-8 digits) Physical/Virtual Port No., SND,
~
XXXXXXXX X: 0-9, A (*), B (#) OPT

FX Multiline Terminal number STS, OP-0, OP-1, IP,
6 <X-XXXXXXXX> represent My Physical Port No., OPT
~
FXXXXXXXX Line number

D000 Trunk number STS, OP-0, OP-1, MR,
Physical Port No., SND, OPT
~
D511
3-552 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
CMF5
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

READOUT DATA
Y 1ST DATA REMARKS
X Single Line station/Virtual Line Service memory dump data of
station number (1-8 digits) station/trunk
~
XXXXXXXX X: 0-9, A (*), B (#)

FX Multiline Terminal number
<X-XXXXXXXX> represent My
~
FXXXXXXXX Line number

8
EFX + , + B ISDN Line station number
<X-XXXXXXXX>
~
EFXXXXXXXX + , + B B channel number (0/1)

D000 Trunk number
~
D511
X Single Line station/Virtual Line Physical Port No.:
station number (1-8 digits) Single Line station/Multiline
~
XXXXXXXX X: 0-9, A (*), B (#) Terminal

Physical Port No.:
Single Line station/Multiline
Terminal
VEN: Virtual Line station/Mul-
tiline Terminal
9
VEN: Virtual Line station/Mul-
tiline Terminal
DEN: Data Line station
IEN: ISDN Line station
IVEN: ISDN Line station
(multi point)
PEN: PS Line station
3-553 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
CMF5
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

READOUT DATA
Y 1ST DATA REMARKS
EEX PS Line station number Optional memory dump data
<X-XXXXXXXX> of station/trunk
~
EEXXXXXXXX
EFX + , + B ISDN Line station number
A <X-XXXXXXXX>
~
EFXXXXXXXX + , + B B channel number (0/1)

D000 Trunk number
~
D511
NOTE 1: A status information associated with CMF5 Y=0, 3 will be displayed as shown below.
For the meaning of the status information displayed, refer to the System Maintenance
Manual.
Display XXXX: YY YY YY YY
Designated Data of the designated Address

Address XXXX: 0000-FFFF (Address)
YY=00-FF (Data)
Data of the designated Address + 1
NOTE 2: Status information associated with CMF5 Y=2 will be displayed as shown below.
Display F52 > X-XXXX : YYYY- /ZZZZ-

or
F52 > FX-FXXXX : YYYY-
or
F52 > D000-D511 : YYYY-
YYYYYY: 010101-501832 (Physical Port No.)
ZZZZ : 0000-0511 (Virtual Port No.)
3-554 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
CMF6
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

F6 ONLINE MP-FP COMMAND OUTPUT
FUNCTION:
1ST DATA 2ND DATA

ST + F6Y + DE + (2 digits) + DE + (1-8 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:
: Default
Y 1ST DATA 2ND DATA

2 MP-FP command out- 00 Command Code 00 Command code to be output
put setting
~
FE
NONE Output all command codes
01 Unit Number 000 Unit number to be output
~
049
NONE Output all Unit numbers
02 Slot number XXX Slot number to be output
000-017: TDM terminal
024-026: SIP trunk
032-047: IPT (P2P CCIS)
128-191: IP Station
NONE Output all Slot numbers
03 IN/OUT command setting 0 Display both IN command/
OUT command
1 Display only OUT command
2 Display only IN command
3 Not displayed
CCC Clear all the data of CMF6
Y=2
3-555 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMF7
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

F7 HIGHWAY CHANNEL MEMORY READ/REASSIGNMENT
FUNCTION:
1ST DATA
ST + F70 + DE + (6 digits) + DE
1ST DATA 2ND DATA

ST + F79 + DE + (4 digits) + DE + (4 digits) + EXE
DATA TABLE:

0 Highway Channel XXYYZZ XX: Unit number XXYYYZ XX : Highway No.

memory read (01-50) (Display only) (00-07)
YY: Slot number YYY: Highway Chan-
(01-18) nel No.
ZZ : Circuit number (000-127)
(01-32) Z : Number of
channel (01-08)
9 Highway Channel XXYY XX: Unit number XXYY XX: Unit number
reassignment (01-50) (01-50)
YY: Minimum slot YY: Maximum slot
number in each number in each
Line/Trunk Line/Trunk
chassis (2U) chassis (2U)
(01/07/13) (06/12/18)
3-556 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMF7
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

CMF7 Y=9
CMF7 Y=9 is the command which reassigns the high way channel (128ch) allocation to each physical
slot (slot1-6/7-12/13-18). For the physical slot, 16 channels are allocated to each slot in reset state
(the high way channel allocation is in a state which is not reassigned before).
When more than 17 channels are needed for adding blades, high way channel must be reassigned by
this command (when high way channel number is not reassigned, the channel numbers from the chan-
nel No.17 cannot be used).
NOTE: After setting this command, Blade Reset is required for all the physical slots of the desired
highway channel by CME0 Y=3.
3-557 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
CMF7
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

Example:
The setting before mounting the blade
Slot 01 16DLC (16) 16DLC (16) Slot 04

Slot 02 16DLC (16) 16DLC (16) Slot 05 Unit01
Slot 03 16DLC (16) 8COT (8) Slot 06
The setting after mounting the blade
Slot 01 16DLC (16) 16DLC (16) Slot 04

Slot 02 16DLC (16) Slot 05 Unit01
Slot 03 16DLC (16) 8COT (8) Slot 06
PRT (24)
Reassign the high way channel allocation of the Unit No. 01 by CMF7 Y=9.
<Office data settings>
CMF79>0101: 0106
CME03>0101: 0101
CME03>0102: 0102
CME03>0103: 0103
CME03>0104: 0104
CME03>0105: 0105
CME03>0106: 0106
3-558 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMFA
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

FA IP STATION APPARATUS INFORMATION
FUNCTION:
This command is used to read the apparatus information of IP Station.
PRECAUTION:
None
1ST DATA
ST + FAYY/YYYY + DE + (1-8 digits) + DE
DATA TABLE:
Y 1ST DATA INDICATION

00 Read the IP Station X IP Station No. AABB Current firmware version of the IP
firmware version CCDD Station (for SIP Multiline Terminal)
~
XXXXXXXX
AABBCCDD:
AA: Integral No. (00-99)
BB: First decimal No. (00-99)
CC: Second decimal No. (00-99)
DD: Third decimal No. (00-99)
0000 Current firmware version of the IP
AABB Station (for IP Multiline Terminal)
0000AABB:
AA: Integral No. (00-99)
BB: First decimal No. (00-99)
3-559 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMFA
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
01 Read the IP Station X IP Station No. 00 Dterm75 (Dterm Series E)
type (IP adapter type)
~
XXXXXXXX 02 DtermIP INASET
03 Dterm85 (Dterm Series i)
(IP adapter type)
05 Dterm85 (Dterm Series i)
(IP Bundled type)
12 DT700 Series: DT710
13 DT700 Series: DT730/DT730
(DESI-Less)
14 DT700 Series: DT750
FF The terminal is not IP terminal
NONE IP Station is logout status
02 Read the IP Station X IP Station No. XX...X Z XX...X: IP Address of IP Station
status Z : IP Station status
~
XXXXXXXX A: Busy
N: Idle
FF The terminal is not IP Station
NONE IP Station is logout status/IP Sta-
tion has never been busy
20XX Execution of ping XXX.XX...X Sending destina- XXX.XX...X: Z XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX=
command sending to tion IP address Sending destination IP address
Maintenance Port (Maximum 15 Z=ICMP TYPE (0/3/11/12)
XX: 01 (Unit No.) digits) NOTE 1
[8300R2] XXX.XXX.XXX. NOTE 2
XXX=0.0.0.1- NOTE 3
255.255.255.254
3-560 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMFA
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

: Default
30 Read the IP Sta- 000 Block No. X IP Station No.
tion number regis-
~
~
tered in Fixed 255 XXXXXXXX
Connection Mode CCC Clear
NOTE 4 NONE No data
NOTE 5
50 Read the IP Sta- 00 Status of auto- 00 Not started
tion firmwares matic update 01 Now updating
status of auto- NOTE 6 10 Completed
matic update
01 Number of termi- XXX Number of succeeded terminal
nal that succeeded
in updating
02 Number of termi- XXX Number of failed terminal
nal that failed in
updating
3-561 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMFA
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

NOTE 1: ICMP TYPE used in this feature is as follows.
ICMP CLASSI-
GENERAL DESCRIPTION MEANING
TYPE FICATION
0 Reply Reply to the echo request by executing the Ping reply (ping OK)
ping command (echo reply).
3 Reply Reply message resulting by the ping request Network unreachable
(error) has not arrived at a destination. Host unreachable
ICMP TYPE=3 is replied if the ping request Protocol unusable
is rejected by firewall protection. Port unusable
And no reply is received if the ping request Fragmentation failed
cannot arrive at a destination or ping request Source routing failed
is disregarded by firewall protection. Destination network unknown
Destination host unknown
Source host isolated from network
Rejection of destination network
Rejection of destination host
Network unreachable for TOS NOTE 3
Communication administratively prohibited
by filtering
Host precedence violation
Precedence cutoff in effect
8 Request Request by executing the ping command Ping request
(echo request).
11 Reply Reply message resulting by time excess. TTL becomes 0 during transit
(error) The message of packet discard caused by TTL becomes 0 during waiting for lost frag-
TTL (Time To Live) becomes 0 during tran- ments for re-assembly.
sit, or the message of time excess caused by
TTL becomes 0 during waiting for lost frag-
ments for re-assembly.
12 Reply Reply message resulting by the IP header IP header abnormal
(error) being abnormal or a required option is not Required options are unknown.
effective.
By sending ICMP TYPE=8 (ping request) to the destination terminal, you ask whether the terminal is
correctly connected/set or not.
Receiving ICMP TYPE=0 (ping reply) from the destination terminal means that the terminal is cor-
rectly connected/set.
Receiving ICMP TYPE=3/11/12 (reply [error]) from the destination terminal means that the terminal
is not correctly connected/set.
3-562 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMFA
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

NOTE 2: If ICMP TYPE not listed above is received, HARDWARE ERROR is displayed.
NOTE 3: TOS (Type of Service) is present in IP header, and represents QoS (Quality of Service).
Precedence/delay/throughput/reliability that determine quality are contained within TOS.
NOTE 4: The station number for Fixed Connection Mode registered by CM12 Y=92 is read by this
command.
NOTE 5: When the 2nd data is set to CCC, the MAC Address of the appropriate DtermIP registered
by CM12 Y=92 is cleared.
NOTE 6: If you want to interrupt updating or to reset count data, do the following operation.
ST + FA50 + DE + 00 + DE + CCC + EXE
When this operation is performed, the count data which can be read by CMFA Y=50>01/02
is cleared.
3-563 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
CMFB
COMMAND CODE TITLE:

FB REMOTE PROGRAM DOWNLOAD INFORMATION READ
FUNCTION:
1ST DATA
ST + FBYY + DE + (4 digits) + DE
DATA TABLE:
Y 1ST DATA READOUT DATA
No. DATA MEANING DATA MEANING

00 XX YY XX: Unit No. XX Revision Table
01-14: Main Unit
~
05-50: Remote Unit No. XXXXX
YY: CPU program information XXXXX
02: SC No.
03: Official Version
04: Official Revision
06: Year, Month, Day
22: Upgraded side of CPU blade: SC No.
23: Upgraded side of CPU blade: Official Version
24: Upgraded side of CPU blade: Official Revision
26: Upgraded side of CPU blade: Year, Month, Day
42: Outdated side of CPU blade: SC No.
43: Outdated side of CPU blade: Official Version
44: Outdated side of CPU blade: Official Revision
46: Outdated side of CPU blade: Year, Month, Day
3-564 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91ch3008.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
UNIVERGE SV8300
Command Manual
TERMINAL KEY ASSIGNMENT

Appendix
This appendix contains the key number layout of each DT300
A
Series, DT700 Series, Dterm, DtermIP, DESKCON, DSS Console,
and Add-On Module.
Refer to this appendix when you assign a key function by CM90 or
CM97.
A-1 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91apa001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
DT300/DT700 Series Key Numbers
Key Numbers
Exit Help
(01) (02) (03) (04) (05) (06)
(07) (08) (09) (10) (11) (12)
(90) (91)
Recall Feature
(95)
Answer Mic
Menu
DTL-12D-1D
Redial
(93)
Hold Transfer Speaker
(97) (96) (94)
NOTE: The table below shows the key layout for Line/Trunk/Feature Keys and One Touch Keys of the

A-2 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91apa001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
Example: 24 Line/Trunk/Feature Keys
Exit Help
(01) (02) (03) (04) (05) (06)
(07) (08) (09) (10) (11) (12)
(13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18)
(90) (91)
Recall Feature
(95)
Answer Mic
Menu
Redial
(93)
(97) (96) (94)
DTL-24D-1D

DSS01 DSS02 DSS03 DSS04 DSS05 DSS06 LINE19 LINE20 LINE21 LINE22 LINE23 LINE24
A-3 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91apa001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
Key Numbers
Exit Help
(01) (05)
(02) (06)
(03) (07)
(04) (08)
Scroll
(90) (91)
Recall Feature
(95)
Answer Mic
Menu
DTL-8LD-1D Redial
(93)
(97) (96) (94)




A-4 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91apa001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
DT300 Series Key Numbers

[8300R2]
Key Numbers
Exit Help
(01) (02) (03) (04) (05) (06)
(07) (08) (09) (10) (11) (12)
(90) (91)
Recall Feature
(95)
DTL-12BT-1 Answer Mic
Menu
Redial
(93)
(97) (96) (94)

The key layout of the Cordless Handset is

as follows.
A-5 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91apa001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
Dterm Series i/DtermIP Key Numbers
Dterm Series i
(01) (02) (03) (04) (05) (06) (07) (08)
1 2
ABC
3
DEF
Recall Feature (98)
(90) (91) Directory
4
GHI
5
JKL
6
MNO
Conf Mic (99)
(92) Message
7
PQRS
8
TUV
9
WXYZ
Redial
(93)
0 Answer
(95)

(97) (96) (94)
DTR-8-1

LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08 Same as CM12 Y=24: 7 (A mode)
A-6 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91apa001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
Dterm Series i
Exit Help
(01) (02) (03) (04) (05) (06) (07) (08)
1 2
ABC
3
DEF
Recall Feature (98)
(90) (91) Directory
NOTE 1
4
GHI
5
JKL MNO
6 Conf Mic (99)
(92) Message
7
PQRS
8
TUV
9
WXYZ
Redial
(93)
0 Answer
(95)
(97) (96) (94)
DTR-8D-1/ITR-8D-1/ITR-8D-2
NOTE 1: In case of ITR-8D-1, Directory, Message and Mic keys are not equipped.
NOTE 2: The table below shows the key layout for Line/Trunk/Feature Keys and One Touch Keys of the

LINE01 LINE02 LINE03 LINE04 LINE05 LINE06 LINE07 LINE08 Same as CM12 Y=24: 7 (A mode)
A-7 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91apa001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
Dterm Series i
Exit Help
(01) (02) (03) (04) (05) (06) (07) (08)
(09) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16)
1 2
ABC DEF
3 Recall Feature (98)
(90) (91) Directory

NOTE 1
4
GHI
5
JKL MNO
6 Conf Mic (99)
(92) Message
7
PQRS
8
TUV WXYZ
9 Redial
(93)
0 Answer
(95)
(97) (96) (94)
DTR-16D-1/ITR-16D-1/ITR-16D-2
NOTE 1: In case of ITR-16D-1, Directory, Message and Mic keys are not equipped.
NOTE 2: The table below shows the key layout for Line/Trunk/Feature Keys and One Touch Keys of the

A-8 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91apa001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
Example: 16 Line/Trunk/Feature Keys + 16 One-Touch Keys
Dterm Series i
Exit Help
(01) (02) (03) (04) (05) (06) (07) (08)
(09) (10) (11) (12) (13) (14) (15) (16)
1 2
ABC
3
DEF
Recall Feature (98)
(90) (91) Directory
4
GHI
5
JKL
6
MNO
Conf Mic (99)
(92) Message
7
PQRS
8
TUV
9
WXYZ
Redial
(93)
0 Answer
(95)
(97) (96) (94)
DTR-32D-1

DSS01 DSS02 DSS03 DSS04 DSS05 DSS06 DSS07 DSS08 LINE17 LINE18 LINE19 LINE20 LINE21 LINE22 LINE23 LINE24
DSS09 DSS10 DSS11 DSS12 DSS13 DSS14 DSS15 DSS16 DSS01 DSS02 DSS03 DSS04 DSS05 DSS06 DSS07 DSS08
A-9 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91apa001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
Dterm Series i
Exit Help
(01) (09)
(02) (10)
(03) ( 11 )
(04) (12)
(05) (13)
(06) (14)
(07) (15)
(08) (16)
1 2 3 Recall Feature (98)

ABC DEF
(90) (91)
Directory
4 5 6 Conf Mic (99)
GHI JKL MNO
(92) Message
7 8 9 Redial
PQRS TUV WXYZ
(93)
0 Answer
OPER
(95)

(97) (96) (94)
DTR-16LD


A-10 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91apa001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
Dterm Key Numbers
Exit Help
(01) (02) (03) (04)
1 2
ABC
3
DEF
(05) (06) (07) (08)

4
GHI
5
JKL
6
MNO
7
PQRS
8
TUV
9
WXYZ (91)
Feature
0
(90)
Recall
(92)
DTR-8D-1R Conf
(93)
Redial
(94) Mic
Speaker
(97) (96) (95) (98)
Hold Transfer Answer Call

A-11 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91apa001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
Dterm Key Numbers
Exit Help
(01) (02) (03) (04)
(05) (06) (07) (08)
(09) (10) (11) (12)
1 2
ABC
3
DEF
(13) (14) (15) (16)

4
GHI
5
JKL
6
MNO
7
PQRS
8
TUV
9
WXYZ (91)
Feature
0
(90)
Recall
(92)
DTR-16D-1R Conf
(93)
Redial
(94) Mic
Speaker
(97) (96) (95) (98)


A-12 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91apa001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
Example: 16 Line/Trunk/Feature Keys + 16 One-Touch Keys
Exit Help (01) (02) (03) (04)
(05) (06) (07) (08)
(09) (10) (11) (12)
(13) (14) (15) (16)
(91)
Feature
1 2
ABC
3
DEF (90)
Recall
4
GHI
5
JKL
6
MNO (92)
Conf
7
PQRS
8
TUV
9
WXYZ (93)
Redial
0 (94) Mic
Speaker
(97) (96) (95) (98)
DTR-32D-1R

A-13 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91apa001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
Dterm75 Key Numbers
Dterm Key Numbers

NEC
(01) (02) (03) (04)
(05) (06) (07) (08)
(91)
1 2 3 Feature
4 5 6 (90)
7 8 9 Recall
0 # (92)
Conf
(93)
Redial
(97) (96) (95) (94)

DTP-8-1 Hold Transfer Answer Speaker

A-14 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91apa001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
Dterm75 Key Numbers
Dterm Key Numbers

NEC
(01) (02) (03) (04)

1 2 3
(05) (06) (07) (08)
4 5 6
7 8 9 (91)
Feature
0 #
(90)
Recall
(92)
Conf
DTP-8D-1
(93)
Redial
(97) (96) (95) (94)

Hold Transfer Answer Speaker

A-15 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91apa001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
Dterm75 Key Numbers
Dterm Key Numbers

NEC
(01) (02) (03) (04)
(05) (06) (07) (08)
(09) (10) (11) (12)

1 2 3
4 6 (13) (14) (15) (16)
5
7 8 9 (91)
Feature
0 #
(90)
Recall
(92)
Conf
DTP-16D-1
(93)
Redial
(97) (96) (95) (94)



A-16 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91apa001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
Dterm75 Key Numbers

Example: 16 Line/Trunk/Feature Keys +
NEC
16 One Touch Keys
(01) (02) (03) (04)
(05) (06) (07) (08)
(09) (10) (11) (12)

1 2 3
(13) (14) (15) (16)
4 5 6
7 8 9 (91)
Feature
0 #
(90)
Recall
(92)
Conf
DTP-32D-1
(93)
Redial
(97) (96) (95) (94)


A-17 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91apa001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
DESKCON Key Numbers
(01) (02) (03) (04)
Night
LDN TIE Busy ATND NANS Recall PAGE
(13) (14) (15) (16) (17) (18) (19) (20) (21) (22)
BV Call Park SC Start Mute Position Busy

(23) (24) (26) (27) (31) (32)
Cancel
L6 (12) Volume
(95)
1 2 3 SRC DEST
L5 (11)
Talk
L4 (10) 4 5 6 (93)
(90) (91)
L3 (09) 7 8 9 Release Hold Answer
L2 (08)
0 # (96)
(97) (94)
L1 (07)
SN716 DESKCON
A-18 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91apa001.fm
NOVEMBER/12/2008
DSS Console Key Numbers
00 01 02 03 04 05
06 07 08 09 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31 32 33 34 35
36 37 38 39 40 41
42 43 44 45 46 47
48 49 50 51 52 53
54 55 56 57 58 59
DCR-60-1R
A-19 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91apa001.fm
00 01 02 03 04 05
06 07 08 09 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17
18 19 20 21 22 23
24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31 32 33 34 35
36 37 38 39 40 41
42 43 44 45 46 47
48 49 50 51 52 53
54 55 56 57 58 59
DCU-60-1
A-20 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91apa001.fm
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37
38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61
62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69
70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77
78 79 80 81 82 83
84 85 86 87 88 89
EDW-48-2
A-21 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91apa001.fm
Add-On Module Key Numbers
30 31 32 33 34 35
36 37 38 39 40 41
42 43 44 45 46 47
48 49 50 51 52 53
54 55 56 57 58 59
60 61 62 63 64 65
66 67 68 69 70 71
72 73 74 75 76 77
78 79 80 81 82 83
84 85 86 87 88 89
DCU-60-1
A-22 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91apa001.fm
Add-On Module Key Numbers
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37
38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61
62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69
70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77
78 79 80 81 82 83
84 85 86 87 88 89
EDW-48-2
A-23 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91apa001.fm
A-24 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

91apa001.fm

Manual Planta Nec

Transféré par

Informations du document

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Manual Planta Nec

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Command Manual

NEC Infrontia Corporation reserves the right to change the specifica-

Dterm is registered trademarks of NEC Corporation.

NEC Infrontia Corporation

Chapter 1 HOW TO USE CAT

Chapter 3 COMMAND DESCRIPTION

iii NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

Appendix A TERMINAL KEY ASSIGNMENT

OUTLINE OF THIS MANUAL

CHAPTER 1 HOW TO USE CAT

CHAPTER 3 COMMAND DESCRIPTION

APPENDIX A TERMINAL KEY ASSIGNMENT

TERMS IN THIS MANUAL

SV8300 : UNIVERGE SV8300

ATTENDANT CONSOLE NAME

DESKCON: Desk Console (SN716 DESKCON)

TERMINAL NAME PRODUCT NAME

System Data Programming Manual:

System Hardware Manual:

System Maintenance Manual:

HOW TO USE CAT

This chapter explains how to use the Customer Administration Ter-

1-1 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

CAT AND PCPro

1-2 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

CAT KEY FUNCTIONS

CAT Key Assignment

[For 8300R2 software or later]

1-3 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

CAT Key Assignment

1-4 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

CAT Key Assignment

1-5 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

CAT Key Assignment

1-6 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

CAT Function Keys

FUNCTION KEY MEANING

CAT Digit Keys

DIGIT KEY MEANING

1-7 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

CAT MODE SETTING PROCEDURE

For DT300/DT700 Series/Dterm70 (Elite)/Dterm75 (Series E)/Dterm85 (Series i)

"C" "A" "T" "M" "O" "D" "E"

For Dterm70 (Elite)/Dterm75 (Series E)/Dterm85 (Series i)

1. Press Transfer 5. Press Conf

NOTE: Step 1 through 6 need to be completed within 4 seconds.

1-8 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

To clear the CAT mode:

For DT300/DT700 Series/Dterm70 (Elite)/Dterm75 (Series E)/Dterm85 (Series i)

While COMMAND= is displayed on the LCD.

1. Press EXIT key.

1. Lift handset (Off Hook)

1-9 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

NOTICE ON CAT MODE

Command List Set by Standard System Data Assignment

1-10 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

Command List Set by Standard System Data Assignment

1-11 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

Command List Set by Standard System Data Assignment

1-12 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

Command List Set by Standard System Data Assignment

1-13 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0

Command List Set by Standard System Data Assignment

1-14 NWA-033623-001 Rev.3.0